EC Nissan Moderno

ENGINE
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC
E
CONTENTS
QR25DE Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ........................................37 F
Knock Sensor ..........................................................37
PRECAUTION .............................................. 20 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor ....................................37
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor ..............................38 G
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................20 EVAP Canister .........................................................38
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Valve ........................................................................38
SIONER" ................................................................. 20 H
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Tempera-
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- ture Sensor) .............................................................38
tion After Battery Disconnection .............................. 20 Atmospheric Pressure Sensor .................................39
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.... 21 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................40 I
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ........... 21 Power Steering Pressure Sensor ............................40
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch....40
and A/T .................................................................... 21 Clutch Pedal Position Switch ...................................40 J
General Precautions ............................................... 22 Park/Neutral position Switch ....................................40
ASCD Steering Switch .............................................41
PREPARATION ........................................... 25
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 42 K
PREPARATION ..................................................25 Positive Crankcase Ventilation ................................42
Special Service Tools .............................................. 25 On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ........43
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 25 L
SYSTEM ............................................................ 44
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 27
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................44
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................27 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip- M
Component Parts Location .................................... 27 tion ...........................................................................44
ECM ........................................................................ 31 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ....46
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 31 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe ..............48 N
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ............................ 32
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor ......................... 33 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ................50
Fuel Injector ............................................................ 33 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
Fuel Pump ............................................................... 33 tem Description ........................................................50 O
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Tempera-
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM .................................53
ture Sensor) ............................................................ 33
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De-
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ...................... 34 P
scription ...................................................................53
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) .......................... 35
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ....................... 35 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL .........................54
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ........... 35 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De-
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor ....... 35 scription ...................................................................54
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ........ 36
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 .................................. 36 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL .....................55
Revision: 2015 March EC-1 D23

EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System ECM ................................................................... 86
Description .............................................................. 56 Reference Value ..................................................... 86
Fail Safe ................................................................. 98
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN- DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 100
GINE OIL PRESSURE .............................................. 57
DTC Index ............................................................ 102
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN- Test Value and Test Limit ..................................... 105
GINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description ......... 57
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...................... 58

WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 113
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 113
Description .............................................................. 58 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 113
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................... 59
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 129
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Description .............................................................. 59 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 129
Work Flow ............................................................. 129
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 60
Diagnostic Work Sheet ......................................... 132
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
CD) : System Description ....................................... 61 BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 134
CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 62 Work Procedure .................................................... 134
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...... 62 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION ECM .................................................................. 138
METER) ..................................................................... 62 Description ............................................................ 138
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION Work Procedure .................................................... 138
METER) : ASCD Indicator ...................................... 62
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION
VIN REGISTRATION ........................................ 140
METER) : Engine Oil Pressure Warning ................. 62 Description ............................................................ 140
Work Procedure .................................................... 140
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ....................... 64
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI-
lamps/Indicator lamps ............................................. 64 TION LEARNING .............................................. 141
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/ Description ............................................................ 141
Indicator (On Information Display) .......................... 64 Work Procedure .................................................... 141
OPERATION ...................................................... 65 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION

LEARNING ....................................................... 142
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 65 Description ............................................................ 142
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- Work Procedure .................................................... 142
CD) : Switch Name and Function ........................... 65
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ....................... 143
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 66 Description ............................................................ 143
Diagnosis Description ............................................. 66 Work Procedure .................................................... 143
GST (Generic Scan Tool) ....................................... 66
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ............................ 67 CLEAR .............................................................. 145
Description ............................................................ 145
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ..................................... 67
Work Procedure .................................................... 145
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection
Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ....................... 67 FUEL PRESSURE ............................................ 146
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Work Procedure .................................................... 146
Frame Data ............................................................. 67
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ..... 68 HOW TO SET SRT CODE ................................ 148
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ....... 71 Description ............................................................ 148
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 149
Test (SRT) Code .................................................... 72 Work Procedure .................................................... 151
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
tor Lamp (MIL) ........................................................ 73 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 153
On Board Diagnosis Function ................................. 74
CONSULT Function ................................................ 77 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
VALUE .............................................................. 153
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 86 Description ............................................................ 153

Component Function Check .................................. 153 Component Inspection ........................................... 199
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 154 A
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 200
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 161 DTC Description .................................................... 200
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 161 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 201
EC
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 165 P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 204
DTC Description .................................................... 165 DTC Description .................................................... 204
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 165 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 205 C
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 166 P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 .................................... 207
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 166 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 208 D
P0011 IVT CONTROL ...................................... 167 P0137 HO2S2 .................................................. 210

DTC Description .................................................... 167 DTC Description .................................................... 210 E
Component Inspection .......................................... 169 Component Inspection ........................................... 213
P0014 EVT CONTROL ..................................... 171 P0138 HO2S2 .................................................. 216 F

Component Inspection .......................................... 174 Component Inspection ........................................... 221 G
P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ......... 175 P0139 HO2S2 .................................................. 224
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 226 H
P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ....................... 178 P014C, P014D A/F SENSOR 1 ....................... 230 I
Component Inspection .......................................... 179
P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC- J
P0075 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL .... 181 TION ................................................................ 235
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 181 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 236 K
P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNC-
P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .... 184 TION ................................................................ 240
DTC Description .................................................... 184 L
DTC Description .................................................... 240
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ......................... 245 M
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 187 DTC Description .................................................... 245
DTC Description .................................................... 187 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 245
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 188 Component Inspection ........................................... 246
Component Inspection .......................................... 189 N
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................ 248
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 192 DTC Description .................................................... 248
DTC Description .................................................... 192 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 248 O
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MIS-
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ........................... 194 P
FIRE ................................................................. 251
P0327, P0328 KS ............................................ 257
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 197 DTC Description .................................................... 257

P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ........................... 259 P0606 ECM ....................................................... 298
DTC Description ....................................................259 DTC Description .................................................... 298
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................259 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 299
Component Inspection ...........................................261
P0607 ECM ....................................................... 300
P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ...................... 263 DTC Description .................................................... 300
DTC Description ....................................................263 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 300
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................263
Component Inspection ...........................................265 P060A ECM ...................................................... 301
DTC Description .................................................... 301
P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 267 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 301
DTC Description ....................................................267
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................268 P060B ECM ...................................................... 303
DTC Description .................................................... 303
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 303
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....................... 272
DTC Description ....................................................272 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .................. 304
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................272 DTC Description .................................................... 304
Component Inspection ...........................................273 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 305
P0452, P0453 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 307

SENSOR .......................................................... 275 A/T MODELS ........................................................... 307
DTC Description ....................................................275 A/T MODELS : DTC Description ........................... 307
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................275 A/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure .................... 308
Component Inspection ...........................................277
M/T MODELS .......................................................... 308
P0500 VSS ....................................................... 278 M/T MODELS : DTC Description .......................... 309
M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 310
A/T MODELS ............................................................278
M/T MODELS : Component Inspection ................. 311
A/T MODELS : DTC Description ...........................278
A/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure ....................279 P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR .. 312
DTC Description .................................................... 312
M/T MODELS ...........................................................279
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 312
M/T MODELS : DTC Description ...........................279
M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure ....................281
P0520 EOP SENSOR ...................................... 283 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 315
DTC Description .................................................... 315
DTC Description ....................................................283
Component Inspection ...........................................284 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 317
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE .................... 286 DTC Description .................................................... 317
DTC Description ....................................................286
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................287 P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 320
Component Inspection ...........................................288 DTC Description .................................................... 320
P0550 PSP SENSOR ....................................... 289 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 320
DTC Description ....................................................289 P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 321
Component Inspection ...........................................291 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 321
P0603 ECM ...................................................... 292 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 322
P0604 ECM ...................................................... 294 Component Inspection .......................................... 324
DTC Description ....................................................294 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................294 SOR .................................................................. 325
P0605 ECM ...................................................... 296 DTC Description .................................................... 325
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................296 Component Inspection .......................................... 327

P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 328 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 362
DTC Description .................................................... 328 DTC Description .................................................... 362 A
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR ........... 331 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 365 EC
Component Inspection .......................................... 333 Component Inspection ........................................... 367 C
P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE P2135 TP SENSOR ......................................... 368

SENSOR ........................................................... 334 DTC Description .................................................... 368 D
P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 371 E
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .................. 336 DTC Description .................................................... 371
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 336 Component Inspection ........................................... 373 F
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ............. 375
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ....................... 339 Component Function Check .................................. 375
DTC Description .................................................... 339 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 375 G
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 340 Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) ................................................................... 377
Switch) .................................................................. 344 Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position H
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 345 Switch) ................................................................... 378
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position
Switch) .................................................................. 345 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ........... 379
Component Function Check .................................. 379 I
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Relay) ........... 346
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ...... 347 Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
DTC Description .................................................... 347 Switch) ................................................................... 381 J
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 348 Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position
Switch) ................................................................... 381
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 349
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ........................ 383 K
DTC Description .................................................... 349
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 349 Description ............................................................. 383
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 351 Component Function Check .................................. 383
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Relay) ........... 351 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 383 L
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO- FUEL INJECTOR ............................................ 385

TOR RELAY ..................................................... 352 Component Function Check .................................. 385
M
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUEL PUMP .................................................... 388 N

FUNCTION ....................................................... 355 Description ............................................................. 388
DTC Description .................................................... 355 Component Function Check .................................. 388
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 355 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 388 O
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 358 IGNITION SIGNAL .......................................... 391
DTC Description .................................................... 358 Component Function Check .................................. 391 P
Component Inspection .......................................... 359 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor) ............................................................. 394
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Component Inspection (Condenser) ...................... 395
ACTUATOR ...................................................... 360
DTC Description .................................................... 360 INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD) ................. 396
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 361 Component Function Check .................................. 396

Diagnosis Procedure .............................................396 APPLICATION NOTICE ................................... 415
How to Check Vehicle Type .................................. 415
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ............... 397
Component Function Check ..................................397 PRECAUTION ........................................... 416
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 416
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 398 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Component Function Check ..................................398 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................398 SIONER" ............................................................... 416
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover. 416
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT .......... 400 Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ......... 416
Description .............................................................400
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................400 A/T ........................................................................ 417
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 402 Precaution ............................................................. 418
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ......................... 402 PREPARATION ......................................... 421

Symptom Table .....................................................402 PREPARATION ................................................ 421
INFORMATION DISPLAY IS MALFUNCTION- Special Service Tool ............................................. 421
ING ................................................................... 406 Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 421
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................406 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................... 422
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION .............. 407 COMPONENT PARTS ...................................... 422
Description .............................................................407
Component Parts Location ................................... 422
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 408 ECM ...................................................................... 427
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ....................... 427
IDLE SPEED .................................................... 408 ASCD Steering Switch .......................................... 427
Inspection ..............................................................408 Barometric Pressure Sensor ................................. 427
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Tempera-
IGNITION TIMING ............................................ 409 ture Sensor) .......................................................... 428
Inspection ..............................................................409 Camshaft Position Sensor .................................... 428
Clutch Pedal Position Switch ................................ 428
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............. 410 Crankshaft Position Sensor .................................. 429
Inspection ..............................................................410 EGR Cooler Bypass Valve .................................... 429
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ........ 411 EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve
. 429
Inspection ..............................................................411
EGR Volume Control Valve .................................. 429
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 412 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 430
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 1 ........................... 430
ECM ................................................................. 412 Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 .................... 430
Exploded View .......................................................412 Fuel Injector .......................................................... 431
Removal and Installation .......................................412 Fuel Temperature Sensor ..................................... 431
Fuel Pump (With fuel pump suction control valve). 431
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 413 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor .................................... 431
Exploded View .......................................................413 Glow Control Unit .................................................. 431
Removal and Installation .......................................413 Glow Plug .............................................................. 432
Intake air control Valve actuator ........................... 432
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 .......................... 432
(SDS) .......................................................... 414 Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Tempera-
ture Sensor 1) ....................................................... 432
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ................................ 433
(SDS) ................................................................ 414 Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch. 433
Idle Speed .............................................................414
Turbocharger Boost Control Actuator ................... 433
Ignition Timing .......................................................414 Turbocharger Boost Sensor .................................. 434
Calculated Load Value ..........................................414
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................414 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 435
YD25DDTi Crankcase Ventilation System .............................. 435
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ................... 415 SYSTEM ........................................................... 436

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 436 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC And Freeze
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip- Frame Data ............................................................ 457 A
tion ........................................................................ 436 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram .. 439 tor Lamp (MIL) ....................................................... 459
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail safe ............. 442 On Board Diagnosis Function ................................ 459 EC
OBD System Operation Chart ............................... 461
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 443 CONSULT Function ............................................... 463
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System
Description ............................................................ 443 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 470 C
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL .................. 445 ECM ................................................................. 470
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System Reference Value .................................................... 470
Description ............................................................ 445 D
Fail safe ................................................................. 482
GLOW CONTROL ................................................... 446 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 483
GLOW CONTROL : System Description ............... 447 DTC Index ............................................................. 485
Test Value and Test Limit ...................................... 489 E
EGR SYSTEM .......................................................... 447
EGR SYSTEM : System Description ..................... 447 WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 497
F
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .................... 449 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 497
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 497
Description ............................................................ 450
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 549 G
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).. 450
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ..... 549
CD) : System Description ...................................... 451 Work Flow .............................................................. 549
H
Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 551
THROTTLE CONTROL ........................................... 451
THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description ....... 452 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
INCIDENT ........................................................ 553 I
CAN COMMUNICATION ......................................... 452 Description ............................................................. 553
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description .... 452 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 553
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION J
SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOV-
METER) ................................................................... 452 ING ENGINE PARTS ...................................... 554
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION Description ............................................................. 554
METER) : ASCD Indicator ..................................... 452 K
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
METER) : Engine Oil Pressure Warning ............... 453 ECM ................................................................. 555
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ..................... 454 Description ............................................................. 555 L
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Work Procedure ..................................................... 555
lamps/Indicator lamps ........................................... 454 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/ POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR ......... 557 M
Indicator (On Information Display) ........................ 454
Description ............................................................. 557
OPERATION ..................................................... 455 Work Procedure ..................................................... 557
N
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).. 455 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- POSITION LEARNING .................................... 558
CD) : Switch Name and Function .......................... 455 Description ............................................................. 558
O
Work Procedure ..................................................... 558
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 456
Diagnosis Description ........................................... 456 FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY LEARNING .... 559
Diagnostic Tool Function ....................................... 456 Description ............................................................. 559 P
Work Procedure ..................................................... 559
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ........................... 457
FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING. 561
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ................................... 457 Description ............................................................. 561
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction ........... 457 Work Procedure ..................................................... 561
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Three Trip Detec-
tion Logic And One Trip Detection Logic ............... 457

INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGIS- Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature
TRATION ......................................................... 562 Sensor 1) .............................................................. 591
Description .............................................................562 Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sen-
Work Procedure .....................................................562 sor) ........................................................................ 591
Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor) .... 591
BASIC INSPECTION ....................................... 563
Work Procedure .....................................................563 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 593
DTC Description .................................................... 593
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 565 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 593
Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor) .... 594
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 565
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................565 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR1 .......................... 596
DTC Description .................................................... 596
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 569 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 596
DTC Description ....................................................569 Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................569 Sensor 1) .............................................................. 597
U1025 ENG COMMUNICATION ...................... 570 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ........................... 598
Description .............................................................570 DTC Description .................................................... 598
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................570 Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Tempera-
ture Sensor) .......................................................... 599
P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ................ 573
DTC Description ....................................................573 P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR ........................... 600
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 600
sor) ........................................................................574 Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen- tion Sensor) ........................................................... 601
sor) ........................................................................575
P012B INTAKE AIR SYSTEM .......................... 603
P0088 FUEL SYSTEM ..................................... 576 DTC Description .................................................... 603
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................576 Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sen-
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sen- sor) ........................................................................ 604
sor) ........................................................................577
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ...................578 P0182, P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SEN-
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Con- SOR .................................................................. 605
trol Valve) ..............................................................578 DTC Description .................................................... 605
P0089 FUEL PUMP ......................................... 579
DTC Description ....................................................579 P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR ........................... 607
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sen- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 607
sor) ........................................................................580 Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sen-
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Con- sor) ........................................................................ 608
trol Valve) ..............................................................580
P0200 FUEL INJECTOR .................................. 610
P0093 FUEL SYSTEM ..................................... 582 Description ............................................................ 610
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Relief
Valve) ....................................................................584 P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJEC-
TOR ................................................................... 611
P0097, P0098 IAT SENSOR 2 ......................... 586 DTC Description .................................................... 611
Component Inspection (IAT sensor 2) ...................588 P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 612
DTC Description .................................................... 612
P0101 MAF SENSOR ...................................... 589 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 613
DTC Description ....................................................589
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................589 P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR ........................... 614

DTC Description .................................................... 614 P0501, P0502, P0503 VEHICLE SPEED SIG-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 614 NAL ................................................................. 642 A
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi- Description ............................................................. 642
tion Sensor) ........................................................... 615 DTC Description .................................................... 642
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 642 EC
P0234 TC SYSTEM .......................................... 617
DTC Description .................................................... 617 P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ...................... 644
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 617 DTC Description .................................................... 644
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 644 C
P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR ............... 619 Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
DTC Description .................................................... 619 Switch) ................................................................... 648
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 649 D
P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE ........... 621 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Relay) ............ 649
Description ............................................................ 621 Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position
DTC Description .................................................... 621 Switch) ................................................................... 649 E
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 621 P0545, P0546 EGT SENSOR 1 ...................... 650
P0335, P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION DTC Description .................................................... 650
SENSOR ........................................................... 623 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 650 F
Component Inspection (EGT Sensor 1) ................ 652
DTC Description .................................................... 623
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 623 P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE .......................... 653
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen- G
DTC Description .................................................... 653
sor) ........................................................................ 624 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 653
P0340, P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SEN- P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .... 654 H
SOR .................................................................. 626 DTC Description .................................................... 654
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 626 Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch) .. 656
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen- I
sor) ........................................................................ 628 P0605, P0606 ECM ......................................... 657
DTC Description .................................................... 657
P0380, P0670 GLOW CONTROL UNIT ........... 629 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 657 J
DTC Description .................................................... 629
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 629 P0607 ECM ..................................................... 658
Component Inspection (Glow Plug) ...................... 630 Description ............................................................. 658
K
DTC Description .................................................... 658
P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ....... 632 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 658
DTC Description .................................................... 632
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 632 P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP ............................ 659 L
Component Inspection .......................................... 633 DTC Description .................................................... 659
P0405, P0406 EGR VOLUME CONTROL Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Con- M
VALVE POSITION SENSOR ............................ 634 trol Valve) .............................................................. 660
DTC Description .................................................... 634
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 634 P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .... 661
DTC Description .................................................... 661 N
P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ....... 636 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 661
DTC Description .................................................... 636
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 636 P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .... 663
O
DTC Description .................................................... 663
P0473 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 663
1 ........................................................................ 638
DTC Description .................................................... 638 P0668, P0669 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 638 SENSOR .......................................................... 665
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure DTC Description .................................................... 665
Sensor 1) ............................................................... 640 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 665
P0488 EGR SYSTEM ....................................... 641 P0686 ECM RELAY ........................................ 666

P1020, P1022, P1023, P1024, P1025, P1026 Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Con-
TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR ............... 668 trol Valve) .............................................................. 692
DTC Description ....................................................668 Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sen-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................668 sor) ........................................................................ 692
P1028 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR P1409 EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE .......... 694
1 ....................................................................... 669 DTC Description .................................................... 694
Description .............................................................669 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 694
DTC Description ....................................................669
P1550, P1551, P1552, P1553, P1554 BAT-
TERY CURRENT SENSOR .............................. 696
P1029 TC BOOST SENSOR ........................... 671 DTC Description .................................................... 696
Description .............................................................671 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 697
DTC Description ....................................................671 Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) . 698
Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sen-
P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE
sor) ........................................................................672 SENSOR ........................................................... 700
DTC Description .................................................... 700
P102A BARO SENSOR ................................... 674 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 700
Description .............................................................674 Component Inspection (Battery Temperature
DTC Description ....................................................674 Sensor) ................................................................. 702
P1616 ECM ....................................................... 703
P102B EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR DTC Description .................................................... 703
1 ....................................................................... 676 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 703
DTC Description ....................................................676
P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE ...... 704
DTC Description .................................................... 704
P1268 P1269, P1270, P1271 FUEL INJEC- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 704
TOR .................................................................. 678
P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE ...... 705
DTC Description ....................................................678
DTC Description .................................................... 705
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ...................680
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 707
P1272 FUEL PUMP ......................................... 681
DTC Description .................................................... 707
DTC Description ....................................................681
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 709
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Con-
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Relay) ........... 709
trol Valve) ..............................................................683
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sen- P2135 APP SENSOR ....................................... 711
sor) ........................................................................683 DTC Description .................................................... 711
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Relief Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 711
Valve) ....................................................................684 Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
tion Sensor) ........................................................... 712
P1273 FUEL PUMP ......................................... 685
DTC Description ....................................................685 P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................685 SUPPLY ............................................................ 714
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Con- DTC Description .................................................... 714
trol Valve) ..............................................................687 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 714
P1274 FUEL PUMP ......................................... 688 P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR ...................... 715
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Con-
trol Valve) ..............................................................689 P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR ........................ 716
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sen- DTC Description .................................................... 716
sor) ........................................................................689 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 716
P1275 FUEL PUMP ......................................... 691 P2426, P2427 EGR COOLER BYPASS
DTC Description ....................................................691 VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........... 717

DTC Description .................................................... 717 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 743
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 717 Symptom Table ..................................................... 743 A
Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass
Valve Control Solenoid Valve) .............................. 718 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 748
Description ............................................................. 748
P2478 EGT SENSOR 1 .................................... 719 EC
DTC Description .................................................... 719 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 749
IDLE SPEED ................................................... 749 C
FUEL INJECTOR ............................................. 721 Inspection .............................................................. 749
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ................... 723 CRANKCASE VENTILATION SYSTEM ......... 750
Inspection .............................................................. 750 D
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ............................ 724
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 724 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 751
Component Inspection (Glow Plug) ...................... 724 E
ECM ................................................................. 751
EGR COOLER BYPASS SYSTEM .................. 726 Exploded View ....................................................... 751
Component Function Check .................................. 726 Removal and Installation ....................................... 751
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 726 F
GLOW CONTROL UNIT ................................. 752
Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass
Exploded View ....................................................... 752
Valve Control Solenoid Valve) .............................. 727
Removal and Installation ....................................... 752
Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass G
Valve) .................................................................... 727 VACUUM LINES ............................................. 753
Hydraulic Layout .................................................... 753
INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL
H
SOLENOID VALVE .......................................... 728 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 728 (SDS) .......................................................... 754
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS I
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 730
(SDS) ............................................................... 754
Component Function Check .................................. 730
General Specification ............................................ 754
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 730 J
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................ 754
START SIGNAL ............................................... 732 Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 .......................... 754
Component Function Check .................................. 732 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 754
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 732 Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor ..................................... 754 K
Fuel Injector ........................................................... 754
GLOW INDICATOR .......................................... 733 Glow Plug .............................................................. 755
Component Function Check .................................. 733 EGR Volume Control Valve ................................... 755 L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 733 Crankshaft Position Sensor ................................... 755
Camshaft Position Sensor ..................................... 755
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ............... 734 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 755
Component Function Check .................................. 734 M
YS23DDT/YS23DDTT
PRECAUTION ............................................ 756
STOP LAMP SWITCH ...................................... 735
N
Component Function Check .................................. 735 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 756
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 735 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 737 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Relay) ........... 737 O
SIONER" ............................................................... 756
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.. 756
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ............ 739
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal .......... 756
Component Function Check .................................. 739 P
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ..... 757
Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models) ....................... 739
Diagnosis Procedure (A/T Models) ....................... 741 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 758
Component Inspection [Park/Neutral Position
(PNP) Switch] ........................................................ 742 COMPONENT PARTS .................................... 758
Component Inspection (Park/Neutral Position Re-
lay) ........................................................................ 742 YS23DDT ................................................................. 758
YS23DDT : Component Parts Location ................. 758
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 743
YS23DDTT ...............................................................762 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 782
YS23DDTT : Component Parts Location ...............762
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ........................767 TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor ...................................768 (YS23DDTT) ............................................................ 782
ASCD Steering Switch ...........................................768 TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Tempera- (YS23DDTT) : System Diagram ............................ 782
ture Sensor) ...........................................................768 TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL
Camshaft Position Sensor .....................................769 (YS23DDTT) : System Description ....................... 782
Clutch Pedal Position Switch .................................769
SYSTEM ........................................................... 784
Crankshaft Position Sensor ...................................769
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) ...............................770 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDT) ............. 784
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Differential Pres- ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDT) : Sys-
sure Sensor ...........................................................770 tem Description ..................................................... 784
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Manual Regenera- ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDT) : Cir-
tion Switch .............................................................771 cuit Diagram .......................................................... 786
ECM .......................................................................771 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDT) : Fail-
EGR Cooler Bypass Valve ....................................771 safe ....................................................................... 788
EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve
..772 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDTT) ........... 793
EGR Temperature Sensor .....................................772 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDTT) :
EGR Volume Control Valve (With EGR Volume System Description ............................................... 794
Control Valve Position Sensor) ..............................772 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDTT) : Cir-
Electric EGR cooling water pump ..........................773 cuit Diagram .......................................................... 796
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ...........................773 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDTT) :
EMCM ....................................................................773 Fail-safe ................................................................ 798
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ....................773
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL ................................... 803
Engine Oil Pump Control Valve .............................774
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL : System Description
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor ..............................774
. 803
Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 .....................774
Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 2 .....................775 POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL ......... 804
Fuel Heater ............................................................775 POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL :
Fuel Injector ...........................................................775 System Description ............................................... 804
Fuel Pump .............................................................776
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor .....................................776 TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL
Fuel Temperature Sensor ......................................776 (YS23DDT) .............................................................. 805
FPCM (Fuel Pump Control Module) ......................776 TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL
Glow Control Unit ..................................................777 (YS23DDT) : System Description ......................... 805
Glow Plug ..............................................................777
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL
High Pressure Compressor Bypass Valve Control
(YS23DDTT) ............................................................ 805
Solenoid Valve .......................................................777
High Pressure Fuel Pump .....................................777
(YS23DDTT) : System Description ....................... 805
High Pressure Turbine Bypass Valve Control So-
lenoid Valve ...........................................................778 EGR SYSTEM ......................................................... 805
Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 ..........................778 EGR SYSTEM : System Description .................... 806
Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 ..........................778
Low Pressure Wastegate Valve Boost Control So- THROTTLE CONTROL ........................................... 806
lenoid Valve ...........................................................779 THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description ...... 806
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................779
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL ................................ 807
Park/Neutral position Switch ..................................779
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Descrip-
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor .................................779
tion ........................................................................ 807
Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch..779
Thermo Management Valve ..................................780 COMBUSTION CONTROL ...................................... 808
Thermo Management Valve Control Solenoid COMBUSTION CONTROL : System Description . 808
Valve ......................................................................780
Turbocharger Boost Control Solenoid Valve .........780 AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM .............................. 810
Turbocharger Boost Sensor ..................................780 AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM : System De-
Vacuum Pump .......................................................781 scription ................................................................. 810
Water In Fuel Sensor .............................................781
THERMOSTAT CONTROL ..................................... 812

THERMOSTAT CONTROL : System Description.. 812 EMCM .............................................................. 890
Reference Value .................................................... 890 A
GLOW CONTROL ................................................... 812 Fail-safe ................................................................. 891
GLOW CONTROL : System Description ............... 812 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 892
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).. 813 DTC Index ............................................................. 892 EC
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
CD) : System Description ...................................... 813
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 893
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ....................... 813 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 893 C
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM : System De- Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 893
scription ................................................................. 814
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 915
D
METER) ................................................................... 814
BASIC INSPECTION ....................................... 915
Work Procedure ..................................................... 915
METER) : ASCD Indicator ..................................... 814 E
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ...... 917
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION Work Flow .............................................................. 917
METER) : Engine Oil Pressure Warning ............... 814 Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 919
F
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ..................... 816 SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOV-
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
ING ENGINE PARTS ...................................... 921
lamps/Indicator lamps ........................................... 816
Description ............................................................. 921 G
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/
Indicator (On Information Display) ........................ 816 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CAN COMMUNICATION ......................................... 816 ECM ................................................................. 922
H
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description .... 816 Description ............................................................. 922
Work Procedure ..................................................... 922
OPERATION ..................................................... 817
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING I
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).. 817 EMCM .............................................................. 925
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- Description ............................................................. 925
CD) : Switch Name and Function .......................... 817 Work Procedure ..................................................... 925 J
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM ......................................... 817 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGIS-
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : Switch Name and TRATION ......................................................... 926
Function ................................................................ 817 Description ............................................................. 926 K
Work Procedure ..................................................... 926
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 819
Diagnosis Description ........................................... 819 THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING ... 928 L
Description ............................................................. 928
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ........................... 820
Work Procedure ..................................................... 928
CONSULT Function .............................................. 820
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION M
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (EMCM) ........................ 832
CONSULT Function .............................................. 832
LEARNING ...................................................... 929
Description ............................................................. 929
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 834 Work Procedure ..................................................... 929 N
ECM .................................................................. 834 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL

REGENERATION ............................................ 930
YS23DDT ................................................................. 834 Description ............................................................. 930 O
YS23DDT : Reference Value ................................ 834 Work Procedure ..................................................... 930
YS23DDT : Fail-safe ............................................. 852
YS23DDT : DTC Inspection Priority Chart .......... 857 SERVICE REGENERATION ........................... 931 P
YS23DDT : DTC Index .......................................... 858 Description ............................................................. 931
Work Procedure ..................................................... 931
YS23DDTT ............................................................... 861
YS23DDTT : Reference Value .............................. 861 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER DATA
YS23DDTT : Fail-safe ........................................... 879 CLEAR ............................................................ 934
YS23DDTT : DTC Inspection Priority Chart ........ 885 Description ............................................................. 934
YS23DDTT : DTC Index ........................................ 886 Work Procedure ..................................................... 934

ENGINE OIL DATA RESET ............................. 935 Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen-
Description .............................................................935 sor) ........................................................................ 955
Work Procedure .....................................................935
P0033 HP COMPRESSOR BYPASS VALVE
VIN REGISTRATION ....................................... 936 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........................ 956
Description .............................................................936 DTC Description .................................................... 956
Work Procedure .....................................................936 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 956
Component Inspection (HP Compressor Bypass
FUEL PUMP FIRST PRIMING PROCEDURE . 937 Valve Control Solenoid Valve) .............................. 957
Description .............................................................937
Work Procedure .....................................................937 P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE .............................................................. 958
INJECTOR CHECK ......................................... 938
Work Procedure (Fuel Injectors Leak Check) ........938 YS23DDT ................................................................. 958
Work Procedure (Fuel Injection Quantity Check) ..939 YS23DDT : DTC Description ................................ 958
YS23DDT : Diagnosis Procedure ......................... 958
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 940
YS23DDTT ............................................................... 959
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 940 YS23DDTT : DTC Description .............................. 959
YS23DDTT : Diagnosis Procedure ....................... 960
ECM ..........................................................................940
YS23DDTT : Component Inspection (LP Waste-
ECM : Diagnosis Procedure ..................................940 gate Valve Control Solenoid Valve) ...................... 961
EMCM .......................................................................942
P004A HP TURBINE BYPASS VALVE CON-
EMCM : Diagnosis Procedure ...............................942
EMCM : Component Inspection .............................943
TROL SOLENOID VALVE ................................ 962
DTC Description .................................................... 962
U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION ...................... 945 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 962
DTC Description ....................................................945 Component Inspection (HP Turbine Bypass Valve
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................945 Control Solenoid Valve) ........................................ 963
U0121 CAN COMMUNICATION ...................... 946 P0087 FUEL SYSTEM ...................................... 964
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) ..................... 966
U0415 CAN COMMUNICATION ...................... 947
DTC Description ....................................................947 P0089 FUEL PRESSURE ................................. 967
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 948 Component Inspection (Fuel flow actuator) .......... 969
Description .............................................................948 Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ................... 970
DTC Description ....................................................948
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................948 P0095 IAT SENSOR 2 ...................................... 971
DTC Description .................................................... 971
P0001 FUEL PUMP ......................................... 949 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 971
DTC Description ....................................................949 Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................949 Sensor 2) .............................................................. 972
P0002 FUEL PRESSURE ................................ 951 P0100 MAF SENSOR ....................................... 973
Component Inspection (Fuel Flow Actuator) .........953
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ...................953 P0101 MAF SENSOR ....................................... 975
Component Inspection (Fuel Temperature Sen- DTC Description .................................................... 975
sor) ........................................................................953 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 975
P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ................ 954 P0105 TC BOOST SENSOR ............................ 977
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) ........................................................................955
P0106 TC BOOST SENSOR ............................ 979
DTC Description .................................................... 979

Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sen- DTC Description ..................................................1005
sor) ........................................................................ 980 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1005 A
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
P0110 IAT SENSOR ......................................... 982 tion Sensor) .........................................................1006
DTC Description .................................................... 982
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 982 P0226 APP SENSOR .....................................1008 EC
Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature DTC Description ..................................................1008
Sensor 1) ............................................................... 983 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1008
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi- C
P0115 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 984 tion Sensor) .........................................................1009
DTC Description .................................................... 984
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 984 P025A FUEL PUMP .......................................1010
D
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Tempera- DTC Description ..................................................1010
ture Sensor) .......................................................... 985 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1010
P0120 TP SENSOR .......................................... 986 P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272 COMBUSTION E

DISORDER .....................................................1012
ECM ......................................................................... 986
DTC Description ..................................................1012
ECM : DTC Description ......................................... 986
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1012 F
ECM : Diagnosis Procedure .................................. 986
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) .................1014
ECM : Component Inspection (Throttle Position
Sensor) .................................................................. 987 P0335 CKP SENSOR .....................................1015
DTC Description ..................................................1015 G
EMCM ...................................................................... 987
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1015
EMCM : Description .............................................. 987
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
EMCM : DTC Description ...................................... 988
sor) ......................................................................1016 H
EMCM : Diagnosis Procedure ............................... 988
P0340 CMP SENSOR ....................................1017
P0135 A/F SENSOR HEATER ......................... 990
DTC Description ..................................................1017
DTC Description .................................................... 990 I
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen-
Component Inspection (A/F Sensor Heater) ......... 991
sor) ......................................................................1018
P0180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR ......... 992 J
P0380 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ...............1019
DTC Logic ............................................................. 992
DTC Description ..................................................1019
Component Inspection (Fuel Temperature Sen- K
Component Inspection (Glow Plug) .....................1021
sor) ........................................................................ 993
P0402 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ....1022
P0190 FRP SENSOR ....................................... 994
DTC Description ..................................................1022 L
DTC Description .................................................... 994
Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control
P0200 FUEL INJECTOR .................................. 996 Valve Motor) ........................................................1023
M
DTC Description .................................................... 996
P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ....1024
DTC Description ..................................................1024
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) ................... 997
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1024 N
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJEC- Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control
TOR .................................................................. 998 Valve Motor) ........................................................1025
DTC Description .................................................... 998 P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE PO- O
SITION SENSOR ............................................1027
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) .................1000
DTC Description ..................................................1027
P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE .......1001 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1027 P
DTC Description ..................................................1001
P040A EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR .......1029
DTC Description ..................................................1029
P0219 ENGINE OVER SPEED ......................1004 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1029
DTC Description ..................................................1004 Component Inspection (EGR Temperature Sen-
sor) ......................................................................1031
P0225 APP SENSOR .....................................1005

P0470 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR1032 P0575 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................1057
DTC Description ..................................................1032 DTC Description ...................................................1057
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1032 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1057
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure
Sensor) ................................................................1034 P0605 EMCM ..................................................1059
DTC Description ...................................................1059
P0471 EXHAUST PRESSURE SENSOR .......1035 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1059
DTC Description ..................................................1035
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1035 P0606 ECM .....................................................1061
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure DTC Description ...................................................1061
Sensor) ................................................................1037 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1061
P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE .....1038 P0607 EMCM ..................................................1062

DTC Description ..................................................1038 DTC Description ...................................................1062
P060A ECM ....................................................1063
Valve Motor) ........................................................1039
DTC Description ...................................................1063
P0488 EGR SYSTEM .....................................1040 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1063
DTC Description ..................................................1040
P060B ECM ....................................................1064
DTC Description ...................................................1064
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1064
Valve Motor) ........................................................1041
P061A ECM ....................................................1065
P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL ..................1042
DTC Description ...................................................1065
DTC Logic ............................................................1042
P062B ECM ....................................................1066
P0504 STOP LAMP SWITCH .........................1043
DTC Description ...................................................1066
DTC Description ..................................................1043
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Switch) .................................................................1044 ACTUATOR FUNCTION ................................1068
P0525 ASCD SYSTEM ...................................1045 DTC Description ...................................................1068
DTC Description ..................................................1045
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1045 P0641 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................1070
P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR DTC Description ...................................................1070
1046
DTC Description ..................................................1046 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................1073
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1046 Description ...........................................................1073
DTC Description ...................................................1073
P0544 EGT SENSOR 1 ..................................1048
DTC Description ..................................................1048
DTC Description ...................................................1075
P0560 BATTERY VOLTAGE ..........................1050
DTC Description ..................................................1050
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1051 P0657 ECM RELAY ........................................1077
DTC Description ...................................................1077
P0564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................1052
DTC Description ..................................................1052
Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch) .1053 DTC Description ...................................................1079
P0571 BRAKE SWITCH .................................1054
DTC Description ..................................................1054 P0703 BRAKE SWITCH B .............................1081
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1054 DTC Description ...................................................1081
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1081
Switch) .................................................................1055

Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Component Inspection (Battery Temperature
Switch) ................................................................1082 Sensor) ................................................................1112 A
P0833 CPP SWITCH ......................................1084 P1560 ENGINE OIL PUMP CONTROL .........1113
DTC Description ..................................................1084 DTC Description ..................................................1113
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1084 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1113 EC
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Component Inspection (Engine Oil Pump Control
Switch) ................................................................1085 Valve) ..................................................................1114
C
P1130 A/F SENSOR .......................................1087 P160C ECM ....................................................1115
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1087 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1115
D
P1131 A/F SENSOR HEATER .......................1089 P1620 ECM ....................................................1117
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1089 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1117 E
Component Inspection (A/F Sensor Heater) .......1090
P1656 CAN COMMUNICATION ....................1119
P1453 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER DTC Description ..................................................1119
PRESSURE SENSOR ....................................1091 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1119 F
DTC Description ..................................................1091
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1091 P1675 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE 1120
DTC Description ..................................................1120 G
P1525 ASCD SYSTEM ...................................1093 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1120
DTC Description ..................................................1093 Component Inspection (Thermo Management
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1093 Valve Control Solenoid Valve) .............................1122
H
P1544 EGT SENSOR 2 ..................................1094 P2002 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER .......1123
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1094 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1123 I
Component Inspection (Diesel Particulate Filter) 1124
P1546 EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE ......1097
DTC Description ..................................................1097 P2080 EGT SENSOR 1 ..................................1125
J
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1097 DTC Description ..................................................1125
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .........1098
DTC Description ..................................................1098 P2100 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ........1127 K
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1098 DTC Description ..................................................1127
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) 1100 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1127
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN- P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL L

SOR ................................................................1101 FUNCTION .....................................................1129
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1101 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1129 M
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) 1103
P2120 APP SENSOR .....................................1131
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .........1104 DTC Description ..................................................1131
N
DTC Description ..................................................1104 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1131
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1104 Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Posi-
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) 1106 tion Sensor) .........................................................1132
O
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .........1107 P2226 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE [BARO
DTC Description ..................................................1107 SEN] ...............................................................1134
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1108 DTC Description ..................................................1134 P
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) 1109 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1134
P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE P2244 A/F SENSOR ......................................1135

SENSOR .........................................................1110 DTC Description ..................................................1135
DTC Description ..................................................1110 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1135
P2263 TC SYSTEM ........................................1137
DTC Description ..................................................1137

Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1137 Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
Switch) .................................................................1171
P2264 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR .................1139
DTC Description ..................................................1139 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH ...........1172
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1139 Component Function Check ................................1172
P2452 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position
PRESSURE SENSOR ....................................1141 Switch) .................................................................1173
DTC Description ..................................................1141
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1141 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL
REGENERATION SWITCH ............................1174
P245A EGR COOLER BYPASS CONTROL Description ...........................................................1174
SOLENOID VALVE .........................................1144 Component Function Check ................................1174
DTC Logic ............................................................1144 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1174
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1144 Component Inspection (DPF Manual Regenera-
Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass tion Switch) ..........................................................1175
Valve Control Solenoid Valve) .............................1145
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER WARNING
P24A7 ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER LIGHT .............................................................1176
PUMP 1 ...........................................................1147 Description ...........................................................1176
DTC Description ..................................................1147 Component Function Check ................................1176
P24A8 ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ..........................1177
PUMP 2 ...........................................................1151 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1177
DTC Description ..................................................1151 Component Inspection (Glow Plug) .....................1177
GLOW INDICATOR ........................................1179
P253F ENGINE OIL DETERIORATED ...........1155 Component Function Check ................................1179
DTC Description ..................................................1155 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1179
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ..........1180
P2626 A/F SENSOR .......................................1157 Component Function Check ................................1180
DTC Description ..................................................1157 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1180
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1157 Component Inspection [Park/Neutral Position
Switch] .................................................................1181
P2681 THERMO MANAGEMENT VALVE
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ......................1159 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .........1182
DTC Description ..................................................1159 Component Function Check ................................1182
Component Inspection (Thermo Management
Valve Control Solenoid Valve) .............................1160 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ..............1184
Component Function Check ................................1184
P2688 FUEL HEATER ....................................1162 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1184
DTC Description ..................................................1162
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1162 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ..........................1185
Component Inspection (Fuel Heater Relay) ........1163
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ..1185
P2A06 A/F SENSOR ......................................1165
YS23DDT ................................................................1185
DTC Description ..................................................1165
YS23DDT : Symptom Table .................................1185
YS23DDTT ..............................................................1187
FUEL PUMP ....................................................1167 YS23DDTT : Symptom Table ..............................1187
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1167 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE .....................1191
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) ....................1168
IDLE SPEED ...................................................1191
BRAKE SWITCH ............................................1170 Inspection .............................................................1191
Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1170 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............1192

VACUUM LINES .............................................1192 Removal and Installation .....................................1200
A
YS23DDT ...............................................................1192 FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM) ..1201
YS23DDT : Vacuum Layout ................................1192 Exploded View .....................................................1201
Removal and Installation .....................................1201
YS23DDTT .............................................................1194 EC
YS23DDTT : Vacuum Layout ..............................1195 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL
REGENERATION SWITCH ............................1202
ECM ................................................................1198 Removal and Installation .....................................1202 C
Exploded View ....................................................1198
Removal and Installation .....................................1198 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
EMCM .............................................................1199 (SDS) .........................................................1203 D
Exploded View ....................................................1199 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Removal and Installation .....................................1199
(SDS) ..............................................................1203
GLOW CONTROL UNIT .................................1200 Idle Speed ...........................................................1203 E
Exploded View ....................................................1200

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [QR25DE]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000011875357
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precautions Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnection
INFOID:0000000011875358
CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position,
then disconnect both battery cables.
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.

PRECAUTIONS
5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock A
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000011875359
EC
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to C
windshield.
PIIB3706J
F
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000011875360
When disconnecting the battery terminal, pay attention to the following.

• Always use a 12V battery as power source. G
• Never disconnect battery terminal while engine is running.
• When removing the 12V battery terminal, turn OFF the ignition
switch and wait at least 30 seconds. H
• For vehicles with the engine listed below, remove the battery termi-
nal after a lapse of the specified time:
D4D engine : 20 minutes YS23DDT : 4 minutes I

HRA2DDT : 12 minutes YS23DDTT : 4 minutes
K9K engine : 4 minutes ZD30DDTi : 60 seconds
M9R engine : 4 minutes ZD30DDTT : 60 seconds
J
R9M engine : 4 minutes
SEF289H
V9X engine : 4 minutes
YD25DDTi : 2 minutes
K
NOTE:
ECU may be active for several tens of seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF. If the battery terminal
L
is removed before ECU stops, then a DTC detection error or ECU data corruption may occur.
• After high-load driving, if the vehicle is equipped with the V9X engine, turn the ignition switch OFF and wait
for at least 15 minutes to remove the battery terminal.
NOTE: M
• Turbocharger cooling pump may operate in a few minutes after the ignition switch is turned OFF.
• Example of high-load driving
- Driving for 30 minutes or more at 140 km/h (86 MPH) or more.
N
- Driving for 30 minutes or more on a steep slope.
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main battery and the sub battery before turning ON
the ignition switch.
NOTE: O
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of main battery and sub battery discon-
nected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC. P
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000011586845
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:

PRECAUTIONS
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to illuminate.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-6, "Harness Connec-
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000011586846
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
SEF289H
• Do not disassemble ECM.

• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
PBIA9222J
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.

PRECAUTIONS
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. A
Refer to EC-86, "Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
EC
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), C
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D
D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confir- E
mation Procedure if the repair is completed. The Component
Function Check should be a good result if the repair is com-
pleted.
F
G
JSBIA1315ZZ
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow H

the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor. I
SEF348N
O
• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
P

PRECAUTIONS
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to

observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
ratio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [QR25DE]
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000011586847
EC
Tool number
Description C
Tool name
Measures fuel pressure
D
KV10120000
Fuel tube adapter
E
JSBIA0410ZZ
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000011586848 F
Tool name Description G

Fuel pressure gauge Measuring fuel pressure
I
ZZA0061D
Quick connector re- Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine

lease room J
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG: Par
No. 16441 6N210)
PBIC0198E
Fuel filler cap adapter Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
L
i.e.: (MLR-8382) pressure
S-NT815
N
Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature
sensor
O
P
S-NT705

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [QR25DE]
Tool name Description
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditions the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
i.e.: (J-43897-18) seize lubricant shown below.
(J-43897-12) a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)
S-NT779

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [QR25DE]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000011586849
EC
ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT

C
J
JSBIA5977ZZ
No. Component Function K

Atmospheric pressure sensor EC-39, "Atmospheric Pressure Sensor"
ECM EC-31, "ECM"

L
Mass air flow sensor EC-33, "Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temper-
(with intake air temperature sensor) ature Sensor)"
Electric throttle control actuator M
EC-32, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
(with built in throttle position sensor and throttle control motor)
EC-38, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
Valve"
N
Battery current sensor EC-38, "Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Tempera-
(with battery temperature sensor) ture Sensor)"
Mainly transmits the following signal to ECM via CAN
communication.
O
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)*1 • VDC operation signal
• TCS operation signal
P

COMPONENT PARTS
No. Component Function
• IPDM E/R control the internal relays and the actuators.
Refer to PCS-7, "RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM : Sys-
tem Description" (WITH I-KEY), PCS-43, "RELAY
CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description" (WITH-
IPDM E/R OUT I-KEY).
• When CAN communication with ECM is impossible,
IPDM E/R performs fail-safe control. Refer to PCS-22,
"Fail-safe" (WITH I-KEY), PCS-57, "Fail-safe" (WITH-
OUT I-KEY).
EVAP service port*2 —
*1: With ABS/TCS/VDC

*2: Not use
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
JSBIA5982ZZ
Engine rear side

: Vehicle front

Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
EC-35, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor"
(Exhaust camshaft position sensor)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
EC-35, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
(Intake camshaft position sensor)
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided
PCV valve
to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
Fuel injector EC-33, "Fuel Injector"

COMPONENT PARTS
A
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-35, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"
Engine oil pressure sensor EC-37, "Engine Oil Pressure Sensor"
Knock sensor EC-37, "Knock Sensor" EC
Engine oil temperature sensor EC-38, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-35, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve" C
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve EC-36, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Ignition coil (with power transistor) EC-33, "Ignition Coil With Power Transistor"
D
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-34, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT E
J
JSBIA5983ZZ
To engine assembly K

L
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC-36, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-37, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"

M
BODY COMPARTMENT

COMPONENT PARTS
JSBIA5984ZZ
Periphery of pedals
M/T assembly A/T assembly

ASCD steering switch EC-41, "ASCD Steering Switch"
Mainly transmits the following signal to ECM via CAN com-
munication.
• Vehicle speed
Combination meter • A/C ON signal*2
• Blower fan ON signal*2
Refer to MWI-8, "METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Lo-
cation" for detailed installation location.
munication.
• A/C ON signal
BCM*1 • Blower fan ON signal
Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Compo-
nent Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-40, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
Power steering pressure sensor EC-40, "Power Steering Pressure Sensor"

COMPONENT PARTS
A
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch EC-40, "Park/Neutral position Switch"
Fuel pump EC-33, "Fuel Pump"
EVAP canister EC-38, "EVAP Canister" EC

Mainly transmits the following signal to ECM via electrical
signal.
• Park/neutral signal C
TCM
munication.
• Powertrain revolution
Refer to TM-114, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Component D
Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Clutch pedal position switch EC-40, "Clutch Pedal Position Switch"
E
Stop lamp switch
EC-40, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch"
Brake pedal position switch
Accelerator pedal position switch EC-31, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor" F
*1: With intelligent key system

*2: Without intelligent key system
G
ECM INFOID:0000000011586850
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal H

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
JPBIA5843ZZ
K
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000011586851
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end L

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
M
JSBIA5987ZZ O

COMPONENT PARTS
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
PBIB1741E
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000011586852
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor.
JSBIA0270GB
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E

COMPONENT PARTS
Ignition Coil With Power Transistor INFOID:0000000011586853
A
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high EC
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
D
JPBIA4613ZZ
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000011586854

E
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and F
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on G
engine fuel needs.
H
JPBIA5845ZZ
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000011586855

I
FUEL PUMP
The ECM activates the fuel pump for 1 second after the ignition J
switch is turned ON to improve engine start ability. If the ECM
receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor
(PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump
to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the igni- K
tion switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation
and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It sends the control signal L
to the fuel pump control module, which in turn controls the fuel
pump.
JSBIA5988ZZ
M
Condition Fuel pump operation

N
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds. O
Except as shown above Stops.
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000011586856 P
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

COMPONENT PARTS
The mass air flow sensor is installed in the passage of intake air
and measures the intake flow rate. The mass air flow sensor controls
the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat gener-
ated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The
greater air flow, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor is built-into the mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air
temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature.
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) kΩ

−10 (14) 8.628 – 9.577
10 (50) 3.524 – 3.841
20 (68) 2.342 – 2.531
30 (86) 1.585 – 1.715
50 (122) 0.769 – 0.844
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000011586857
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
JPBIA5280ZZ
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature

[°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4

20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.0 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.
SEF012P

COMPONENT PARTS
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000011586858
A
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution. EC
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to C
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes. D
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
JPBIA5848ZZ
the engine revolution.
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000011586859 E
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of

intake camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft posi-
tion sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. F
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification G
signals.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause H
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
JPBIA5846ZZ
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. I
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000011586860
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF J

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit K
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve L
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
M
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor INFOID:0000000011586862
N
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor detects the protrusion of
the signal plate installed to the exhaust camshaft front end.
This sensor signal is used for sensing a position of the exhaust cam-
shaft. O
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change. P
change.
changes.
JPBIA5847ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000011586863
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through exhaust valve timing control
unit or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width retards valve angle.
The shorter pulse width advances valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the exhaust valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000011586866
The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode

layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
JPBIA4038GB
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its
control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is
applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density
in rich.
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approxi-
mately 760°C (1,400°F).
JPBIA5446GB
A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

A/F sensor 1 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range.

COMPONENT PARTS
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000011586867
A
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC
are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con- C
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation. D
SEF327R
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater is integrated in the sensor. E
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
F
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. G
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
H
Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000011586868
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine I

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
J
JSBIA0284ZZ L
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011586869
The engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor is detects engine oil pressure M
and transmits a voltage signal to the ECM.
JSBIA0292ZZ P

COMPONENT PARTS
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000011586870
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
JPBIA5280ZZ
<Reference data>
Engine oil temperature

[°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4

20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.0 0.236 - 0.260
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153
SEF012P
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.
EVAP Canister INFOID:0000000011586872
EVAP canister stores the generated fuel vapors in the sealed fuel
tank to activated charcoals of EVAP canister when the engine is not
operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
JSBIA3477ZZ
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000011586873
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
JSBIA5993ZZ
Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000011586874
OUTLINE

COMPONENT PARTS
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel con-
sumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is A
caused by the power generation of the generator.
Based on sensor signals, ECM judges whether or not the power
generation voltage variable control is performed. When performing
EC
the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the
target power generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And
ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command
value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage C
variable control, refer to CHG-15, "POWER GENERATION VOLT-
AGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description".
JPBIA3262ZZ
CAUTION: D
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
E
BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery negative cable. The sensor measures the charging/dis-
charging current of the battery.
F
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Battery temperature sensor is integrated in battery current sensor.
The sensor measures temperature around the battery. G
The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature
increases.
<Reference data>
H
Temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
25 (77) 3.333 1.9 - 2.1 I
90 (194) 0.969 0.222 - 0.258
*: These data are reference values and are measured between battery temperature SEF012P
sensor signal terminal and sensor ground. J

Atmospheric Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011607482
The atmospheric pressure sensor detects atmospheric pressure and K

send the voltage signal to the ECM. The sensor uses a silicon dia-
phragm which is sensitive to the change in pressure. As the pres-
sure increases, the voltage rises. L
JSBIA4556ZZ
N

COMPONENT PARTS
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011586875
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM.
PBIB2657E
Power Steering Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011671039
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a
power steering load.
This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the
voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve
opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000011586876
Stop lamp switch and brake pedal position switch are installed to brake pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
Brake pedal Brake pedal position switch Stop lamp switch

Released ON OFF
Depressed OFF ON
Clutch Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000011682932
Clutch pedal position switch are installed to clutch pedal bracket.

ECM detects the state of the clutch pedal by those two types of input signal (ON/OFF).
Clutch pedal Clutch pedal position switch

Released ON
Depressed OFF
Park/Neutral position Switch INFOID:0000000011701029
Park/neutral position switch detects that the transmission is in neu-

tral position and transmits a park/neutral signal to ECM.
JSFIA2733ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000011586877
A
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance
for each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and deter-
mines which button is operated. EC
D
JSBIA5990ZZ

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
Positive Crankcase Ventilation INFOID:0000000011586878
PBIB0492E
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes
through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.
PBIB1588E

On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) INFOID:0000000011586879
EC
JMBIA1930GB F
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere. G
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
H
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area. I
• Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures: J
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-410, "Inspection".
- Disconnect battery ground cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed. K
• Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection. L
• Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
M

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011586880
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA5979GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

SYSTEM
ECM controls the engine by various functions.
A
Function Reference
EC-50, "MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System De-
Multiport fuel injection system
scription" EC
Electric ignition system EC-53, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description"
Intake valve timing control EC-54, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description"
EC-56, "EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Descrip-
C
Exhaust valve timing control
tion"
EC-57, "ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE
Engine protection control D
OIL PRESSURE : System Description"
EC-58, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Descrip-
Air conditioning cut control
tion"
EC-59, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Descrip- E
Evaporative emission system
tion"
EC-61, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Sys-
Automatic speed control device (ASCD)
tem Description" F
• EC-64, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning lamps/
Indicator lamps"
Warning/Indicator/Chime
• EC-64, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/Indica- G
tor (On Information Display)"
CAN communication EC-62, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"
H

SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011586881
JSBIA6462GB

SYSTEM
EC
JSBIA6012GB
*1: M/T models

*2: A/T models P
*3: With ABS/TCS/VDC
*4: 41 (with intelligent key system), 20 (without intelligent key system)
*5: 42 (with intelligent key system), 19 (without intelligent key system)

SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail Safe INFOID:0000000011721822
NON DTC RELATED ITEM
Detected Engine operating condition

Remarks Reference page
items in fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MIL when there is malfunction on engine control
lamp circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-397, "Compo-
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the nent Function
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open Check"
by means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
DTC RELATED ITEM

Description
When a DTC is detected, ECM executes a mode (in the Fail-safe mode) applicable to the DTC. The fail-safe
mode has the preset traveling control mode (accelerator angle variation and engine output limit) and device fix
mode.
Fail safe mode Vehicle behavior

ECM controls the accelerator pedal depression speed to make it slower than actual speed.
This causes a drop in accelerating performance and encourages the driver to repair malfunc-
Accelerator angle
tion.
Traveling control variation control
NOTE:
mode ECM does not control the accelerator pedal releasing speed.
Engine output con- ECM reduces the engine output, according to the rise in engine speed. This reduces the ve-
trol hicle speed to encourage the driver to repair malfunction.
This mode fixes the IVT control solenoid valve and the EVT control solenoid valve in the ref-
Device fix mode
erence position.
Fail Safe Pattern
Pattern Fail safe mode

A Accelerator angle variation control
Traveling control mode
B Engine output control
C Device fix mode
Fail Safe List

×:Applicable —: Not applicable
Vehicle behavior
DTC
Detected items Pattern
No. Others
A B C
P0011 Intake valve timing control — — × —
P0014 Exhaust valve timing control
— — × —
P0078
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit
× × × —
P0103
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in reg-
P0123 ulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be
P0222 within +10 degrees.
P0223 — — — The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to
P2135 be slower than the normal condition.
So, the acceleration will be poor.

SYSTEM
Vehicle behavior
DTC A
No. Others
A B C
P0171 Fuel injection system EC
× — — —
P0172
P0197 Engine oil temperature sensor Exhaust valve timing control does not function.
— — —
P0198
C
P0300 Misfire
P0301
P0302 × — — —
P0303 D
P0304
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor × — — —
P0524 Engine oil pressure • ECM illuminates oil pressure warning lamp on the combina- E
tion meter.
— — — • Engine speed will not rise more than 4,000rpm due to the
fuel cut.
• Fail-safe is canceled when ignition switch OFF → ON.
F
— — — —
P0603 ECM
— × — ASCD operation may be deactivated.
G
P0604 ECM × — × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0605 — — — —
ECM
P060B × — × ASCD operation may be deactivated. H
— — — ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0606 ECM
× — × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
I
— — — —
P0607 ECM
— × — —
× — × — J
P060A ECM
× × × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
— — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by K
the return spring.
× — × —
position sensor circuit L
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulat-
ing the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor. M
— — —
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal N
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
P2103 — — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by O
the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control func- ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
tion — — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by P
the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
— — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.

SYSTEM
Vehicle behavior
DTC
No. Others
A B C
P2119 Electric throttle control actua-
— × — —
tor
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in reg-
P2123 sensor ulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be
— — —
P2128 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011586883
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
With Intelligent Key System
JSBIA5951GB
NOTE:
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is used with ABS/TCS/VDC.

SYSTEM
Without Intelligent Key System
A
EC
I
JSBIA5985GB
NOTE:
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is used with ABS/TCS/VDC.
J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the K
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
L
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
M
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine N
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
• High-load, high-speed operation O
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation P

SYSTEM
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
PBIB2793E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F
sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to
EC-36, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated
oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
“Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

SYSTEM
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
A
EC
SEF337W
Two types of systems are used. D

• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System E
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals
of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. F
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper- G
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
H
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011586884
SYSTEM DIAGRAM I
N
JPBIA5965GB
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

O

SYSTEM
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) • Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Ignition coil (with power
Ignition timing control
transistor)
TCM (A/T models)
Park/neutral signal
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T models)
Battery Battery voltage*1
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011586885
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JPBIA4760GB

SYSTEM
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator A

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Intake valve Intake valve timing control EC
Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature
timing control solenoid valve
Combination meter Vehicle speed* C
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
D
L
JPBIA6316GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve. M
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range. N
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
O

SYSTEM
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011586886
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JPBIA4761GB

Engine speed and piston position
Exhaust valve Exhaust valve timing control
timing control solenoid valve
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor Exhaust valve timing signal
Combination meter Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A
EC
I
JPBIA5972GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the exhaust
valve.
J
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine oil tem-
perature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the exhaust valve timing (EVT) control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the exhaust valve
to increase engine torque and output in a range of high engine speed. K
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System De- L
scription INFOID:0000000011586889
SYSTEM DIAGRAM M
JPBIA4922GB P

SYSTEM

Engine oil pressure sensor Engine pressure
Engine protection control
Crankshaft position sensor • Oil pressure warning lamp Combination meter
Engine speed
(POS) signal • Oil pressure warning lamp
• FUel cut control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The engine protection control at low engine oil pressure warns the driver of a decrease in engine oil pres-
sure by the oil pressure warning lamp a before the engine becomes damaged.
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed less than 1,000 rpm, ECM transmits
an oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter.The combination meter turns ON the oil pres-
sure warning lamp, according to the signal.
Combination meter
Decrease in engine oil pressure Engine speed Fuel cut
Oil pressure warning lamp
Less than 1,000 rpm ON* NO
Detection
1,000 rpm or more ON YES
*: When detecting a normal engine oil pressure, ECM turns OFF the oil pressure warning lamp.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011586890
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
With Intelligent Key System
JSBIA5952GB

SYSTEM
Without Intelligent Key System
A
EC
JSBIA5986GB F
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. G
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds. H
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high. I
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011586892 J
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
K
JSBIA0322GB
P

SYSTEM

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Battery Battery voltage*1 EVAP canister EVAP canister purge vol-
Throttle position sensor Throttle position purge flow control ume control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB3039E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)

SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000011586893
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA5953GB
G
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/ H
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
The ASCD operation status is indicated by two indicators (CRUISE and SET on the information display) on the I
combination meter. If any malfunction occurs in ASCD system, SET indicator blinks and ASCD control is deac-
tivated.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. J
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (CRUISE is indicated on the information display.)
K
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press COAST/SET switch. (Then SET is indicated on the information display.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION L
If the ACCELE/RES switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch
is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
M
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed N
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to neutral position (M/T models)
• Selector lever is changed to N, P or R position (A/T models) O
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
• VDC/TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform P
the driver by blinking indicators.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing COAST/SET switch or ACCELE/RES
switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly.

SYSTEM
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the COAST/SET switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the ACCELE/RES switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing MAIN switch is per-
formed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet
following conditions.
• Brake pedal is released
• Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
• Selector lever is in other than P and N positions (A/T models)
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000011586897
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-53, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER)
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : ASCD Indicator INFOID:0000000011620085
Item Symbol Function
For detail of ASCD function, refer to EC-61, "AUTO-

ASCD indicator MATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Sys-
tem Description".
JSCIA0831ZZ
Message: - - Km/h / - - MPH
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Engine Oil Pressure Warning

INFOID:0000000011620086
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When engine oil pressure is low, the engine oil pressure warning informs the driver of low oil pressure to pre-
vent damage to the engine.

SYSTEM
Symbol Message A
EC
Low oil pressure

Stop vehicle C
D
JPNIA1881ZZ
BULB CHECK E
Not applicable
OPERATION AT COMBINATION METER CAN COMMUNICATION CUT-OFF OR UNUSUAL SIG-
NAL F
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-110, "Fail-
Safe".
G
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
J
JSBIA6027GB
SIGNAL PATH
ECM calculates an engine oil pressure according to a signal transmitted from the engine oil pressure sensor. K
After engine running when the engine oil pressure is low and at least 5 seconds, ECM transmits the engine oil
pressure warning signal to combination meter via CAN communication. Then the engine oil pressure warning
displays.
L
LIGHTING CONDITION
When all of the following conditions for at least 5 seconds are satisfied:
• Ignition switch: ON
M
• Engine oil pressure is less than specified value.
• Engine speed is more than 500 rpm.
SHUTOFF CONDITION N
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:
• Ignition switch: OFF
• Engine oil pressure is the specified value or more.
• Engine speed is less than 500 rpm. O

SYSTEM
TIMING CHART
JSBIA3700GB
t: 100 ms
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning lamps/Indicator lamps INFOID:0000000011620087
Name Design Arrangement/Function

Regarding the arrangement. Refer to MWI-11, "METER SYSTEM : De-
sign".
Regarding the function. Refer to MWI-40, "WARNING LAMPS/INDI-
CATOR LAMPS : Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp".
sign".
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) Regarding the function. Refer to MWI-49, "WARNING LAMPS/INDI-
CATOR LAMPS : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (For QR25DE and
YD25DDTi Engine Models)".
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/Indicator (On Information Display)

INFOID:0000000011620088
Name Function
Refer to EC-62, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : ASCD
ASCD indicator
Indicator".
Refer to EC-62, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : En-
Oil pressure warning
gine Oil Pressure Warning".

OPERATION
OPERATION
A
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000011586898 EC
SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

C
JSBIA5589ZZ F
On the information display On the steering wheel

ASCD indicator CANCEL switch MAIN switch G
COAST/SET switch ACCEL/RES switch
SET SPEED RANGE H

ASCD system can be set the following vehicle speed.
Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)

I
40 km/h (25 MPH) 144 km/h (89 MPH)
SWITCH OPERATION
J
Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
K
• Resumes the set speed.
ACCEL/RES switch
• Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
• Sets desired cruise speed.
COAST/SET switch L
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.
Refer to EC-61, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD operating M
instructions.

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000011586899
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in control module memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with
the diagnostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000011586900
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control module equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to GI-55,
"Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
A
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000011586902 EC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in C
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink D
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC E

1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Illuminat- Illuminat- display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
ed ed ing F
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0304 × — — — — — × —
is being detected G
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0304 — — × — — × — —
is being detected
H
One trip detection diagnoses (Re-
— × — — × — — —
fer to EC-102, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
I
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000011586903
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC J

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed. K
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
L
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the M
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-102, "DTC Index". These items are
required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored N
non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame O
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-129, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair. P
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT screen.

Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000011586904
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other

MIL (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

EC
L
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-71, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".

Driving Pattern C
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than
70°C (158°F)
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust
Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
JMBIA1418GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- A
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi- EC
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
C
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip D
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System” E
Driving Pattern A
F
Driving Pattern B
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000011586905
G
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed. H
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more. I
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (36°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF. J
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving K
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
L
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of M
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop. N
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start. O
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern P
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm

Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition:
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C.
pattern C.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
DRIVING PATTERN D
Driving pattern D means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• The state of driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH) reaches 300 seconds or more in total.
• Idle speed lasts 30 seconds or more.
• A lapse of 600 seconds or more after engine start.
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
D.
pattern D.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000011586906
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT SET TIMING
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.

Example A
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) EC
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
C
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) D
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
E
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
F
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC G
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
H
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above I
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate J
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
K
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. L
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”. M
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
N
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000011586907
When emission-related ECU detects a malfunction in the emission

control systems components and/or the powertrain control compo- O
nents (which affect vehicle emissions), it turns on/blinks MIL to
inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected.
1. The MIL illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is P
not running).
NOTE:
Check the MIL circuit if MIL does not illuminate. Refer to EC-
397, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
NOTE:
JSBIA1315ZZ

If MIL continues to illuminate/blink, perform self-diagnoses and inspect/repair accordingly because an
emission-related ECU has detected a malfunction in the emission control systems components and/or the
powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions).
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000011586908
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM

The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.
Diagnostic test mode Function

Bulb check MIL can be checked.
SRT status ECM can read if SRT codes are set.
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a malfunction has
been detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
Accelerator pedal released po- ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-141, "Work Procedure".
sition learning
Throttle valve closed position ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-142, "Work Procedure".
learning
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-143, "Work Procedure".
Mixture ratio self-learning value Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-145, "Work Procedure".
clear
BULB CHECK MODE

Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MIL bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON.
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-397, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SRT STATUS MODE
Description
This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and
components. For SRT, refer to EC-72, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow.
• ECM continues to illuminate MIL if all SRT codes are set.

• ECM blinks MIL for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.
A
EC
JMBIA1515GB F
MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE
Description G
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system com-
ponents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
H
Operation Procedure
2. Check that MIL illuminates. I
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-397, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects the same malfunction twice in J
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire). K
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE

Description L
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MIL is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode M
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal- N
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
O
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal.
P
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MIL starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. This blinking
is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to “Self-diagnostic results” mode.

NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.
PBIB0092E
How to Read Self-diagnostic Results

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either
DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by
using the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.

In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index". A
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well. EC
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data C
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
NOTE: D
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON. F
5. Set ECM in “self-diagnostic results” mode.
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds. G
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000011586915 H
FUNCTION
I
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.* J
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work Support
dications on the CONSULT screen. K
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
ECU Identification ECM part number can be read. L
DTC Work Support The use of this mode enables quick and accurate performance of Confirmation Procedure.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
M
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data N
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
O
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-102, "DTC Index". P
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to TM-170, "Diagnosis Description".
2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
3. Select “Self Diagnostic Result”.

4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item* Description

DIAG TROUBLE CODE • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code that is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer
[PXXXX] to EC-102, "DTC Index".)
• “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
- One of the following mode is displayed.
- Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B1
- Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
- Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
- Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP
• The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
• “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
• “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
FUEL SYS-B2
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%]
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] • There items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
INT MANI PRES [kPa]
COMBUST CONDITION
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE

NOTE:
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica-
ble to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
• For reference values of the following items, refer to EC-86, "Reference Value".
Monitored Item

Monitor Item A
Selection
ECU
Monitored item Unit MAIN Description Remarks
IN-
SIG- EC
PUT
NAL
SIG-
S
NALS
• When the engine coolant tem- C
perature sensor circuit is open
The engine coolant temperature (deter-
or shorted, ECM enters fail-
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F × × mined by the signal voltage of the engine
safe mode. The engine coolant
coolant temperature sensor) is displayed.
temperature determined by the
D
ECM is displayed.
The vehicle speed computed from the vehi-
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph × × cle speed signal sent from combination E
meter is displayed.
The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT V × ×
played. F
The intake air temperature (determined by
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F × × the signal voltage of the intake air tempera-
ture sensor) is indicated.
G
Indicates the ignition timing computed by • When the engine is stopped, a
IGN TIMING BTDC ×
ECM according to the input signals. certain value is indicated.
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen H
HO2S2 (B1) V × ×
sensor 2 is displayed.
• When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
• When engine is running, spec- I
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed-
ification range is indicated in
A/F ALPHA-B1 % × back correction factor per cycle is indicat-
“SPEC”.
ed.
• This data also includes the
J
data for the air-fuel ratio learn-
ing control.
• The control value of the intake valve tim-
ing control solenoid valve (determined by K
ECM according to the input signals) is in-
INT/V SOL(B1) ×
% dicated.
• The advance angle becomes larger as
L
the value increases.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control
value computed by ECM according to the
A/F S1 HTR(B1) % × input signals. M
• The current flow to the heater becomes
larger as the value increases.
Indicates [°CA] of exhaust camshaft ad- N
EXH/V TIM B1 °CA × ×
vance angle.
• Accuracy becomes poor if en-
gine speed drops below the
Indicates the engine speed computed from O
idle rpm.
the signal of the crankshaft position sensor
ENG SPEED rpm × × • If the signal is interrupted while
(POS) and camshaft position sensor
the engine is running, an ab-
(PHASE).
normal value may be indicat- P
ed.
Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse • When the engine is stopped, a
INJ PULSE-B1 msec × width compensated by ECM according to certain computed value is indi-
the input signals. cated.
“Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel in- • When engine is running, spec-
B/FUEL SCHDL msec × jection pulse width programmed into ECM, ification range is indicated in
prior to any learned on board correction. “SPEC”.

Monitor Item
Selection
ECU
IN-
SIG-
PUT
NAL
SIG-
S
NALS
ACCEL SEN 1 × × • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is con-
The accelerator pedal position sensor sig- verted by ECM internally.
V
ACCEL SEN 2 × nal voltage is displayed. Thus, it differs from ECM ter-
minal voltage signal.
TP SEN 1-B1 × × • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is convert-
The throttle position sensor signal voltage ed by ECM internally. Thus, it
V
TP SEN 2-B1 × × is displayed. differs from ECM terminal volt-
age signal.
The A/F signal computed from the input sig-
A/F SEN1 (B1) V × × nal of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is dis-
played.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
electrical load signal.
- On: Rear window defogger switch is ON
LOAD SIGNAL On/Off × ×
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position.
- Off: Both rear window defogger switch
and lighting switch are OFF.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air con-
AIR COND SIG On/Off × × ditioner switch as determined by the air
conditioner signal.
[ON/OFF] condition of the power steering
PW/ST SIGNAL On/Off × × system (determined by the signal sent from
EPS control unit) is indicated.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
P/N POSI SW On/Off × ×
park/neutral position (PNP) signal.
Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] com- • After starting the engine, [OFF]
START SIGNAL On/Off × × puted by the ECM according to the signals is displayed regardless of the
of engine speed and battery voltage. starter signal.
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed
CLSD THL POS On/Off × × by ECM according to the accelerator pedal
position sensor signal.
• Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-
nal.
- RICH: means the amount of oxygen after • When the engine is stopped, a
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) RICH/LEAN ×
three way catalyst is relatively small. certain value is indicated.
- LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after
three way catalyst is relatively large.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition
IGNITION SW On/Off × ×
switch signal.
The air conditioner relay control condition
AIR COND RLY On/Off × (determined by ECM according to the input
signals) is indicated.
Indicates the fuel pump relay control condi-
FUEL PUMP RLY On/Off × tion determined by ECM according to the
input signals.
Indicates the throttle control motor relay
THRTL RELAY On/Off × control condition determined by the ECM
according to the input signals.

Monitor Item
Selection A
ECU
IN-
SIG-
PUT EC
NAL
SIG-
S
NALS
• Indicates the condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the in-
C
put signals).
COOLING FAN Hi/Mid/Low/Off × - Hi: High speed operation
- Mid: Middle speed operation D
- Low: Low speed operation
- Off: Stop
“Calculated load value” indicates the value
CAL/LD VALUE % × of the current air flow divided by peak air E
flow.
The engine oil temperature (determined by
ENG OIL TEMP °C or °F × the signal voltage of the engine oil temper- F
ature sensor) is displayed.
Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance
INT/V TIM(B1) °CA ×
angle. G
The signal voltage of battery temperature
BAT TEMP SEN V ×
sensor is displayed.
I/P PULLY SPD rpm ×

Indicates the engine speed computed from H
the input speed sensor signal.
The vehicle speed computed from the vehi-
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph × cle speed signal sent from TCM is dis-
I
played.
The signal voltage from the refrigerant
AC PRESS SEN V ×
pressure sensor is displayed.
J
• When the engine is stopped, a
certain value is indicated.
MASS AIR FLOW The signal frequency of the mass air flow
Hz × • When engine is running, spec-
SENSOR (Hz) sensor is displayed.
ification range is indicated in K
“SPEC”.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
HEATER FAN SW On/Off ×
heater fan switch signal. L
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop
BRAKE SW On/Off ×
lamp switch signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp M
BRAKE SW2 On/Off ×
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from brake
pedal position switch signal.
N
BRAKE SW1 On/Off × • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from clutch
pedal position switch signal. (M/T mod-
els)
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from COAST/ O
SET SW On/Off ×
SET switch signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from AC-
RESUME/ACC SW On/Off ×
CELE/RES switch signal. P
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CAN-
CANCEL SW On/Off ×
CEL switch signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN
MAIN SW On/Off ×
switch signal.

Monitor Item
Selection
ECU
IN-
SIG-
PUT
NAL
SIG-
S
NALS
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
PURG VOL C/V %
input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the val-
ue increases.
THRTL STK CNT
— —
B1*
TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
Indicates the mass air flow computed by
MASS AIRFLOW g/s ECM according to the signal voltage of the
mass air flow sensor.
• The control value of the exhaust valve
timing control solenoid valve (determined
by ECM according to the input signals) is
VTC DTY EX B1 %
indicated.
• The advance angle becomes larger as
the value increases.
Indicates the correction of factor stored in
ECM. The factor is calculated from the dif-
A/F ADJ-B1 — ference between the target air-fuel ratio
stored in ECM and the air-fuel ratio calcu-
lated from A/F sensor 1 signal.
• Displays the condition of Idle Air Volume
Learning
- YET: Idle air volume learning has not
IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT
been performed yet.
- CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has al-
ready been performed successfully.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated ox-
HO2S2 HTR (B1) On/Off ygen sensor 2 heater determined by ECM
according to the input signals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp
SET LAMP On/Off determined by the ECM according to the in-
put signals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
AT OD CANCEL On/Off
cancel request signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D
AT OD MONITOR On/Off
according to the input signal from the TCM.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE
CRUISE LAMP On/Off lamp determined by the ECM according to
the input signals.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
- Non: Vehicle speed is maintained at the
LO SPEED CUT Non/Cut ASCD set speed.
- Cut: Vehicle speed decreased to exces-
sively low, and ASCD operation is cut off.

Monitor Item
Selection A
ECU
IN-
SIG-
PUT EC
NAL
SIG-
S
NALS
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
- Non: Vehicle speed is maintained at the
C
ASCD set speed.
VHCL SPD CUT Non/Cut
- Cut: Vehicle speed decreased to exces-
sively low compared with the ASCD set D
speed, and ASCD operation is cut off.
• Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis
HO2 S2 DIAG2 INCMP/CM- (slow response) condition.
(B1) PLT - INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete. E
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P014C or P014D self-di-
A/F SEN1 INCMP/CM- agnosis condition. F
DIAG2(B1) PLT - INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete.
• Indicates DTC P014C, P014D, P015A or G
P015B self-diagnosis condition.
A/F SEN1 ABSNT/ - ABSNT: The vehicle condition is not with-
DIAG3(B1) PRSNT in the diagnosis range.
- PRSNT: The vehicle condition is within H
the diagnosis range.
The atmospheric pressure sensor signal
ATOM PRES SEN V ×
voltage is displayed.
I
• The control condition of the power gener-
ation voltage variable control (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input
signals) is indicated. J
ALT DUTY SIG On/Off
- On: Power generation voltage variable
control is active.
- Off: Power generation voltage variable
K
control is inactive.
SET VHCL SPD km/h or mph × The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
Indicates the duty ratio of the power gener- L
ation command value. The ratio is calculat-
ALT DUTY %
ed by ECM based on the battery current
sensor signal.
The signal voltage of battery current sensor M
BAT CUR SEN mV
is displayed.
The signal voltage of engine oil pressure
EOP SENSOR mV
sensor is displayed. N
Displays a determined value of atmospher-
ic correction factor necessary for correcting
A/F-S ATMSPHRC an A/F sensor signal input to ECM. The sig- O
—
CRCT B1 nal used for the correction is an A/F sensor
signal transmitted while driving under atmo-
spheric pressure.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Displays the number of updates of the A/F P
count
CRCT UP B1 sensor atmospheric correction factor.
*: The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item
Work item Condition Usage

IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • The idle air volume that keeps the engine within the spec- When learning the idle air volume
ified range is memorized in ECM.
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from
Crank a few times after engine stalls. fuel line
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • Idle condition When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • Idle condition When setting target idle speed
VIN REGISTRATION In this mode, VIN is registered in ECM. When registering VIN in ECM
SELF-LEARNING CONT • The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns When clearing mixture ratio self-
to the original coefficient. learning value
When learning the throttle valve
CLSD THL POS LEARN • Ignition on and engine stopped.
closed position
SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.
In this mode, write data stored by “SAVE DATA FOR CPU
WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU When ECM is replaced.
REPLC” in work support mode to ECM.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
Test item Condition Judgment Check item (Remedy)

• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
FUEL INJECTION • Fuel injector
• Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
tion using CONSULT.
• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sensor
perature using CONSULT. • Fuel injector
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm.
• Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according • Harness and connectors
PURG VOL CONT/V
volume control solenoid valve to the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT.
• Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* • Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” Cooling fan moves and stops. • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relay)
and “OFF” using CONSULT. • Cooling fan motor
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
FUEL PUMP RELAY • Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
ing sound. • Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT and
listen to operating sound.
trouble condition
If trouble symptom disappears, see • Perform Idle Air Volume Learn-
IGNITION TIMING • Timing light: Set
CHECK ITEM. ing.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT.

A
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
engine. • Harness and connectors
• A/C switch OFF • Compression
• Selector lever position: • Fuel injector EC
POWER BALANCE Engine runs rough or stops.
- P or N (A/T) • Power transistor
- Neutral (M/T) • Spark plug
• Cut off each fuel injector signal • Ignition coil
one at a time using CONSULT. C
INT V/T ASSIGN AN- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Intake valve timing control sole-
GLE • Change intake valve timing using CHECK ITEM. D
noid valve
CONSULT.
EXH V/T ASSIGN trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Exhaust valve timing control so- E
ANGLE • Change exhaust valve timing us- CHECK ITEM.
lenoid valve
ing CONSULT.
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
F
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE
Test Item
G
Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page
A/F SEN1(B1) P1276 P0130 EC-200
A/F SEN1 H
A/F SENSOR(B1) P014C/P014D P014C, P014D EC-230
HO2S2(B1) P1146 P0138 EC-216
HO2S2 HO2S2(B1) P1147 P0137 EC-210
I
HO2S2(B1) P0139 P0139 EC-224
SRT & P-DTC MODE

J
SRT STATUS Mode
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
K
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
L

ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [QR25DE]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000011586916
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE:
• Numerical values in the following table are reference values.
• These values are input/output values that ECM receives/transmits and may differ from actual operations.
Example: The ignition timing shown by the timing light may differ from the ignition timing displayed on the
data monitor.
This occurs because the timing light shows a value calculated by ECM according to signals received from
the camshaft position sensor and other sensors related to ignition timing.
• For outlines of following items, refer to EC-77, "CONSULT Function".
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication.
MASS AIR FLOW
See EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SENSOR (Hz)
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure".
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
0 – 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 –
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up
1.0 V
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
cation. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 – 14 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 – 1.0 V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.2 – 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 – 1.0 V

ACCEL SEN 2
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.2 – 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 1-B1
• Selector lever position: D (A/T) or Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
1st (M/T)
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B1*1 • Selector lever position: D (A/T) or Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
1st (M/T)
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON Off → On → Off
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released On

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed Off

ECM
A
Air conditioner switch: OFF Off
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine On
(Compressor operates.)
EC
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned Off
PW/ST SIGNAL
engine Steering wheel: Being turned On
Rear window defogger switch: ON C
On
and/or Lighting switch: 2nd position
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch and lighting
Off
switch: OFF
D
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON On → Off → On
• Engine: After warming up, idle the Heater fan switch: ON On

HEATER FAN SW
engine Heater fan switch: OFF Off E
Brake pedal: Fully released Off
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed On
F
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 – 3.0 msec
• Selector lever position:
- P or N (A/T)
INJ PULSE-B1
- Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1.9 – 2.9 msec G
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 5° – 15° BTDC H
- P or N (A/T)
IGN TIMING
- Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 7° – 50° BTDC
• Air conditioner switch: OFF I
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10% – 35%
• Selector lever position: J
- P or N (A/T)
CAL/LD VALUE
- Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm 10% – 35%
• No load K
• Engine: After warming up Idle 11.6 – 13.3 g/s
- P or N (A/T) L
MASS AIRFLOW
- Neutral (M/T) 2,500 rpm Approx. 39.6 g/s
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle M
• Selector lever position: (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even 0%
- P or N (A/T) slightly, after engine starting.)
PURG VOL C/V
- Neutral (M/T)
N
2,000 rpm 20% – 90%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° – 5°CA
• Selector lever position: O
- P or N (A/T)
INT/V TIM(B1)
- Neutral (M/T) 4,000 rpm Approx. 0° – 20°CA
• No load P
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° – 5°CA
- P or N (A/T)
EXH/V TIM B1
- Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° – 40°CA
• No load

ECM
• Engine: Idle speed After warming up Approx. 50% – 100%
- P or N (A/T)
INT/V SOL (B1) Cold condition [Engine coolant tempera-
- Neutral (M/T) 0%
• Air conditioner switch: OFF ture below 60°C (140°F)]
• No load
Air conditioner switch: OFF Off
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine On
(Compressor operates)
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch: ON
On
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above Off
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON On
HO2S2 HTR (B1) • Engine: Running On
• Power generation voltage variable control: Operating On
ALT DUTY SIG
• Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating Off
Almost the same speed as
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
the tachometer indication
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
VEHICLE SPEED
cation. the speedometer indication
Idle air volume learning has not been per-
YET
formed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: running
Idle air volume learning has already been
CMPLT
performed successfully.
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned 0 – 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
ON. (0 – 40,723 miles)
ENG OIL TEMP • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR(B1) 4 – 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine.)
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running ASCD: Operating
displayed
MAIN switch: Pressed On
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released Off
CANCEL switch: Pressed On
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released Off
ACCELE/RES switch: Pressed On
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON
ACCELE/RES switch: Released Off
COAST/SET switch: Pressed On
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
COAST/SET switch: Released Off
Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T): Fully
On
released
BRAKE SW1 • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal or clutch pedal (M/T): Slight-
Off
ly depressed
BRAKE SW2 • Ignition switch: ON
VHCL SPD CUT • Ignition switch: ON Non
LO SPEED CUT • Ignition switch: ON Non
AT OD MONITOR • Ignition switch: ON On
AT OD CANCEL • Ignition switch: ON Off

ECM
A
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON On → Off
at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating On
• When vehicle speed: Between 40 EC
SET LAMP
km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 ASCD: Not operating Off
MPH)
ALT DUTY • Engine speed: Idle 0 – 80% C
• Engine speed: Idle
• Battery: Fully charged*2
• Selector lever position: D
BAT CUR SEN - P or N (A/T) Approx. 2,600 - 3,500 mV
- Neutral (M/T)
• No load E
A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine: running –0.330 – 0.330
Selector lever position:
• P or N (A/T) On F
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON • Neutral (M/T)
Selector lever position: Except above Off
Indicates intake air tempera- G
INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ture
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 – 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates) H
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 – 2%
- P or N (A/T) I
VTC DTY EX B1
- Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 – 90%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
J
- P or N (A/T) Indicates the temperature
BAT TEMP SEN
- Neutral (M/T) around the battery. K
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1,000 – 2,000 mV
• Selector lever position: L
- P or N (A/T)
EOP SENSOR
- Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1,500 – 3,500 mV
M
• No load
0.512 – 4.608 V
ATOM PRES SEN • Ignition switch: ON (Refer to EC-277, "Compo-
nent Inspection") N
COOLING FAN • Ignition switch: ON Off
NOTE:
THRTL STK CNT B1 — O
The item is indicated, but not used.
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B1) DTC P014C and P014D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
P
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015A or P015B.
(B1) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
PRSNT
P015A or P015B.
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT

ECM
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on vehicle
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
CRCT B1 environment.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on the
Engine: Running
CRCT UP B1 number of updates.
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM inter-
nally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2: Before measuring the voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-194, "How to Handle
Battery".
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSBIA0505ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
2.2 V
[Ignition switch: ON]

• Engine stopped
1 128 Throttle control motor
Output • Selector lever position: D (A/T) or
(G) (B) (Close)
1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
JMBIA0324GB
2 128 Throttle control motor Battery voltage

Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(W) (B) power supply (11 – 14 V)
1.9 V

• Engine stopped
3 128 Throttle control motor
Output • Selector lever position: D (A/T) or
(L) (B) (Open)
1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
JMBIA0324GB
4 8 [Engine is running]
Knock sensor Input 2.5 V
(W) (B) • Idle speed
8 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Knock sensor)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
Battery voltage EC
(11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
9 The pulse cycle changes depending
(P) on rpm at idle
D
10 Fuel injector No. 4
(W) 128 Fuel injector No. 3 JMBIA0089GB
Output
13 (B) Fuel injector No. 1 Battery voltage
(Y) Fuel injector No. 2 E
(11 – 14 V)
14
(SB)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition F
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JMBIA0090GB
G
12
— ECM ground — — —
(GR)
H
16
(B)
Battery voltage
I
(11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not depressed
J
even slightly, after engine starting
EVAP canister purge vol- K

17 128 JMBIA0087GB
ume control solenoid Output
(BG) (B) Battery voltage
valve
(11 – 14 V)
L
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm
(More than 100 seconds after start-
ing engine.) M
JSBIA6030GB
N
• For 1 second after turning ignition
0 – 1.0 V
switch ON
18 128
Fuel pump relay Output [Engine is running] O
(V) (B)
Battery voltage
• More than 1 second after turning ig-
(11 – 14 V)
nition switch ON P
Battery voltage
21 128 Throttle control motor re- [Ignition switch: OFF]
Output (11 – 14 V)
(LG) (B) lay
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 – 1.0 V

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000
rpm quickly after the following condi-
tions are met
22 23
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Input - Engine: after warming up 0 – 1.0 V
(L) (B)
- Keeping the engine speed between
3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no
load
23 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Heated oxygen sensor 2)
0 – 4.8 V
25 26 Engine oil temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(P) (GR) sensor
oil temperature.
Sensor ground
26
— (Engine oil temperature — — —
(GR)
sensor)
Sensor ground
27
— (Engine coolant tempera- — — —
(G)
ture sensor)
0 – 4.8 V
28 27 Engine coolant tempera-
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(BR) (G) ture sensor
coolant temperature.
Sensor ground
30
— [Camshaft position sen- — — —
(B)
sor (PHASE)]
4.0
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending
on rpm at idle
31 30 Camshaft position sensor JPBIA4726ZZ

Input
(R) (B) (PHASE)
4.0
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
JPBIA4727ZZ
Sensor power supply

32 128
[Camshaft position sen- Output [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(W) (B)
sor (PHASE)]
0 – 4.8 V
33 34 Intake air temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(SB) (G) sensor
air temperature.
Sensor ground
34 (Mass air flow sensor, in-
— — — —
(G) take air temperature sen-
sor)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
3,333 Hz EC
[Ignition switch: ON] C

• Engine stopped
JSBIA2957ZZ D
2,340 – 3,280 Hz
E
[Engine is running]
35 34
Mass air flow sensor Input • Warm-up condition
(Y) (G)
• Idle speed
F
JSBIA2957ZZ
[Engine is running] 2,340 – 3,280 Hz → 1,100 Hz

G
• Engine is revving from idle to about
4,000 rpm
NOTE: H
Check for linear voltage rise in re-
sponse to engine being increased to
about 4,000 rpm. JSBIA2957ZZ
I
Sensor power supply
36 128 (Mass air flow sensor, in-
Output [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(P) (B) take air temperature sen-
sor) J
37
— Shield — — —
(B)
Sensor ground K
38
— (Engine oil pressure sen- — — —
(V)
sor)
[Engine is running] L
• Warm-up condition 3.9 V
39 38 Engine oil pressure sen- • Idle speed
Input
(LG) (V) sor [Engine is running] M
Sensor power supply
40 38 N
(Engine oil pressure sen- Output [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(Y) (V)
sor)
41 128
A/F sensor 1 Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.6 V
(BR) (B) O
Sensor ground
42
— [Exhaust valve timing — — —
(R)
control position sensor] P

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
4.5 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
on rpm at idle
43 42 Exhaust valve timing con- JPBIA4730ZZ

Input
(BR) (R) trol position sensor
4.5 V
[Engine is running]
JPBIA4731ZZ
Sensor power supply

44 128
[Exhaust valve timing Output [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(W) (B)
control position sensor]
1.8 V
A/F sensor 1 Input Output voltage varies with air fuel
(Y) (B) • Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
ratio.
52
(B)
11 V
[Engine is running]
53 128
A/F sensor 1 heater Input • Idle speed
(R) (B)
(More than 140 seconds after start-
ing engine)
JPBIA4732ZZ
10 V
[Engine is running]
54 128 Heated oxygen sensor 2
Output
(SB) (B) heater
JMBIA0325GB
[Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage

• Engine stopped (11 – 14 V)
[Engine is running]
61 62 Battery temperature sen-
Input • Battery temperature: 25°C (77°F) 3.3 V
(G) (Y) sor
• Idle speed
Sensor ground
62 (Battery current sensor,
— — — —
(Y) battery temperature sen-
sor)
[Engine is running]
63 62
(W) (Y)
Battery current sensor Input • Battery: Fully charged*1 2.6 – 3.5 V
• Idle speed

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
64 128 Sensor power supply EC
(SB) (B) (Battery current sensor)
Sensor ground
70
— [Crankshaft position sen- — — — C
(W)
sor (POS)]
3.5 V
[Engine is running] D
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending E
on rpm at idle
71 70 Crankshaft position sen- JMBIA0091GB

Input
(BR) (W) sor (POS) F
3.5 V
[Engine is running] G
H
JMBIA0092GB
Sensor power supply

72 128
[Crankshaft position sen- Output [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(R) (B) I
sor (POS)]
73
— Shield — — —
(B)
J
Sensor ground
74
— [Power steering pressure — — —
(P)
sensor]
[Engine is running] K
0.5 – 4.0 V
75 74 Power steering pressure • Steering wheel: Being turned
Input
(Y) (P) sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 – 0.8 V
• Steering wheel: Not being turned L
Sensor power supply
76 128
(Power steering pressure Output [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(V) (B)
sensor)
M
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever position: D (A/T) or Less than 4.75 V
1st (M/T) N
77 78 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Throttle position sensor 2 Input
(R) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped O
• Selector lever position: D (A/T) or More than 0.36 V
1st (M/T)
P
Sensor ground
78
— (Throttle position sensor — — —
(B)
1, 2)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever position: D (A/T) or More than 0.36 V
1st (M/T)
79 78 • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Throttle position sensor 1 Input
(W) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever position: D (A/T) or Less than 4.75 V
1st (M/T)
80 128 Sensor power supply
(G) (B) (Throttle position sensor)
81 128 Power supply for ECM Battery voltage
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(BR) (B) (Backup) (11 – 14 V)
86 0 – 0.2 V
Ignition signal No. 1
(P)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
87 NOTE:
Ignition signal No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending
(LG)
on rpm at idle
128 JMBIA0085GB
Output
90 (B)
Ignition signal No. 3 0 – 0.4 V
(Y)
[Engine is running]
91 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
Ignition signal No. 4
(SB)
JMBIA0086GB
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 – 1.0 V
• A few seconds after turning ignition
89 128 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(BG) (B) (Self shut-off)
Battery voltage
• More than a few seconds after turn-
(11 – 14 V)
ing ignition switch OFF
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0V
• Idle speed
93 128 Intake valve timing control
Output [Engine is running]
(R) (B) solenoid valve
• Warm-up condition Battery voltage
• When revving engine up to 2,000 (11 – 14 V)
rpm Quickly
[Engine is running]
94 128 Exhaust valve timing con- • Idle speed
Output
(W) (B) trol solenoid valve [Engine is running]
Battery voltage
(11 – 14 V)
99 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
100 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running] EC
103 124 Refrigerant pressure sen-
Input • Both A/C switch and blower fan mo- 1.0 – 4.0 V
(W/G) (BR) sor
tor switch: ON (Compressor oper-
ates)
C
Sensor power supply
104 128
(Refrigerant pressure Output [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(B/W) (B) D
sensor)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 128
Ignition switch Input Battery voltage
(LG) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 – 14 V) E
4V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
F
0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
110 111 [Ignition switch: ON]
ASCD steering switch Input 1V G
(SB/W) (B/Y) • CANCEL switch: Pressed
3V
• ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] H
2V
• COAST/SET switch: Pressed
111 ASCD steering switch
— — — —
(B/Y) ground I
Sensor power supply
113 128
(Atmospheric pressure Output [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(BR) (B)
sensor) J
1.8 – 4.8 V
114 124 Atmospheric pressure
Input [Ignition switch: ON] Output voltage varies with atmo-
(W) (BR) sensor
spheric pressure.
K
0V
115 128 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(Y) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] Battery voltage L
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 – 14 V)
Battery voltage
Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T):
(11 – 14 V) M
116 128 Brake/Clutch pedal posi- Fully released
Input
(LG/W) (B) tion switch [Ignition switch: OFF]
Brake pedal or clutch pedal (M/T): 0V
Slightly depressed N
• Selector lever position: Battery voltage
117 - P or N (A/T) (11 – 14 V)
128 O
(P)*2 PNP signal Input - Neutral (M/T)
(B)
(G)*3 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Selector lever position: Except 0V
above P
Sensor power supply
118 128
(Accelerator pedal posi- Output [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(GR) (B)
tion sensor 2)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
• Engine stopped 0.25 – 0.5 V
119 120 Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(P) (G) tion sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
Sensor ground
120
— (Accelerator pedal posi- — — —
(G)
tion sensor 2)
121 128 Battery voltage
Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(R) (B) (11 – 14 V)
Sensor power supply
122 128
(Accelerator pedal posi- Output [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(L/W) (B)
tion sensor 1)
123
(B)
Sensor ground
124 (Atmospheric pressure
— — — —
(BR) sensor, refrigerant pres-
sure sensor)
126 127 Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(L/R) (L) tion sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
Sensor ground
127
— (Accelerator pedal posi- — — —
(L)
tion sensor 1)
128
(B)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*1: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-194, "How to
Handle Battery".
*2: A/T models
*3: M/T models
Fail Safe INFOID:0000000011586917
NON DTC RELATED ITEM
Detected Engine operating condition

Remarks Reference page
items in fail-safe mode
Malfunction Engine speed will not rise When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
indicator more than 2,500 rpm due driver by lighting up MIL when there is malfunction on engine control
lamp circuit to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related EC-397, "Compo-
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the nent Function
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open Check"
by means of operating fail safe function.
The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
DTC RELATED ITEM

ECM
Description
When a DTC is detected, ECM executes a mode (in the Fail-safe mode) applicable to the DTC. The fail-safe A
mode has the preset traveling control mode (accelerator angle variation and engine output limit) and device fix
mode.
EC
Accelerator angle C
tion.
NOTE:
Engine output con- ECM reduces the engine output, according to the rise in engine speed. This reduces the ve- D
Device fix mode
erence position. E
Fail Safe Pattern
Pattern Fail safe mode F

A Accelerator angle variation control
Traveling control mode
B Engine output control
G
C Device fix mode
Fail Safe List

×:Applicable —: Not applicable H
Vehicle behavior
DTC
No. Others I
A B C
P0011 Intake valve timing control — — × —
P0014 Exhaust valve timing control J
— — × —
P0078
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit
× × × —
P0103 K
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in reg-
P0123 ulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be
P0223 — — — The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to
L
M
P0171 Fuel injection system
× — — —
P0172
P0197 Engine oil temperature sensor Exhaust valve timing control does not function. N
— — —
P0198
P0300 Misfire
P0301
P0302 × — — —
O
P0303
P0304
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor × — — — P
P0524 Engine oil pressure • ECM illuminates oil pressure warning lamp on the combina-
tion meter.
— — — • Engine speed will not rise more than 4,000rpm due to the
fuel cut.

ECM
Vehicle behavior
DTC
No. Others
A B C
— — — —
P0603 ECM
— × — ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0604 ECM × — × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0605 — — — —
ECM
P060B × — × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
— — — ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0606 ECM
× — × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
— — — —
P0607 ECM
— × — —
× — × —
P060A ECM
× × × ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
the return spring.
× — × —
position sensor circuit
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulat-
ing the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
— — —
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
P2103 — — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control func- ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
tion — — — valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by
the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle
the return spring.
P2119 Electric throttle control actua-
— × — —
tor
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in reg-
P2123 sensor ulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be
— — —
P2128 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000011586918
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.

ECM
Priority DTC Detected items A

U0101, U1001 CAN communication line
P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
EC
P0112, P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
P0117, P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1225, P1226, P2135 Throttle position sensor C
P0197, P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor
P0327, P0328 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) D
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
1 E
P0520 Engine oil pressure sensor
P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, P060B ECM
P0643 Sensor power supply F
Transmission range switch (A/T) or park/neutral position
P0850
switch (M/T)
P1078 Exhaust valve timing control position sensor G
P1550, P1551, P1552, P1553, P1554 Battery current sensor
P1556, P1557 Battery temperature sensor
H
P1610, P1611, P1612, P1614, P1615 NATS
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
P0031, P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater I
P0037, P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
J
P0078 Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
P0130, P0131, P0132, P014C, P014D Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0137, P0138, P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 K
P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0452, P0453 Atmospheric pressure sensor
2 L
P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
P0705, P0710, P0720, P0729, P0730, P0731, P0732,
P0733, P0734, P0735, P0740, P0744, P0745, P0750, A/T related sensors, solenoid valve or switches
P0775, P0780, P0795, P1734, P2713, P2722, P2731, P2807 M
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
P1805 Brake switch
N
P2100, P2103 Throttle control motor relay
P2101 Electric throttle control function
P2118 Throttle control motor O

ECM
Priority DTC Detected items
P0011 Intake valve timing control
P0171, P0172 Fuel injection system function
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 Misfire
P0420 Three way catalyst function
3 P0524 Engine oil pressure
P1212 TCS communication line
P1564 ASCD steering switch
P1572 ASCD brake switch
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
DTC Index INFOID:0000000011586919
×:Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1
Items SRT
CONSULT Trip MIL Reference page
*3 (CONSULT screen terms) code
ECM
GST*2
U0101 0101*4 LOST COMM (ECM) — 1 × EC-165
U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-166

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — Flashing*5 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 × 2 × EC-167
P0014 0014 EXH/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × EC-171
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-175
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-175
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-178
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-178
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × EC-181
P0078 0078 EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-184
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × EC-187
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × EC-187
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-192
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-192
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-194
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-194
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-197
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-197
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-200
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-204
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-207
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-210
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-216
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-224
P014C 014C A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-230

ECM
DTC*1
Items SRT A
(CONSULT screen terms) code
ECM*3
GST*2
P014D 014D A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-230 EC
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × EC-235
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × EC-240
P0197 0197 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-245 C
P0198 0198 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-245
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-248
D
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-248
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × EC-251
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × EC-251 E
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × EC-251
F
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-257
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-257 G
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-259
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-263
H
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × EC-267
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × EC-272
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN*6 — 2 × EC-275 I
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN*6 — 2 × EC-275
EC-278 (A/T)
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*7 — 2 × J
EC-279 (M/T)
P0520 0520 EOP SENSOR/SWITCH — 2 — EC-283
P0524 0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE — 1 — EC-286
K
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-289
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT*8 — 2 × or — EC-292
P0604 0604 ECM — 1 × EC-294
L
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 × EC-296
P0606 0606 CONTROL MODULE — 1 × or — EC-298
M
P0607 0607 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — EC-300
P060A 060A CONTROL MODULE — 1 or 2 × EC-301
P060B 060B CONTROL MODULE — 1 × EC-303 N
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × EC-304
P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A — 2 × TM-210
O
P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A — 2 × TM-212
P0720 0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR — 2 × TM-216
P0729 0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × TM-220 P
P0730 0730 INCORRECT GR RATIO — 2 × TM-223
P0731 0731 1GR INCORRECT RATIO — 2 × TM-225

ECM
DTC*1
Items SRT
*2 ECM*3
GST
P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × TM-240
P0744 0744 TORQUE CONVERTER — 2 × TM-242
P0745 0745 PC SOLENOID A — 2 × TM-244
P0750 0750 SHIFT SOLENOID A — 2 × TM-245
P0775 0775 PC SOLENOID B — 2 × TM-247
P0780 0780 SHIFT — 2 × TM-249
P0795 0795 PC SOLENOID C — 2 × TM-251
EC-307 (A/T)
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 ×
EC-309 (M/T)
P1078 1078 EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-312
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — 2 — EC-315
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × EC-317
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-320
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-321
P1550 1550 BAT CURRENT SENSOR — 2 — EC-322
P1556 1556 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-334
P1557 1557 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC — 2 — EC-334
P1564 1564 ASCD SW — 1 — EC-336
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW — 1 — EC-339
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN — 1 — EC-347
SEC-87 (with in-
telligent key
system), SEC-
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 —
264 (without in-
telligent key
system)
SEC-89 (with in-
telligent key
system), SEC-
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD,IMMU-ECM — 2 —
266 (without in-
telligent key
system)
SEC-90 (with in-
telligent key
system), SEC-
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 —
267 (without in-
telligent key
system)
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — SEC-269
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — 2 — SEC-272
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-349

ECM
DTC*1
Items SRT A
ECM*3
GST*2
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × EC-352 EC
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-355
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × EC-352
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × EC-358 C
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × EC-360
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-362
D
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-362
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-365
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-365 E
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × EC-368
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × EC-371
F
P2713 2713 PC SOLENOID D — 2 × TM-266
P2722 2722 PC SOLENOID E — 2 × TM-268
P2731 2731 PC SOLENOID F — 2 × TM-270 G
P2807 2807 PC SOLENOID G — 2 × TM-272
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J1979/ ISO 15031-5. H
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
*5: When the ECM is in the mode that displays SRT status, MIL may blink. For details, Refer to EC-74, "On I
Board Diagnosis Function".
*6: This item indicates the atmospheric pressure sensor.
*7: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*8: This self-diagnosis is not for ECM power supply circuit, even though “ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT” is dis- J
played on CONSULT screen.
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000011620090
K
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the L
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen. M
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
N

ECM
Test value and Test

limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0131 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
P0130 86H 0BH
test cycle
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0133 87H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0133 88H 04H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too
P2A00 or P2096 89H 84H
lean)
P2A00 or P2097 8AH 84H
rich)
P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
HO2S 01H P014C 8DH 04H
(Bank 1) lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
P014C 8EH 04H
lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014D 8FH 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
P014D 90H 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to
P015A 91H 01H
P015A 92H 01H
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015B 93H 01H
rich bank 1 sensor 1
P015B 94H 01H
P0133 95H 04H
to rich)
P0133 96H 84H
lean)

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle
C
P0137 08H 0CH
test cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 2
02H
(Bank 1) P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage D
P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0139 82H 11H
nosis E
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for F

03H P0144 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) test cycle
P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage G
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for H
P0151 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle I
P0150 86H 0BH
test cycle
HO2S Response rate: Response ratio (lean J

P0153 87H 04H
to rich)
P0153 88H 04H
lean) K
P2A03 or P2098 89H 84H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too L
P2A03 or P2099 8AH 84H
rich)
05H
(Bank 2) P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency M
P014E 8DH 04H
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to N
P014E 8EH 04H
P014F 8FH 84H
bank 2 sensor 1 O
P014F 90H 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to P
P015C 91H 01H
P015C 92H 01H
P015D 93H 01H

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P015D 94H 01H
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Response rate: Response ratio (lean
05H P0153 95H 04H
(Bank 2) to rich)
P0153 96H 84H
lean)
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle
P0157 08H 0CH
test cycle
HO2S 06H
(Bank 2) P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0159 82H 11H
nosis
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for

07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) test cycle
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0420 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
21H
(Bank1) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2423 83H 0CH
voltage
CATA- P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst

LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
P0430 82H 01H
22H
P2424 83H 0CH
voltage
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 80H 96H
(short term)
P0400 81H 96H
(long term)
Low flow faults: Difference between
P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
EGR idling condition
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 83H 96H Low flow faults: Max EGR temp
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate
P0402 85H FCH EGR differential pressure high flow
P0401 86H 37H EGR differential pressure low flow
P2457 87H 96H EGR temperature

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0011 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
C
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 81H 9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC D
P0011 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
P0014 83H 9DH
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1) E
P100A 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
P1090 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis
VTC intake intermediate lock function F
P0011 86H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate position
VTC intake intermediate lock system
Advanced: P052A G
87H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate lock posi-
Retarded: P052B
VVT tion check diagnosis)
SYSTEM VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 80H 9DH H
P0024 81H 9DH
I
P0021 82H 9DH
P0024 83H 9DH J
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2)
P100B 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
K
VTC intake intermediate lock function
L
Advanced: P052C
Retarded: P052D
tion check diagnosis)
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output M
39H P0455 80H 0CH
(Cap Off) voltage before and after pull down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than 0.04
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch) N
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
P0456 80H 05H
inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system leak Maximum internal pressure of EVAP O
3CH P0456 81H FDH
(Very small leak) system during monitoring
Internal pressure of EVAP system at
P0456 82H FDH
the end of monitoring P
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control
valve close

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Low Input: P0031 Converted value of heater electric cur-
81H 0BH
41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) High Input: P0032 rent to voltage
P0030 83H 0BH A/F sensor heater circuit malfunction
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- 80H 0CH
42H High Input: P0038 rent to voltage
er (Bank 1)
P0141 81H 14H Rear O2 sensor internal impedance
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur-
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) rent to voltage
SOR
HEATER Low Input: P0051 Converted value of heater electric cur-
81H 0BH
er (Bank 2)
P0161 81H 14CH Rear O2 sensor internal impedance
47H P0063 80H 0CH
Secondary air injection system incor-
P0411 80H 01H
rect flow detected
Bank1: P0491 Secondary air injection system insuffi-
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient flow
Secondary air injection system pump
P2445 82H 01H
stuck off
SEC-
Secondary air injection system high
OND- 71H Secondary air system P2448 83H 01H
airflow
ARY AIR
Bank1: P2440 Secondary air injection system switch-
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system switch-
P2440 85H 01H
ing valve stuck open
P2444 86H 01H
stuck on
P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function The number of lambda control
81H P0171 or P0172 81H 24H
(Bank 1) clamped
FUEL P117A / P219A 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring

SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
82H P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
(Bank 2) clamped
P117B / P219B 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
C
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of D
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
E
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
F
P0307 86H 24H
the seventh cylinder
G
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 88H 24H H
the multiple cylinders
P0301 89H 24H
the first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple cylinder misfires I
P0302 8AH 24H
the second cylinder
P0303 8BH 24H J
the third cylinder
P0304 8CH 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of K
P0305 8DH 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 8EH 24H
the sixth cylinder L
P0307 8FH 24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of M
P0308 90H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder N
P0300 92H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of O
P0300 93H 24H

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0301 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A2H No. 1 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0301 0CH 24H
cycles
P0302 0CH 24H
cycles
P0303 0CH 24H
cycles
P0304 0CH 24H
cycles
MISFIRE
P0305 0CH 24H
cycles
P0306 0CH 24H
cycles
P0307 0CH 24H
cycles
P0308 0CH 24H
cycles

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [QR25DE]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000011586921
EC
JRBWD3205GB

JRBWD3206GB

EC
JRBWD3207GB

JRBWD3208GB

EC
JRBWD3209GB

JRBWD3073GB

EC
JRBWD3074GB

JRBWD3075GB

EC
JRBWD3076GB

JRBWD3077GB

EC
JRBWD3078GB

JRBWD3079GB

EC
JRBWD3080GB

JRBWD3081GB

EC
JRBWD3082GB

JRBWD3083GB

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [QR25DE]
BASIC INSPECTION A
Work Flow INFOID:0000000011586922
EC
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JSBIA1228GB
DETAILED FLOW

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM

Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-132, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase only DTC of “ENGINE”.
With CONSULT: “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-77, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-74, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-402, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-407, "Description" and EC-
98, "Fail Safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5.
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to Refer to EC-407, "Description"
and EC-98, "Fail Safe".
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then check that DTC is detected
again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-100, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION

Perform EC-134, "Work Procedure".
Do you have CONSULT? A
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE EC
With CONSULT
Check that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/ C
F ALPHA-B2” are within the SP value using “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Refer to EC-
153, "Component Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
D
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE E
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. F
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE G
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-402, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
H
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
I
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-49, "Circuit Inspec- J
tion".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11. K
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-86, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART L
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment. M
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to the following.
With CONSULT: “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-77, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-74, "On Board Diagnosis Function". N
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK O
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then check that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
P
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that
the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM ( With
CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-77, "CONSULT Function",

Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-74, "On Board Diag-
nosis Function"). If the completion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific driving pat-
tern. Refer to EC-149, "SRT Set Driving Pattern".
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000011586923
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate or blink, and DTC
to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.

WORKSHEET SAMPLE
A
EC
L
MTBL0017

BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011586924
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no

load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT or GST.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.

BASIC INSPECTION
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. A
3. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-408, "Inspection".
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Idle Speed".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
PBIA8513J
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-141, "Work Procedure".
E
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
G
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-143, "Work Procedure". H
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. I
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
K
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
L
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-263, "DTC Description". M
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-259, "DTC Description".
YES >> GO TO 9. N
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
O
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-85, "Work Procedure" (with intelligent key system), SEC-263, "Work Procedure" (without intelligent P
key system).
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.

BASIC INSPECTION
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-409, "Inspection"
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Ignition Timing".
Timing indicator

YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> GO TO 11.
JSBIA6015ZZ
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
>> GO TO 13.
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
Timing indicator

NO >> GO TO 16.
JSBIA6015ZZ
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-55, "Removal and Installation".
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.

BASIC INSPECTION
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-263, "DTC Description".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-259, "DTC Description".
EC
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4
C
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.) D
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-85, "Work Procedure" (with intelligent key system), SEC-263, "Work Procedure" (without intelligent
key system). E
>> GO TO 4.
F

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
Description INFOID:0000000011586925
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. (For details, refer to EC-138, "Work Proce-
dure".)
PROGRAMMING OPERATION
NOTE:
After replacing with a blank ECM, programming is required to write ECM information. Be sure to follow the pro-
cedure to perform the programming.
1.SAVE ECM DATA

With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
4. Select “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
• Necessary data in ECM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
• Go to Step 2 regardless of with or without success in saving data.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM PART NUMBER
Check ECM part number to see whether it is blank ECM or not.
NOTE:
• Part number of blank ECM is 23703 - ×××××.
• Check part number when ordering ECM or the one included in the label on the container box.
Is the ECM a blank ECM?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.SAVE ECM PART NUMBER
Read out the part number from the old ECM and save the number, following the programming instructions.
Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• The ECM part number is saved in CONSULT.
• Even when ECM part number is not saved in CONSULT, go to 4.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING
After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• Refer to EC-412, "Removal and Installation" for replacement of ECM.
• During programming, maintain the following conditions:
- Ignition switch: ON
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
- Battery voltage: 12 – 13.5 V (Be sure to check the value of battery voltage by selecting “BATTERY VOLT” in
“Data monitor” of CONSULT.)
>> GO TO 6.
5.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-412, "Removal and Installation".
A
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS EC
Refer to SEC-85, "Work Procedure" (with intelligent key system), SEC-263, "Work Procedure" (without intelli-
gent key system).
C
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM DATA STATUS
D
Check if the data is successfully copied from the ECM at Step 1 (before replacement) and saved in CONSULT.
Is the data saved successfully?
YES >> GO TO 8. E
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.WRITE ECM DATA
With CONSULT F
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
NOTE: G
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to ECM.
>> GO TO 10. H
9.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
Refer to EC-140, "Work Procedure".
I
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING J
K
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-142, "Work Procedure". L
>> GO TO 12.
M
N
>> END

VIN REGISTRATION
VIN REGISTRATION
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-37, "Information About Identification or Model Code".
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
2. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
>> END

ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
A
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the EC
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011586930 C
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. D
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. E
>> END F

THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness con-
nector of the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator inside
is cleaned.
1.START
With CONSULT
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT display.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is 25°C (77°F) or less before engine starts.
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Raise engine coolant temperature until it reaches 65°C (149°F) or more.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
>> END

IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
A
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine idle speed EC
within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
C
1.PRECONDITIONING D
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle) E
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever position: P or N (A/T), neutral (M/T)
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger) F
On vehicles equipped with daytime running light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to
light only small lamps.
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) G
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models
H
• With CONSULT
Drive vehicle until “ATF TENP 1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “TRANSMISSION” system indicates 80°C
(176°C) or more.
• Without CONSULT I
Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. J
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. K
2.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT
L
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-141, "Work Procedure".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-142, "Work Procedure".
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”. M
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4. N
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
O
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has P
a malfunction.
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-141, "Work Procedure".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-142, "Work Procedure".

- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Wait 20 seconds.
SEC897C
>> GO TO 4
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifi-
cations. For specification, refer to EC-414, "Idle Speed" and EC-414, "Ignition Timing".
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
Check the following
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-153, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.
>> INSPECTION END

MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
A
This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc- EC
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
C
1.START
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. D
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST E
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
F
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102. G
>> END
H

FUEL PRESSURE
FUEL PRESSURE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

1.FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
With CONSULT
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure.
Without CONSULT
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R. For the fuse number, refer to EC-113, "Wiring Diagram". For
the fuse arrangement, refer to PG-149, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
2. Start engine.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
>> END
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
• Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
• The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other
purposes.
• Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick
connector maintains sealability with O-rings inside.
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C,
etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in
manifold vacuum.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
1.FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check (B) and fuel tube
adapter [SST: KV10120000] (D), then connect fuel pressure
gauge (A).
: To quick connector
: To fuel tube (engine side)
C : Hose clamp
CAUTION:
• Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine
NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). PBIB2982E
• To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use mod-
erately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
• Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.
• Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.
3. Disconnect fuel feed hose from fuel tube. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

FUEL PRESSURE
4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check to fuel tube (engine
side) with clamp as shown in the figure. A
CAUTION:
• Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth
moistened with gasoline. EC
• Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel
tube and spool .
• Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches
the spool on fuel tube. C
• Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439
N4710 or 16439 40U00). JPBIA4923GB
• When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps. D
• Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.
• Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in).
E
Tightening torque : 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb)
• Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. Connect fuel tube adapter (SST: KV10120000) (A) to quick con-
F
nector .
B : Fuel pressure gauge

G
JSBIA6010ZZ
I
6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg,
22 lb) to confirm fuel tube does not come off.
7. Reinstall the part removed at Step 3. J
NOTE:
Install the part to allow smooth engine starts.
8. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage. K
9. Start the engine and check for fuel leakage.
10. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
CAUTION:
L
• Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate
false readings.
• During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
M
At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL HOSES AND FUEL TUBES O
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
YES >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and P
Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
OUTLINE
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT ITEM
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item*1 Performance Corresponding

Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT indication) Priority*2 DTC No.
CATALYST 1 Three way catalyst function P0420
HO2S 1 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139
EGR/VVT SYSTEM 2 Intake value timing control function P0011
*1: Though displayed on the CONSULT screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
*2: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by
one based on the priority for models with CONSULT.
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart. A
EC
K
JSBIA0399GB
SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000011586939

L
CAUTION:
M

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Always drive the vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
JSBIA1455GB
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
• “Zone A” is the fastest time where required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*. If the diagnosis is not
completed within “Zone A”, the diagnosis can still be performed within “Zone B”.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
*: Normal conditions
- Sea level A
- Flat road
- Ambient air temperature: 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)
NOTE:
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. However, under other conditions, EC
diagnosis may also be performed. [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)]
C
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC. D
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT. F
Without CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-74, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST G
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> END H
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
J
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-148, "Description".
3. Check DTC.
K
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 9.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST L
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-148, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-149, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern". M
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.
>> GO TO 5. N
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F). O
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) P
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 – 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 4.1 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 1.4 V

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
>> GO TO 6.
6.PATTERN 2
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE:
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
>> GO TO 7.
7.PATTERN 3
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
- Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration of vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
>> GO TO 8.
PBIB2244E
8.PATTERN 4
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted again.
>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-74, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT(s) set?
YES >> END
NO >> Call TECH LINE or take appropriate action.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
EC
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” of
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value C
in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the D
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion) E
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz) (The signal frequency of the mass air flow sensor)
F
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000011586942
1.START
G
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi) H
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP I
1” (A/T fluid temperature) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
- M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied* J
*: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE L
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display. M
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “SPEC” of “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
N
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
YES >> END O
NO >> Proceed to EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011586943
OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2318E

EC
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE P
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-153, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.

NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
out of the SP value even a little.
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
SP value.
YES >> GO TO 6.
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within
the SP value.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".)
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace “fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”, refer
to FL-10, "Removal and Installation", and then GO TO 8.
NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7.
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
YES >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”, refer to FL-10, "Removal and
Installation", and then GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace and then GO TO 8.

8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” A

1. Start engine.
the SP value.
EC
NO >> GO TO 9.
C
9. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop. D
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10. E
Check the following. F
1. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-391, "Component Function Check".)
2. Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-385, "Component Function Check".)
3. Intake air leakage
4. Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-19, "Inspection".) G
YES >> Replace fuel injector, refer to EM-42, "Removal and Installation", and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11. H

1. Start engine. I
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? J
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION K
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, refer to EC-200, "DTC Description".
• For DTC P0131, refer to EC-204, "DTC Description". L
• For DTC P0132, refer to EC-207, "DTC Description".
• For DTC P014C and P014D, refer to EC-230, "DTC Description".
Is any DTC detected? M
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT N
Perform DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE according to corresponding DTC.
O
>> GO TO 14.
1. Start engine. P
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
1. Start engine.
the SP value.
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-402, "Symptom Table".
SP value.
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value: GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.
>> GO TO 22.

22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” A

1. Start engine.
the SP value.
EC
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-187, "DTC
Description". Then GO TO 29.
C
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (HZ)”
Select “MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indica- D
tion is within the SP value.
YES >> GO TO 24. E
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installa-
tion", and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM F
G
>> GO TO 29.
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. H
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element I
• Improper specification of intake air system
YES >> GO TO 27. J
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the K
SP value.
L
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (HZ)” M
Select “MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indica-
tion is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? N
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installation",
and then GO TO 30. O
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct P
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts

• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
indication is within the SP value.
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK FUSE EC
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
Location Fuse No. Capacity

C
#62 15 A
IPDM E/R
#66 20 A D
Is the fuse fusing?
YES >> Replace the fuse after repairing the applicable circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
2. Check ground connection E12 and E13. Refer to GI-49, "Circuit Inspection". F
YES >> GO TO 3.
G
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. H
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+ I
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
J
12
F74
16
F75 52 Ground Existed K
123
E80
128
L
YES >> GO TO 4.
M
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-1
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM O
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P
E80 121 128 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-2

2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
After turning ignition switch
E80 121 128 OFF, battery voltage will ex- Drop to 0 V
ist for a few seconds
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 7.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN) CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E80 121 E62 26 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
7.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Ignition switch ON 0V
F75 89 E80 128 Turn ignition switch OFF

and wait at least 10 sec- Battery voltage
onds.
YES >> Check Intermittent Incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
+ −
F75 89 E62 31 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.

YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation" (with intelligent key system), A
PCS-71, "Removal and Installation" (without intelligent key system).
9.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL EC
C
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.) D
Terminal
Ignition switch OFF 0V
E80 109 128
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage E
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10. F
10.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. H
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity I
J
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. K
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP)
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. L
ECM
M
+ − Voltage
F75 81 E80 128 Battery voltage N
YES >> Check Intermittent Incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 12. O
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT
P

+ −

U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011586946
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
D
CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detecting condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
E
LOST COMM (TCM) When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of
U0101
(Lost communication with TCM) OBD (emission-related diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
CAN communication line between TCM and ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
YES >> Proceed to EC-165, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END J
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-34, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow K
Chart".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CAN COMM CIRCUIT When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal other
U1001
(CAN communication circuit) than OBD (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-34, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".

P0011 IVT CONTROL
P0011 IVT CONTROL
A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

(Trouble diagnosis content) C
INT/V TIM CONT-B1
P0011 (″A″ Camshaft position - timing over-ad- There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.
vanced or system performance bank 1) D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) E
• Intake valve control solenoid valve
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft
• Timing chain installation F
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control
FAIL-SAFE
G
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
This mode fixes the IVT control solenoid valve and the EVT control solenoid valve in the reference H
Device fix mode
position.

I
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075.
Is applicable DTC detected? J
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-181, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
K
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test. L
TESTING CONDITION: M
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 V and 16 V at
idle.
N
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
O
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady P
as possible.
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
A/T: P or N position
Selector/Shift lever
M/T: Neutral

P0011 IVT CONTROL
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 20 seconds.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
NO >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is

ENG SPEED
maintained.)
A/T: D position
M/T: 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
(Increased engine load will help main-
Driving location
tain the driving conditions required for
this test.)
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
With GST

Is applicable DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 3.
PBIA8559J
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Check the intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-169, "Component Inspection".

P0011 IVT CONTROL
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View". A
4.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check the crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-261, "Component Inspection".
EC
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".
C
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check the camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-265, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-65, "Exploded View".
E
6.CHECK INTAKE CAMSHAFT
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end F
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
YES >> GO TO 7. G
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-66, "Removal
and Installation".
H
JPBIA5855ZZ
I
7.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
J
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-55, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 8.
K
8.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Refer to LU-8, "Inspection", “INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION”.
Is the inspection result normal? L
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
M
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011586953
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-1 N

2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
O
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

+ − Resistance P
Terminal
1 2 6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω
Ground
2 (Continuity should not exist)

P0011 IVT CONTROL
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-2
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2107ZZ


P0014 EVT CONTROL
P0014 EVT CONTROL
A

EXH/V TIM CONT-B1
P0014 (″B″ Camshaft position - timing over-ad- There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.
vanced or system performance bank 1) D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) E
• Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
• Exhaust valve control solenoid valve
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft F
• Timing chain installation
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for exhaust valve timing control
FAIL-SAFE G

Fail safe mode Vehicle behavior H
This mode fixes the IVT control solenoid valve and the EVT control solenoid valve in the reference
Device fix mode
position.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

If DTC P0014 is displayed with DTC P0078 or P1078, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0078 or J
P1078.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index". K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
L
before conducting the next test.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. M
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at N
idle.
>> GO TO 3. O
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. P
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.

P0014 EVT CONTROL

ENG SPEED
maintained.)
M/T: Neutral
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
With GST
YES >> Proceed to EC-172, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.

ENG SPEED
maintained.)
A/T: D position
M/T: 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
(Increased engine load will help main-
Driving location uphill
tain the driving conditions required for
this test.)
CAUTION:
With GST

If DTC P0014 is displayed with DTC P0078 or P1078, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0078 or
P1078.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine.

P0014 EVT CONTROL
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated. A
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 3. EC
PBIA8559J
3.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE D
Check the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-174, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) F
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR H
Check the exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EC-265, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 6. I
NO >> Replace exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-65, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXH) J
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
K
YES >> GO TO 7.
L
and Installation".
JPBIA5856ZZ
7.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION N

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-55, "Removal and Installation". O
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT P
Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
NO >> Clean lubrication line.

P0014 EVT CONTROL
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-1

2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve

+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω
Ground

YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Remove exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
2. Provide 12 V DC between exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
CAUTION:
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in exhaust valve
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when exhaust valve timing control


P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A

The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
range.
P0031 (HO2S heater control circuit low bank 1
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor D
sensor 1)
1 heater.)
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
range.
P0032 (HO2S heater control circuit high bank 1
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the A/F sensor
E
sensor 1)
1 heater.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
F
DTC P0031
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1 heater G
DTC P0032
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1 heater H
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure J
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than between 11 V at
L
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
M
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". O
P
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

+
A/F sensor 1 − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F77 4 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity
F77 3 F75 53 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check the A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-176, "Component Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant
(commercial service tool).
>> INSPECTION END

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as per the following.

A/F sensor 1 A
+ − Resistance
Terminal
EC
4 1.8 - 2.44 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
3 1
2 ∞Ω C
4
2
D
NO >> GO TO 2. E
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View".
CAUTION: F
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner G
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial
service tool).
H
>> INSPECTION END

P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out
HO2 HTR (B1)
of the normal range.
P0037 (HO2S heater control circuit low bank 1
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxy-
sensor 2)
gen sensor 2 heater.)
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out
HO2 HTR (B1)
of the normal range.
P0038 (HO2S heater control circuit high bank 1
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated ox-
sensor 2)
ygen sensor 2 heater.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0037
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
DTC P0038
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
With GST

A
1.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector. EC
4. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.
C
+
HO2S2 − Voltage
D
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector. G
+ −
H
HO2S2 ECM Continuity
F78 3 F75 54 Existed I
YES >> GO TO 3. J
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER K
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater. Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection".
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
M
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. N
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner
service tool). O
>> INSPECTION END

P
1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as per the following.


+ − Resistance
Terminal
4 3 3.3 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2
1 3
∞Ω
4
(Continuity should not exist)
3
2
4
NO >> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END

P0075 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
A

INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1
ECM detects an abnormal voltage in the intake valve timing control sole-
P0075 (Intake valve control solenoid circuit bank
noid valve control circuit.
1) D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
>> GO TO 2. I
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. J
YES >> Proceed to EC-181, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011586972 L
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING (IVT) CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Disconnect IVT control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. N
+
IVT control solenoid valve − Voltage O
Connector Terminal
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

3. Check the continuity between IVT control solenoid valve harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
+ −
IVT control solenoid valve IPDM E/R Continuity
3.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between IVT control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
IVT control solenoid valve ECM Continuity
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the IVT control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-182, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace IVT control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".

2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω
Ground

YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".

2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the A
CAUTION:
EC
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control C
YES >> INSPECTION END D


P0078 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B1
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through exhaust valve timing con-
P0078 (Exhaust valve control solenoid circuit bank
trol solenoid valve.
1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE

Device fix mode
position.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing (EVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
+
EVT control solenoid valve − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

EC
3. Check the continuity between EVT control solenoid valve harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
+ +
C
EVT control solenoid valve IPDM E/R Continuity

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
3.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT F

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
3. Check the continuity between EVT control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
H
+ +
EVT control solenoid valve ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
J
YES >> GO TO 4.
K
4.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-185, "Component Inspection".
M
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-1 N

2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
O
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve

+ − Resistance P
Terminal
1 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω
Ground

YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Remove exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
2. Provide 12 V DC between exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
CAUTION:
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in exhaust valve
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when exhaust valve timing control


P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
P0102 An excessively low voltage from the mass air flow sensor is sent to ECM.
(Mass or volume air flow ″A″ circuit low)
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 D
P0103 An excessively high voltage from the mass air flow sensor is sent to ECM.
(Mass or volume air flow ″A″ circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
DTC P0102
• Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air leaks
F
• Mass air flow sensor
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit
DTC P0103
G
H
FAIL-SAFE

I
ECM controls the accelerator pedal depression speed to make it slower than actual speed. This
Accelerator an-
causes a drop in accelerating performance and encourages the driver to repair malfunction. J
gle variation
Traveling control NOTE:
control
Engine output ECM reduces the engine output, according to the rise in engine speed. This reduces the vehicle
control speed to encourage the driver to repair malfunction. K
Device fix mode
position.
L
1.PRECONDITIONING
M
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2. O
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
P
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-1

2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-2
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
+
MAF sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F54 2 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ − A
MAF sensor ECM Continuity
EC
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure".
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT D

3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. E
+ −
F
F54 3 F74 34 Existed G
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. I
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity J
K
YES >> GO TO 7. L
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR
Check the MAF sensor. Refer to EC-189, "Component Inspection". M
N
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
O
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-1
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
5. Select “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” and check indication.

Monitor item Condition Value

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 3,333 Hz
MASS AIR
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temper-
FLOW SENSOR 2,340 - 3,280 Hz
ature.)
(Hz)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 2,340 - 3,280 Hz to Approx. 1.100 Hz*
*: Check for linear frequency rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Intake valve deposits
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

MASS AIR
ature.)
(Hz)
NO >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.

MASS AIR
ature.)
(Hz)

YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
EC

P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

IAT SEN/CIRCUIT- B1
An excessively low voltage from the intake air temperature sensor is sent
P0112 (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit low
to ECM.
bank 1)
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT- B1
An excessively high voltage from the intake air temperature sensor is sent
P0113 (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit high
to ECM.
bank 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Intake air temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
MAF sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F54 4 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC
+ −
MAF sensor ECM Continuity C
D
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. E
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
3. Check the continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
4. Also check harness for short to power. I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-193, "Component Inspection".
K
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-29, "Exploded
View". L
M
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
2. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals under the following conditions. N
MAF sensor
+ - Condition Resistance O
Terminal
4 3 Temperature° C (°F) 20 (68) 2.342 – 2.531 kΩ
P
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). Refer to EM-29, "Exploded
View".

P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECT SEN/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the engine coolant temperature sensor is
P0117 (Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 cir-
sent to ECM.
cuit low)
ECT SEN/CIRC
An excessively high voltage from the engine coolant temperature sensor is
P0118 (Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 cir-
sent to ECM.
cuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
ECT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F60 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC
+ −
ECT sensor ECM Continuity C
D
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. E
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
+ −
ECT sensor ECM Continuity
4. Also check harness for short to ground to power. I
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-195, "Component Inspection".
K
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-76, "Exploded View".
L
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR M

2. Disconnect ECT sensor harness connector.
3. Remove ECT sensor. N
4. Check resistance between ECT sensor terminals by heating
with hot water as shown in the figure.
O
ECT sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal P
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 JMBIA0080ZZ



P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
A

TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
P0122 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch ″A″ An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit low) D
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
P0123 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch ″A″ An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 2) F
FAIL-SAFE
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode G

The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order
for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. H
Other
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.

If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. J
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure L
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
TESTING CONDITION:
N
>> GO TO 3.
O
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
P

If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Electric throttle control actuator −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F76 2 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Electric throttle control actu-
ECM Continuity
ator
4. Also check harness for short to power.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
nector.

+ − A
ECM Continuity
ator
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. C
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D
6.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check the throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-199, "Component Inspection".
E
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".
F
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR G

3. Perform “ Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”. Refer to EC-142, "Work Procedure". H
5. Set selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T).
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.
I
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage J
Connector
Terminal
Fully released More than 0.36 V
Sensor 1 79 K
Accelerator Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F75 78
pedal Fully released Less than 4.75 V
Sensor 2 77
Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
L
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View". M

P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.

The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is con-
A)
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) stantly in the range other than approx. 2.2 V.
P0130
(O2 sensor circuit bank 1 sensor 1) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is con-
B)
stantly approx. 2.2 V.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT
2. Let it idle for 2 minutes.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 7.
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuates around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-1
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CON-
SULT.
2. Touch “START”.
3. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.

P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm A

VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec
EC
A/T: D position
M/T: 5th position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2. C
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT screen?
D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-2 E
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal. F
Which does “TESTING” change to?
COMPLETED>>GO TO 6.
OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 4. G
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-3
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”
H
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
I
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
Without CONSULT J
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. K
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Shift the selector lever to the D position (A/T) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully
until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH). L
CAUTION:
NOTE: M
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for five times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine. N
7. Repeat steps 2 to 3 for five times.
8. Stop the vehicle.
9. Check 1st trip DTC. O
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". P
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY


P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
+
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R Continuity
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
1 41
F77 F74 Existed
2 45
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
F77 Ground Not existed
2
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
41
45

P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
YES >> GO TO 4. A
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC
Perform GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES >> GO TO 5. C
Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View". D
CAUTION:
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. E
service tool).
F
>> INSPECTION END

G

P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

signal is not inordinately low.

A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly
P0131 (O2 sensor circuit low voltage bank 1 sen-
approx. 0 V.
sor 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
With GST
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

Selector/Shift lever Suitable position

P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. A
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1.
EC
With GST
C
D
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY E

+ G
Connector Terminal
F77 4 Ground Battery voltage H

YES >> GO TO 3.
I
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
K
+ −
L
4. Also check harness for short to ground. M
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
+ − P
1 41
F77 F74 Existed
2 45

P0131 A/F SENSOR 1
and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
1
2
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
41
45
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
CAUTION:
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END

P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
A

signal is not inordinately high.
C
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly
D
P0132 (O2 sensor circuit high voltage bank 1 sen-
approx. 5 V.
sor 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT K
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. L
With GST
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V? M
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE N
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. O
CAUTION:
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds. P

Selector/Shift lever Suitable position

P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1.
With GST
Is 1st trip DTC is detected?
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY

+
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
+ −
+ −
1 41
F77 F74 Existed
2 45

P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
and ground. A
+
A/F sensor 1 − Continuity EC
Connector Terminal
1
F77 Ground Not existed C
2
+ D
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E
41
45
5. Also check harness for short to power. F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. G
Perform GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". H
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I
CAUTION: J
• Before installing new sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner K
service tool).
L
>> INSPECTION END

P0137 HO2S2
P0137 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-
cut.
JPBIA5997ZZ

HO2S2 (B1)
The maximum voltage from the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not reached to
P0137 (O2 sensor circuit low voltage bank 1 sen-
the specified voltage.
sor 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted)
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

P0137 HO2S2
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). A
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
EC
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. C
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-212, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
F
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1
Without CONSULT G
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. H
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. I
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
J
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal K
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be above 0.73 V
F74 22 23
load at least 10 times at least once during this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 6. M
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition.
N
ECM
Connector O
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be above 0.73 V
F74 22 23
minutes at least once during this procedure. P
NO >> GO TO 7.

P0137 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
The voltage should be above 0.73 V
F74 22 23 D position (A/T) or 5th position (M/
at least once during this procedure.
T)
1.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-145, "Work Procedure".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-235, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.
+
HO2S2 − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F78 2 Ground Not existed

P0137 HO2S2
+ A
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 D
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-213, "Component Inspection".

NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 F
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard G
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial H
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END I

1.INSPECTION START J
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 L
With CONSULT
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. M
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT, and select “HO2S2 N
(B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
O
JSBIA3451ZZ

P0137 HO2S2
: The voltage should be above 0.73 V at least on time.

: The voltage should be below 0.28 V at least on time.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.73 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.28 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-1
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no at least once during this procedure.
F74 22 23
load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.28 V
NO >> GO TO 4.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 at least once during this procedure.
F74 22 23
minutes The voltage should be below 0.28 V
NO >> GO TO 5.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
The voltage should be below 0.28 V
T)

P0137 HO2S2
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 A

CAUTION:
EC
[commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J43897-12)] and approved Anti-seize Lubricant (commercial C
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END D

P0138 HO2S2
P0138 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching
time.
MALFUNCTION A
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving con-
dition such as fuel-cut.
: 1.3 V
JSBIA4884GB
MALFUNCTION B
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
: 0.28 V
JSBIA5997GB

An excessively high voltage from the heated oxygen sensor 2 is sent
HO2S2 (B1) A)
to ECM.
P0138 (O2 sensor circuit high voltage bank 1 sen-
sor 2) The minimum voltage from the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not reached
B)
to the specified voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P0138 – A
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
DTC P0138 – B
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING

P0138 HO2S2
before conducting the next test. A
EC
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A C
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. D
4. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? E
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5. F
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). G
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F). I
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT. J
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
K
Which is displayed on CONSULT
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). M
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 3. N
Without CONSULT O
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. P

P0138 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be below 0.28 V
F74 22 23
NO >> GO TO 6.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be below 0.28 V
F74 22 23
minutes at least once during this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 7.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
T)
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-216, "DTC Description".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.


P0138 HO2S2
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. A
EC
+ −
C
F78 1 F74 23 Existed D
E
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F
+ − G
H
ground. I
+
HO2S2 − Continuity J
Connector Terminal
K
+
ECM − Continuity L
Connector Terminal
M
YES >> GO TO 5. N
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check the heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection". O
NO >> GO TO 6. P
CAUTION:

P0138 HO2S2
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END

Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
NO >> GO TO 8.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
+ −
YES >> GO TO 9.
+ −
ground.
+
Connector Terminal
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 10.

P0138 HO2S2
10.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 A

YES >> INSPECTION END EC
NO >> GO TO 11.
C
CAUTION:
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. D
service tool). E
>> INSPECTION END

F
1.INSPECTION START
G
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT I
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT, and select “HO2S2
K
JSBIA3451ZZ
O
P
NO >> GO TO 6.

P0138 HO2S2
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal
F74 22 23
NO >> GO TO 4.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 at least once during this procedure.
F74 22 23
NO >> GO TO 5.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
T)
NO >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:
service tool).

P0138 HO2S2
>> INSPECTION END
A
EC

P0139 HO2S2
P0139 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such
as fuel cut.
SEF302U

HO2S2 (B1)
The switching time between rich and lean of a heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-
P0139 (O2 sensor circuit slow response bank 1
nal delays more than the specified time computed by ECM.
sensor 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Fuel system
• EVAP system
• Intake air system
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 11.
2.PRECONDITIONING
NOTE:
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds.
• For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F)
• “COMPLETED” will appear on CONSULT screen when all tests “COND1”, “COND2” and “COND3”
are completed.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from PERFORM
PROCEDURE FOR COND1 - 2.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1 - 1
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
>> GO TO 4.

P0139 HO2S2
4.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND1 - 2 A

Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
>> GO TO 5. EC
C
3. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
5. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm two or three times quickly under no load. D
Is “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6. E
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed at “COND1” on the CONSULT screen. F
Maintain the condition continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 60
seconds.)
G
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLAN TEMP/S 70 – 105°C (158 – 221°F) H
Shift/Shift lever Suitable position
I
COND1: OUT OF CONDITION>>GO TO 4.
COND1: COMPLETED, COND2: INCOMPLETED>>GO TO 7.
COND1: COMPLETED, COND2: COMPLETED>>GO TO 8.
J
7.PERFORM PROCEDURE FOR COND2
While driving, release accelerator pedal completely from the above condition until “INCOMPLETED” at
“COND2” on CONSULT screen has turned to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 4 seconds.) K
COND2: COMPLETED, COND3: INCOMPLETED>>GO TO 8.
COND2: COMPLETED, COND3: COMPLETED>>GO TO 9. L
Stop vehicle and let it idle until “INCOMPLETED” of “COND3” on CONSULT screen has turned to “COM-
PLETED”. (It will take a maximum of approximately 6 minutes.) M
>> GO TO 9.
N
Touch “SELF DIAGRESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? O
“OK”-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
“OK”-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
“NG” >> Proceed to EC-226, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
“CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED”>>GO TO 10.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Turn ignition switch ON and select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Start engine and warm it up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).

P0139 HO2S2
>> GO TO 5.
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
Use Component Function Check to check the overall function of heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be above 0.12 V
F74 22 23
NO >> GO TO 12.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be above 0.12 V
F74 22 23
minutes at least once during this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 13.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
T)


P0139 HO2S2
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT EC

C
D
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 3.
G
H
+ −
I
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and J
ground.
+ K
Connector Terminal
L
+ M
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
F74 22 Ground Not existed N
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 P
NO >> GO TO 5.
Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

P0139 HO2S2
CAUTION:
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT, and select “HO2S2
JSBIA3451ZZ

NO >> GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT

P0139 HO2S2
ECM A
Connector
Terminal
EC
F74 22 23
at least once during this procedure. C
NO >> GO TO 4. D

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following condition. E
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage F
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 at least once during this procedure. G
F74 22 23
Is the inspection result normal? H
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-3 I
J
ECM
Connector
Terminal K
The voltage should be below 0.28 V L
T)
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 6.
N
CAUTION:
surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. O
service tool). P
>> INSPECTION END

P014C, P014D A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge malfunctions, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/
F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control con-
stant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F
signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.

A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P014C (O2 sensor slow response - rich to lean
bank 1 sensor 1) • The response time of a A/F sensor 1 signal delays more than the speci-
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) fied time computed by ECM.
P014D (O2 sensor slow response - lean to rich
bank 1 sensor 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
With CONSULT
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
7. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
9. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows.
NOTE:
If “PRSNT” changed to “ABSNT”, refer to EC-153, "Component Function Check".
Data monitor item Status

A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B1) PRSNT
Is “PRSNT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.

3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2 A

With CONSULT
Perform DTC confirmation procedure-1 again.
Is “PRSNT” displayed on CONSULT screen? EC
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Refer to EC-153, "Component Function Check".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2 C
With CONSULT
1. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle.
2. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows. D
NOTE:
If “CMPLT” changed to “INCMP”, refer to EC-153, "Component Function Check".
E
Data monitor item Status
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B1) CMPLT
F
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Refer to EC-153, "Component Function Check".
G
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Check the “SELF-DIAG RESULT”. H
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". I
6.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE J
With GST
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
K
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 8. L
NO >> GO TO 7.
Check the following. M
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure N
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve O
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. P


6. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
7. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
1.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-235, "DTC Description" or EC-
240, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 5.
+
A/F sensor 1 – Voltage
Connector Terminal

YES >> GO TO 6. A
EC
C
+ –
D
1 41
F77 F74 Existed
2 45 E
and ground.
F
+
A/F sensor 1 – Continuity
G
Connector Terminal
1
2 H
+
I
ECM – Continuity
Connector Terminal
41 J
45
K
YES >> GO TO 7.
L
7.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-176, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 11.
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR N

Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK PCV VALVE P
Refer to EC-411, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Refer to EC-27, "Component Parts Location".

YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace.
CAUTION:
service tool).
>> INSPECTION END

P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
A

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensors 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. C
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
E

F
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio
(System too lean bank 1)
is too lean.)
G
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• A/F sensor 1
• Exhaust gas leaks H
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Mass air flow sensor I
FAIL-SAFE
J
K
Accelerator an-
Traveling control causes a drop in accelerating performance and encourages the driver to repair malfunction.
gle variation
mode NOTE:
control
ECM does not control the accelerator pedal releasing speed. L
1.PRECONDITIONING M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
O
>> GO TO 2.
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-145, "Work Procedure". P
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.

Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 minutes.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)

CAUTION:

PBIB1216E

YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
Intake air leak detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. A
EC
+ −
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
1 41
F77 F74 Existed
2 45
D
and ground.
E
+
Connector Terminal F
1
2
G
+
ECM − Continuity H
Connector Terminal
41
F74 Ground Not existed I
45
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE K
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
L
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
YES >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and N
Installation".
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR O
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts.
P
3. Check “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.


MASS AIR
ature.)
(Hz)
Without CONSULT
3. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
ECM
+ − Condition Value
Connector
Terminal
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating tem-
F74 35 34 2,340 - 3,280 Hz
perature.)
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
grounds. Refer to EC-187, "DTC Description".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.

YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for “FUEL INJECTOR”, refer
to EC-385, "Component Function Check".
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-42, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.

7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
A
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. Refer to EM-
42, "Removal and Installation". C
PBIA9666J

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the A/F sensors 1. The ECM calcu-
lates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).

A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector

• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172 • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio
(System too rich bank 1)
is too rich.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE

Accelerator an-
gle variation
mode NOTE:
control
ECM does not control the accelerator pedal releasing speed.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:

When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. A
Does engine start?
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually. EC
4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2
C
YES >> Proceed to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
NO >> GO TO 5.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. F
VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH)

CAUTION: G
Is 1st trip DTC detected? H
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END I
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK J

K
PBIB1216E
Is exhaust gas leak detected? N

NO >> GO TO 2.
O
2. Check PCV hose connection. P
Intake air leak detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.

+ −
1 41
F77 F74 Existed
2 45
and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
1
2
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
41
45
YES >> GO TO 4.
Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
YES >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and
Installation".
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT
3. Check “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.

MASS AIR
ature.)
(Hz)

Without CONSULT A
3. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. EC
ECM
+ − Condition Value C
Connector
Terminal
D
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating tem-
F74 35 34 2,340 - 3,280 Hz
perature.)
E
YES >> GO TO 7. F
grounds. Refer to EC-187, "DTC Description".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR G
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. H
Without CONSULT I
1. Let engine idle.
J
YES >> GO TO 8. K
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for “FUEL INJECTOR”, refer
to EC-385, "Component Function Check".
L
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR M

2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors. N
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-42, "Removal and Installation".
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. O
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.

7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.

NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray
out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. Refer to EM-
42, "Removal and Installation".
PBIA9666J

P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
A

EOT SEN/CIRC An excessively low voltage from the engine oil temperature sensor is sent
P0197
(Engine oil temperature sensor low) to ECM.
EOT SEN/CIRC An excessively high voltage from the engine oil temperature sensor is sent D
P0198
(Engine oil temperature sensor high) to ECM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connectors (EOT sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine oil temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE F

Fail safe mode Vehicle behavior G
Other Exhaust valve timing control does not function.

H
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. I
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
Is 1st trip DTC detected? L
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END M
N
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector. O
4. Check the voltage between EOT sensor harness connector and ground.
P
+
Voltage
EOT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F57 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
EOT sensor ECM Continuity
3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
EOT sensor ECM
Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-246, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Engine oil temperature

sensor
Condition Resistance (kΩ)
+ −
Terminal
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
Temperature
1 2 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
[°C (°F)] JMBIA0080ZZ
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View". A
EC

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
P0222 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch ″B″ An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
circuit low)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
P0223 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch ″B″ An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE

for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
Other

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

Is applicable DTC detected? A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY EC

C
D
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal E
F76 2 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
H
nector.
+ −
I
ECM Continuity
ator
J
Is the inspection result normal? K
L
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
nector.
N
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
O
4. Also check harness for short to power. P
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
nector.

+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
YES >> GO TO 6.

3. Perform “ Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”. Refer to EC-142, "Work Procedure".
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Sensor 1 79
F75 78
Sensor 2 77

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
A

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
C
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. D
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MIL will blink. E
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) G
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sen-
sor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. H
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.
CONSULT screen terms I

MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300 (Random/multiple cylinder misfire detect- Multiple cylinder misfire. J
ed)
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301 No. 1 cylinder misfires.
(Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected)
K
CYL 2 MISFIRE
CYL 3 MISFIRE
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfires. L
CYL 4 MISFIRE
M
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression N
• Fuel Injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
• Intake air leak O
• Ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
• Lack of fuel
• Signal plate P
• A/F sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE

Accelerator an-
gle variation
mode NOTE:
control

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle as per the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 23 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 12 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 8 minutes

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
A
1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak. EC
3. Check PCV hose connection.
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING D
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3. E
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace it.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST F
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. G
YES >> GO TO 9. H
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR I
1. Start engine and let engine idle.
J
YES >> GO TO 5. K
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR. Refer
to EC-385, "Diagnosis Procedure".
L
PBIB3332E
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-1 M

CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
O
dure.
3. Start engine.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.
Spark should be generated.

CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB
shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-2
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-391, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-125, "Spark Plug".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8.
SEF156I

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
the grounded portion.

NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type. Refer to EM-125,
"Spark Plug".
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-19, "Inspection".

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
YES >> GO TO 10. A
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
EC
2. Release fuel pressure to zero.
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-146, "Work Procedure".
C
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E
F
YES >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to EM-42, "Removal and
Installation".
G
12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items.
For procedure, refer to EC-409, "Inspection". H
YES >> GO TO 13. I
NO >> Follow the EC-134, "Work Procedure".
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. K
+ −
A/F sensor 1 ECM Continuity L
M
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
+ N
Connector Terminal
O
+ P
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 14.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check the A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-176, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View".
With CONSULT
Check “MASS AIRFLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
11.6 - 13.3 g/s : at idling

39.6 g/s : at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
11.6 - 13.3 g/s : at idling

39.6 g/s : at 2,500 rpm
YES >> GO TO 16.
ground. Refer to EC-187, "DTC Description".
16.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-402, "Symptom Table".
YES >> GO TO 17.
17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests.
>> INSPECTION END

P0327, P0328 KS
P0327, P0328 KS
A

KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327 (Knock sensor 1 circuit low bank 1 or single An excessively low voltage from the knock sensor is sent to ECM.
sensor) D
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328 (Knock sensor 1 circuit high bank 1 or sin- An excessively high voltage from the knock sensor is sent to ECM.
gle sensor)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Knock sensor F
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure H
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT N

2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
O
4. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
P
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity
F58 2 F74 8 Existed

P0327, P0328 KS
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Knock sensor ECM Continuity
F58 1 F74 4 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Check the knock sensor. Refer to EC-258, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminals as per the following.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Knock sensor
+ - Resistance
Terminals
1 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
NO >> Replace knock sensor. Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".

P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
A

• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not detected by the ECM
during the first few seconds of engine cranking.
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) is not D
P0335
(Crankshaft position sensor ″A″ circuit) sent to ECM while the engine is running.
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in the normal pattern
during engine running.
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is open or shorted.]
• Signal plate F
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable G
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY H
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-304, "DTC Description". I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni- L
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 3. M
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. N
YES >> Proceed to EC-259, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
P

NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
CKP sensor (POS) −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F73 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
CKP sensor (POS) ECM Continuity
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) A
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK GEAR TOOTH C
1. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".
2. Look into the mounting hole of the crankshaft position sensor
(POS) to check that there is no missing gear tooth in the signal D
plate .
JPBIA4623ZZ
G
NO >> Replace the signal plate. Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View". H
I
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-1
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. J
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-
L
98, "Exploded View".
PBIA9209J
N
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-2
Check the resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as per the following.
O
+ − Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
P
Terminal (Polarity)
2
1
3 Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 3


P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
A

• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 engine cranking.
P0340 (Camshaft position sensor ″A″ circuit bank • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM during engine running. D
1 or single sensor) • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern during engine run-
ning.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors (Camshaft position sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Camshaft position sensor
• Camshaft (Intake)
• Starter motor F
• Starting system circuit
• Dead (Weak) battery
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit G
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni- K
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2. L
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds. M
YES >> Proceed to EC-263, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO >> GO TO 3.
O
1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? P
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system. Refer to STR-36, "Work Flow".
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
CMP sensor (PHASE) −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F72 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM Continuity
Is inspection result normal?
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

+ − A
EC
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) D
Check the camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-265, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT) F
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end G
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft H
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-65,
"Exploded View".
I
JPBIA5855ZZ
J
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-1 K

2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector. L
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to
EM-65, "Exploded View".
N
O
PBIA9876J
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-2 P

Check the resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as per the following.


+ − Resistance [Ω at 25°C (77°F)]
Terminals (Polarity)
2
1
3 Except 0 or ∞
2 3

P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
A

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity C
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated D
oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way
catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed.
E
SEF484YB
F
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate properly. G
P0420 (Catalyst system efficiency below threshold • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have enough oxygen storage ca-
bank 1) pacity.
POSSIBLE CAUSE H
• Three way catalyst (manifold)
• Exhaust tube
• Intake air leaks I
• Fuel injector
• Spark plug
• Improper ignition timing
J
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure L
M
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> GO TO 6.
With CONSULT O
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. P
8. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).

10. Select “SRT & P-DTC” using CONSULT.
11. Rev engine up to 2,500 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely.
12. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
CMPLT >> GO TO 5.
INCMP >> GO TO 3.
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine up to 2,500 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 2.
Check 1st trip DTC.
NO >> INSPECTION END
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
3. Restart engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition.
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more
Keeping engine speed at 2500 rpm
F74 22 23 than 5 seconds.
constant under no load
• 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0
1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.

YES >> GO TO 2. A
EC
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).
C
E
PBIB1216E

F
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK G
YES >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AND IDLE SPEED
I
Check the following items. Refer to EC-134, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Ignition Timing"
J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Follow the EC-134, "Work Procedure".
K
Check the fuel injector. Refer to EC-385, "Component Function Check".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform EC-385, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-1 M
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
N
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce- O
dure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. P

11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.

CAUTION:
• Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil
within 50 cm (19.7 in). Be careful not to get an electrical JMBIA0066GB
shock while checking, because the electrical discharge

voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
NOTE:
functioning.
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.
the grounded metal portion.

YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-391, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. Refer to EM-26,
"Removal and Installation".
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-125, "Spark Plug".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Refer to EM-26, "Removal
and Installation". Then GO TO 9
SEF156I

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
the grounded portion.

NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-125,
"Spark Plug".

2. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View". A
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
EC
Does fuel drip from fuel injector?
YES >> GO TO 11.
C
NO >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". D
Is the trouble fixed?
NO >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EM-39, "Exploded View". E

P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

PURG VOLUME CONT/V
An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the EVAP canis-
P0444 (Evaporative emission system purge con-
ter purge volume control solenoid valve.
trol valve circuit open)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable
1.CONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
+
EVAP canister purge volume
− Voltage
control solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
EC
IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
C
IPDM E/R Continuity
D
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT F

G
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
H
+ −
ECM Continuity
I
4. Also check harness for short to power. J
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5. K
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
L
With CONSULT
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. M
4. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE O
Check the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-273, "Component Inspection".
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-27,
"Component Parts Location".
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT

3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve as per the follow-
ing conditions.
Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B)
100% Existed
0% Not existed
JMBIA0068ZZ
Without CONSULT
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve as per the following conditions.
Air passage continuity

Condition
between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0068ZZ
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid

valve. Refer to EC-27, "Component Parts Location".

P0452, P0453 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR
A

EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0452 (Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
input) D
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
P0453 (Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit low An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
input)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors
(Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.) F
• Atmospheric pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable G
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
K
L
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. M
O

P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Atmospheric pressure sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E91 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
Atmospheric pressure sensor ECM Continuity
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT
nector.
+ −
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
nector.
+ −

YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR
EC
NO >> Replace atmospheric pressure sensor. Refer to EC-413, "Removal and Installation".
C
1.CHECK ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR D

2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
E
ECM
+ –
F
E80 114 E80 124
NOTE: G
Because the sensor is absolute pressure sensor, output value may differ depending on atmospheric pres-
sure and altitude.
3. Measure the atmospheric pressure. H
NOTE:
As the atmospheric pressure described on the synoptic chart is the value at sea level, compensate the
pressure with the following chart.
I
Altitude (m) Compensated pressure (hPa)
0 0
J
200 -24
400 -47
600 -70 K
800 -92
1000 -114
L
1500 -168
2000 -218
4. Check the atmospheric pressure sensor value corresponding to the atmospheric pressure. M
Atmospheric pressure (hPa) Voltage (V)

800 3.1 – 3.7 N
850 3.3 – 3.9
900 3.5 – 4.1
O
950 3.8 – 4.3
1000 4.0 – 4.6
1050 4.2 – 4.8 P
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0870GB

NO >> Replace atmospheric pressure sensor. Refer to EC-413, "Removal and Installation".

P0500 VSS
P0500 VSS
A/T MODELS
A/T MODELS : DTC Description INFOID:0000000011587048
ECM receives vehicle speed signals from two different paths via CAN communication line: One is from the
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via the combination unit and the other is from TCM.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

At 20 km/h (13 MPH), ECM detects the following status continuously for 5
seconds or more: The difference between a vehicle speed calculated by a
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC
P0500 output speed sensor transmitted from TCM to ECM via CAN communica-
(Vehicle speed sensor ″A″)
tion and the vehicle speed indicated on the combination meter exceeds
15km/h (10 MPH).
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Wheel sensor
• TCM
• Output speed sensor
FAIL-SAFE

Accelerator an-
gle variation
mode NOTE:
control

If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX or P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX or
P0607.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle.
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine.
2. Shift the selector lever to D range and wait at least for 2 seconds.
3. Drive the vehicle at least 5 seconds at 20 km/h (13 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:

P0500 VSS
NOTE: A
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
EC
YES >> Proceed to EC-279, "A/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure"
C
A/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587049
D
P0607. E
NO >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-171, "CONSULT Function". G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. H
3.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-173, "CONSULT Function".
I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
J
4.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-96, "CONSULT Function".
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR L
Check output speed sensor. Refer to TM-217, "Diagnosis Procedure".

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace or replace error-detected parts.
6.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR N
Check wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-221, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
NO >> Replace or replace error-detected parts.
M/T MODELS
P
M/T MODELS : DTC Description INFOID:0000000011713465
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

P0500 VSS

VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) of vehicle speed signal is sent to ECM even
P0500
(Vehicle speed sensor ″A″) when vehicle is being driven.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- CAN communication line is open or shorted.
- The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted.
FAIL-SAFE

Accelerator an-
gle variation
mode NOTE:
control

P0607.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
With CONSULT
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. The vehicle speed on CONSULT
should exceed 10 km/h (6 mph) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Proceed to EC-281, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
P0500 VSS
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature. A
CAUTION:
EC

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) C
Shift lever Except Neutral position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
D

Is 1st trip DTC detected? E
YES >> Proceed to EC-281, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
F
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this G
With GST
1. Lift up drive wheels. H
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position. I
Without CONSULT
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start the engine. J
3. Check vehicle speed of speedometer.
The vehicle speed should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear
position.
K
YES-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END L
NO >> Proceed to EC-281, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011713467
M
P0607. N
NO >> GO TO 2. O
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-96, "CONSULT Function". P
YES-1 (With ABS)>>GO TO 3.
YES-2 (Without ABS)>>INSPECTION END

P0500 VSS
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-43, "CONSULT Function" [Without
VDC (with ABS)], BRC-173, "CONSULT Function" (With VDC).

P0520 EOP SENSOR
P0520 EOP SENSOR
A

EOP SENSOR/SWITCH Signal voltage from the EOP sensor remains at more than 5.02 V / less than
P0520
(Engine oil pressure sensor/switch circuit) 0.3 V for 5 seconds or more.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EOP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine oil level abnormality
• EOP sensor E
FAIL-SAFE
No applicable F

1.PRECONDITIONING G
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
Is 1st trip DTC detected? K
L
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL M

2. Check engine oil level and pressure. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
Is inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY O
1. Disconnect engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor harness connector.

P
3. Check the voltage between EOP sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
EOP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector terminal
F56 3 Ground 5V

P0520 EOP SENSOR
Inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EOP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EOP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
EOP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector terminal Connector terminal
4.CHECK EOP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EOP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EOP SENSOR
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR

P0520 EOP SENSOR
2. Disconnect engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor harness connector. A
3. Check resistance between EOP sensor connector terminals.
EOP sensor EC
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
C
2 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ
1
3 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
1 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ D
2 None
3 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
1 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
3 E
2 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
F
NO >> Replace EOP sensor. Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".

P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

An EOP sensor signal voltage applied to ECM remains lower than the
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
P0524 specified value continuously for 10 seconds or more when the engine
(Engine oil pressure too low)
speed is 1,000 rpm or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Decrease in engine oil pressure
• Decrease in engine oil level
• Engine oil condition
• EOP sensor
• Engine body
FAIL-SAFE

• ECM illuminates oil pressure warning lamp on the combination meter.
Other • Engine speed will not rise more than 4,000rpm due to the fuel cut.

CAUTION:
If “EC-287, "Diagnosis Procedure"” is unfinished, be sure to perform Step 3 and 4.
1.PRECONDITIONING-1
TEST CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-2
Is “Diagnosis Procedure” of DTC P0524 finished?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2. Maintain the following conditions for about 10 consecutive seconds.
M/T: Neutral
Engine coolant temperature 70°C (158°F) or more
Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more
NOTE:
With engine speed set around 4,000 rpm, the phenomenon can be reproduced more easily.

Is 1st trip DTC detected? A
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END EC
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Proceed to EC-287, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
5.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
3. Start the engine and check that “EOP SENSOR” changes, according to engine speeds.
F
• Engine oil temperature: 80°C (176°F) Engine speed:
1,000 – 2,000 mV
• Selector/Shift lever: Idle G
- A/T: P or N position
EOP SENSOR
- M/T: Neutral Engine speed:
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 1,500 – 3,500 mV
2,000 rpm
• No load H
Without CONSULT
I
YES >> GO TO 3.
J
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL K

2. Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE M
With CONSULT
3. Start the engine and check that “EOP SENSOR” changes, according to engine speeds.
O
• Engine oil temperature: 80°C (176°F) Engine speed:
1,000 – 2,000 mV
• Selector/Shift lever: Idle
- A/T: P or N position P
EOP SENSOR
- M/T: Neutral Engine speed:
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 1,500 – 3,500 mV
2,000 rpm
• No load
Without CONSULT

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check oil pump. Refer to LU-14, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK EOP SENSOR
Check EOP sensor. Refer to EC-288, "Component Inspection".
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE
Check engine oil leakage. Refer to LU-6, "Engine Lubrication System".
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CAUSE OF ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
Check the following item.
Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference

1 PCV valve EC-411, "Inspection"
• No blocking
2 Exhaust front tube Visual —
• No abnormal sounds
• No blocking
Visual —
3 Oil pump • No abnormal sounds
LU-14, "Exploded View"
• Piston • Piston to piston pin oil clearance
4 • Piston pin • Piston ring side clearance EM-107, "Inspection"
• Piston ring • Piston ring end gap
• Cylinder block top surface distortion
5 Cylinder block EM-107, "Inspection"
• Piston to cylinder bore clearance
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

1.CHECK EOP SENSOR

2. Disconnect EOP sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EOP sensor connector terminals.
EOP sensor
+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
2 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ
1
3 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
1 4 kΩ – 10 kΩ
2 None
3 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
1 2 kΩ – 8 kΩ
3
2 1 kΩ – 3 kΩ
NO >> Replace EOP sensor. Refer to EM-98, "Exploded View".

P0550 PSP SENSOR
P0550 PSP SENSOR
A

PW ST P SEN/CIRC
P0550 (Power steering pressure sensor/switch cir- An excessively low or high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
cuit) D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Power steering pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Power steering pressure sensor E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
F
G
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-304, "DTC Description". H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure I
>> GO TO 3. K
2. Check 1st trip DTC. L
YES >> Go to EC-289, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". M
N

If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. O
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect power steering pressure (PSP) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between PSP sensor harness connector and ground.

P0550 PSP SENSOR
+
Voltage
PSP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F71 3 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
PSP sensor ECM Continuity
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK PSP SENSOR

P0550 PSP SENSOR
NO >> Replace PSP sensor (with high pressure piping). Refer to ST-35, "Exploded View". A
1.CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR EC

3. Start engine and let it idle. C
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM
D
+ – Condition Voltage (V)

Connector
Terminal E
Being turned 0.5 - 4.5
F75 75 74 Steering wheel
Not being turned 0.4 - 0.8
NO >> Replace power steering pressure sensor (with high pressure piping). Refer to ST-35, "Exploded
View". G

P0603 ECM
P0603 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM BACK UP CIRCUIT
• Malfunction in the internal back up RAM of ECM.
P0603 [Internal control module keep alive memory
• Malfunction in the internal EEP-ROM system of ECM.
(KAM) error]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ECM power supply
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE

Traveling control Engine output ECM reduces the engine output, according to the rise in engine speed. This reduces the vehicle
mode control speed to encourage the driver to repair malfunction.
Other ASCD operation may be deactivated.

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 10 times.
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Perform trouble diagnosis for ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 2.
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
YES >> GO TO 3.

P0603 ECM
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A

2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-292, "DTC Description".
EC
Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-412, "Removal and Installation".
C

P0604 ECM
P0604 ECM

ECM
P0604 [Internal control module random access Malfunction in the internal RAM of ECM.
memory (RAM) error]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE

Traveling control Accelerator angle
tion.
mode variation control
NOTE:
Device fix mode
erence position.

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION:
Never start engine during this procedure.

2. Erase DTC.

P0604 ECM
NO >> INSPECTION END A
EC

P0605 ECM
P0605 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM
P0605 [Internal control module read only memory Malfunction in the internal ROM of ECM.
(ROM) error]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE

tion.
NOTE:
Device fix mode
erence position.

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION:

2. Erase DTC.

P0605 ECM
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-412, "Removal and Installation". A
EC

P0606 ECM
P0606 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONTROL MODULE
P0606 Malfunction in ECM processor.
(Control module processor)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE

tion.
NOTE:
Device fix mode
erence position.

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait at least 10 seconds.
CAUTION:
NO >> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine.
2. Rev up the engine quickly to approximately 3,000 rpm under unloaded condition and completely release
the accelerator pedal.
3. Let the engine idle and wait at least 10 seconds.

P0606 ECM
YES >> Proceed to EC-299, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
EC

C
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure for 3 times. Refer to EC-298, "DTC Description".
D
E

P0607 ECM
P0607 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM
P0607 ECM internal communication system is malfunctioning.
(Control module performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE

Traveling control Engine output con- ECM reduces the engine output, according to the rise in engine speed. This reduces the ve-
mode trol hicle speed to encourage the driver to repair malfunction.

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.

2. Erase DTC.

P060A ECM
P060A ECM
A

CONTROL MODULE
P060A (Internal control module monitoring proces- ECM internal monitoring processor is malfunctioning.
sor performance) D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
E
FAIL-SAFE

F
Accelerator angle G
tion.
NOTE:
Engine output con- ECM reduces the engine output, according to the rise in engine speed. This reduces the ve- H
Device fix mode
erence position. I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition L
switch ON.
>> GO TO 2. M
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 5 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. O

2. Erase DTC.

P060A ECM
Is the 1st trip DTC P060A displayed again?

P060B ECM
P060B ECM
A

CONTROL MODULE
ECM internal analog/digital conversion processing system is malfunction-
P060B (Internal control module A/D processing
ing.
performance) D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
E
FAIL-SAFE

F
Traveling control Accelerator angle G
tion.
NOTE:
This mode fixes the IVT control solenoid valve and the EVT control solenoid valve in the ref- H
Device fix mode
erence position.

I
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition K
switch ON.
>> GO TO 2. L
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? N
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END O
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P

2. Erase DTC.
Is the 1st trip DTC P060B displayed again?

P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively.
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
Sensor power supply 1
• APP sensor 1
• Battery current sensor
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS)
• PSP sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• TP sensor
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
• APP sensor 2
• CMP sensor (PHASE)
• Exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position sensor
• EOP sensor
• MAF sensor
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SENSOR POWER/CIRC ECM detects that the voltage of sensor power supply 1 is excessively low
P0643
(Sensor reference voltage ″A″ circuit high) or high.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.
- Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit is shorted.
- Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.
- CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.
- PSP sensor circuit is shorted.
- Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.
- TP sensor circuit is shorted.
• APP sensor
• CKP sensor (POS)
• PSP sensor
• TP sensor
FAIL-SAFE

ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
Other
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

1.PRECONDITIONING

before conducting the next test. A
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
C
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. D
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to EC-305, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
F

G
2. Check ground connection E13. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-49, "Circuit Inspection".
H
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT I
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. J
+
Voltage K
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 2 Ground 5V
L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3. M
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
N
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
O
64 Battery current sensor E6 1
72 CKP sensor (POS) F73 1
F75
76 PSP sensor F71 3 P
80 Electric throttle control actuator F76 2
104 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
E80 113 Atmospheric pressure sensor E91 1
122 APP sensor 1 E5 2

YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Atmospheric pressure sensor (Refer to EC-277, "Component Inspection".)
• Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-324, "Component Inspection".)
• CKP sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-261, "Component Inspection".)
• PSP sensor (Refer to EC-291, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-398, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• TP sensor (Refer to EC-199, "Component Inspection".)
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning component.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation".

P0850 PNP SWITCH
P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
A/T MODELS
A/T MODELS : DTC Description INFOID:0000000011587074
EC
When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral signal from TCM is sent to ECM.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON) exists.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC C

DTC No. DTC detecting condition D
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT The signal of park/neutral signal is not changed in the process of engine
P0850
(Park/neutral switch input circuit) starting and driving.
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The park/neutral signal circuit is open or shorted.)
• TCM
F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. I
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure J
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
>> GO TO 3.
L
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. Then check the “P/N
POSI SW” signal as per the following conditions.
N
Selector lever position Known-good signal
N or P position ON
Except above position OFF O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-308, "A/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure". P
CAUTION:

P0850 PNP SWITCH

B/FUEL SCHDL 5 - 31.8 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
YES >> Proceed to EC-308, "A/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral signal circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
P or N Battery voltage
E80 117 128 Selector lever
Except above 0V
NO >> Proceed to EC-308, "A/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
A/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011587076

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-171, "CONSULT Function".
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector and ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
A/T assembly ECM Continuity
M/T MODELS

P0850 PNP SWITCH
M/T MODELS : DTC Description INFOID:0000000011714111
A
When the shift lever position is Neutral position, park/neutral position (PNP) signal is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON) exists.

DTC No. DTC detecting condition C
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT The signal of park/neutral signal is not changed in the process of engine
P0850
(Park/neutral switch input circuit) starting and driving.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The park/neutral signal circuit is open or shorted.)
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. H
2.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. I
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL FUNCTION K
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Then check “P/N POSI SW” signal
under the following conditions.
M
Shift lever position Known-good signal
Neutral position ON
Except above position OFF N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-310, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure". O
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. P
CAUTION:


P0850 PNP SWITCH
Shift lever Suitable position
YES >> Go to EC-310, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral signal circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Neutral Battery voltage
E80 117 128 Shift lever
Except above 0V
NO >> Go to EC-310, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure".
M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011714113
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between PNP switch harness connector and ground.
+
PNP switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between PNP switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
PNP switch ECM Continuity

P0850 PNP SWITCH
YES >> GO TO 3. A
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH
EC
Refer to EC-311, "M/T MODELS : Component Inspection".
YES >> INSPECTION END C
NO >> Replace PNP switch. Refer to TM-25, "Removal and Installation".
M/T MODELS : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011715194
D
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector. E
3. Check the continuity between PNP switch harness connector terminals.
PNP switch F
+ − Condition Continuity
Terminal
G
Neutral Existed
1 2 Shift lever
Except above Not existed
NO >> Replace PNP switch. Refer to TM-25, "Removal and Installation".
I

P1078 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B1
P1078 An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Exhaust timing sensor circuit bank 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust valve timing control position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft
• Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
FAIL-SAFE

Accelerator an-
gle variation
mode NOTE:
control
Device fix mode
position.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING (EVT) CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ground.

+ A
Voltage
EVT sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
EC
F55 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
3. Check the continuity between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor. E
+ −
EVT control position sensor ECM Continuity
F

YES >> Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
3.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
I
tor. J
+ −
K
EVT control position sensor ECM Continuity
F55 2 F74 42 Existed L
M
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT N
tor.
O
+ −
EVT control position sensor ECM Continuity P
YES >> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR

Check the EVT control position sensor. Refer to EC-314, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace EVT control position sensor. Refer to EM-65, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK EXHAUST CAMSHAFT
and Installation".
JPBIA5856ZZ
1.EXHAUST VALVE TIMING (EVT) CONTROL POSITION SENSOR-1

2. Disconnect EVT control position sensor harness connector.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace EVT control position sensor. Refer to EM-65,
"Exploded View".
JMBIA0065ZZ
2.EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR-2

Check resistance EVT control position sensor terminals as shown below.
EVT control position sensor

+ − Resistance
Terminal
2
1
3 Except 0 or ∞ Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 3
NO >> Replace EVT control position sensor. Refer to EM-65, "Exploded View".

P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
A
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse EC
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
D

E
TCS/CIRC ECM can not receive the information from “ABS actuator and electric unit
P1212
(Traction control system/circuit) (control unit)” continuously.
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
G
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and/or P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX I
and/or P0607.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index". J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. M
>> GO TO 3.

O
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END P
Perform the trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to BRC-196, "Work Flow".
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and/or P0607, perform the following trouble diagnosis.
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index".

• Trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607 Refer to EC-300, "DTC Description".

P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is C
indicated.
CONSULT screen terms D

• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat).
ENG OVER TEMP E
P1217 • Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling
(Engine over temperature)
method.
• Engine coolant is not within the specified range.
CAUTION: F
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-12, "Refilling". Also,
replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-10, "Refilling".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to G
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-34, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
POSSIBLE CAUSE H
• Cooling fan
• Radiator hose
• Radiator
I
• Radiator cap
• Reservoir tank
• Water pump
• Thermostat J
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
K
L
P0607.
M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1 N
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed. O
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up P
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF621W

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.
Did customer fill the coolant?

P0607.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-1
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
Check the following for leak.
• Hose (Refer to CO-11, "Inspection".)
• Radiator (Refer to CO-20, "Inspection".)
• Water pump (Refer to CO-24, "Inspection".)
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-14, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap. Refer to CO-16, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-27, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-26, "Removal and Installation".

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-76, "Exploded View". A
7.OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the CO-9, "Troubleshooting Chart".
EC
>> INSPECTION END

C

P1225 TP SENSOR
P1225 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CTP LEARNING-B1
P1225 Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low.
(Closed throttle position learning bank 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View".
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and the housing.
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside, then perform
throttle valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-142, "Work Procedure".

P1226 TP SENSOR
P1226 TP SENSOR
A

CTP LEARNING-B1
P1226 Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly.
(Closed throttle position learning bank 1)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE E
Not applicable
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. G
TESTING CONDITION: H
>> GO TO 2. I
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC. K
L
M

YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-35, "Exploded View".
P

P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BAT CURRENT SENSOR The output voltage of the battery current sensor remains within the speci-
P1550
(Battery current sensor) fied range while engine is running.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Starter motor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.

NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY A

2. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
EC
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage C
Battery current sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. E
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity
E6 1 F75 64 Existed
I
J
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
+ − L
M
E6 3 F75 62 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT O
P
+ −
E6 4 F75 63 Existed

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EC-324, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.

2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect battery negative cable.
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body
ground.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
ground.
JPBIA3286ZZ
ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F75 63 62 2.5 V
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-194, "How to Handle Battery".

P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A

BAT CURRENT SENSOR
P1551 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Battery current sensor)
BAT CURRENT SENSOR D
P1552 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Battery current sensor)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Camshaft (Intake) F
• Starter motor
G
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable

If DTC P1551 or P1552 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. I
NO >> GO TO 2. J
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- K
ing the next test.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V with ignition
switch ON M
>> GO TO 3.

O
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END P


NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3. Check the continutiy between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
E6 1 F75 64 Existed
+ −
E6 3 F75 62 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
E6 4 F75 63 Existed

Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR EC

D

E
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body F
ground.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and G
ground.
JPBIA3286ZZ I
ECM
J
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
K
F75 63 62 2.5 V
M

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BAT CURRENT SENSOR The signal voltage transmitted from the sensor to ECM is higher than the
P1553
(Battery current sensor) amount of the maximum power generation.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Starter motor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.

NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY A

EC
+
Voltage C
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. E

G
+ −
E6 1 F75 64 Existed
I
J
+ − L
M
E6 3 F75 62 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT O
P
+ −
E6 4 F75 63 Existed

YES >> GO TO 6.

ground.
ground.
JPBIA3286ZZ
ECM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
F75 63 62 2.5 V

A

BAT CURRENT SENSOR The output voltage of the battery current sensor is lower than the specified
P1554
(Battery current sensor) value while the battery voltage is high enough.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Camshaft position sensor E
• Starter motor
• Starting system circuit F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable G
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this
TESTING CONDITION: K
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8 V at idle.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF. L
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK M
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and let it idle. N
2. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300 mV at least once.
Without CONSULT O
P
ECM
+ - Voltage
Connector
Terminal
F75 63 62 Above 2.3 V at least once


NO >> GO TO 2.
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
+ −
E6 1 F75 64 Existed
+ −
E6 3 F75 62 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

+ − EC
C
E6 4 F75 63 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR E
F
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011771531 G

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body I
ground.
ground. J
JPBIA3286ZZ L
ECM M
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
N
F75 63 62 2.5 V
P

P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BAT TMP SEN/CIRC Signal voltage from Battery temperature sensor remains 0.16 V or less for
P1556
(Battery temperature sensor circuit) 5 seconds or more.
BAT TMP SEN/CIRC Signal voltage from Battery temperature sensor remains 4.84 V or more for
P1557
(Battery temperature sensor circuit) 5 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors [Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor) circuit is shorted.]
• Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

+
Voltage
Battery current sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E6 2 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. A
+ −
Battery current sensor ECM Continuity EC
E6 2 F75 61 Existed
C
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. D
3.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
E
F
+ −
G
E6 3 F75 62 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power. H
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check the battery temperature sensor. Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection". J
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. K
1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR L

2. Disconnect battery current sensor.
3. Check the resistance between battery current sensor connector terminals. M
Battery current sensor

N
+ − Resistance
Terminal
2 3 Continuity with the resistance value 100 Ω or more O
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. P

P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD steering switch is sent
to ECM.
ASCD SW
P1564 • ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steering switch is out of the
(ASCD switch)
specified range.
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck ON.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (ASCD steering switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ASCD steering switch
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B, first perform
the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Press ACCEL/RES switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Press COAST/SET switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?


NO >> GO TO 2. A
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT EC
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check each item indication as per the following conditions. C
Monitor item Condition Indication

D
Pressed ON
MAIN SW MAIN switch
Released OFF
Pressed ON E
CANCEL SW CANCEL switch
Released OFF
RESUME/ACC Pressed ON
ACCEL/RES switch
SW Released OFF F
Pressed ON
SET SW COAST/SET switch
Released OFF
G
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
ECM
Voltage
I
+ - Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
MAIN switch: Pressed 0V J
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1V
E80 110 111 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 2V
K
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 3V
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4V
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT M

3. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector. N
4. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) and ECM harness connector.
+ −
O
Combination switch
ECM Continuity
(Spiral cable)
P
M72 32 E80 111 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and combination switch.
+ −
Combination switch
ECM Continuity
(Spiral cable)
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
NO >> Replace steering switch. Refer to ST-13, "WITH AIR BAG : Exploded View".

1. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following condi-
tions.
Combination switch
(Spiral cable)
Resistance
Condition
+ − (Approx.)
Connector
Terminals
MAIN switch: Pressed 0Ω
CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω
M303 13 16 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 660 Ω
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 1,480 Ω
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4,000 Ω
NO >> Replace steering switch. Refer to ST-13, "WITH AIR BAG : Exploded View".

P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A

NOTE:
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not stored
in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed. 1st trip C
DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two consecutive
trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
D
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h (19 MPH), ON signals
A) from the stop lamp switch and the brake pedal position switch are
E
ASCD BRAKE SW sent to the ECM at the same time.
P1572
(ASCD brake switch)
Brake pedal position switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely
B)
long time while the vehicle is driving. F
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Stop lamp switch circuit is shorted. G
- Brake pedal position switch circuit is shorted.
- Clutch pedal position switch circuit is shorted. (M/T models)
• Stop lamp switch H
• Brake pedal position switch
• Clutch pedal position switch (M/T models)
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
I
• Incorrect brake pedal position switch installation
• Incorrect clutch pedal position switch installation (M/T models)
• ECM
J
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B, first perform L
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-102, "DTC Index". M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure N
2. Turn ignition switch ON. O
NOTE:
Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for mal-
function B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be P
detected.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator is displayed in combination meter.

3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds as per the following conditions.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph)

4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds as per the following conditions.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph)

Depress the brake pedal for more
than five seconds so as not to come
Driving location
off from the above-mentioned vehi-
cle speed.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-1
With CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication as per the following conditions.

Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal
Fully released ON
Without CONSULT

ECM A
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
EC
Slightly depressed 0V
E80 116 128 Brake pedal
Fully released Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-2 D
With CONSULT
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication as per the following conditions. E

Slightly depressed ON F
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully released OFF
Without CONSULT
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions. G
ECM
Voltage H
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly depressed Battery voltage I
Fully released 0V
J
NO >> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY-1 K
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
A/T models
+ M
Brake pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
N
E89 1 Ground Battery voltage
M/T models
+ O
Brake pedal position switch − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P
E87 1 Ground Clutch pedal
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO-1 (A/T models)>>Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
NO-2 (M/T models)>>GO TO 5.

5.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY-2

2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
+
Clutch pedal position switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH AND CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION
SWITCH
2. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and clutch pedal position
switch harness connector.
+ −
Brake pedal position switch Clutch pedal position switch Continuity
E87 1 E88 2 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check clutch pedal position switch. Refer to EC-345, "Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)"
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-13, "Exploded View".
8.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
A/T models
+ −
Brake pedal position switch ECM Continuity
M/T models
+ −

YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-344, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)"
EC
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-82, "Exploded View".
C
10.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal. D
Brake pedal Stop lamp

Fully released Not illuminated
E
Slightly depressed Illuminated

YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
1. Disconnect stop lamp relay harness connector.
2. Check the voltage between stop lamp relay harness connector and ground.
H
+
Stop lamp relay − Voltage
I
Connector Terminal
2
E55 Ground Battery voltage
5 J
K
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected part.
12.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1 L
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp relay harness connector and ECM harness connector. M
+ −
Stop lamp relay ECM Continuity N
O
4. Check harness continuity between stop lamp relay harness connector and stop lamp switch harness con-
nector.
P
+ −
Stop lamp relay Stop lamp switch Continuity
E55 1 E56 1 Existed

YES >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH GRONUD CIRCUIT
1. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
+
Stop lamp switch − Continuity
Connector Terminal
E56 2 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Stop lamp relay ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY
Check stop lamp relay. Refer to EC-346, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Relay)".
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace stop lamp relay.
16.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-345, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-82, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000011587111
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-1

3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Terminals
Fully released Existed
1 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed

NO >> GO TO 2. A
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-83, "Inspection and Adjustment".
EC

C
Terminals
Fully released Existed D
1 2 Brake pedal
E
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000011587112 F
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-1

3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals as per the following conditions.
H
Stop lamp switch
Terminals I
Fully released Not existed
1 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed J
NO >> GO TO 2. K
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-83, "Inspection and Adjustment".
L
Stop lamp switch

M
Terminals
Fully released Not existed N
1 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
O
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000011772929 P
1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-1

3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals as per the following conditions.

Clutch pedal position switch

Terminals
1 2 Clutch pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Adjust clutch pedal position switch installation. Refer to CL-8, "Inspection and Adjustment".

Terminals
1 2 Clutch pedal
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Relay) INFOID:0000000011772928

3. Check continuity between stop lamp relay terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
Stop lamp relay

Terminals
12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed
3 5
No current supply Not existed

P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combina- EC
tion meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD
control. Refer to EC-61, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD
functions.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No.
DTC detecting condition D
ASCD VHL SPD SEN ECM detects a difference between two vehicle speed signals is out of the
P1574
(ASCD vehicle speed sensor) specified range. E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) F
• TCM
• ECM
G
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable

• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. I
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B, first perform
the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B. J
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. L
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION: O
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. P
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?


• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500.
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, and P060B, first perform
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
NO >> GO TO 3.
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-96, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-171, "CONSULT Function".
Is DTC detected?

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
A

BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT A stop lamp switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while
P1805
(Brake switch circuit) the vehicle is driving.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.
- Stop lamp relay circuit is open or shorted. E
• Stop lamp switch
• Stop lamp relay
FAIL-SAFE F

G
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small
range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor. H
Other Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
I

J
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds. K
3. Erase the DTC.
L
M
1.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N

O
+
Connector Terminal
P
2
5
YES >> GO TO 2.

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
+ −
Stop lamp relay ECM Continuity
nector.
+ −
Stop lamp relay stop lamp switch Continuity
E55 1 E56 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
+
Stop lamp switch − Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
Stop lamp relay ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH A
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000011874259 C

D
E
Stop lamp switch
F
Terminals
1 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed G
NO >> GO TO 2. H
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-83, "Inspection and Adjustment". I
Stop lamp switch J

Terminals
Fully released Not existed K
1 2 Brake pedal
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Relay) INFOID:0000000011874258 M

O
Stop lamp relay
P
Terminals
3 5

P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ETC MOT PWR-B1
ECM detects a voltage of power source for throttle control motor is exces-
P2100 (Throttle actuator ″A″ control motor circuit/
sively low.
open)
ETC MOT PWR
P2103 (Throttle actuator ″A″ control motor circuit ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON.
high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P2100
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open)
• Throttle control motor relay
DTC P2103
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay
FAIL-SAFE

Other

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Witch DTC is detected?
P2100 >> GO TO 2.
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". A
EC
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. C
+ −
D
ECM Voltage
F74 2 E80 128 Battery voltage E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
H
+ −
J
K
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground as per the following conditions.
L
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.) M
Ignition switch: OFF 0V
F74 21 E80 128
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage N
NO >> GO TO 4. O
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

+ −

P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
A

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1
Electric throttle control function does not (Throttle control motor circuit is open
P2101 (Throttle actuator ″A″ control motor
operate properly. or shorted) D
circuit range/performance)
• Electric throttle control actuator
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted) E
FAIL-SAFE
F
G
Other

If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100 or I
P2119.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running. M
>> GO TO 3.
N
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. O
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-355, "Diagnosis Procedure". P

P2119.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following conditions.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Ignition switch: OFF 0V
F74 2 E80 128
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
+ −
5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
nector.

+ − A
ECM Continuity
ator
1 Existed
5
3 Not existed
F76 F74 C
1 Not existed
6
3 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E

1. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-29, "Exploded View". F
YES >> GO TO 7. G
7.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR H
Check the throttle control motor. Refer to EC-357, "Component Inspection".
I
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-35, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000011587138 J
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
3. Check the resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.
L
Electric throttle control actuator
Resistance
+ −
(Approx.)
Terminals M
5 6 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
O

P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ETC MOT-B1
P2118 (Throttle actuator control motor current ECM detects short in both circuits between ECM and throttle control motor.
range/performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor)
FAIL-SAFE

Other

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

nector.

+ − A
ECM Continuity
ator
1 Existed
5
3 Not existed
F76 F74 C
1 Not existed
6
3 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. D
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Check the throttle control motor. Refer to EC-359, "Component Inspection". F
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-35, "Removal and Installation". G
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR H

3. Check the resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following. I

Resistance J
+ −
(Approx.)
Terminals
5 6 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] K
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-35, "Removal and Installation". L

P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due
A)
to the return spring malfunction.
ETC ACTR-B1
P2119 (Throttle actuator control throttle body Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in speci-
B)
range/performance) fied range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE

Traveling control Engine output ECM reduces the engine output, according to the rise in engine speed. This reduces the vehicle
mode control speed to encourage the driver to repair malfunction.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
2. Set selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Set selector lever to P position (A/T) or neutral position (M/T).
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

A
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY EC

YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-35, "Removal and Installation".
D

P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2122 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch ″D″ An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
circuit low)
APP SEN 1/CIRC
P2123 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch ″D″ An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE

Other

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

Is applicable DTC detected? A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY EC

C
4. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
D
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal E
E5 2 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
H
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity I
J
YES >> INSPECTION END K
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
M
+ −
APP sensor ECM Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
4. Also check harness for short to power. O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P
5.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

+ −
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-367, "Component Inspection".
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

ECM
Connector
Terminal
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V
Sensor 1 126 127
Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V
E80 Accelerator pedal
Sensor 2 119 120

A

APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2127 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch ″E″ An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit low) D
APP SEN 2/CIRC
P2128 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch ″E″ An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) F
FAIL-SAFE
G
H
Other
So, the acceleration will be poor. I
1.PRECONDITIONING J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. L
>> GO TO 2.
M
2. Check DTC. N
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". O
P
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY

+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
+ −
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-367, "Component Inspection".

NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation". A
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR EC

3. Turn ignition switch ON. C
ECM
D
Connector
Terminal E
Sensor 1 126 127
Fully released 0.25 - 0.5 V F
Sensor 2 119 120
G
H

P2135 TP SENSOR
P2135 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TP SENSOR-B1
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from
P2135 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch ″A″ /
TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2.
″B″ voltage correlation)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 or 2)
FAIL-SAFE

Other

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?


P2135 TP SENSOR
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY A

EC
+
C
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal D
F76 2 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4. E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
G
+ −
Electric throttle control actu- H
ECM Continuity
ator
F76 2 F75 80 Existed I
YES >> INSPECTION END J
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT K
L
nector.
+ −
M
ECM Continuity
ator
N
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT P
nector.

P2135 TP SENSOR
+ −
ECM Continuity
ator
1 79
F76 F75 Existed
3 77
YES >> GO TO 6.

3. Perform “ Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning”. Refer to EC-142, "Work Procedure".
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Sensor 1 79
F75 78
Sensor 2 77

P2138 APP SENSOR
P2138 APP SENSOR
A

APP SENSOR
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from
P2138 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch ″D″ /
APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2.
″E″ voltage correlation) D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1 or 2) E
FAIL-SAFE
F
G
Other
So, the acceleration will be poor. H
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY I
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-304, "DTC Description" J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
L
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. M
>> GO TO 3.
N
2. Check DTC. O
Is DTC detected?


P2138 APP SENSOR
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-304, "DTC Description"
NO >> GO TO 2.
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 2 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
+ −
Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
+ −

P2138 APP SENSOR
YES >> Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
6.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
EC
C
+ −
D
4 127
E5 E80 Existed
5 120 E
F
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G
+ − H
I
3 126
E5 E80 Existed
6 119
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. J
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts K
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check the APP sensor. Refer to EC-373, "Component Inspection". L
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation". M
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR N


P2138 APP SENSOR
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Sensor 1 126 127
Sensor 2 119 120

BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
A
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. C
Monitor item Condition Indication D

• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
BRAKE SW1 • Clutch pedal (M/T): Fully released
Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T): Fully released ON E
Without CONSULT
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals. F
ECM
G
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed H
Approx. 0 V
E80 116 128 • Clutch pedal (M/T): Fully released
Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T): Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? I
J
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY-1 K

M/T models
+ M
Brake pedal position switch − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
N
A/T models O
+
P
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO-1 (M/T models)>>GO TO 2.
NO-2 (A/T models)>>GO TO 6.

2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY-2

+
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and brake pedal position
+ −
Clutch pedal position switch Brake pedal position switch Continuity
E88 2 E87 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
1. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and clutch pedal position switch har-
ness connector.
+ −
Fuse block (J/B) Clutch pedal position switch Continuity
M35 2B E88 1 Existed

3. Check the continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and brake pedal position switch harness
connector. A
+ −
Fuse block (J/B) Brake pedal position switch Continuity EC
C
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. D
E
tor. F
+ −
G
E87*1 H
2 E80 116 Existed
E89*2
*1: M/T models
*2: A/T models I
YES >> GO TO 8. J
K
M
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector. N
Brake pedal position switch O

Terminals
P
1 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.

Terminals
1 2 Brake pedal
Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000011772983


Terminals
1 2 Clutch pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.

Terminals
1 2 Clutch pedal

CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
A
1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. C
Monitor item Condition Indication D

• Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed
OFF
BRAKE SW1 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released ON E
Without CONSULT
ECM
G
Connector
Terminal
• Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed H
Approx. 0 V
E80 116 128 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
J
1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY K

+
M
Connector Terminal
E88 1 Ground Battery voltage N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

3. Check the continuity between fuse block (J/B) harness connector and clutch pedal position switch har-
ness connector.

+ −
Fuse block (J/B) Clutch pedal position switch Continuity
3.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT-1
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ −
Clutch pedal position switch ECM Condition Continuity
E88 2 E80 116 Brake pedal: Fully released Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5
5.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-2
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and brake pedal position
+ −
Clutch pedal position switch Brake pedal position switch Continuity
E88 2 E87 1 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground to power.
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-3
tor.
+ −

Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH EC
D

E
F
G
Terminals
1 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed H
NO >> GO TO 2. I
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-83, "Inspection and Adjustment". J
Brake pedal position switch K

Terminals
L
1 2 Brake pedal
N

O
P
Terminals
1 2 Clutch pedal

NO >> GO TO 2.

Terminals
1 2 Clutch pedal

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
A
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred via EC
the CAN communication.
C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
2. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. D
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication E

ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-383, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
H
ON at 2nd position ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch I
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 3. J
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
K
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication L

ON ON
HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF OFF
N
1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-383, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Check rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-38, "Work Flow".

>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Check headlamp system. Refer to EXL-88, "Work Flow" (LED type with intelligent key), EXL-402, "Work Flow"
(halogen type with intelligent key), EXL-530, "Work Flow" (halogen type without intelligent key).
>> INSPECTION END

4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Check heater fan control system. Refer to HAC-167, "Work Flow" [manual A/C (FULL-ELRC. type)]*, HAC-
257, "Work Flow" [manual A/C (SEMI-ELRC. type)]*.
*: Refer to HAC-125, "Information".
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
A
1.INSPECTION START EC
Turn ignition switch to START.
Are any cylinders ignited?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. E
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. F
Clicking sound should be heard.

G
H
I
PBIB3332E
J
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. K
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
L
+
Fuel injector - Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal M
1 F63 1
2 F64 1
Ground Battery voltage N
3 F65 1
4 F66 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P

3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

FUEL INJECTOR
+ -
Fuel injector IPDM E/R Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F63 1
2 F64 1
E60 18 Existed
3 F65 1
4 F66 1
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ -
Fuel injector ECM Continuity
1 F63 2 13
2 F64 2 14
F74 Existed
3 F65 2 10
4 F66 2 9
YES >> GO TO 4.
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-386, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-42, "Removal and Installation".
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation" (with intelligent key), PCS-71,
"Removal and Installation" (without intelligent key).

2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as per the following.

FUEL INJECTOR
Fuel injector A
+ - Resistance
Terminal
EC
1 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]

FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Fuel pump relay
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control ↓
Battery Battery voltage* Fuel pump
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows
that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when
the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation

Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops.
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed

hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL

2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Battery voltage should exist 1 second after
F74 18 E80 128
ignition switch is turn ON.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT

FUEL PUMP
A
+ −
EC
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. D
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit harness connector and ground.
F
+
Fuel level sensor unit − Voltage
G
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should exist 1 second
C12 1 Ground
after ignition switch is turn ON. H
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. I
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. J
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and fuel level sensor unit harness connector.
+ −
K
IPDM E/R Fuel level sensor unit Continuity

Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
E60 10 C12 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT N
1. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit harness connector and ground.
O
+
Fuel level sensor unit - Continuity
Connector Terminal P
C12 3 Ground Existed
2. Also heck harness for short to power.
YES >> GO TO 6.

FUEL PUMP
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and
Installation".

YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation" (with intelligent key), PCS-71,
"Removal and Installation" (without intelligent key).
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP

2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit harness connector.
3. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit connector terminals as follows.
Fuel level sensor unit

+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 3 0.2 - 5.0Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and
Installation".

IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
C
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION D
With CONSULT
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. E
2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
YES >> INSPECTION END F
3.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT G
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector terminals with an oscilloscope.
H
ECM
+ – Voltage signal
I
86
87 J
90
F75 E80 128
K
91
JMBIA0085GB
NOTE: L
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
N
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON. O
ECM
P
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".

IGNITION SIGNAL
2.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.
+
Condenser − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.
+ -
IPDM E/R Condenser Continuity
E60 17 F123 1 Existed
YES >> Refer to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.
+
Condenser - Voltage
Connector Terminal
F123 2 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CONDENSER
Check condenser. Refer to EC-395, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace condenser.
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.

IGNITION SIGNAL
+ A
Ignition coil - Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
EC
1 F67 3
2 F68 3
Ground Battery voltage
3 F69 3 C
4 F70 3
D
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT E
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
F
+
Ignition coil - Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal G
1 F67 2
2 F68 2 H
Ground Existed
3 F69 2
4 F70 2
3. Also check harness for short to power. I
YES >> GO TO 8.
J
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ - L
Ignition coil ECM Continuity
M
1 F67 1 86
2 F68 1 87
F75 Existed
3 F69 1 90 N
4 F70 1 91
YES >> GO TO 9.
P
9.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Check ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EC-394, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor)".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-26, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000011587175
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-1

2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as per the following.
Ignition coil
+ - Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Terminal No. (Polarity)
2 Except 0 or ∞
1
3
Except 0
2 3
YES >> GO TO 2.
tion".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-2
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
12. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded
metal portion.

CAUTION:
• During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more
away from the spark plug and the ignition coil. Be careful JMBIA0066GB
not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the

electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
NOTE:
functioning.
tion".

IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000011587176
A
1.CHECK CONDENSER
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector. EC
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the following.
Condenser C
+ - Resistance
Terminal
D
1 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25C° (77C°)]
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Replace condenser.

INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)
INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)
1.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY

1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
4. Press COAST/SET switch.
5. Check that the reading of the speedometer shows the same value as the set speed indicated in the infor-
mation display while driving the vehicle on a flat road.
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX, P0500 or P1574 is not displayed.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
NO-2 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-278, "A/T MODELS : DTC Description" (A/
T models), EC-281, "M/T MODELS : Diagnosis Procedure" (M/T models).
NO-3 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1574. Refer to EC-347, "DTC Description".
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-112, "DTC Index".
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-288, "Removal and Installation".

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
A
1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION EC

2. Check that MIL illuminates.
D
1.CHECK DTC E
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
G
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-277, "Work Flow".
YES >> GO TO 3. H
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". I

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION

2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
E80 103 124 1.0 - 4.0
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E49 3 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
+ -
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
tor.

+ - A
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D
tor.
E
+ -
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM Continuity F
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. G
YES >> GO TO 5.
H
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". I
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HA-101, "REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR :
Removal and Installation" J

SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively.
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
• APP sensor 1
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS)
• PSP sensor
• TP sensor
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
• APP sensor 2
• CMP sensor (PHASE)
• Exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position sensor
• EOP sensor
• MAF sensor
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-1

+
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 1 Ground 5V
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-2
+ +
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect following sensors harness connector.

2. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
A
ECM Sensor
EC
32 CMP sensor (PHASE) F72 1
36 MAF sensor F54 2
F74
40 EOP sensor F56 3 C
44 EVT control position sensor F55 1
E80 118 APP sensor 2 E5 1
D
YES >> GO TO 4.
E
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
• APP sensor 2 (Refer to EC-367, "Component Inspection".) F
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (Refer to EC-265, "Component Inspection".)
• EVT control position sensor (Refer to EC-314, "Component Inspection".)
• EOP sensor (Refer toEC-284, "Component Inspection".)
• MAF sensor (Refer to EC-189, "Component Inspection".) G
YES >> Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
H
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [QR25DE]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000011587185
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-388
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-146
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-385
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-410
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-411
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-143
EC-355,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-360
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-409
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-391
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-161
Mass air flow sensor circuit EC-187
2
Intake air temperature sensor circuit EC-192
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 EC-194
EC-200,
3 EC-204,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-207,
EC-230
EC-197,
EC-248,
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-320,
EC-321,
2 2 EC-368
EC-362,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 EC-365,
EC-371

SYMPTOM
A


EC


Reference C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

EC-210, F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit 6 6 6 6 5 EC-216,
EC-224
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-257 G
Engine oil temperature sensor circuit 4 2 3 EC-245
EC-283,
Engine oil pressure sensor circuit 4 4 3 3 3 3 H
EC-286
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-259
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-263
I
EC-278 (A/
T models),
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3
EC-279 (M/
T models) J
EC-292,
EC-294,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-296, K
EC-300
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir- EC-167,
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
cuit EC-181
L
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve EC-171,
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
circuit EC-184
EC-307 (A/ M
T models),
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3
EC-309 (M/
T models)
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-398 N
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-383
HAC-167,
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 O
HAC-257
Atmospheric pressure sensor circuit 5 5 3 EC-275
EC-322, P
EC-325,
Battery current sensor circuit 4 5 5 3
EC-328,
EC-331
Battery temperature sensor circuit 4 5 5 3 EC-334
ASCD steering switch circuit EC-336
BRC-56,
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4
BRC-196

1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next table)
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Fuel Fuel tank FL-17
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-8
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gas- 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
oline, Low octane)
Air Air duct
Air cleaner
EM-29
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — elec-
tric throttle control actuator) 5 5 5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actua- 5 5 5 5
tor
EM-35
Air leakage from intake mani-
fold/Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery PG-197
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit CHG-24
Starter circuit 3 STR-36
Signal plate 6 1 EM-98
TM-210 (A/T
models), EC-
PNP signal 4
310 (M/T mod-
els)
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-83
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-107
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft

SYMPTOM
A


EC


C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
Reference page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E

Valve Timing chain EM-63 F
mecha-
Camshaft EM-71
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-63
G
Intake valve
3 EM-63
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muf- H
fler/Gasket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-39, EX-5
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/ EM-53, LU-14, I
tion Oil filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LU-13, LU-11
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-8
J
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler
CO-20
cap
Thermostat 5 CO-27
K
Water pump CO-24
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery CO-7
Cooling fan CO-22 L
Coolant level (Low)/Contami- 5
CO-11
nated coolant
SEC-82 (with in- M
telligent key sys-
NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys- tem), SEC-260
1 1
tem — NATS) (without intelli-
gent key sys- N
tem)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
O

INFORMATION DISPLAY IS MALFUNCTIONING
INFORMATION DISPLAY IS MALFUNCTIONING
1.CHECK DTC WITH ECM

Check that DTC is not displayed.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)
Refer to EC-396, "Component Function Check".
YES >> GO TO 3.
Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED) EC

If the engine speed is above 2,000 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is neutral and
engine speed is over 2,000 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed. C
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-50,
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description". D

IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [QR25DE]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE
IDLE SPEED
Inspection INFOID:0000000011587188
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST.
>> INSPECTION END

IGNITION TIMING
IGNITION TIMING
A
1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING EC

1. Attach timing light (A) to loop wire .
C
E
JSBIA6014ZZ
2. Check ignition timing. F
: Timing indicator
G
>> INSPECTION END

H
I
JSBIA6015ZZ

EVAP CANISTER
1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections,
chafing and deterioration.
2. Check EVAP canister as follows:
a. Block port (A). Orally blow air through port (B).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
b. Block port (B). Orally blow air through port (A).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
PBIB0663E
3. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick-
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF989X
b. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
15.3 – 20.0 kPa (0.153 – 0.200 bar, 0.156 – 0.204 kg/

Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 – 2.90 psi)
−6.0 to −3.4 kPa (−0.06 to −0.034 bar, −0.061 to −0.035
Vacuum:
kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.49 psi)
c. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
SEF943S

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
1.CHECK PCV VALVE EC

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is C
placed over valve inlet.
NO >> Replace PCV valve. Refer to EM-31, "Exploded View".
E
PBIB1589E

ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [QR25DE]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ECM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000011671082
JSBIA5974GB
Clip ECM cover ECM bracket

ECM
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000011587192
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-138, "Work Procedure".
REMOVAL
1. Remove ECM cover.
2. Remove air cleaner case. Refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. Refer to HRANEESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE) in
PG-6, "Harness Connector".
4. Remove ECM mounting nuts.
5. Remove ECM from ECM bracket.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.

ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [QR25DE]
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE SENSOR
A
EC
JSBIA5975GB
Atmospheric pressure sensor Clip Hose G

Bracket
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) H

I
REMOVAL
J
1. Disconnect atmospheric pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Remove atmospheric pressure sensor mounting bolt.
3. Remove atmospheric pressure sensor from bracket. K
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Never use dropped atmospheric pressure sensor. L
• Never bend the hose to prevent damage to the hose.
• Refer to the following when installing hose and clamp to
atmospheric pressure sensor . M
Hose Clamp
Insertion depth Direction of tab Clamping position (L) N
3 – 7 mm (0.12 – 0.28 in)
from hose end
Insert the hose until its Atmospheric pressure CAUTION:
end reaches the stop end. sensor connector side Clamp should not inter- O
fere with the bulge of
tube. JSBIA5994ZZ

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE]

Idle Speed INFOID:0000000011587193
Transmission Condition Specification

A/T No load* (in P or N position) 700 ± 50 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 625 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000011587194
Transmission Condition Specification

A/T No load* (in P or N position) 10 ± 2° BTDC
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 10 ± 2° BTDC
• A/C switch: OFF
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000011587195
Condition Specification (Using CONSULT or GST)

At idle 22 %
At 2,500 rpm 10 – 20 %
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000011587196
Supply voltage Approx. 5.0 V

Output frequency at idle 2,340 – 3,280 Hz*
11.6 – 13.3 g/s at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT or GST)
Approx. 39.6 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

APPLICATION NOTICE
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [YD25DDTi]
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A

APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000011867071
EC
Check applicable parts to identify the type of service information of EC section. Refer to EC-422, "Component
Parts Location".
×:Applicable —: Not applicable C
Applicable part
Service information EGR cooler bypass valve con-
Intake air temperature sensor 2 EGR volume control valve D
trol solenoid valve
TYPE 1 × × ×
TYPE 2 × × —
E
TYPE 3 — — —

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [YD25DDTi]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING:
connectors.
WARNING:
serious injury.
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
PIIB3706J

• Always use a 12V battery as power source.

PRECAUTIONS
switch and wait at least 30 seconds. A
EC
D4D engine : 20 minutes YS23DDT : 4 minutes
C
SEF289H
D
NOTE:
ECU may be active for several tens of seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF. If the battery terminal E
NOTE: F
- Driving for 30 minutes or more at 140 km/h (86 MPH) or more. G
NOTE: H
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC. I
NOTE:
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000011177283 J
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
K
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery negative cable before any repair
cause the MIL to light up. L
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.) M
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with N
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc. O
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
P

PRECAUTIONS
Precaution INFOID:0000000011177284
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, disconnect battery negative cable 30 seconds after
turning the ignition switch OFF. Failure to do so may damage
the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if
ignition switch is turned off.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery negative cable.
SEF289H
• Do not disassemble ECM.
JPBIA3292ZZ
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to IC’s.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of IC’s, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference

Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft
position sensor.
MEF040D

PRECAUTIONS
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function A
Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC CONFIRMATION
PROCEDURE if the repair is completed. The Component
EC
Function Check should be a good result if the repair is com-
pleted.
SAT652J
D
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and E
damage the ECM power transistor.
• Do not disassemble fuel pump.
If NG, take proper action.
• Do not disassemble fuel injector. F
If NG, replace fuel injector.
SEF348N
K
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.

• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar- L
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
M
SEF709Y

PRECAUTIONS
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave
radio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [YD25DDTi]
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000011177285
EC
Tool number
Description C
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
Radiator cap tester diator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia. D
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia.
Unit: mm (in)
E
S-NT564
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000011177286 F
Tool name Description G

Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tempera-
ture sensor
H
I
S-NT705

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [YD25DDTi]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000011177287
NOTE:
Refer to EC-415, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 to 3.
JSBIA5573ZZ

EC-428, "Battery Current Sensor (With Battery Temperature
Battery current sensor (with battery temperature sensor)
Sensor)"
IPDM E/R activates the internal control circuit to perform the
relay ON-OFF control according to the input signals from var-
ious sensors and the request signals received from control
IPDM E/R* units via CAN communication.
Refer to PCS-6, "Component Parts Location" (With immobi-
lizer), or PCS-42, "Component Parts Location" (Without im-
mobilizer) for detailed installation location.
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve (type 2 and
EC-429, "EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve"
3 is not applicable)
Intake air control valve control solenoid valve EC-432, "Intake air control Valve actuator"
Throttle chamber EC-432, "Intake air control Valve actuator"

Mass air flow sensor EC-432, "Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature
(with intake air temperature sensor 1) Sensor 1)"
ECM EC-427, "ECM"
Glow control unit EC-431, "Glow Control Unit"

COMPONENT PARTS
A
Turbocharger boost sensor EC-434, "Turbocharger Boost Sensor"
Cooling fun coupling CO-64, "ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM : System Description" EC
*: For LHD models, the location is reverse.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT C
JSBIA5574ZZ
O
View of engine right side View of engine back side

Engine front P

COMPONENT PARTS

EGR cooler efficiently cools gas circulated in the EGR sys-
EGR cooler (type 2 and 3 is not applicable) tem and reduces the amount of NOx contained in exhaust
gases by lowering the combustion temperature.
Fuel rail pressure relief valve EC-431, "Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor"
EGR cooler bypass valve (type 2 and 3 is not applicable) EC-429, "EGR Cooler Bypass Valve"
Intake air temperature sensor 2 (type 3 is not applicable) EC-432, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2"
Fuel rail pressure sensor EC-431, "Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor"
Throttle chamber EC-432, "Intake air control Valve actuator"

Cooling fan is driven by the drive belt. And the fan speed is
Cooling fan
controlled by viscous coupling.
EGR volume control valve (type 3 is not applicable) EC-429, "EGR Volume Control Valve"
Turbocharger boost control actuator EC-433, "Turbocharger Boost Control Actuator"
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 EC-430, "Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 1"
Camshaft position sensor EC-428, "Camshaft Position Sensor"
Fuel pump suction control valve EC-431, "Fuel Pump (With fuel pump suction control valve)"
Fuel temperature sensor EC-431, "Fuel Temperature Sensor"

Vacuum pump generates the negative pressure. The nega-
Vacuum pump tive pressure is controlled by each solenoid and operates
each actuator.
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 EC-430, "Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1"
Crankshaft position sensor EC-429, "Crankshaft Position Sensor"
Glow plug EC-432, "Glow Plug"
BODY COMPARTMENT

COMPONENT PARTS
RHD models
A
EC
L
JSBIA5575ZZ
Periphery of pedals Engine room RH side Engine room front center M

Periphery of charge air cooler
N
EC-459, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction
Combination meter
Indicator Lamp (MIL)"
O
BCM transmits A/C ON signal to ECM via CAN com-
munication line.
BCM [With NISSAN anti-theft system (NATS)] Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Com-
ponent Parts Location" for detailed installation loca- P
tion.
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-427, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
EC-433, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position
Stop lamp switch
Switch"
Switch"

COMPONENT PARTS
ECM EC-427, "ECM"
LHD models
JSBIA6019ZZ
Engine room RH side Engine room front center Periphery of charge air cooler
Periphery of pedals

COMPONENT PARTS
No. Component Function A

BCM transmits A/C ON signal to ECM via CAN com-
munication line.
BCM [With NISSAN anti-theft system (NATS)] Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Com-
EC
ponent Parts Location" for detailed installation loca-
tion.
EC-459, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction
Combination meter C
Indicator Lamp (MIL)"
ECM EC-427, "ECM"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-433, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor" D


E
Switch"
Stop lamp switch F
Switch"
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-427, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
G
ECM INFOID:0000000011177288
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. H
JPBIA3292ZZ
K
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

L
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelera-
tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the
signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.
M
PBIB1741E
O
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation P
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Barometric Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011177289
The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor detects ambient barometric pressure and sends
the voltage signal to the microcomputer.

COMPONENT PARTS
OUTLINE
sumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is
Based on sensor signals, ECM judges whether or not the power
the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the
ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation command
value to IPDM E/R.
JPBIA3262ZZ
CAUTION:
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the
charging/discharging current of the battery.
The sensor measures ambient temperature around the battery.
increases.
<Reference data>
Temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage (V) Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 3.333 1.9 – 2.1
90 (194) 0.969 0.222 – 0.258
SEF012P
Camshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000011177298
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the protrusion of the

signal plate installed to the exhaust camshaft to identify a particular
cylinder. The camshaft position sensor senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor system becomes inoperative,
the camshaft position sensor provides various controls of engine
parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
change.
JPBIA3241ZZ
changes.


COMPONENT PARTS
Clutch pedal Clutch pedal position switch A

Released ON
Depressed OFF
EC
Crankshaft Position Sensor INFOID:0000000011177297
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the converter C

housing. And the signal plate installed to the drive plate.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
D
JPBIA3257ZZ F
EGR Cooler Bypass Valve INFOID:0000000011177313
EGR cooler bypass valve is integral with the EGR cooler . This G
valve closes the EGR cooler bypass at the engine start and supplies
gas not by way of the EGR cooler to raise combustion temperature
efficiently. ECM controls EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid H
valve. And then, the negative pressure is applied to diaphragm to
open the flap through the rod .
I
JSBIA0280ZZ
J
EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000011177314
K
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve is controlled by
ECM and controls negative pressure exerted on the diaphragm of
the EGR cooler bypass valve.
When the EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve is ener- L
gized, the solenoid valve opens and negative pressure sent from the
vacuum pump is exerted on the diaphragm of the EGR cooler
bypass valve. M
N
JSBIA0670GB
EGR Volume Control Valve INFOID:0000000011177312
O
The EGR volume control valve used a DC motor and controls the flow rate of EGR from exhaust manifold.
ECM controls the DC motor to make the valve opening angle in response to driving conditions.
P

COMPONENT PARTS
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is used to detect the

engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal
from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine
coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is
sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of
the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant tempera-

Voltage (V) Resistance (kΩ)
ture [°C (°F)]
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 – 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.35 – 2.73
50 (122) 2.3 0.68 – 1.00
90 (194) 1.0 0.236 – 0.260
SEF012P
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000011177309
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 is connected turbocharger with

exhaust gas pressure tube. Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 detects
the exhaust gas pressure and send to voltage signal to the ECM. As
the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
JPBIA3243ZZ
Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000011177306
Exhaust gas temperature (EGT) sensor 1 is installed exhaust mani-

fold. Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 uses a thermistor which is
sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the
thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rises.
JPBIA3244ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
<Reference data>
A
Exhaust gas temperature
[°C (°F)]
100 (212) 4.7 18.2 EC
200 (392) 4.0 4.0
400 (752) 2.0 0.65
C
600 (1112) 0.9 0.21
JPBIA3295GB
D
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec- E
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. F
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.
G
PBIB0465E
H
Fuel Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000011177291
Fuel temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel pump I
and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.
Fuel Pump (With fuel pump suction control valve) INFOID:0000000011177290
J
The fuel pump is installed in the engine. Utilizing the revolutions of the engine via gears, the fuel pump dis-
charges high-pressure fuel to the fuel rail. The fuel pressure is controlled by the fuel pump suction control
valve.
K
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011177292
The fuel rail pressure sensor is installed to the fuel rail and mea- L
sures the fuel pressure of the fuel rail.
The fuel rail pressure sensor sends a signal voltage to ECM. Voltage
increases as fuel pressure increases. ECM controls fuel rail pres-
sure, according to information from the fuel rail pressure sensor. M
When fuel rail pressure increases, fuel rail pressure is decreased by
the fuel rail pressure relief valve .
N
JSBIA2571ZZ
O
Glow Control Unit INFOID:0000000011177294
Glow control unit is controlled by ECM via PWM signal and improves performance in engine start. Further- P
more, this unit incorporates self-diagnosis function.
When malfunction is detected, glow control unit outputs malfunction signal to ECM

COMPONENT PARTS
Glow Plug INFOID:0000000011177295
The glow plug is provided with a metallic heating element to obtain a

high-temperature resistance. It glows in response to a signal sent
from the ECM, allowing current to flow through the glow plug via the
glow control unit.
JSBIA1876ZZ
Intake air control Valve actuator INFOID:0000000011310383
Intake air control valve actuator is integral with the throttle cham-
ber . ECM controls intake air control valve control solenoid valve.
And then, the negative pressure is applied to intake air control valve
actuator to close the throttle valve through the rod .
JSBIA5577ZZ
Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000011177302
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 2 detects intake air tem-
perature and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
JSBIA0281ZZ
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 2.0 – 2.13
80 (176) 0.312 – 0.346
JSBIA0283GB
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1) INFOID:0000000011177301
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

COMPONENT PARTS
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire A
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the
EC
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. C
PBIA9559J
D
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is built-into the mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical E
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature.
<Reference data>
F
Intake air temperature
[°C (°F)]
25 (77) 3.3 2.003 -– 2.127 G
80 (176) 1.2 0.312 – 0.346
SEF012P
I
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011177315
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent J
to ECM, and ECM controls the air conditioner cut control and the cooling fan control.
PBIB2657E
Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000011177316 N
Stop lamp switch and brake pedal position switches installed to brake pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). O
Brake pedal Brake pedal position switch Stop lamp switch

Released ON OFF P
Depressed OFF ON
Turbocharger Boost Control Actuator INFOID:0000000011177304
The turbocharger boost control actuator is integral with the turbocharger and consists of the control unit,
motor, and position sensor which detects gear system and rod position.

COMPONENT PARTS
The turbocharger boost control actuator communicates with ECM via ENG communication, receives a target
nozzle bane angle signal from ECM, and transmits position sensor signal and self-diagnosis information.
JSBIA2573GB
Turbocharger Boost Sensor INFOID:0000000011177303
The turbocharger (TC) boost sensor detects pressure in the

charge air cooler outlet area. The sensor send to voltage signal to
the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
JMBIA0779ZZ
JSBIA6381GB

A
Crankcase Ventilation System INFOID:0000000011177320
DESCRIPTION EC
In this system, blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover.
PBIB0590E

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011177321
NOTE:
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA6382GB

SYSTEM
NOTE:
• EGR cooler and EGR cooler bypass valve is not applicable (type 2 and 3) A
• EGR volume control valve and intake air temperature sensor 2 is not applicable (type 3)
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls the engine by various functions. EC
Function Description Reference

• Enables both reduction in emission gas and improvement in fuel economy and C
torque by accumulating ultra-high pressure in the fuel rail via fuel pump and per- EC-443, "FU-
forming injection of mist several times with an injector. EL INJEC-
• Optimizes the injection amount, according to the engine load, fuel rail pressure, TION
Fuel Injection control D
intake air temperature, engine coolant temperature, vehicle speed, and the CONTROL
(Common rail system)
depth of accelerator pedal depression when starting the engine, running at idle, SYSTEM :
or driving the vehicle. System De-
• Controls injection timing for optimum timing, according to engine speeds and scription" E
fuel injection amount.
EC-445,
"TURBO-
CHARGER F
Includes an electrically controlled variable capacity turbocharger and performs ac-
Turbocharger boost control BOOST
curate boost control according to engine speeds.
CONTROL :
System De-
scription"
G
EC-447,
"GLOW
Performs the pre-glow control when the ignition switch is turned ON and the after- H
Glow control CONTROL :
glow control when the engine is started.
System De-
scription"
ECM adjusts the amount of exhaust gas recirculation to reduce the amount of NOx EC-447, I
and PM (Particulate Matter) by controlling the EGR volume control valve installed "EGR SYS-
EGR system
to the path between the exhaust manifold and the intake manifold. TEM : System
(Type 3 is not applicable) Description"
J
EC-450, "AIR
CONDITION-
Improves acceleration and reduces engine load by turning OFF the air conditioner ING CUT
Air conditioning cut control
compressor and reduces during acceleration and the rise in refrigerant pressure. CONTROL : K
System De-
scription"
EC-451, "AU-
L
TOMATIC
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at prede- SPEED CON-
Automatic speed control device
termined constant speed without depressing accelerator pedal by driver′s setting TROL DE-
(ASCD)
of vehicle speed. VICE (ASCD) M
: System De-
scription"
EC-452,
"THROTTLE N
The intake air control valve control solenoid valve controls the ON-OFF load of the
Throttle control CONTROL :
intake air control valve actuator.
System De-
scription"
O
EC-452,
"CAN COM-
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time appli-
MUNICA-
CAN communication cation. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communi- P
TION :
cation speed and excellent error detection ability.
System De-
scription"

SYSTEM
Function Description Reference
EC-452, "IN-
FORMATION
DISPLAY
(COMBINA-
TION
METER) :
ASCD Indica-
tor"
Information display (combina- The Information display displays status, according to system malfunction or vehi-
EC-453, "IN-
tion meter) cle condition.
FORMATION
DISPLAY
(COMBINA-
TION
METER) : En-
gine Oil Pres-
sure
Warning"
EC-454,
"WARNING/
INDICATOR/
CHIME LIST :
Warning
lamps/Indica-
tor lamps"
The warning/indicator/chime turns ON or turns OFF, according to system malfunc-
Warning/indicator/chime list EC-454,
tion or vehicle condition.
"WARNING/
INDICATOR/
CHIME LIST :
Warning/Indi-
cator (On In-
formation
Display)"

SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011177322
EC
JSBIA6023GB
P

SYSTEM
JSBIA5593GB

SYSTEM
EC
N
JSBIA6024GB
*1: M/T models

*2: A/T models
*3: With intelligent key O
*4: Without intelligent key
*5: With ASCD
*6: Without ASCD P
*7: 42 (with intelligent key), 19 (without intelligent key)
*8: 41 (with intelligent key), 20 (without intelligent key)
*9: Clutch pedal position switch
*10: 110 (with color information display models without intelligent key)
*11: 109 (with color information display models without intelligent key)
NOTE:
• EGR cooler and EGR cooler bypass valve is not applicable (type 2 and 3)
• EGR volume control valve and intake air temperature sensor 2 is not applicable (type 3)

SYSTEM
• Refer to EC-415, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 to 3.
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail safe INFOID:0000000011177323
DTC RELATED ITEM
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

U1025 ENG communication circuit ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0088
Fuel rail pressure control • ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
P1272
• ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position). (P1272)
P0089
P0628 • ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
Fuel pump
P0629 • ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
P1275
P0093 Fuel system leak
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
P0101 Mass air flow sensor ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
P0122
P0123
Accelerator pedal position sen-
P0222 ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
sor
P0223
P2135
P012B Intake air leak
• ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
P0192
P0193
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (lower limit).
Fuel injector power supply cir- • ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
P0200
cuit • ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (lower limit).
• ECM limits the fuel injected pattern.
P0201
P0202
P0203
P0204
P1268
P1269 Fuel injector
P1270
P1271
P2147
P2148
P0234 Turbocharger system ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor cir-
ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0336 cuit
P0340
Camshaft position sensor circuit ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0341
P0605 • ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
ECM
P1020
P1022
P1023
TC control actuator ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P1024
P1025
P1026
P1028
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P102B

SYSTEM
A
P1029 TC boost sensor ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P102A BARO sensor ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected. EC
P1273 Fuel pump • ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P1274 Fuel pump • ECM stops the engine promptly.
C
P1409 EGR cooler bypass valve ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
P1550
P1551
D
P1552 Battery current sensor ECM stops the power generation voltage variable control.
P1553
P1554
P1556 E
Battery temperature sensor ECM stops the power generation voltage variable control.
P1557
P2146 Fuel injector power supply cir- • ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P2149 cuit • ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit). F
P2426
EGR cooler bypass valve ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
P2427
P2478 EGT sensor 1 ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected. G
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM
FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011177324
H
NOTE:
Refer to EC-415, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 to 3. I
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0336GB

SYSTEM
×: Applicable
ECM function
(AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)

MAXIMUM AMOUNT CONTROL
DECELERATION CONTROL
Sensor / unit Input signal to ECM Actuator
FUEL CUT CONTROL

NORMAL CONTROL
START CONTROL
IDLE CONTROL
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed × × × × × ×
Camshaft position sensor Piston position ×
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature × × × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position × × × ×
Intake air temperature sensor 1
• Fuel injector
Intake air temperature sensor 2*1
• Fuel pump
Fuel rail pressure sensor Fuel rail pressure × × × (Fuel pump
Turbocharger boost sensor Turbocharger boost suction con-
trol valve)
Ignition switch Start signal ×
Battery Battery voltage ×
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air ×
Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 × ×
BCM Air conditioner ON signal*2 ×
*1: Type 3 is not applicable

*2: This signal is sent to the ECM via CAN communication line.
DESCRIPTION
Three types of fuel injection control are provided to accommodate engine operating conditions; normal control,
idle control and start control. ECM determines the appropriate fuel injection control. Under each control, the
amount of fuel injected is adjusted to improve engine performance.
Pulse signals are sent to fuel injectors according to the input signals to adjust the amount of fuel injected to
preset value.
START CONTROL
When ECM receives a start signal from the ignition switch, ECM
adapts the fuel injection system for the start control. The amount of
fuel injected at engine starting is a preset program value in ECM.
The program is determined by the engine speed, engine coolant
temperature and fuel rail pressure.
For better start ability under cool engine conditions, the lower the
coolant temperature becomes, the greater the amount of fuel
injected. ECM ends the start control when the engine speed reaches
the specific value, and shifts the control to the normal or idle control.
SEF648S
IDLE CONTROL
When ECM determines that the engine speed is at idle, the fuel injection system is adapted for the idle control.
ECM regulates the amount of fuel injected corresponding to changes in load applied to the engine to keep

SYSTEM
engine speed constant. ECM also provides the system with a fast idle control in response to the engine cool-
ant temperature signal. A
NORMAL CONTROL
The amount of fuel injected under normal driving conditions is deter-
mined according to sensor signals. The crankshaft position sensor EC
detects engine speed, the accelerator pedal position sensor detects
accelerator pedal position and fuel rail pressure sensor detects fuel
rail pressure. These sensors send signals to ECM. C
SEF649S
E
MAXIMUM AMOUNT CONTROL
The maximum injection amount is controlled to an optimum by the engine speed, intake air amount, engine
coolant temperature, and accelerator opening in accordance with the driving conditions.
This prevents the oversupply of the injection amount caused by decreased air density at a high altitude or dur- F
ing a system failure.
DECELERATION CONTROL G
ECM sends a fuel cut signal to the fuel injectors and fuel pump during deceleration for better fuel efficiency.
ECM determines the time of deceleration according to signals from the accelerator pedal position sensor and
crankshaft position sensor.
H
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011177325
I
NOTE:
SYSTEM DIAGRAM J
JSBIA0277GB

SYSTEM

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Barometric pressure sensor Barometric pressure
Turbocharger boost Turbocharger boost control
EGR volume control valve posi- control actuator
EGR volume control valve position sensor* tion
Turbocharger boost sensor Turbocharger boost
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 Exhaust gas pressure
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 Exhaust gas temperature
*: Type 3 is not applicable
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ECM controls the turbocharger boost control actuator according to driving conditions. The rod connected
to the turbocharger boost control actuator changes the opening angles of the nozzle vanes located around the
turbine blade.
ECM determines a target boost pressure by an engine speed, accelerator pedal position, and barometric pres-
sure. In addition, ECM calculates a turbine entrance energy based on amount of air, exhaust gas pressure,
exhaust gas temperature, and barometric pressure and determines the degree of the nozzle vane opening to
satisfy the target boost pressure, according to the calculated turbine entrance energy and an EGR volume
control valve position. The determined nozzle vane angle signal is transmitted from ECM to the turbocharger
boost control actuator via ENG communication. The turbocharger boost control actuator is activated based on
the signal and opens the nozzle vane via the rod. Furthermore, more accurate control is enabled by transmit-
ting the data of turbine entrance energy from the turbocharger boost sensor to ECM.
JSBIA2573GB
GLOW CONTROL

SYSTEM
GLOW CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011177326
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA0568GB F
G
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Glow control unit
• ON signal H
Ignition switch Glow control ↓
• Start signal
Glow plug
Battery Battery voltage
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION I
ECM controls glow control unit with PWM signal.
• Ignition switch ON (Pre-glow)
After ignition switch has turned ON, the glow control unit turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to J
engine coolant temperature, allowing current to flow through glow plug (Pre-glow time).
• Cranking
The glow control unit turns ON, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
K
• Starting (After-glow)
After engine has started, current continues to flow through glow plug (After-glow time) for a certain period in
relation to engine coolant temperature.
The glow indicator lamp turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature at the L
time glow control unit is turned ON.
REFERENCE VALUE
Unit: Seconds M
Engine coolant temperature Pre-glow After-glow
[°C (°F)] (Approx.) (Approx.)
−40 (−40) 40 280 N
−20 (−4) 40 280
0 (32) 40 245
O
20 (68) 20 180
40 (104) 20 30
60 (140) 20 0 P
80 (176) 0 0
EGR SYSTEM
EGR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011177328
NOTE:

SYSTEM
• EGR control system applies to type 1 and 2.
• EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve and EGR cooler bypass valve applies to type 1.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0303GB
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Intake air temperature sensor 2*1
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position EGR volume con-
EGR volume control
Ignition switch Start signal trol valve
EGR volume control valve control position

EGR volume control valve position
sensor
Barometric pressure sensor Barometric pressure
BCM Air conditioner operation*2
*1: Type 3 is not applicable

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A
EC
E
JSBIA0279GB
EGR VOLUME CONTROL

This system controls the flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. F
The opening of the EGR passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the EGR flow rate.
A built-in DC motor moves the valve continuously corresponding to the ECM output signal.
The EGR volume control valve position sensor detects the valve position and sends the voltage signals to the G
ECM.
The ECM judges the current opening angle of the valve from this signals and the ECM controls the DC motor
to make the valve opening angle properly.
H
The opening angle of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions.
The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions.
• Engine stopped I
• Engine starting
• Low engine coolant temperature
• Excessively high engine coolant temperature J
• High engine speed
• Accelerator pedal fully depressed
EGR COOLER CONTROL K
NOTE:
EGR cooler control applies to type 1.
The EGR cooler efficiently cools gas circulated in the EGR system and reduces the amount of NOx contained
in exhaust gases by lowering the combustion temperature. Furthermore, the adoption of the EGR cooler L
bypass valve allows the efficient rise in combustion temperature at engine start and the enhancement of com-
bustion stability under low-load condition.
The EGR cooler bypass opens and closes fully according to the control that the ECM-controlled EGR cooler M
bypass valve control solenoid valve adjusts negative pressure applied on diaphragm of the EGR cooler
bypass valve.
The EGR cooler bypass opens/closes based on an engine speed, engine load and engine coolant tempera-
ture. N
Condition EGR cooler bypass valve

Ignition switch OFF OFF (Cooler mode) O
Engine coolant temperature 115°C (239°F) or less with the engine
ON (Bypass mode)
at idle.
Engine coolant temperature 45°C (113°F) or more with engine
P
OFF (Cooler mode)
speed 2,200 rpm or more under no load condition.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL

SYSTEM
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011177329
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0337GB

Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position IPDM E/R
Air conditioner (Air conditioner relay)
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
cut control ↓
Combination meter Vehicle speed* A/C compressor
BCM Air conditioner ON signal*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via CAN communication line.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the A/C compressor is turned OFF.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.

SYSTEM
A
System Diagram
EC
JSBIA5012GB
G
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
• Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed H
without depressing accelerator pedal by driver′s setting of vehicle speed*.
*: Driver can set the vehicle speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 177 km/h [109 MPH (for
Economical EGI with M/T models)] or 188 km/h [116 MPH (Except for Economical EGI with M/T models)]. I
For details, refer to GI-34, "Model Variation".
• ECM transmits a ASCD operation status signal to the combination meter and operation status of ASCD is
indicated on the information display in the combination meter. Refer to EC-455, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CON- J
TROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function".
• If any malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
CANCEL OPERATION K
• When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
- ASCD MAIN switch is pressed (Set speed will be cleared)
- CANCEL switch is pressed
- More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared) L
- Brake pedal is depressed
- Gear position is changed to neutral position (M/T models)
- Selector lever is changed to N, P or R range (A/T models) M
- Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
- VDC system is operated
- Actual vehicle speed decreased to approximately 30 km/h (18 MPH) or less
• When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform N
the driver by blinking ASCD indicator.
- Engine coolant temperature is excessively higher than the normal operating temperature, ASCD indicator
may blink slowly. O
(When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, ASCD indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing COAST/SET switch or ACCEL/RES
switch.)
P
- Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control
(When ASCD is operating, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle speed memory will be
erased.)
THROTTLE CONTROL

SYSTEM
THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011310602
System Diagram
JSBIA5580GB

Intake air control valve
Ignition switch Start signal and ignition OFF Throttle control
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Vibration when stopping the engine can be controlled by cutting intake air right before the fuel is cut. The
intake air control valve control solenoid valve controls the ON-OFF load of the intake air control valve actuator.
As a result, the intake air control valve control solenoid valve will be turned ON when the ignition switch is
turned OFF with the engine running and when the engine stalls. After the engine has stopped, the intake air
control valve control solenoid valve will return to fully open.
CAN COMMUNICATION
For detail of ASCD function, refer to EC-451, "AU-

ASCD indicator TOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) :
System Description".
JSCIA0831ZZ
Message: - - Km/h / - - MPH

SYSTEM
INFOID:0000000011355490 A
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When engine oil pressure is low, the engine oil pressure warning informs the driver of low oil pressure to pre- EC
Symbol Message
C
• Low Oil Pressure

• Stop Vehicle E
F
JPNIA1881ZZ
BULB CHECK
G
Not applicable
NAL H
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-26, "METER
SYSTEM : Fail-Safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM I
JSBIA3716GB
N
SIGNAL PATH
• IPDM E/R receives a signal from the engine oil pressure switch and transmits an oil pressure switch signal to
BCM via CAN communication.
• BCM transmits the received oil pressure switch signal to the combination meter via CAN communication. O
• The information display (on combination meter) is SHOWN/HIDDEN the engine oil pressure warning,
according to the oil pressure switch signal received from BCM.
LIGHTING CONDITION P
• Engine oil pressure is less than specified value. (Oil pressure switch signal: ON)
SHUTOFF CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied:

SYSTEM
• Engine oil pressure is the specified value or more. (Oil pressure switch signal: OFF)
• Engine speed is less than 500 rpm.
TIMING CHART
JSBIA3700GB
t: 100 ms

sign".
CATOR LAMPS : Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp".
sign".
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) Regarding the function. Refer to MWI-49, "WARNING LAMPS/INDI-
CATOR LAMPS : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (For QR25DE and
YD25DDTi Engine Models)".
sign".
Glow indicator lamp
CATOR LAMPS : Glow Indicator Lamp".

INFOID:0000000011177335
Name Function
Refer to EC-452, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) :
ASCD Indicator
ASCD Indicator".
Refer to EC-453, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : En-
Oil pressure warning
gine Oil Pressure Warning".
Refer to MWI-72, "WARNING/INDICATOR (ON INFORMATION DISPLAY) :
Oil Level Warning (with Color Information Display)" or MWI-73, "WARNING/
Oil level warning
INDICATOR (ON INFORMATION DISPLAY) : Oil Level Warning (with Mono-
chrome Information Display)".

OPERATION
OPERATION
A
INFOID:0000000011313730 EC

C
JSBIA5589ZZ F
On the combination meter On the steering wheel

ASCD indicator CANCEL switch ASCD MAIN switch G
COAST/SET switch ACCEL/RES switch
SET SPEED RANGE H


I
Economical EGI with M/T models* 177 km/h (109 MPH)
40 km/h (25 MPH)
Except for above models* 188 km/h (116 MPH)
J
*: For details, refer to GI-34, "Model Variation".
SWITCH OPERATION
K
Item Function
• Resumes the set speed. L
ACCEL/RES switch
COAST/SET switch
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving. M
ASCD MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.
Refer to EC-451, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD operat-
ing instructions. N

This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
(MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diagnostic
tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
Diagnostic Tool Function INFOID:0000000011177338
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to EC-456, "Diag-
nosis Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.

A
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction INFOID:0000000011177339
EC
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
C
Emission-related diagnostic information ISO Standard
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data Service $02 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 D
1st/2nd Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st/2nd Trip DTC) Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID Service $09 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5
E
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC 1st trip DTC 2nd trip DTC Freeze Frame data F
CONSULT × × × ×
GST × × × ×
ECM × × × — G
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in three consecutive trips (Three trip detection logic).
H
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Three Trip Detection Logic And One Trip Detection Log-
ic INFOID:0000000011177340
I
On board diagnosis (OBD) system of this vehicle has “Three Trip Detection Logic” and “One Trip Detection
Logic”. For which logic each self-diagnosis corresponds with, refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
“Trip” of “Three Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which the self-diagnosis is performed while driv-
J
ing.
THREE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM K
memory. MIL does not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again during the next driving, 2nd trip DTC is stored in the ECM mem-
ory and 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL does not illuminate at this stage. <2nd trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again at the third driving, DTC is stored in the ECM memory and 2nd L
trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL illuminates at the same time when DTC is stored. <3rd trip>
In other words, DTC is stored and MIL illuminates when the same malfunction occurs in 3 consecutive trips.
This is called “Three Trip Detection Logic”. M
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored in the ECM memory
and MIL lights up. This is called “One Trip Detection Logic”. N
Some self-diagnoses will not illuminate MIL when DTC is stored. (Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".)
1st/2nd trip DTC is not stored for one trip detection logic.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC And Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000011177341
O
DTC AND 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC

The number of 1st/2nd trip DTC is the same as the number of DTC. P
When a malfunction is detected during 1st trip, 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. MIL does not illumi-
nate at this time. When the same malfunction is detected in the next trip (2nd trip), 2nd trip DTC is stored in the
ECM memory and 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL does not illuminate at this time. In addi-
tion, DTC is stored in the ECM memory and MIL lights up when the same malfunction is detected during the
following consecutive trip (3rd trip).
The procedure for erasing DTC, 1st trip DTC, and 2nd trip DTC from the ECM memory is described in “How to
Erase DTC”.

For malfunctions in which 1st/2nd trip DTC are displayed, Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
1st/2nd trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of ISO15031-5. 1st/2nd trip DTC detection occurs without lighting
up MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When 1st/2nd trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down, and erase 1st/2nd trip DTC as specified
with step 2 of Work Flow, refer to EC-549, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, it is neces-
sary to investigate the cause again.
FREEZE FRAME DATA
ECM records driving conditions such as calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, engine speed,
etc., at the moment a malfunction is detected.
The data stored together with DTC is called Freeze Frame Data, and is displayed on CONSULT or GST.
Only a set of Freeze Frame Data can be stored in the ECM memory. When ECM records Freeze Frame Data,
and another Freeze Frame Data is generated after that, the first (original) Freeze Frame Data is not updated in
ECM and it remains.
When the DTC is erased from ECM memory, Freeze Frame Data is erased with DTC. The procedure for eras-
ing DTC is described in “How to Erase DTC”.
HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC
DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC can be read by the following procedures.
With CONSULT
With GST
CONSULT or GST (Generic Scan Tool): Examples: P0016, P0335, P1409, etc.
These numbers are prescribed by SAE J1979/ISO 15031-6.
(CONSULT also displays the malfunctioning parts and systems.)
No Tools
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0016, 0335, 1409, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
• 1st/2nd trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
mal. CONSULT can identify malfunction status. Therefore, using CONSULT (if available) is
recommended.
DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC are displayed in the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode of CONSULT.
“TIME” data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of DTC or 1st/2nd trip
DTC. When DTC or 1st/2nd trip DTC has been detected currently, “TIME” becomes “CRNT” or “1t”.
HOW TO ERASE DTC AND 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC
With CONSULT
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.Wait at least 2 min-
utes and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
With GST
NOTE:
1. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools
NOTE:
1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results).
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- Diagnostic trouble codes

- 1st/2nd trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data A
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000011177342 EC
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the combination meter. C
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check.
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. D
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
E
SAT652J F
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000011177343
G
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION
The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions.
H
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG.
Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.). I
If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit.
J
Engine stopped
K
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a DTC is detected,
WARNING the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a malfunction
has been detected. L
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st/2nd trip DTCs to be
ON position RESULTS read. M
N
Engine stopped
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK

In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. P
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING
MIL Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
In this mode, the DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are
displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st/2nd trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st/2nd trip DTC. These
unidentified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for
how to read a code.
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes as follows.
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
ond) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-485, "DTC Index")
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
• Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
HOW TO SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.

- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts A
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
EC
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st/2nd trip DTC) appears to confirm all DTCs certainly.
E
PBIB0092E
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to “How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II F
(Self-diagnostic Results)”.
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed. G
HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELD-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to H
“HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)”.
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
• Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
I
OBD System Operation Chart INFOID:0000000011177344
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS J
• When the malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame Data are stored in
the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected during 2nd consecutive trip, 2nd trip DTC and 2nd trip Freeze
Frame Data are stored and 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame Data are cleared. K
• When the same malfunction is detected during 3rd consecutive trip, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored
and MIL illuminates. 1st/2nd trip DTC and 1st/2nd trip Freeze Frame Data are cleared from the ECM mem-
ory. L
• MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 consecutive times with no malfunction (Driving pattern A).
• 1st/2nd trip DTC, DTC, 1st/2nd trip Freeze Frame Data, and Freeze Frame Data will be stored until the vehi-
cle is driven 41 times (Driving pattern B) without the same malfunction recurring. “TIME” data displayed in
M
the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode of CONSULT shows the number of times the vehicle is driven without the
same malfunction recurring.
SUMMARY CHART N
Items Trip Counter Driving Pattern

MIL (goes off) 3 2 A O
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (clear) 41 40 B
1st/2nd Trip DTC, 1st/2nd Freeze Frame Data
41 40 B
(clear) P
Refer to “<Driving Pattern A>” for details of pattern A and B.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS

JSBIA1859GB
When the same malfunction is de-

CONSULT displays for DTC and 1st/ 1st/2nd trip DTC becomes the same
*1: *2: *3: tected in three consecutive trips, MIL
2nd trip DTC become the same. display in mode7 of GST.
will light up.

When the same malfunction is de-
MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 When the malfunction is detected for
*4: times (pattern A) without any mal- *5: the first time, 1st trip DTC is stored in *6:
tected during 2nd consecutive trip, A
2nd trip DTC is stored and 1st trip
functions. the ECM memory.
DTC is cleared.
When the same malfunction is de- The DTC and the freeze frame data
tected during 3rd consecutive trip, will not be displayed any longer after
EC
*7: *8:
DTC and Freeze Frame Data are vehicle is driven 41 times (pattern B)
stored. without the same malfunction.
<DRIVING PATTERN A> C

Driving pattern A means the vehicle operation as follows:
Engine speed should go over 500 rpm at least 5 seconds and the DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed.
• The healing counter will be set when the malfunction is detected. D
• The healing counter will be decrement when the same malfunction is not detected.
• The MIL will go off when the healing counter reaches 3.
<DRIVING PATTERN B> E
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
Driving pattern A and (1)-(3) are satisfied.
H
JMBIA1940GB
• The delete counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected.

• The delete counter will be decrement when the same malfunction is not detected. I
• The DTC will not be displayed after the delete counter reaches 0.
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000011177345
J
FUNCTION
NOTE:
Refer to EC-415, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 to 3. K

Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTC and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.* L
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following
Work support M
the indications on the CONSULT unit.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
N
O
• Freeze frame data
WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item P

Work item Description Usage

When performing Injector Adjust-
ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA Injector adjustment value is written onto ECM memory.
ment Value Registration.
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clear-
ing should be performed under the
PUMP LEANT CLEAR Fuel pump learning value stored in ECM is cleared.
following conditions.
• Fuel pump is changed.
EGR volume control valve closed
position learning value should be
cleared under the following cases.
EGR/V LEARN CLR EGR volume control valve learning value stored in ECM is
• EGR volume control valve is re-
(Type 3 is not applicable) cleared.
moved.
• EGR volume control valve is re-
placed.
Always perform after three way
Three way catalyst and lean NOx trap catalyst converter data catalyst and lean NOx trap cata-
OC DATA CLEAR
stored in ECM memory is cleared. lyst converter is replaced as new
one.
ASCD, ESP and PTC heater application status stored in
ECM is initialized.
NOTE:
After the status is initialized, ECM recognizes ASCD, ESP When initializing ASCD, ESP and
CONFIG CLR and PTC heater application status when the following condi- PTC heater application status
tions are met. stored in ECM.
• For ASCD: ASCD MAIN switch is pressed.
• For VDC: VDC switch* is ON.
• For PTC heater: Ignition switch ON.
NOTE:
E/R AIR TEMP SEN LEARN CLR
Injector fuel injection quantity
learning must be performed after
Adjustment of fuel injection quantity under various condi-
FUEL INJ QUANTITY LEARNING the following cases.
tions.
• Injector(s) are replaced.
• ECM is replaced.
Before changing injector adjust-
ment value stored in ECM, it is
INJ ADJ VAL CLR Injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized.
recommended to perform this
work item.
NOTE:
A/F SEN 1 LEARN CLR
NOTE:
DF EXH PRES SEN LEARN CLR
SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.*
In this mode, write data stored by “SAVING DATA REPLC
WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU When ECM is replaced.*
CPU” in work support mode to ECM.
TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUA- NOTE:
TOR POSITION LEARNING The item is indicated, but not used.
*: The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always perform the operation
according to procedures. Refer to EC-555, "Work Procedure".
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Regarding items of DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC, refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
Freeze Frame Data

Freeze frame data item Description A

DIAG TROUBLE CODE The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”. (Re-
[PXXXX] fer to EC-485, "DTC Index".)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. EC
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
C
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or
The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[mph]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] The intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
D
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
FUEL/R PRESS [kPa] The fuel rail pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
MASS AIRFLOW [g/s] The mass air flow at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. E
DATA MONITOR MODE
NOTE:
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica- F
• For reference values of the following items, refer to EC-470, "Reference Value".
G
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
The engine speed computed from the crankshaft posi-
CKPS·RPM (TDC) rpm
tion sensor signal is displayed. H
When the engine coolant tem-
perature circuit is open or short,
The engine coolant temperature (determined by the sig-
ECM enters fail-safe mode. The
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F nal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is I
engine coolant temperature de-
displayed.
termined by the ECM is dis-
played.
The fuel temperature (determined by the signal voltage J
FUEL TEMP SEN °C or °F
of the fuel temperature sensor) is displayed.
The accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage is
ACCEL POS SEN V
displayed. K
The accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage is
ACCEL SEN 2 V
displayed.
The Fuel rail pressure (determined by the signal voltage L
ACT CR PRESS MPa
of the fuel rail pressure sensor) is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT V The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral posi- M
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF
tion switch signal.
START SIGNAL ON/OFF indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the starter signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner N
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF
switch as determined by the air conditioner signal.
indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
signal. O
indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the brake pedal posi-
BRAKE SW2 ON/OFF
tion switch signal.
IGN SW ON/OFF Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch signal. P
The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is dis-
MAS AIR/FL SE V
played.
Indicates the actual main fuel injection pulse width com-
MAIN INJ WID msec
pensated by ECM according to the input signals.
Indicates the fuel pump power supply current from the
PUMP CURRENT mA
ECM.

The glow relay control condition (determined by ECM
GLOW RLY ON/OFF
according to the input signal) is displayed.
Indicates the control condition of the A/C condenser
fans.
LOW/HI/
COOLING FAN LOW: Operates at low speed.
OFF
HI: Operates at high speed.
OFF: Stopped
Indicates the duty ratio of the power generation com-
ALTERNATOR DUTY % mand value. The ratio is calculated by ECM based on
the battery current sensor signal.
The intake air volume computed from the mass air flow
INT/A VOLUME mg/
sensor signal is displayed.
The barometric pressure (determined by the signal volt-
BARO SEN kPa age from the absolute pressure sensor built into the
ECM) is displayed.
The battery temperature sensor signal voltage is dis-
BATTERY TEMP SEN V
played.
Turbocharger boost (determined by the signal voltage
INT/M PRES SE kPa
from the turbocharger boost sensor) is displayed.
BAT CURRENT SEN V The battery current sensor signal voltage is displayed.
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph Indicates a vehicle speed used for ASCD system.
SET VHCL SPD km/h or mph The preset vehicle speed is displayed. This item is not used.
The fuel injection quantity learning value in the fuel in-
INJ Q/L CYL 1 - A —
jection area A of cylinder 1 is displayed.
INJ Q/L CYL 1 - B —
jection area B of cylinder 1 is displayed.
INJ Q/L CYL 1 - C —
jection area C of cylinder 1 is displayed.
INJ Q/L CYL 1 - D —
jection area D of cylinder 1 is displayed.

A
The cylinder being injected is displayed.
1: Cylinder No.1 is injected. EC
CYL COUNT 1/2/3/4 2: Cylinder No.2 is injected.
3: Cylinder No.3 is injected.
4: Cylinder No.4 is injected.
C
The exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 signal voltage is dis-
EXH GAS PRS SEN 1 V
played.
TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile Distance traveled while MIL is activated. D
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from COAST/SET switch
SET SW ON/OFF This item is not used.
signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ACCEL/RES switch E
RESUME/ACC SW ON/OFF This item is not used.
signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch sig-
CANCEL SW ON/OFF This item is not used.
nal.
F
MAIN SW ON/OFF Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch signal. This item is not used.
The exhaust gas temperature before DPF (determined
FR EX TMP SEN °C or °F by the signal voltage of the exhaust gas temperature
G
sensor 2) is displayed.
The rear exhaust gas temperature after DPF (deter-
RR EX TMP SEN °C or °F mined by the signal voltage of the exhaust gas temper-
ature sensor 3) is displayed. H
ASCD APPLY YES/NO Displaying ASCD application status stored in ECM.
VDC APPLY YES/NO Displaying ESP application status stored in ECM.
I
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of kickdown determinedly
KICKDOWN POSI ON/OFF
the ECM according to the input signals.
Indicates the duty ratio of the power generation com- J
ALT DUTY SIGNAL ON/OFF mand value. The ratio is calculated by ECM based on
the battery current sensor signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load
signal. K
• ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or light-
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF
ing switch is in 2nd position.
• OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting L
switch are OFF.
The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor
AC PRESS SEN V
is displayed.
M
• The opening angle of EGR volume control value is
EGR/V ANGLE ° displayed.
• The opening becomes larger as the value increases.
The EGR volume control valve position sensor signal N
EGR V/POS SEN mV
voltage is displayed.
The intake air temperature sensor 2 signal voltage is dis-
IAT SENSOR 2 V
played. O
The exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 signal voltage is
EGT SENSOR 1 V
displayed.
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal voltage is dis- P
A/F SENSOR 1 mV
played.
Indicates the state of engine.
TRNST/
ENGINE STATUS • TRNST: Engine revolution is fluctuating.
STEADY
• STEADY: Engine runs under steady revolution.
Indicates DTC P102B self-diagnosis condition.
INCMP/CM-
EXH LEAK DIAG1 • INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
PLT
• CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete

Indicates DTC P2279 self-diagnosis condition.
INCMP/CM-
BST PRSR DIAG1 B1 • INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete.
PLT
• CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete
Displaying speed limiter application status stored in
SL APPLY YES/NO
ECM.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of speed limiter SET indi-
SL SET LAMP ON/OFF cator determined by the ECM according to the input sig- This item is not used.
nals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of speed limiter LIMIT in-
SL LIMIT LAMP ON/OFF dicator determined by the ECM according to the input This item is not used.
signals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from speed limiter main
SL MAIN SWITCH ON/OFF This item is not used.
switch signal.
NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test item Condition Judgement Check item (Remedy)

engine.
• A/C switch: OFF • Harness and connectors
POWER BAL-
• Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu- Engine runs rough or dies. • Compression
ANCE
tral (M/T) • Fuel injector
• Cut off each injector signal one at
a time using CONSULT.
• Operate the A/C condenser fan at A/C condenser fan moves at LOW,
COOLING FAN • A/C condenser fan motor
LOW, HI speed and turn OFF us- HI speed and stops.
• A/C condenser fan relay
ing CONSULT.
• Engine: Return to the original trou- • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT ble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT. • Fuel injector
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
Glow relay makes the operating • Harness and connectors
GLOW RLY • Turn the glow relay ON and OFF
sound. • Glow relay
using CONSULT and listen to op-
erating sound.
• Engine: Return to the original trou-
FUEL/T TEMP ble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
SEN • Change the fuel tank temperature CHECK ITEM.
• Fuel injector
using CONSULT.
• Engine: Idle • Harness and connectors
ALTERNATOR
• Change duty ratio using CON- Battery voltage changes. • IPDM E/R
DUTY
SULT. • Alternator
PRES REGULA- • Fuel line
• Change fuel rail pressure using Fuel leaks.
TOR • Fuel rail pressure relief valve
CONSULT.
TRG EGR/V AN- • Change EGR volume control EGR volume control valve makes an • Harness and connectors
GLE valve opening angle (within the operating sound. • EGR volume control valve
range of 0 – 70°) using CONSULT.

Test item Condition Judgement Check item (Remedy)
A
TC BOOST CON- • Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
Turbocharger boost control rod is
TROL ACTUA- • Change operating angle of turbo- • Turbocharger boost control actua-
moved.
TOR charger boost control actuator. tor
EGR COOLER • Harness and connectors EC
• Engine: Running
BYPASS VALVE EGR cooler bypass valve control rod • EGR cooler bypass valve
• Operate the EGR cooler bypass
(Type 2 and 3 is is moved. • EGR cooler bypass valve control
valve.
not applicable) solenoid valve
C

ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [YD25DDTi]

ECM

NOTE:
Monitor item Condition Specification

Almost the same speed as the ta-
CKPS-RPM (TDC) Run engine and compare CONSULT value with the tachometer indication.
chometer indication
COOLAN TEMP/S Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
FUEL TEMP SEN Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F)
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.65 – 0.87 V

ACCEL POS SEN
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.3 V
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.28 – 0.48 V

ACCEL SEN 2
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 2.0 V
• Engine: After warming up Idle 25 – 35 MPa
ACT CR PRESS • Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
tral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 40 – 50 MPa
• No load
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 – 14 V
Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral
ON
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON (M/T)
Except above OFF
START SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
Brake pedal: Fully released ON
BRAKE SW2 Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
IGN SW Ignition switch: ON → OFF ON → OFF
Ignition switch: ON
Approx. 0.4 V
(Engine stopped)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Idle 1.1 – 2.1 V
MAS AIR/FL SE • Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
1.1 – 2.1 V to 4.0V
tral (M/T)
Engine is revving from idle to about (Check for liner voltage rise in re-
• No load
4,000 rpm. sponse to engine being increased
to about 4,000 rpm)
• Engine: After warming up No load 0.50 – 0.70 msec
• Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
MAIN INJ WID Blower fan switch: ON
tral (M/T) 0.50 – 0.80 msec
• Idle speed Rear window defogger switch: ON

ECM
A
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1,600 – 2,000 mA
PUMP CURRENT • Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
tral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1,500 – 1,900 mA
EC
• No load
GLOW RLY Refer to EC-447, "GLOW CONTROL : System Description".
When A/C condenser fan is stopped. OFF C
COOLING FAN When A/C condenser fan operate at low speed. LOW
When A/C condenser fan operate at high speed. HI
D
ALTERNATOR DUTY Engine: Idle 0 – 80 %
INT/A VOLUME Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 150 – 450 mg/
Altitude E
Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2, 14.59
psi)
Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95 F
kPa (0.8895 bar, 0.907 kg/cm2,
BARO SEN Ignition switch: ON 12.90 psi)
Approx. 1,500 m: Approx. 83.16
G
kPa (0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2,
12.06 psi)
Approx. 2,000 m: Approx. 78.36
kPa (0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2, H
11.36 psi)
0.2 – 4.8 V
BATTERY TEMP
Engine: Running Voltage varies with battery tem- I
SEN
perature
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 100.00 kPa
• Air conditioner switch: OFF J
3,600 rpm Approx. 140.00 kPa
INT/M PRES SE • Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
tral (M/T)
4,000 rpm Approx. 135.00 kPa
• No load
• Engine speed: Idle K
• Battery: Fully charged
BAT CURRENT SEN • Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Approx. 2.6 – 3.5 V
L
• No load
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CON- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
SULT value. CONSULT value
M
The preset vehicle speed is dis-
SET VHCL SPD*1 Engine: Running ASCD: Operating.
played.
INJ Q/L CYL 1 - A Ignition switch: ON −0.067 – 0.090
N
INJ Q/L CYL 4 - A Ignition switch: ON −0.067 – 0.090 O
INJ Q/L CYL 1 - B Ignition switch: ON −0.032 – 0.053
P
INJ Q/L CYL 1 - C Ignition switch: ON −0.018 – 0.038

ECM
INJ Q/L CYL 1 - D Ignition switch: ON −0.017 – 0.034
CYL COUNT Engine is running 1→3→4→2
EXH GAS PRS SEN
• Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu- Idle 1.0 V
1
tral (M/T)
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 – 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 – 40,723 mile)
COAST/SET switch: Pressed ON
SET SW*1 Ignition switch: ON
COAST/SET switch: Released OFF
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW*1 Ignition switch: ON
ACCEL/RES switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW*1 Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
ASCD MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW*1 Ignition switch: ON
ASCD MAIN switch: Released OFF
FR EX TMP SEN Engine: After warming up More than 120°C (248°F)
RR EX TMP SEN Engine: After warming up More than 100°C (212°F)
Models with ASCD YES
ASCD APPLY Ignition switch: ON
Models without ASCD NO
Models with ESP YES
VDC APPLY Ignition switch: ON
Models without ESP NO
Accelerator pedal: Fully released OFF
KICKDOWN POSI*2 Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed ON
• Engine: Idle
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
EGR/V ANGLE Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Approx. 0°
EGR V/POS SEN Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 1,050 – 1,350 mV
IAT SENSOR 2 Engine: After warming up 0.1 – 4.9 V
EGT SENSOR 1 Engine: After warming up Idle 0.1 – 5.0 V
A/F SENSOR 1 • Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu- Idle Approx. 2200 mV
tral (M/T)
• No load
Engine revolution is fluctuating. TRNST
ENGINE STATUS
Engine runs under steady revolution. STEADY
Power generation voltage variable Operating ON

ALT DUTY SIGNAL
control Not operating OFF
Rear window defogger switch: ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch: OFF OFF
DTC P102B self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
EXH LEAK DIAG1
DTC P102B self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
BST PRSR DIAG1 DTC P2279 self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP

B1 DTC P2279 self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT

ECM
A
Models with speed limiter YES
SL APPLY • Ignition switch: ON
Models without speed limiter NO
• Ignition switch: ON Speed limiter: Not operating OFF EC

SL SET LAMP*1 • Speed limiter MAIN switch: ON Speed limiter: Operating ON
• Ignition switch: ON Speed limiter MAIN switch: Pressed
SL LIMIT LAMP*1 ON → OFF
at the 1st time → at the 2nd time C
Speed limiter MAIN switch: Released OFF
SL MAIN SWITCH*1 • Ignition switch: ON
Speed limiter MAIN switch: Pressed ON
D
*1:This item is not used.
*2:A/T models only
NOTE:
E
TERMINAL LAYOUT
F
JPBIA3293ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES I
NOTE:
• Specification data are reference values.
• Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. J
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
Terminal No. Description

Value K
Input/ Condition
+ – Signal name (Approx.)
Output
Approximately 0.4 V L
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Idle speed
NOTE: M
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle
3 114 Fuel injector JSBIA5583GB N

Output
(W) (B) (Cylinder No. 4)
Approximately 0.8 V
[Engine is running]
O
P
JSBIA5584GB
6 [Engine is running] 0.3 – 5.0 V

5 Exhaust gas temperature
(P)*3 Input • Warm-up condition Voltage varies with exhaust gas
(G) sensor 1
(BG)*4 • Engine speed: Idle speed temperature

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
6
Exhaust gas temperature
(P)*3 — — — —
sensor 1 ground
(BG)*4
7
Fuel temperature sensor
(GR)*3 — — — —
*4
ground
(B)
9*1 —
EGR volume control valve
— — —
(Y) position sensor ground
10 ASCD steering switch
— — — —
(B) ground
13 Refrigerant pressure sen-
— — — —
(BR) sor ground
14 Intake air temperature sen-
— — — —
(R) sor 1 ground
15 Engine coolant tempera-
— — — —
(LG) ture sensor ground
16 Fuel rail pressure sensor
— — — —
(W) ground
17
— Sensor shield — — —
(L)
18 Camshaft position sensor
— — — —
(B) ground
19 Crankshaft position sensor
— — — —
(B) ground
20
13 Refrigerant pressure sen-
(B)*3 — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(BR) sor power supply
(R)*4
21 54
Exhaust gas pressure sen-
(GR)*3 (P)*3 — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
*4 *4
sor 1 power supply
(Y) (B)
22 19 Crankshaft position sensor
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(W) (B) power supply
23*1 EGR volume control valve

9*1
(V)*3 position sensor power sup- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(Y) ply
(BR)*4
Approximately 0.4 V
[Engine is running]
NOTE:
rpm at idle
26
JSBIA5583GB
114 Fuel injector
(W)*3 Output
(B) (Cylinder No. 2)
(L)*4 Approximately 0.8 V
[Engine is running]
JSBIA5584GB

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
7 0 - 4.8 V
31
(GR)*3 Fuel temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Voltage varies with fuel tempera-
EC
(Y)
(B)*4 ture

Voltage should fluctuates be- C
33*1 9*1 EGR volume control valve
Input
tween 0.5 and 2.5 V, then drop to
(GR) (Y) position sensor • For 2 minutes after turning ignition
0 V.
switch OFF.
[Ignition switch ON] D
4.0 V
• ASCD steering switch: All OFF
[Ignition switch ON]
3.0 V
34 10 • ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed E
ASCD steering switch Input
(SB) (B) [Ignition switch ON]
2.0 V
[Ignition switch ON] F
1.0 V
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
[Engine is running]
37 13 Refrigerant pressure sen- • Warm-up condition
Input 1.0 – 4.0 V G
(W) (BR) sor • Both A/C switch and blower switch:
ON (Compressor operates)
0 – 4.8 V
38 14 Intake air temperature sen- [Engine is running] H
Input Voltage varies with intake air
(G) (R) sor 1 • Warm-up condition
temperature
0 – 5.0 V
39 15 Engine coolant tempera- [Engine is running]
(SB) (LG) ture sensor
Input
Voltage varies with engine cool- I
ant temperature
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.3 – 1.7 V J
40
16 • Engine speed: Idle speed
*3
(R) Fuel rail pressure sensor Input
(W) [Engine is running]
(B)*4
• Warm-up condition 1.7 – 2.0 V
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm K
Approximately 4.7 V
[Engine is running]
L
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on M
rpm at idle
JPBIA3309ZZ
42 18
Camshaft position sensor Input
(R) (B)
Approximately 4.7 V N
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition O
JPBIA3310ZZ P

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
Approximately 3.5 V
[Engine is running]
NOTE:
rpm at idle
JPBIA3311ZZ
43 19
Crankshaft position sensor Input
(R) (B)
Approximately 3.5 V
[Engine is running]
JPBIA3312ZZ
45 18 Camshaft position sensor

(W) (B) power supply
46 16 Fuel rail pressure sensor
(G) (W) power supply
48 55 Turbocharger boost sensor
(V) (L) power supply
Approximately 0.4 V
[Engine is running]
NOTE:
rpm at idle
49 114 Fuel injector power supply JSBIA5587GB

Input
(B) (B) (Cylinder No. 2 and No. 4)
Approximately 0.8 V
[Engine is running]
JSBIA5588GB
Approximately 0.4 V
[Engine is running]
NOTE:
rpm at idle
51
114 Fuel injector JSBIA5583GB
(R)*3 Output
(B) (Cylinder No. 3)
(P)*4 Approximately 0.8 V
[Engine is running]
JSBIA5584GB

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
54
(P)*3 —
— — —
EC
sor 1 ground
(B)*4
55 Turbocharger boost sensor
— — — — C
(L) ground
58*1 —
Intake air temperature sen-
— — —
(B) sor 2 ground
D
[Engine is running]
60 54
Exhaust gas pressure sen- • Engine speed: Idle speed
(G)*3 (P)*3 Input E
*4 *4
sor 1 [Engine is running]
(W) (B)
[Engine is running] F
• Warm-up condition 1.8 - 2.1 V
61
55 • Engine speed: Idle speed
(Y)*3 Turbocharger boost sensor Input
(L) [Engine is running]
(BR)*4 G
• Warm-up condition 2.0 - 2.3 V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE H
(11 - 14 V)
71*2 114 EGR cooler bypass valve
Output
(BR) (B) control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
• Engine coolant temperature: More I
0V
than 45°C (113°F)
Approximately 0.4 V J
[Engine is running]
K
NOTE:
on rpm at idle
73 114 Fuel injector power supply JSBIA5587GB L

Input
(G) (B) (Cylinder No. 1 and No. 3)
Approximately 0.8 V
M
[Engine is running]
N
JSBIA5588GB

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
Approximately 0.4 V
[Engine is running]
NOTE:
rpm at idle
JSBIA5583GB
74 114 Fuel injector
Output
(R) (B) (Cylinder No. 1)
Approximately 0.8 V
[Engine is running]
JSBIA5584GB

BATTERY VOLTAGE
Brake pedal position • Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully
(11 - 14 V)
80 114 switch (A/T), brake pedal released
Input
(LG) (B) position switch and clutch [Ignition switch: ON]
pedal position switch (M/T) • Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Slight- 0V
ly depressed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
(11 - 14V)
93 114 Intake air control valve
Output [Ignition switch: OFF]
(BG) (B) control solenoid valve
• For a few seconds after turning igni- Approximately 0.3V
tion switch OFF
97
(B)
98
(B)
99
(B)
100
(B)
101 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply 1 for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(R) (B) (11 - 14 V)
102 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply 2 for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B) (11 - 14 V)

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
Approximately 0.3 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Idle speed C
JPBIA3296ZZ
103 114 Fuel pump suction control D
Input
(B) (B) valve
Approximately 0.3 V
[Engine is running] E
F
JPBIA3297ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Battery: Fully charged G
104 111 • Engine speed: Idle speed
Battery current sensor Input 2.6 – 3.5 V
(V) (W) NOTE:
Before measuring the terminal voltage,
confirm that the battery is fully charged. H
105
(SB)*3 111 Battery current sensor
(SB/ (W) power supply I
*4
R)
106 108 Accelerator pedal position
(L/W) (L) sensor 1 power supply J
• Engine: Stopped 0.65 - 0.87 V
107 108 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released K
Input
(L/R) (L) sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 4.3 V
L
108 Accelerator pedal position
— — — —
(L) sensor 1 ground
111 Battery current sensor
— — — — M
(W) ground
112 Mass air flow sensor
— — — —
(LG) ground
N
114
(B)

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
Approximately 5.8 V
[Engine is running]
JSBIA0548GB
116 114 Fuel pump suction control
Output
(G/R) (B) valve
Approximately 5.5 V
[Engine is running]
JSBIA0549GB
0 – 4.8 V
117 111 Battery temperature sen-
Input [Engine is running] Voltage varies with battery tem-
(G/B) (W) sor
perature
119 121 Accelerator pedal position
(W) (B) sensor 2 power supply
• Engine: Stopped 0.28 - 0.48 V
120 121 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
Input
(R) (B) sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 2.0 V
121 Accelerator pedal position
— — — —
(B) sensor 2 ground
0.4 V
• Engine: Stopped
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.1 – 2.1 V
125 112
Mass air flow sensor Input • Engine speed: Idle speed
(V) (LG)
1.1 - 2.1 V to Approximately 4.0 V
[Engine is running]
(Check for liner voltage rise in re-
sponse to engine being in-
• Engine speed: Idle to 4,000 rpm
creased to about 4,000 rpm)
127
— Sensor shield — — —
(Shield)
129 For 2 minutes after turning ignition
0 – 1.0 V
(BR)*3 114 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(BR/ (B) (self shut-off) More than 2 minutes after turning igni- BATTERY VOLTAGE
R)*4 tion switch OFF (11 - 14 V)
For 2 minutes after turning ignition
0 – 1.0 V
130 114 ECM relay switch OFF
Output
(BR) (B) (self shut-off) More than 2 minutes after turning igni- BATTERY VOLTAGE
tion switch OFF (11 - 14 V)

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
Approximately 7.0 V
EC
• Engine coolant temperature: Less
131 114
Glow control Output than 55 °C (131 °F)
(GR) (B) C
• For 2 minutes after turning ignition
switch ON.
JPBIA3303ZZ
D
134 Engine communication line Input/
— — —
(L) (Turbocharger actuator) Output
135 Engine communication line Input/ E
— — —
(P) (Turbocharger actuator) Output
136 0V
114 • Brake pedal: Fully released
(Y)*3 Stop lamp switch Input F
(B) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
(Y/R)*4
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
137
(G)
— Glow control Input — — G
1.0 - 2.0 V
↑↓ (Periodically changes)
H
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
141*1 114 EGR volume control valve
Output • For 2 minutes after turning ignition
(Y) (B) (Close) I
switch OFF.
J
JSBIA0406ZZ
142 114 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE

Input [Ignition switch: OFF] K
(Y) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14 V)
143 [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
114
(R)*3 Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(B) [Ignition switch: ON] L
(R/B)*4 (11 - 14 V)
0 - 4.8 V
145*1 58*1 Intake air temperature sen-
Input
[Engine is running]
Voltage varies with intake air
(W/R) (B) sor 2 • Warm-up condition
temperature M
147 Input/ —
— CAN communication line —
(L) Output
148 Input/ N
— CAN communication line — —
(P) Output
[Ignition switch: ON] 0V
150 114
Start signal Input BATTERY VOLTAGE O
(SB) (B) [Ignition switch: START]
(11 - 14 V)

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
• Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral 0V
151
114 Park/Neutral position (M/T)
(G)*3 Input
(B) switch [Ignition switch: ON]
(G/Y)*4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Selector lever: Except the above po-
(11 - 14 V)
sition
1.0 - 2.0 V
↑↓ (Periodically changes)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
154*1 114 EGR volume control valve
Output
(O) (B) (Open) • For 2 minutes after turning ignition
switch OFF.
JPBIA3306ZZ
*1: Except for type 3.
*2: Except for type 2 and 3.
*3: LHD models
*4: RHD models
NOTE:
Fail safe INFOID:0000000011372328
DTC RELATED ITEM

U1025 ENG communication circuit ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0088
P1272
• ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position). (P1272)
P0089
P0628 • ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
Fuel pump
P1275
P0093 Fuel system leak
P0101 Mass air flow sensor ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
P0122
P0123
Accelerator pedal position sen-
P0222 ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
sor
P0223
P2135
P012B Intake air leak
P0192
P0193
Fuel injector power supply cir- • ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
P0200
cuit • ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (lower limit).

ECM
A
P0201
P0202
P0203
P0204 EC
P1268
P1269 Fuel injector
P1270
P1271 C
P2147
P2148
D
P0234 Turbocharger system ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor cir-
P0336 cuit
E
P0340
Camshaft position sensor circuit ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P0341
P0605 • ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
P0606
ECM
F
P1020
P1022
P1023 G
TC control actuator ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P1024
P1025
P1026
H
P1028
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P102B
P1029 TC boost sensor ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
I
P102A BARO sensor ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
• ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
P1273 Fuel pump • ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected. J
P1274 Fuel pump • ECM stops the engine promptly.
P1409 EGR cooler bypass valve ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position). K
P1550
P1551
P1552 Battery current sensor ECM stops the power generation voltage variable control. L
P1553
P1554
P1556
Battery temperature sensor ECM stops the power generation voltage variable control. M
P1557
P2146 Fuel injector power supply cir- • ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
P2149 cuit • ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit).
P2426
N
EGR cooler bypass valve ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
P2427
P2478 EGT sensor 1 ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected.
O
P
chart.

ECM

U0100, U1000 CAN communication line
U1025 ENG communication line
P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation
P0097, P0098 Intake air temperature sensor 2
P0101, P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0112, P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
P0117, P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P2135 Accelerator pedal position sensor
P0182, P0183 Fuel temperature sensor
P0192, P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor
P0237, P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor
P0335, P0336 Crankshaft position sensor
1 P0340, P0341 Camshaft position sensor
P0405, P0406 EGR volume control valve position sensor
P0473 Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
P0545, P0546 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1
P0563 Battery voltage
P0605, P0606, P0607, P0668, P0669, P1616 ECM
P0642, P0643, P0652, P0653 Sensor power supply
P1610, P1611, P1612, P1614, P1615 NATS
P1622, P1623 Injector adjustment value
P1805 Brake switch
P2228, P2229 Barometric pressure sensor
P0089, P0628, P0629, P1272, P1273, P1274, P1275 Fuel pump
P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P1268, P1269,
Fuel injector
P1270, P1271, P2146, P2147, P2148, P2149
P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 Misfire
P0380, P0670 Glow control unit
P0686 ECM relay
2
P0705, P0710, P0717, P0720, P0729, P0730, P0731,
P0732, P0733, P0734, P0735, P0740, P0744, P0745,
AT related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
P0750, P0775, P0780, P0795, P1730, P1734, P2713,
P2722, P2731, P2807
P1020, P1022, P1023, P1024, P1025, P1026 TC boost control actuator
P1409 EGR cooler bypass valve
P2426, P2427 EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve

ECM
A
P0088, P0093 Fuel system
P012B Intake air system
P0217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) EC
P0234 Turbocharger system
P0403, P0409 EGR volume control valve
P0488 EGR driving C
3 P0501, P0502, P0503 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
P0504 Brake pedal position switch
D
P0580, P0581 ASCD steering switch
P1028, P102B Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
P1029 Turbocharger boost sensor E
P102A Barometric pressure sensor
P2478 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1
F
×:Applicable —: Not applicable G

1
DTC*
Items
3 (CONSULT screen terms)
GST* 2 ECM* H
U0100 0100*4 LOST COMM (ECM A) 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-514
U1000 1000*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 3*5 or 1*6 — EC-569 I

U1025 1025 TC BOOST COMM LINE 1 × EC-570
P0016 0016 CMP/CKP RELATION 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC-573
J
P0088 0088 HIGH FUEL PRES 1 × EC-576
P0089 0089 FUEL PUMP 1 × EC-579
P0093 0093 FUEL LEAK 1 × EC-582 K
P0097 0097 IAT SENSOR 2 B1 *5 *6 —
3 or 1
EC-586
P0098 0098 IAT SENSOR 2 B1 3*5 or 1*6 —
L
P0101 0101 MAF SENSOR 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC-589
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6

EC-593 M
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
EC-596
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
N
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6

EC-598
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 O
P0122 0122 APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT 1 ×
EC-600
P
P012B 012B TC INLET PRESSURE SEN 1 × EC-603
P0182 0182 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
EC-605
P0183 0183 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
P0192 0192 FRP SEN/CIRC 1 ×
EC-607
P0193 0193 FRP SEN/CIRC 1 ×

ECM
DTC*1
Items
(CONSULT screen terms)
2 ECM*3
GST*
P0200 0200 INJECTOR 1 × EC-610
P0201 0201 CYL1 INJECTOR 1 ×
EC-611
P0217 0217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-612
EC-614
P0234 0234 TC SYSTEM 1 × EC-617
P0237 0237 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
EC-619
P0238 0238 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
P0301 0301 INJ/CIRC1 1 —
P0302 0302 INJ/CIRC2 1 —
EC-621
P0303 0303 INJ/CIRC3 1 —
P0304 0304 INJ/CIRC4 1 —
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 1 ×
EC-623
P0336 0336 CKP SENSOR 1 ×
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT 1 ×
EC-626
P0341 0341 CMP SENSOR 1 ×
P0380 0380 GLOWRELAY 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC-629
*5 *6 *5 *6
P0403 0403 EGR SYSTEM 3 or 1 × or — EC-632
P0405 0405 EGR SENSOR 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6

EC-634
P0406 0406 EGR SENSOR 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
P0409 0409 EGR SYSTEM 2*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC-636
P0473 0473 EXH PRESSURE SEN A 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC-638
P0488 0488 EGR SYSTEM 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC-641
P0501 0501 VEHICLE SPEED 3*5 or 1*6 —
P0502 0502 VEHICLE SPEED 3*5 or 1*6 — EC-642
P0503 0503 VEHICLE SPEED 3*5 or 1*6 —
P0504 0504 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 3*5 or 1*6 — EC-644

P0545 0545 EGT SENSOR 1 B1 1 ×
EC-650
P0546 0546 EGT SENSOR 1 B1 1 ×
P0563 0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE 3*5 or 1*6 — EC-653
P0580 0580 STRG SW/CIRC 3*5 or 1*6 —

EC-654
P0581 0581 STRG SW/CIRC 3*5 or 1*6 —
P0605 0605 ECM 1 ×
EC-657
P0606 0606 ECM 1 ×
P0607 0607 ECM 3*5 or 1*6 — EC-658
P0628 0628 FUEL PUMP/CIRC 1 ×
EC-659
P0629 0629 FUEL PUMP/CIRC 1 ×

ECM
DTC*1
Items A
ECM*3
GST*2
P0642 0642 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC
EC-661
P0643 0643 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
EC-663 C
P0668 0668 ECM 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
EC-665 D
P0669 0669 ECM 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
P0670 0670 GLOW PLUG CONT MDL 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC-629
P0686 0686 ECM RELAY 3*5 or 1*6 — EC-666 E
P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-521
P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-523 F
P0717 0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-525
P0720 0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-527
G
P0729 0729 6GR INCORRECT RATIO 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-531
P0730 0730 INCORRECT GR RATIO 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-534

H
P0733 0733 3GR INCORRECT RATIO 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-542 I
P0735 0735 5GR INCORRECT RATIO 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-548 J
P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-551
P0744 0744 TORQUE CONVERTER 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-553

K
*5 *6 *5 *6
P0745 0745 PC SOLENOID A 3 or 1 × or — TM-555
P0750 0750 SHIFT SOLENOID A 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-556

L
P0775 0775 PC SOLENOID B 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-558
P0780 0780 SHIFT 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-560

M
P0795 0795 PC SOLENOID C 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-562
P1020 1020 TC BOOST CONT ACT 1 × EC-668
P1022 1022 TC BOOST CONT ACT 1 × N
P1023 1023 TC BOOST CONT ACT 1 ×
P1024 1024 TC BOOST CONT ACT 1 × EC-668
P1025 1025 TC BOOST CONT ACT 1 × O
P1026 1026 TC BOOST CONT ACT 1 ×
P1028 1028 EXH PRESSURE SEN A 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC-669
P
P1029 1029 TC BOOST SENSOR A 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC-671
P102A 102A BARO SENSOR A 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 EC-674

P102B 102B EXHAUST GAS SYSTEM 1 × EC-676

ECM
DTC*1
Items
2 ECM*3
GST*
P1268 1268 INJECTOR 1 1 ×
P1269 1269 INJECTOR 2 1 ×
EC-678
P1270 1270 INJECTOR 3 1 ×
P1271 1271 INJECTOR 4 1 ×
P1272 1272 FRP RELIEF VALVE 1 × EC-681
P1273 1273 FUEL PUMP 1 × EC-685
P1274 1274 FUEL PUMP 1 × EC-688
P1275 1275 FUEL PUMP 1 × EC-691
P1409 1409 EGR COOLING BYPASS/V 1 ×*5 or —*6 EC-694
P1550 1550 BAT CURRENT SENSOR 3*5 or 1*6 —
P1552 1552 BAT CURRENT SENSOR 3*5 or 1*6 — EC-696
P1554 1554 BAT CURRENT SENSOR *5 *6 —

3 or 1
P1556 1556 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC 3*5 or 1*6 —
EC-700
P1557 1557 BAT TMP SEN/CIRC 3*5 or 1*6 —
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE 3*5 or 1*6 — SEC-87
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD,IMMU-ECM 3*5 or 1*6 — SEC-89
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU 3*5 or 1*6 — SEC-90
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY 3*5 or 1*6 — SEC-269
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY *5 *6 — SEC-272

3 or 1
P1616 1616 ECM 3*5 or 1*6 — EC-703
P1622 1622 INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST 3*5 or 1*6 — EC-704
P1623 1623 INJ ADJ VAL ERROR 3*5 or 1*6 — EC-705

P1805 1805 BRAKE SWITCH 1 × EC-707
*5 *6 *5 *6
P1730 1730 INTERLOCK 3 or 1 × or — TM-572
P2135 2135 APP SENSOR 1 × EC-711
P2146 2146 INJ PWR/CIRC 1 × EC-714
P2147 2147 INJECTOR/CIRC 1 ×
EC-715
P2148 2148 INJECTOR/CIRC 1 ×
P2149 2149 INJ PWR/CIRC 1 × EC-714
*5 *6 *5 *6
P2228 2228 BARO SEN/CIRC 3 or 1 × or —
EC-716
P2229 2229 BARO SEN/CIRC 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
P2426 2426 EGR COOLING VALVE 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
EC-717
P2427 2427 EGR COOLING VALVE 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6
P2478 2478 EGT SENSOR 1 B1 1 × EC-719
P2713 2713 PC SOLENOID D 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-581
P2722 2722 PC SOLENOID E 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-583

ECM
DTC*1
Items A
ECM*3
GST*2
P2731 2731 PC SOLENOID F 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-585 EC
P2807 2807 PC SOLENOID G 3*5 or 1*6 ×*5 or —*6 TM-587
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.

C
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J1979/ ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
*5: Type 1
D
*6: Except for type1
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000011372349 E
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the F
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen. G
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)
H

ECM
Test value and Test

limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
P0131 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
P0130 86H 0BH
test cycle
P0133 87H 04H
to rich)
P0133 88H 04H
lean)
P2A00 or P2096 89H 84H
lean)
P2A00 or P2097 8AH 84H
rich)
P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
HO2S 01H P014C 8DH 04H
(Bank 1) lean bank 1 sensor 1
P014C 8EH 04H
P014D 8FH 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
P014D 90H 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
P015A 91H 01H
P015A 92H 01H
P015B 93H 01H
P015B 94H 01H
P0133 95H 04H
to rich)
P0133 96H 84H
lean)

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle
C
P0137 08H 0CH
test cycle
02H
(Bank 1) P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage D
P0139 82H 11H
nosis E
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for F

03H P0144 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) test cycle
P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage G
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for H
P0151 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle I
P0150 86H 0BH
test cycle
HO2S Response rate: Response ratio (lean J

P0153 87H 04H
to rich)
P0153 88H 04H
lean) K
P2A03 or P2098 89H 84H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too L
P2A03 or P2099 8AH 84H
rich)
05H
(Bank 2) P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency M
P014E 8DH 04H
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to N
P014E 8EH 04H
P014F 8FH 84H
bank 2 sensor 1 O
P014F 90H 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to P
P015C 91H 01H
P015C 92H 01H
P015D 93H 01H

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P015D 94H 01H
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Response rate: Response ratio (lean
05H P0153 95H 04H
(Bank 2) to rich)
P0153 96H 84H
lean)
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle
P0157 08H 0CH
test cycle
HO2S 06H
(Bank 2) P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0159 82H 11H
nosis
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for

07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) test cycle
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
P0420 82H 01H
21H
P2423 83H 0CH
voltage
CATA- P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst

LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
P0430 82H 01H
22H
P2424 83H 0CH
voltage
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
P0400 80H 96H
(short term)
P0400 81H 96H
(long term)
Low flow faults: Difference between
P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
EGR idling condition
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 83H 96H Low flow faults: Max EGR temp
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate
P0402 85H FCH EGR differential pressure high flow
P0401 86H 37H EGR differential pressure low flow
P2457 87H 96H EGR temperature

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0011 80H 9DH
C
P0014 81H 9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC D
P0011 82H 9DH
P0014 83H 9DH
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1) E
P100A 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
VTC intake intermediate lock function F
Advanced: P052A G
Retarded: P052B
VVT tion check diagnosis)
SYSTEM VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 80H 9DH H
P0024 81H 9DH
I
P0021 82H 9DH
P0024 83H 9DH J
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2)
P100B 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
K
VTC intake intermediate lock function
L
Advanced: P052C
Retarded: P052D
tion check diagnosis)
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output M
39H P0455 80H 0CH
(Cap Off) voltage before and after pull down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than 0.04
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch) N
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
P0456 80H 05H
inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system leak Maximum internal pressure of EVAP O
3CH P0456 81H FDH
(Very small leak) system during monitoring
Internal pressure of EVAP system at
P0456 82H FDH
the end of monitoring P
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control
valve close

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
81H 0BH
er (Bank 1)
P0141 81H 14H Rear O2 sensor internal impedance
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
SOR
HEATER Low Input: P0051 Converted value of heater electric cur-
81H 0BH
er (Bank 2)
P0161 81H 14CH Rear O2 sensor internal impedance
47H P0063 80H 0CH
Secondary air injection system incor-
P0411 80H 01H
rect flow detected
Bank1: P0491 Secondary air injection system insuffi-
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient flow
P2445 82H 01H
stuck off
SEC-
Secondary air injection system high
OND- 71H Secondary air system P2448 83H 01H
airflow
ARY AIR
Bank1: P2440 Secondary air injection system switch-
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system switch-
P2440 85H 01H
ing valve stuck open
P2444 86H 01H
stuck on
P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
81H P0171 or P0172 81H 24H
(Bank 1) clamped
FUEL P117A / P219A 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring

SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
82H P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
(Bank 2) clamped
P117B / P219B 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
C
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of D
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
E
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
F
P0307 86H 24H
G
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 88H 24H H
P0301 89H 24H
the first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple cylinder misfires I
P0302 8AH 24H
the second cylinder
P0303 8BH 24H J
the third cylinder
P0304 8CH 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of K
P0305 8DH 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 8EH 24H
the sixth cylinder L
P0307 8FH 24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of M
P0308 90H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder N
P0300 92H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of O
P0300 93H 24H

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0301 0CH 24H
cycles
P0302 0CH 24H
cycles
P0303 0CH 24H
cycles
P0304 0CH 24H
cycles
MISFIRE
P0305 0CH 24H
cycles
P0306 0CH 24H
cycles
P0307 0CH 24H
cycles
P0308 0CH 24H
cycles

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [YD25DDTi]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
EC
TYPE 1
C
JRBWD1750GB

JRBWD1751GB

EC
JRBWD1752GB

JRBWD1753GB

EC
JRBWD3084GB

JRBWD3085GB

EC
JRBWD3086GB

JRBWD3087GB

EC
JRBWD3088GB

JRBWD3089GB

EC
JRBWD3090GB

JRBWD3091GB

EC
JRBWD3092GB

JRBWD3093GB

EC
JRBWD3094GB

JRBWD3095GB

TYPE 2
A
EC
JRBWD1782GB
P

JRBWD1783GB

EC
JRBWD1784GB

JRBWD1785GB

EC
JRBWD1786GB

JRBWD3096GB

EC
JRBWD3097GB

JRBWD3098GB

EC
JRBWD3099GB

JRBWD3100GB

EC
JRBWD3101GB

JRBWD3102GB

EC
JRBWD3103GB

JRBWD3104GB

EC
JRBWD3105GB

JRBWD3106GB

EC
JRBWD3107GB

JRBWD3108GB

TYPE 3
A
EC
JRBWD3210GB
P

JRBWD3211GB

EC
JRBWD3212GB

JRBWD3213GB

EC
JRBWD3214GB

JRBWD3109GB

EC
JRBWD3110GB

JRBWD3111GB

EC
JRBWD3112GB

JRBWD3113GB

EC
JRBWD3114GB

JRBWD3115GB

EC
JRBWD3116GB

JRBWD3117GB

EC
JRBWD3118GB

JRBWD3119GB

EC
JRBWD3120GB

JRBWD3121GB

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [YD25DDTi]
BASIC INSPECTION A
EC
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JMBIA1206GB
DETAILED FLOW


Sheet".)
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase DTC. (Refer to EC-457, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction".)
(Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-743, "Symptom Table".)
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Also study the normal operation related to the symptom. Refer to EC-748, "Description".
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
>> GO TO 5.
Also study the normal operation related to the symptom.
Diagnostic Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
>> GO TO 6.
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-483, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check according to EC-553, "Description".
>> GO TO 7.

7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE A

Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-743, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
EC
>> GO TO 8.
C
NOTE:
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. D
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON- E
SULT. Refer to EC-470, "Reference Value".
9.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
F
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC-457, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction". G
>> GO TO 10.
H
10.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely. I
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain? J
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM.
(Refer to EC-457, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction".) K
L
DESCRIPTION
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- M
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
tomer complaint. N
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady and DTC to O
be detected. Examples:
SEF907L
evaporate into the atmosphere. P

WORKSHEET SAMPLE
MTBL0017

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns EC
to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's com-
plaint often do not recur on (1st/2nd trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may C
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
COMMON INTERMITTENT INCIDENTS REPORT SITUATIONS
D
STEP in Work Flow Situation
II The CONSULT is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0”.
E
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st/2nd trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area. F
G
1.INSPECTION START
Erase (1st/2nd trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-457, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction".
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
I
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
YES >> GO TO 3. J
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-46, "Work Flow", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS”. K
NO >> Repair or replace. L

SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOVING ENGINE PARTS
NOTE:
×:Applicable
Service performed
Part name Replace- Required service Reference
ment Removal*1
Brand-new × Additional service when replacing ECM EC-555

ECM Additional service when replacing ECM EC-555
Used ×
Fuel pump learning value clearing EC-561
Injector adjustment value registration EC-562
Fuel injector ×
Fuel injection quantity learning EC-559
Fuel pump suction control valve × × Fuel pump learning value clearing EC-561
EGR volume control valve closed position learning EC-558
EGR volume control valve*2 × × EGR volume control valve closed position learning
EC-557
value clear
*1:Harness connector disconnection included.

*2:Type 3 is not applicable

A
When replacing ECM, this procedure must be performed. EC

NOTE:
• The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC-555, "Work Procedure". C
D
1.SAVE ECM DATA
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. E
4. Select “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
NOTE: F
Necessary data in ECM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
Is operation completed successfully?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.REPLACE ECM H
2. Replace ECM. Refer to EC-751, "Removal and Installation".
I
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM PROGRAMMING
J
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual”.
>> GO TO 4.
K
4.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to “CONSULT Oper-
ation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”. L
>> GO TO 5.
M
5.WRITE ECM DATA
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display. N
NOTE:
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to ECM.
O
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
6.REPLACE ECM P
>> GO TO 7.

>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS
Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to “CONSULT Oper-
ation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”.
>> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
Perform injector adjustment value registration. Refer to EC-562, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM FUEL INJECTOR QUANTITY LEARNING
Perform fuel injector quantity learning. Refer to EC-559, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EGR volume control valve closed position learning. Refer to EC-558, "Work Procedure".
NOTE:
Type 3 is not applicable. Go to step 12.
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM CONFIGURATION CLEAR
2. Select “CONFIG CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
>> END

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING VALUE
A
CLEAR
EC
“EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning Value Clear” should be cleared under the following
cases.
• EGR volume control valve is removed. C
• EGR volume control valve is replaced.
D
1.START
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. E
4. Select “EGR/V LEARN CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
5. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds. F
6. Make sure the “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
>> END G

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
“EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning” is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the
EGR volume control valve by monitoring the EGR volume control valve position sensor output signal. It must
be performed under any of the following conditions:
• EGR volume control valve is removed.
• EGR volume control valve is replaced.
1.START
Make sure that EGR volume control valve moves during above 30 seconds by confirming the operating
sound.
>> END

FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY LEARNING
A
DESCRIPTION EC
Fuel injection quantity learning is performed to adjust fuel injection quantity deviated during the use of injectors
under various conditions to properly adjust the injection quantity. If this learning is not performed, then mal-
functions, such as knocking and poor acceleration may occur. C
Injector fuel injection quantity learning must be performed after the following cases.
NOTE:
If the learning is performed at high altitudes (atmospheric pressure is low), there is the case the learning does
not complete. In this case, perform learning value clear only. The clear function is in the fuel injection quantity D
learning function.
NOTE: E
• If all injectors are replaced, then perform learning value clear only. The clear function is in the fuel injection
quantity learning function.
• ECM detected some DTC. (After work completion) F
ERROR LIST
If errors listed below are indicated, diagnose and eliminate possible causes before restarting the learning.
G
Detection detecting condition
CONDITION ARE NOT SATISFIED Learning permission conditions are not satisfied. Refer to EC-559, "Work Procedure".
H
BOOST PRESSURE ERROR Error in boost pressure
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE ERROR Error in intake air pressure
ENGINE SPEED ERROR While engine speed is unstable I
FUEL RAIL PRESSURE ERROR Actual rail pressure is extremely deviated from the target rail pressure
Learning of Cylinder XX is unsuccessful
CYLINDER XX LEARNING NOT SUC- NOTE: J
CEEDED When this error message is shown, perform the learning again. If an error is detected in
the same cylinder, perform EC-721, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
1.ERASE FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY LEARNING VALUE L

2. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped).
3. Select “FUEL INJ QUANTITY LEARNING” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
M
NOTE:
When touching “START”, CONSULT erases fuel injection quantity learning value stored in ECM.
Is this work after replacing all fuel injectors? N
YES >> Touch “END”.
NO >> GO TO 2.
O
2.VEHICLE CONDITION CHECK
1. Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Check that the vehicle is in the following conditions. P
Engine speed At idle

Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH)
DTC Not detected
Engine coolant temperature 70°C (158°F) or more
Fuel temperature Between 20°C (68°F) and 60°C (140°F)

Intake air temperature −15°C (5°F) or more
Gear position N or P (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
Brake pedal Released
Accelerator pedal Released
Electrical load OFF
3. Open the engine room cover. Refer to EM-290, "Exploded View".
NOTE:
When touching “START”, CONSULT automatically checks the vehicle condition to evaluate the feasibility
of the learning.
Is an error message displayed?
YES >> Check the error. Refer to EC-559, "Description".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.START FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY LEARNING
1. Touch “NEXT”.
CAUTION:
Ensure the safety before starting fuel injection quantity learning. Engine speed increases to
around 3,500 rpm after touching “NEXT”.
2. Let stand until the learning completes.
NOTE:
Learning time is approximately 8 to 30 minutes.
3. Check the completion message.
Is “COMPLETE” displayed?
YES >> END
NO >> Touch “NEXT” and check the error. Refer to EC-559, "Description".

FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING
FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING
A
In order to always keep optimum fuel pressure in fuel rail, the ECM controls fuel pump in high precision with EC
monitoring the signal of fuel rail pressure sensor.
Accordingly, the ECM always learns characteristic value of fuel pump. Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is
an operation to clear the value of the fuel pump learning.
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing should be performed under the following conditions. C
• Fuel pump is changed.
• ECM is replaced with used one which stores the fuel pump learning value of other fuel pump.
D
NOTE:
When removing fuel pump, perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing before starting the engine. E
1.FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
Without CONSULT F
Fuel pump learning value can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by the same operation as eras-
ing DTC. In detail, refer to EC-457, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Introduction".
G
>> WORK END

INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injector.
The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.
A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following
two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM
• The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on the vehicle
Injector adjustment value registration must be performed after the following cases.
For the first case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for the replaced fuel injector must be performed.
And for the second case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for all the fuel injectors must be performed.
PBIB3150E
Example: Injector adjustment value = D121ABCD1A061234000000000000E6

1.START
NOTE:
• Before performing this procedure, record injector adjustment value printed on a fuel injector.
• When all fuel injectors are replaced or ECM is replaced, it is recommended to perform “INJ ADJ VAL
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode before performing this procedure. By performing “INJ ADJ VAL
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode, injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized.
2. Select “ENTER INJECTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, CONSULT reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM.
4. Select the number of the cylinder which needs injector adjustment value registration.
5. Input injector adjustment value, and touch “ENTER”.
NOTE:
Input injector adjustment value is stored in CONSULT.
6. Repeat step 4 - 5 till there is no cylinder which needs injector adjustment value registration, and touch
“START”.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, injector adjustment values stored in CONSULT are written onto ECM memory.
7. After “CMND FINISHED” is displayed, make sure that the following values are same for each cylinder.
- Injector adjustment value which is printed on a fuel injector.
- Injector adjustment value which is displayed on CONSULT screen.
NOTE:
• In this step, CONSULT reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM and displays the values on the
CONSULT screen. This is for checking if injector adjustment values are written onto ECM memory cor-
rectly.
• If DTC is detected, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the DTC, and check if the same DTC is
detected again.
>> END

BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
A
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-9, "Periodic Maintenance". C
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
D
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF. E
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
5. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture. F
>> GO TO 2.
G
SEF142I
2.CHECK IDLE SPEED

Check idle speed. H
For specification, refer to EC-754, "General Specification".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK J
K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4.BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM L
1. Stop engine.
2. Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to FL-48, "Air Bleeding".
M
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN N
1. Start engine.
O
P
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to FL-54, "Draining Water from Fuel Filter".
>> GO TO 7.

BASIC INSPECTION
7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN

1. Start engine.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace air cleaner filter.
9.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
Check battery voltage.
Voltage: More than 12.13V

YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK BATTERY
Refer to PG-194, "How to Handle Battery".
YES >> Check charging system. Refer to CHG-24, "Work Flow".
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Follow the instruction of “CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE”. Refer to EM-281, "Inspec-
tion".
Check idle speed.
NO >> Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-721, "Diagnosis Procedure". And then, GO TO 2.

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [YD25DDTi]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
EC
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not fusing. C

#62 15A D
IPDM E/R
#66 20A
Is the fuse fusing? E
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION F
2. Check ground connection E12 and E13.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 3.
H
3.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground. I
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal J
97
98
K
100
114 L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors. M
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector. N
O
ECM
Voltage
+ –
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
101 Battery volt-
E25 E25 114
102 age

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN) CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
101 26
E25 E62 Existed
102 25
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation" (WITH I-KEY SYSTEM), or
PCS-71, "Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT I-KEY SYSTEM).
NO >> Repair harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
(Approx.)
101 After turning ignition
switch OFF, battery volt-
E25 E25 114 Drop to 0 V.
102 age will exist for 2 min-
utes
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 7.
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
(Approx.)
129 Turn ignition switch OFF

and wait at least 2 min- Battery voltage
utes.
E25 E25 114
130 Turn ignition switch OFF

and wait at least 2 min- Battery voltage
utes.
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to EC-553, "Description".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT

ECM IPDM E/R A

Continuity
129
E25 E62 31 Existed EC
130
NO >> Repair harness or connectors. D
9.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL (IGN)
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminal and IPDM E/R terminal.
ECM IPDM E/R F

Voltage
+ – Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Fuse No. Terminal
G
Ignition switch OFF 0V
E25 143 #62 15A
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
I
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (IGN) FOR OPEN
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. J
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
L
YES >> Check power supply routing circuit for ignition power supply.
M
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP)
ECM O
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
P
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
NO >> Repair harness or connectors.

A

CAN COMM CIRCUIT When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal to
U1000
(Manufacturer controlled DTC) other control units for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE E
Not applicable
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

G
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". H
I
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-49, "CAN COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM : CAN System Specification Chart".
J

U1025 ENG COMMUNICATION
ENG communication is a serial communication line for real time application. It is a multiplex communication
line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. ECM and turbocharger boost
control actuator are connected with two communication lines (ENG communication H-line and ENG communi-
cation L-line) and transmit/receive data. ECM shares information and links with the turbocharger boost control
actuator during operation.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• ECM cannot receive ENG communication signal for approx. 1 second or
TC BOOST COMM LINE more.
U1025
(Turbocharger communication line) • Turbocharger boost control actuator cannot receive ENG communication
signal for 0.2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (ENG communication line is open or shorted.)
• Turbocharger boost control actuator
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".
1.CHECK TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY-I

2. Disconnect TC boost control actuator harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between TC boost control actuator harness connector terminals.
TC boost control actuator

+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
F13 1 2 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between TC boost control actuator harness connector and ground.

+ A
TC boost control actuator − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
3. Check the continuity between TC boost control actuator harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector. E
+ −
TC boost control actuator IPDM E/R Continuity
F

F13 1 E62 26 Existed G
4. Also check the harness short to ground.
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. H
4.CHECK TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT
I
3. Check the continuity between TC boost control actuator harness connector and ground.
J
+
TC boost control actuator - Continuity K
Connector Terminal
Is inspection result normal? L
M
5.CHECK ECM COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. N
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and TC boost control actuator harness connector.
ECM TC boost control actuator O

Continuity
134 3
E25 F13 Existed
135 5 P
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace turbocharger assembly. Refer to EM-305, "Removal and Installation".
2. Perform confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-570, "DTC Description".
Is the DTC U1025 detected again?

P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
A

CMP/CKP RELATION
The correlation between crankshaft position sensor signal and camshaft
P0016 (Crankshaft position - camshaft position
position sensor signal is out of the normal range.
correlation bank 1 sensor A)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Crankshaft position sensor E
• Drive velts
• Signal plate
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
G
If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0642, P0643, P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0642, P0643, P0652 or P0653. H
NO >> GO TO 2. I
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. J
>> GO TO 3.
NOTE:
If the engine does not start, keep ignition switch at START position for at least 5 seconds. L
YES >> Proceed to EC-573, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
N

O
DTC P0642, P0643, P0652 or P0653.
P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Check camshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-575, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 3.

NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-333, "Exploded View".
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Check crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-574, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-352, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK TIMING CHAIN
Check timing chain. Refer to EM-359, "Removal and Installation" (Primary timing chain), or EM-320, "Removal
and Installation" (Secondary timing chain).
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace timing chain.
5.CHECK SIGNAL PLATE FOR CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate or replace
camshaft. Refer to EM-333, "Removal and Installation".
JPBIA4281ZZ
6.CHECK SIGNAL PLATE FOR CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to EC-553, "Descrip-
tion".
NO >> Replace the drive plate. Refer to EM-373, "Removal and
Installation" .
JPBIA4037ZZ
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000011177390
1.VISUALLY CHECK
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-352, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor.
MBIB0647E

2.CHECK RESISTANCE A
Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor terminal.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] EC

1 (+) – 2 (−)
3 (+) – 1 (−) Except 0 or ∞
C
3 (+) – 2 (−)
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000011177391
E
1.VISUALLY CHECK
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. F
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-333, H
"Exploded View".
MBIB0647E J
2.CHECK RESISTANCE
Check the resistance between camshaft position sensor terminal as follows.
K
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) – 2 (−) L
3 (+) – 1 (−) Except 0 or ∞
3 (+) – 2 (−)
M
N

P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

HIGH FUEL PRESS
P0088 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the specified value.
(Fuel rail/system pressure - too high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pump suction control valve
• Fuel injector
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
• Air mixed with fuel
FAIL-SAFE
P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
>> GO TO 3.
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 20 seconds.

P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR MIXED WITH FUEL
Check the fuel filter condition. Refer to MA-9, "Periodic Maintenance".
Is fuel filter maintenance according to the manual?
YES >> Perform air-bleeding from fuel line. Refer to FL-48, "Air Bleeding". And then, GO TO 3.

P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
NO >> Maintenance fuel filter.
3.PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING A
NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by
EC
performing following procedure.
With CONSULT
2. Perform “Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing”. Refer to EC-561, "Work Procedure". C
4. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULT” mode with CONSULT.
5. Touch “ERASE”. D
6. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, again. Refer to EC-576, "DTC Description".
7. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-561, "Work Procedure".
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory. F
6. Check DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC displayed again? G
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR H
Check fuel rail pressure sensor.Refer to EC-577, "Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor)".
I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel rail. Refer to EM-312, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP SUCTION CONTROL VALVE J
Check fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EC-578, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Control
Valve)".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-331, "Disassembly and Assembly".
6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR L
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-578, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".

M
YES >> Replace fuel pump. Refer to EM-326, "Removal and Installation"
NO >> Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to EM-313, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000011177394 N
1.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Reconnect all harness connector disconnected.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. P

P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
40 Idle 1.3 – 1.7 V

F16 16
(Fuel rail pressure sensor signal) 2,000 rpm 1.7 – 2.0 V
Component Inspection (Fuel Injector) INFOID:0000000011177395

3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as follows.
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 0.2 – 0.8 Ω [at 10 – 60°C (50 – 140°F)]
NO >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-313, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump Suction Control Valve) INFOID:0000000011177396
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP SUCTION CONTROL VALVE

2. Disconnect fuel pump suction control valve harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between fuel pump suction control valve terminals as follows.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-326, "Removal and Installation".

P0089 FUEL PUMP
P0089 FUEL PUMP
A

FUEL PUMP
P0089 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target value.
(Fuel pressure regulator 1 performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Fuel pump
• Air mixed with fuel E
• Lack of fuel
FAIL-SAFE F
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. H
>> GO TO 2.
I
2. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds. J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177398 L

Check the fuel filter condition. Refer to FL-54, "Inspection". M
NO >> Replace fuel filter. Refer to FL-51, "Removal and Installation". N
2.PERFORM FUEL PUMP LEARNING VALUE CLEARING
NOTE: O
With CONSULT
P
2. Perform “Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing”. Refer to EC-561, "Work Procedure".
5. Touch “ERASE”.
Without CONSULT

P0089 FUEL PUMP
4. Erase the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) memory.
Is 1st trip DTC displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check fuel rail pressure sensor. Refer to EC-580, "Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 4.
Valve)".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE SUCTION CONTROL VALVE OF FUEL PUMP
1. Replace suction control valve of fuel pump.
2. Perform fuel pump learning value clearing. Refer to EC-561, "Work Procedure".
Is 1st DTC detected?
YES >> Replace fuel pump. Refer to EM-326, "Removal and Installation"
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000011177399

ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
40 Idle 1.3 – 1.7 V

F16 16

1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]

P0089 FUEL PUMP
EC

P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM detects a fuel system leak.
FUEL LEAK
P0093 (The relation between the output voltage to the fuel pump and input voltage
(Fuel system leak detected -large leak)
from the fuel rail pressure sensor is out of the normal range.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Fuel pump
• Fuel rail
• Fuel pipe
• Fuel rail pressure relief valve
• Lack of fuel
FAIL-SAFE
P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
Check the overall function of the fuel system.
WARNING:
• Make sure that there is no fire hazard near the vehicle.
• Before performing the following procedure, cool down engine.
NOTE:
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel system. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not
be confirmed.
Open engine room cover and check if there are any signs of fuel leakage or not. Refer to FL-48, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check oil level. Refer to LU-37, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room.
YES-2 >> With GST: GO TO 6.

P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-IV A

With CONSULT
1. Select “ACT CR PRESS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT
2. Check the display of the idle speed. EC

ACT CR PRESS Idle 25 – 35 MPa C
NO >> Proceed to EC-583, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-IV
With GST E
1. Select Service $1 mode with GST
2. Check the display of the idle speed.
F
Fuel rail pressure Idle 25 – 35 MPa
YES-1 >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-583, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
P0643.
J
NO >> GO TO 2. K
Check the fuel filter condition. Refer to FL-54, "Inspection".
Is fuel filter maintenance according to the manual? L
NO >> Replace fuel filter. Refer to FL-51, "Removal and Installation".
M
NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become normal by N
With CONSULT
2. Perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-561, "Work Procedure". O
5. Touch “ERASE”. P
6. Perform Component Function Check again. Refer to EC-582, "DTC Description".
Without CONSULT
5. Perform Component Function Check again. Refer to EC-582, "DTC Description".

P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
Is DTC displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL LINE FOR LEAK
1. Start engine.
2. Visually check the following for fuel leak.
- Fuel tube from fuel pump to fuel rail
- Fuel rail
- Fuel tube from fuel rail to fuel injector
3. Also check for improper connection or pinches.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair malfunctioning part.
5.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
Check fuel rail pressure relief valve. Refer to EC-584, "Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Relief
Valve)".
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE SUCTION CONTROL VALVE OF FUEL PUMP
YES >> Replace fuel pump. Refer to EM-326, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Relief Valve) INFOID:0000000011177404
WARNING:
• Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out.
With CONSULT
2. Remove fuel hose from fuel rail pressure relief valve .
3. Attach a hose clip or a blind cap to removed hose.
5. Select “PRES REGULATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST MODE” with
CONSULT.
6. Start engine and keep engine speed 2,000 rpm.
7. Raise fuel pressure to 180 MPa with touching “UP” or “Qu” on
the CONSULT screen.
8. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pres-
sure relief valve.
WARNING: JPBIA4036ZZ
• Be careful not to allow leaked fuel to contaminate engine

compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount insulator clear of fuel.
• If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately.
Without CONSULT

P0093 FUEL SYSTEM
3. Attach a hose clip or a blind cap to removed hose. A
4. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at
least 5 seconds.
5. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel rail pres- EC
sure relief valve.
WARNING:
compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount C
insulator clear of fuel.
• If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately. JPBIA4036ZZ

E

P0097, P0098 IAT SENSOR 2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

IAT SENSOR 2 B1 Signal voltage from IAT sensor 2 remains 0.1V or less for 2 seconds or
P0097
(Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit low) more
IAT SENSOR 2 B1
Signal voltage from IAT sensor 2 remains 4.95V or more for 2 seconds or
P0098 (Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit
more
high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (IAT sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• IAT sensor 2
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 10 seconds.
1.CHECK IAT SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-I

2. Disconnect IAT sensor 2 connector.
4. Check the voltage between IAT sensor 2 harness connector terminals.
IAT sensor 2
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
F33 1 2 5V
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IAT SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between IAT sensor 2 harness connector and ground.

+ A
Voltage
IAT sensor 2 −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
EC
F33 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IAT SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
3. Check the continuity between IAT sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
+ −
IAT sensor 2 ECM Continuity
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground. G
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. H
4.CHECK IAT SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
3. Check the continuity between IAT sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J
+ −
IAT sensor 2 ECM Continuity
L
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT M
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+ N
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
O
97
98
E25 99 Ground Existed P
100
114

6.CHECK IAT SENSOR 2

Refer to EC-588, "Component Inspection (IAT sensor 2)".
NO >> Replace IAT sensor 2. Refer to EM-296, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (IAT sensor 2) INFOID:0000000011177407
1.CHECK IAT SENSOR 2

2. Disconnect IAT sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between IAT sensor 2 connector terminals.
+ −
IAT sensor 2 Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminal
Temperature: 25°C (77°F) 2.00 – 2.13
1 2
Temperature: 80°C (176°F) 0.312 – 0.346
NO >> Replace IAT sensor 2. Refer to EM-296, "Exploded View".

P0101 MAF SENSOR
P0101 MAF SENSOR
A

MAF SENSOR
Improper voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM compared with the driving
P0101 (Mass or volume air flow “A” circuit range/
condition.
performance)
D
NOTE:
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Intake air leaks F
• Air cleaner
• Intake air temperature sensor
• EGR volume control valve (type 3 is not applicable)
• Turbocharger boost sensor G
FAIL-SAFE
ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
I
>> GO TO 2. J
2.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
2. Drive the vehicle under the following condition. K
Engine speed Approx. 2,800 rpm

L
Vehicle speed 70 – 100 km/h (44 – 62 MPH)
Selector lever D position (A/T) or 4th position (M/T)
3. Release accelerator pedal for at least 10 seconds. M
NOTE:
Do not depress brake pedal during this procedure.
N
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 2 minutes and then turn ON.
6. Check self-diagnostic results with ECM.
Is 1st trip DTC displayed?
O
P

Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold

P0101 MAF SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
2.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short power.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
Check intake air temperature sensor 1. Refer to EC-591, "Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sen-
sor 1)".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace mass sir flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 1). Refer to EM-292, "Removal
and Installation".
6.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Check turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EC-591, "Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EM-294, "Exploded View".

P0101 MAF SENSOR
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A

Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-591, "Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 8. EC
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-292, "Removal and Installation".
8.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE FUNCTION
C
Check EGR volume control valve and its circuit. Refer to EC-632, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NOTE:
This step is not applicable for type 3. Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
E
Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1) INFOID:0000000011177410
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 F

3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as follows. G
Terminals Condition Resistance

1 and 2 Temperature 25°C (77°F) 2.003 – 2.127 kΩ H
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 1). Refer to EM-292, "Removal I
and Installation".
Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor) INFOID:0000000011177411
J
3. Remove turbocharger boost sensor with its harness connected.
4. Use pump to apply pressure to sensor.
NOTE: L
• Always calibrate the pressure pump gauge when using it.
• Inspection should be done at room temperature [10 – 30°C (50 - 86°F)].
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector. M
ECM
Condition N
+ − Voltage
Connector (pressure gauge)
Terminal Terminal
61 0 kPa (0 mbar, 0 mmHg, 0 inHg) Approx. 2.1 V

F16 55 O
(Turbocharger boost sensor signal) 40 kPa (400 mbar, 300 mmHg, 11.81 inHg) Approx. 2.7 V
Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor) INFOID:0000000011177412

With CONSULT

P0101 MAF SENSOR
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS AIR/FL SE” and check indication under the following conditions.
Data monitor item Condition Voltage

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4 V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal op-
1.1 – 2.1 V
MAS AIR/FL SE erating temperature.)
1.1 – 2.1 V to Approx.
Idle to about 4,000 rpm
4.0 V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT
(+) (−)
Condition Voltage
125 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal op-
1.1 – 2.1 V
E25 (MAF sensor E25 112 erating temperature.)
signal)
4.0 V*

A

MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
(Mass or volume air flow“A” circuit low)
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT D
(Mass or volume air flow“A” circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
FAIL-SAFE
F
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. I
J
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II K
1.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N

3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground. O
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage P
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short power.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-594, "Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor)".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-292, "Removal and Installation"
Component Inspection (Mass Air Flow Sensor) INFOID:0000000011177415

With CONSULT
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MAS AIR/FL SE” and check indication under the following conditions.
Data monitor item Condition Voltage

Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal op-
1.1 – 2.1 V
MAS AIR/FL SE erating temperature.)
4.0 V*
Without CONSULT

(+) (−) A
Condition Voltage
EC
125 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal op-
1.1 – 2.1 V
E25 (MAF sensor E25 112 erating temperature.)
signal)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm C
4.0 V*
E

P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0112 (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
bank 1)
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0113 (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
bank 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Intake air temperature sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor 1 is built-into) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F3 2 Ground Approx. 5 V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness to connectors.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

MAF sensor ECM A

Continuity
F3 1 F16 14 Existed
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness to connectors.
D
Refer to EC-597, "Component Inspection (Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1)".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 1). Refer to EM-292, "Removal
and Installation".
F

3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as follows.
H
Terminals Condition Resistance
1 and 2 Temperature 25°C (77°F) 2.003 – 2.127 kΩ
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 1). Refer to EM-292, "Removal
and Installation". J

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0117 (Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 cir- An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
cuit low)
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0118 (Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 cir- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
cuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector and ground.
Engine coolant temperature sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

Engine coolant temperature sensor ECM A

Continuity
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and power.
YES >> GO TO 3. C
D
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-599, "Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temper-
ature Sensor)".
E
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000011177421
F

3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor H
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ)

I
20 (68) 2.35 – 2.73
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 – 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 – 0.260 J
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
K
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to
EM-341, "Exploded View".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT
P0122 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “A” An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
circuit low)
APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT
P0123 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “A” An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE
ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0652 or P0653.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.

P0652 or P0653.
NO >> GO TO 2.

APP sensor A
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E5 2 Ground Approx. 5 V
EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
APP sensor ECM E

Continuity
F
YES >> GO TO 4. G
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
APP sensor ECM

Continuity I
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
5.CHECK APP SENSOR

Check accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to EC-601, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sen- L
sor)".
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000011177424
N
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. O
P

(+) (−)
Condition Voltage
107 Fully released 0.65 – 0.87 V

108 Accelerator pedal
(APP sensor 1 signal) Fully depressed More than 4.3 V
E25 E25

P012B INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
A

TC INLET PRESSURE SEN
When the difference between actual boost pressure and target boost pres-
P012B (Turbocharger/Supercharger inlet pressure
sure is more than a diagnosis threshold.
sensor circuit range/performance)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Turbocharger
• Turbocharger boost sensor E
• Charge air cooler
FAIL-SAFE F
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the following condition for at least 10 seconds.
CAUTION: J
Vehicle speed 60 km/h (38 MPH)

K
Selector lever D position (A/T) or 2nd position (M/T)
2. Stop the vehicle and check DTC.
Is DTC detected? L
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR SYSTEM N
1. Check air cleaner for clogging.

2. Check the air duct for connection and cracks.
O
YES >> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK FOR CHARGE AIR LEAK
1. Start the engine and let it idle.
2. Listen for an charge air leak.
NO >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER
Check if foreign matter is caught between the turbocharger. Refer to EM-305, "Removal and Installation".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the turbocharger. Refer to EM-305, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
4.CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
Check the installation condition of turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EM-294, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Install turbocharger boost sensor definitely.

NOTE:
ECM
Condition
+ − Voltage
Terminal Terminal

F16 55

P0182, P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A

FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC
(Fuel temperature sensor “A” circuit low)
FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC D
(Fuel temperature sensor “A” circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Fuel temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
F
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. I
J
K
1.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L

1. Disconnect fuel temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Check voltage between fuel temperature sensor harness connector and ground.
M

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal N
YES >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
3. Check harness continuity between fuel temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

Fuel temperature sensor ECM

Continuity
F24 2 F16 7 Existed

P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
A

FRP SEN/CIRC
(Fuel rail pressure sensor “A” circuit low)
FRP SEN/CIRC D
(Fuel rail pressure sensor “A” circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
F
G
If DTC P0192 or P0193 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC H
P0642 or P0643.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index". I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
>> GO TO 3. K
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177440 N

If DTC P0192 or P0193 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC O
P0642 or P0643.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index". P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between fuel rail pressure sensor connector and ground.

Fuel rail pressure sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F23 1 Ground Approx. 5V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Fuel rail pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Fuel rail pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel rail. Refer to EM-312, "Exploded View"

ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
40 Idle 1.3 – 1.7 V

F16 16

NO >> Replace fuel rail. Refer to EM-312, "Exploded View". A
EC

P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit,
the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow
through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse
duration based on engine fuel needs.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

INJECTOR ECM detects a voltage of internal power source circuit for the fuel injector
P0200
(Injector circuit/open) is excessively high or low.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION
Confirm the ambient temperature is more than −20°C (−4°F).
>> GO TO 2.
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase self diag results of ECM.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, again.
Is DTC P0200 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. EC-751, "Removal and Installation".

P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
A

CYL1 INJECTOR An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No. 1 cylinder fuel injec-
P0201
(Injector circuit/open - cylinder 1) tor.
CYL2 INJECTOR An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No. 2 cylinder fuel injec- D
P0202
P0203
E
P0204
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE G
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. I
TESTING CONDITION
Ambient temperature is more than −20°C (−4°F).
J
>> GO TO 2.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for fuel injector circuit. Refer to EC-721, "Diagnosis Procedure". N

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.

• Cooling fan (crankshaft driven) does not operate properly (Overheat).
ENG OVER TEMP • Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat).
P0217 (Engine coolant over temperature condi- • Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling
tion) method.
• Engine coolant is not within the specified range.
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-68, "Draining" and CO-69,
"Refilling". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-38, "Draining" or LU-39, "Refilling".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Cooling fan
• Fan coupling
• Radiator hose
• Radiator
• Reservoir tank cap (main or sub)
• Reservoir tank (main or sub)
• Water pump
• Thermostat
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
WARNING:
Never remove a reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high
pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.
Check the coolant level in the sub reservoir tank.

Is the coolant level in the sub reservoir tank below the proper range?
NO >> GO TO 2.
SEF621W
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II


YES >> Proceed to EC-613, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
EC
1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

C
Start engine and check cooling fan operation.
Dose cooling fan operation normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. D
NO >> Check cooling fan. Refer to CO-79, "Inspection".
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-68, "Inspection". E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4. F
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II
Check the following for leak. G
• Hose
• Radiator
• Reservoir tank cap (main or sub)
H
• Water pump
• Reservoir tank (main or sub)
I
4.CHECK MAIN RESERVOIR TANK CAP
Check main reservoir tank cap. Refer to CO-71, "RESERVOIR TANK CAP : Inspection". J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace main reservoir tank cap. K
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-83, "Inspection". L
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-82, "Removal and Installation". M
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-599, "Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temper-
ature Sensor)". N
YES >> Perform overheating cause analysis. Refer to CO-66, "Troubleshooting Chart".
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EM-341, "Exploded View". O

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT
P0222 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “B” An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit low)
APP SEN 2/CIRCUIT
P0223 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “B” An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE
ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
P0642 or P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.

P0642 or P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor and ground.

APP sensor A
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
APP sensor ECM E

Continuity
F
YES >> GO TO 4. G
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
APP sensor ECM

Continuity I
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
5.CHECK APP SENSOR

Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-615, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)". L
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation". M
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR N

(+) (−) P
Condition Voltage

E25 E25


P0234 TC SYSTEM
P0234 TC SYSTEM
A

TC SYSTEM
P0234 (Turbocharger/Supercharger “A” overboost ECM detects TC boost pressure is excessively high.
condition)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Turbocharger
• TC boost control actuator E
FAIL-SAFE
F
• If DTC P0234 is detected with a diagnosis result of TC boost sensor, perform TC boost sensor diagnosis G
first.
• If DTC P0234 is detected with a diagnosis result of TC boost control actuator, perform TC boost control actu-
ator diagnosis first. H
NO >> GO TO 2. I
NOTE: J
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger. During this check, a DTC might not be
confirmed.
With CONSULT
2. Perform “TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Activate the TC boost control actuator and visually check the rod movement.
Without CONSULT L
Make sure that TC boost control actuator rod moves slightly when engine is started.
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". M
N

O
• If DTC P0234 is detected with a diagnosis result of TC boost sensor, perform TC boost sensor diagnosis
first.
• If DTC P0234 is detected with a diagnosis result of TC boost control actuator, perform TC boost control actu-
ator diagnosis first. P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect TC boost control actuator harness connector.

P0234 TC SYSTEM
4. Check the voltage between TC boost control actuator harness connector and ground.
+
TC boost control actuator −
Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between TC boost control actuator harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
+ −
TC boost control actuator IPDM E/R Continuity
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for TC boost control actuator power supply circuit.
4.CHECK TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between TC boost control actuator harness connector and ground.
+
TC boost control actuator − Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> Replace turbocharger assembly. Refer to EM-305, "Removal and Installation".

P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
A

TC BOOST SEN/CIRC
P0237 (Turbocharger/Supercharger boost sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
“A” circuit low)
D
TC BOOST SEN/CIRC
P0238 (Turbocharger/Supercharger boost sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
“A” circuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Turbocharger boost sensor F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable

If DTC P0237 or P0238 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC H
P0642 or P0643.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index". I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
J
>> GO TO 3. K
2. Check 1st trip DTC. L
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". M
N

If DTC P0237 or P0238 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC O
P0642 or P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect turbocharger boost sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ground.

Turbocharger boost sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
Turbocharger boost sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.

P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
A
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank- EC
shaft position sensor signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function

C
Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire

D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms E

INJ/CIRC1
(Cylinder 1 misfire detected) F
INJ/CIRC2
(Cylinder 2 misfire detected)
INJ/CIRC3 G
(Cylinder 3 misfire detected)
INJ/CIRC4
(Cylinder 4 misfire detected) H
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Poor compression
• Incorrect fuel injector connection I
• Fuel injector
• Lack of fuel
J
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes before conducting the next test.
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
3. Restart engine and let it idle for approximately 30 seconds. N
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-621, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
P
1.CHECK FUEL LEVEL

Check fuel level.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refuel the vehicle.

P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304 MISFIRE
2.CHECK FOR LEAK

1. Start engine.
2. Visually check the following for fuel leak.
- Fuel line from fuel pump to fuel rail
- Fuel rail
- Fuel line from fuel rail to fuel injector.
YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-I
With CONSULT
1. Remove two fuel injectors.
NOTE:
One is from malfunctioning cylinder and the other is from any cylinder other than the malfunctioning cylin-
der.
2. Swap the two fuel injectors to the other cylinder.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connectors.
5. Perform injector adjustment value registration. Refer to EC-562, "Work Procedure".
6. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT.
8. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC-621, "DTC Description".
9. Is DTC displayed for the other cylinder?
With GST
NOTE:
der.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
5. Perform injector adjustment value registration. Refer to EC-562, "Work Procedure".
6. Select Service $04 with GST.
Is DTC displayed for the other cylinder?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II
Check the injector of error-detected cylinder. Refer to EC-721, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Replace the malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-313, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Follow the instruction of “CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE”. Refer to EM-281, "Inspec-
tion".

P0335, P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
A

CKP SEN/CIRCUIT Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detect by the ECM when engine is
P0335
(Crankshaft position sensor “A” circuit) running.
CKP SENSOR D
Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the normal pattern when engine
P0336 (Crankshaft position sensor “A” circuit
is running.
range/performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
P0335
• Crankshaft position sensor F
P0336
• Crankshaft position sensor G
• Signal plate
FAIL-SAFE H
P0652 or P0653.
J
NO >> GO TO 2.
K
2.PRECONDITIONING
L
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". O
P
P0652 or P0653.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK CKP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between CKP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
CKP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR
Check CKP sensor. Refer to EC-624, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace CKP sensor. Refer to EM-352, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK SIGNAL PLATE
NO >> Replace the drive plate. Refer to EM-373, "Removal and
Installation".
JPBIA4037ZZ
1.VISUALLY CHECK
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor harness connector.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor.
MBIB0647E
2.CHECK RESISTANCE
Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor terminal.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] A

1 (+) – 2 (−)
3 (+) – 1 (−) Except 0 or ∞
EC
3 (+) – 2 (−)

P0340, P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CMP SEN/CIRCUIT Camshaft position sensor signal is not detect by the ECM when engine is
P0340
(Camshaft position sensor “A” circuit) running.
CMP SENSOR
Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the normal pattern when engine
P0341 (Camshaft position sensor “A” circuit range/
is running.
performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
P0340
P0341
• Signal plate
FAIL-SAFE
P0642 or P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
NOTE:
If engine could start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.

P0642 or P0643.

NO >> GO TO 2. A
2.CHECK CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector.
EC
3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor harness connector and ground.
CMP sensor
C
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F11 3 Ground Approx. 5 V D
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
F
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
CMP sensor ECM
Continuity
F11 2 F16 18 Existed H
YES >> GO TO 4. I
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and CMP sensor harness connector.
CMP sensor ECM K

Continuity
L
YES >> GO TO 5. M
Check camshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-628, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)". N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-333, "Exploded View". O
6.CHECK SIGNAL PLATE
P

Visually check for chipping signal plate of camshaft sprocket end.
NO >> Replace camshaft sprocket (intake). Refer to EM-333,
"Exploded View".
JPBIA4281ZZ
1.VISUALLY CHECK
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-333,
"Exploded View".
MBIB0647E
2.CHECK RESISTANCE
Check the resistance between camshaft position sensor terminal as follows.
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 (+) – 2 (−)
3 (+) – 1 (−) Except 0 or ∞
3 (+) – 2 (−)

P0380, P0670 GLOW CONTROL UNIT
A

GLOWRELAY
P0380
(Glow plug/heater circuit “A”)
GLOW PLUG CONT MDL An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM from glow control unit.
D
P0670 (Glow plug control module control circuit/
open)
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors (Glow control unit input signal circuit is open or shorted.)
• Glow control unit
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
H
>> GO TO 2.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END K
1.CHECK GLOW CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY L

2. Disconnect glow control unit harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between glow control unit harness connector and ground.
+ N
Glow control unit − Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
YES >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK GLOW CONTROL UNIT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between glow control unit harness connector and ECM harness connector.

+ −
Glow control unit ECM Continuity
3 137
E46 E25 Existed
8 131
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK GLOW PLUG CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Remove glow plug terminals (nuts).
2. Check the continuity between glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals.
+ −
Glow control unit Glow plug Continuity
F25
2
(No.1)
F26
7
(No.2)
E46 1 Existed
F27
1
(No.3)
F28
6
(No.4)
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK GLOW PLUG
Check glow plug. Refer to EC-630, "Component Inspection (Glow Plug)".
YES >> Replace glow control unit.
NO >> Replace malfunction glow plug. Refer to EM-311, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Glow Plug) INFOID:0000000011177469
CAUTION:
• Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped, replace glow plug with a new one.
• If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or higher, replace with a new one.
• If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with carbon, remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.
• Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times, then tighten using a tool to specified torque.
1.CHECK GLOW PLUG
1. Disconnect glow plug terminals (nuts).
2. Remove a glow plug.
3. Check resistance between glow plug terminal and glow plug stem.
1 and glow plug stem Approx. 0.45 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

NO >> Replace malfunctioning glow plug. Refer to EM-311, "Removal and Installation".
A
EC

P0403 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EGR SYSTEM
Excessively high duty voltage signal is sent to the valve for the specified
P0403 (Exhaust gas recirculation “A” control cir-
time.
cuit)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness and connector (The EGR volume control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve stuck closed
• EGR passage clogged
• EGR volume control position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop the engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart the engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE FUNCTION
With CONSULT
2. Select “TRG EGR/V ANGLE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
NOTE:
Select “EGR V/POS SEN” of data monitor item.
3. Activate the EGR volume control valve and check “EGR V/POS SEN” indication value is changed.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
3. Check harness continuity between EGR volume control valve harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
EC
+
EGR volume control valve ECM Continuity
4 141
F15 E25 Existed
5 154
D
YES >> GO TO 4. E
4.CHECK DC MOTOR
Refer to EC-633, "Component Inspection". F
YES >> GO TO 5.
G
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-634, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. I
6.CHECK EGR PASSAGE
Check the following for clogging and cracks. J
• EGR tube
• EGR hose
• EGR cooler
K
L
1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE (DC MOTOR) M

2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between EGR volume control valve terminals. N
+ −
EGR volume control valve Resistance O
Terminal
4 5 0.3 – 100 Ω
P
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View".

P0405, P0406 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EGR SENSOR
P0405 (Exhaust gas recirculation sensor “A” circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
low)
EGR SENSOR
P0406 (Exhaust gas recirculation sensor “A” circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• EGR volume control valve control position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
P0652 or P0653.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.

P0652 or P0653.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

4. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve harness connector and ground. A

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND D
SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
nector.
F
EGR volume control valve ECM
Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN I
AND SHORT
nector. J

Continuity K
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
YES >> Replace the EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View".
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EGR SYSTEM
The characteristic of EGR volume control valve is not in the specified
P0409 (Exhaust gas recirculation sensor “A” cir-
range.
cuit)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The EGR volume control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
P0653.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
NOTE:
Engine coolant temperature is more than 81°C (178°F)

P0653.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
4. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve harness connector and ground.

EGR volume control valve A

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
nector. E

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
F15 3 F16 9 Existed
G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between EGR volume control valve harness connector and ECM harness con- I
nector.
EGR volume control valve ECM J

Continuity
K
YES >> Replace the EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View". L

P0473 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EXH PRESSURE SEN A Signal voltage from exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 remains 4.9 V or more
P0473
(Exhaust pressure sensor “A” circuit high) for 2 seconds or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.

P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-I
2. Disconnect exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector terminals.

Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 A

Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
EC
F22 3 1 5V
YES >> GO TO 7. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-II
D
Check the voltage between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
+
E
Voltage
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F22 3 Ground 5V F
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. G
4.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
3. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
I
+ −
Exhaust gas pressure sen- J
ECM Continuity
sor 1
F22 3 F16 21 Existed K
L
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT M
3. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness con- N
nector.
+ −
O
ECM Continuity
sor 1
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal P
YES >> GO TO 6.

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
97
98
100
114
7.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
+ −
ECM Continuity
sor 1
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-640, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 1)".
NO >> Replace exhaust gas pressure sensor 1. Refer to EC-422, "Component Parts Location".
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor 1) INFOID:0000000011177488
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1

2. Disconnect exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 connector terminals.
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1

+ – Continuity
Terminal
1 2
1 3 Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 3
NO >> Replace exhaust gas pressure sensor 1. Refer to EC-422, "Component Parts Location".

P0488 EGR SYSTEM
P0488 EGR SYSTEM
A

EGR SYSTEM
ECM internal circuit for driving the EGR volume control valve does not func-
P0488 (Exhaust gas recirculation throttle control
tion properly due to high temperature or excessive current.
circuit “A” range/performance)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The EGR volume control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve E
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. I
4. Check 1st trip DTC. J
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". K
L
1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
EGR volume control valve ECM N

Continuity
4 141
F15 E25 Existed O
5 154
YES >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EC-422, "Component Parts Location". P

P0501, P0502, P0503 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
ECM receives vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication
line.
ECM uses the signal for ASCD control.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.

VEHICLE SPEED
P0501 A change of vehicle speed signal is excessively large during specified time.
(Vehicle speed sensor range/performance)
VEHICLE SPEED Vehicle speed signal is excessively low compared with the driving condi-
P0502
(Vehicle speed sensor circuit low input) tion.
VEHICLE SPEED Vehicle speed signal is excessively high compared with the driving condi-
P0503
(Vehicle speed sensor circuit high input) tion.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
• Wheel sensor
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P0501, P0502 or P0503 is displayed with DTC U1000 or P0606, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC U1000 or P0606.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
• Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
• Turn ESP switch OFF.
>> GO TO 3.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (7 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.

If DTC P0501, P0502 or P0503 is displayed with DTC U1000 or P0606, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC U1000 or P0606. A
NO >> GO TO 2. EC
2. CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
C
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. D

NOTE:
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
The MI will not light up for this diagnosis.

• When the vehicle speed is above 5 km/h (3 MPH), ON signal from the
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P0504 stop lamp switch and OFF signal from the brake pedal position switch are
(Brake pedal position switch)
sent to the ECM at the same time.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- The stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.
- The stop lamp relay circuit is open or shorted.
- The brake pedal position switch circuit is open or shorted.
- The clutch pedal position switch circuit is open or shorted.
• Stop lamp relay
• Clutch pedal position switch
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
• Incorrect stop lamp relay installation
• Incorrect clutch pedal position switch installation
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
• Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes.
• Turn ESP switch OFF.
>> GO TO 2.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 5 km/h (4 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
3. Depress the brake pedal and keep vehicle speed more than 5 km/h (4 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
NOTE:
Clutch pedal is released.
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL

With CONSULT

2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. With operating the brake pedal, check the monitor status. A
Monitor Item Condition Indication

Fully released OFF EC
BRAKE SW Brake pedal
Slightly depressed ON
Without CONSULT C
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
D
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Fully released Approx. 0 V E
E25 136 Ground Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Battery voltage
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL AND CLUTCH POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL G
With CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. H
3. With operating the brake pedal, check the monitor status.
Monitor Item Condition Indication I

Brake pedal Fully released ON
(Clutch is released.) Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW2
Clutch pedal Fully released ON
J
(Brake pedal is re-
leased.) Slightly depressed OFF
Without CONSULT K
L
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
M
Brake pedal Fully released Battery voltage
(Clutch is released.) Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V
F16 80 Ground
Clutch pedal Fully released Battery voltage N
(Brake pedal is re-
leased.) Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V

NO >> GO TO 8.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
3. Check voltage between stop lamp relay harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp relay

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
2
5
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Stop lamp relay ECM

Continuity
nector.
Stop lamp relay stop lamp switch

Continuity
E55 1 E56 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
Stop lamp switch

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
8.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector. A
3. Check voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
TYPE1
Brake pedal position switch EC

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
C
TYPE2, TYPE3

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal D
E10*1
E76*2
1 Ground Battery voltage E
E89*3
E90*4
*1: RHD models with A/T F
*2: RHD models with M/T
*3: LHD models with A/T
*4: LHD models with M/T
G
YES (A/T models)>>GO TO 9.
YES (M/T models)>>GO TO 10.

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I
2. Check harness continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
TYPE1 J
Brake pedal position switch ECM
Continuity
K
TYPE2, TYPE3
Brake pedal position switch ECM L

Continuity
E10*1
2 F16 80 Existed M
E89*2
*1: RHD models with A/T
*2: LHD models with A/T
N
YES >> GO TO 13.
O
10.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector. P
2. Check harness continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and clutch pedal posi-
tion switch harness connector.
TYPE1
Brake pedal position switch Clutch pedal position switch

Continuity
E10 2 E20 1 Existed

TYPE2, TYPE3
Brake pedal position switch Clutch pedal position switch

Continuity
E76*1
2 E20 1 Existed
E90*2
*1: RHD models with M/T
*2: LHD models with M/T
YES >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
2. Check harness continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
Clutch pedal position switch ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 12.
Check clutch pedal position switch. Refer toEC-649, "Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)".
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch.
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-648, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)".
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch.

4. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals.
Terminals Condition Continuity

1 and 2 Brake pedal
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch.

Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000011351116
A
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-71, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
4. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
C
1 and 2 Brake pedal D
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
F
2. Disconnect stop lamp relay harness connector. G
Stop lamp relay H

Terminal
I
3 5
NOTE: J
Operation takes less than 1 second.
L
1. Check clutch pedal height and clutch pedal position switch installation. Refer to CL-8, "Inspection and M
Adjustment".
4. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals. N

O
1 and 2 Clutch pedal
Is the inspection result normal? P
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch.

P0545, P0546 EGT SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EGT SENSOR 1 B1
Signal voltage from EGT sensor 1 remains 0.1V or less for 5 seconds or
P0545 (Exhaust gas temperature sensor circuit
more
low)
EGT SENSOR 1 B1
Signal voltage from EGT sensor 1 remains 4.95V or more for 5 seconds or
P0546 (Exhaust gas temperature sensor circuit
more
high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EGT sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• EGT sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 10 seconds.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Warm up the engine to the normal operating temperature.
2. Drive according the following directions for 6 seconds or more.
Condition
Engine speed: 3,000 rpm or less
Vehicle speed: 30 km/h (19MPH) or more
Accelerator pedal: Depress 3/8 or more
CAUTION:
Always drive safely.
1.CHECK EGT SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-I


2. Disconnect EGT sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. A
4. Check the voltage between EGT sensor 1 harness connector terminals.
EGT sensor 1 EC
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
C
F21 1 2 5V
YES >> GO TO 6. D
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EGT SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between EGT sensor 1 harness connector and ground. E
+
Voltage F
EGT sensor 1 −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F21 1 Ground 5V G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. H
3.CHECK EGT SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EGT sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J
+ −
EGT sensor 1 ECM Continuity
F21 1 F16 5 Existed
L
M
4.CHECK EGT SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. N
3. Check the continuity between EGT sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ − O
EGT sensor 1 ECM Continuity
F21 2 F16 6 Existed
P

YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EGT ECM GROUND CIRCUIT

+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
97
98
100
114
6.CHECK EGT SENSOR 1
Check EGT sensor 1. Refer to EC-652, "Component Inspection (EGT Sensor 1)".
NO >> Replace EGT sensor 1. Refer to EC-422, "Component Parts Location".
Component Inspection (EGT Sensor 1) INFOID:0000000011177502

2. Disconnect EGT sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between EGT sensor 1 harness connector terminals.
+ −
Resistance (kΩ)
EGT sensor 1 Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal
Temperature: 20°C (68°F) 118
1 2
Temperature: 80°C (176°F) 27
NO >> Replace EGT sensor 1. Refer to EC-422, "Component Parts Location".

P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE
A

CONSULT screen terms C

BATTERY VOLTAGE
P0563 An excessively high voltage from the battery is sent to ECM.
(System voltage high)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Battery
• Battery terminal E
• Alternator
• Incorrect jump starting
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1.CHECK BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION L

Check battery cable installation.
Is battery cable installed properly?
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Install properly.
2.CHECK TYPE OF BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR N
Check that the proper type of battery type of alternator are installed.
Refer to PG-217, "Battery" and CHG-41, "Alternator".
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for alternator. Refer to CHG-24, "Work Flow".
NO >> Replace with the proper one.
P

P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.

STRG SW/CIRC
P0580 ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck ON.
(ASCD steering switch circuit low)
STRG SW/CIRC An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD steering switch is sent
P0581
(ASCD steering switch circuit high) to ECM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
3. Press ASCD MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.

NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

2. Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW” and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with A
CONSULT.
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
EC
Switch Monitor item Condition Indication
Pressed ON
ASCD MAIN switch MAIN SW
Released OFF C
Pressed ON
CANCEL switch CANCEL SW
Released OFF
D
Pressed ON
ACCEL/RES switch RESUME/ACC SW
Released OFF
Pressed ON E
COAST/SET switch SET SW
Released OFF
Without CONSULT
(+) (−)
G
Condition Voltage
ASCD MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0V H
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1V
F16 34 F16 10 COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 2V
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed Approx. 3V I
ALL ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4V
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
2. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. L
4. Check harness continuity between combination switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Combination switch ECM M

Continuity
M72 32 F16 10 Existed
N
YES >> GO TO 4. O
4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between combination switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. P
Combination switch ECM

Continuity
M72 25 F16 34 Existed

YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch
Check ASCD steering switch. Refer to EC-656, "Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch)".
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-13, "WITH AIR BAG : Removal and Installation"
(WITH AIR BAG) or ST-15, "WITHOUT AIR BAG : Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT AIR
BAG).
Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch) INFOID:0000000011351112

3. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following condi-
tions.
Combination switch
Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals
ASCD MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250
M303 13 and 16 COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 660
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed Approx. 1,480
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-13, "WITH AIR BAG : Removal and Installation"
(WITH AIR BAG) or ST-15, "WITHOUT AIR BAG : Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT AIR
BAG).

P0605, P0606 ECM
P0605, P0606 ECM
A

ECM
P0605 [Internal control module read only memory ECM ROM is malfunctioning.
(ROM) error]
D
ECM
P0606 ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected. F
1.PRECONDITIONING
H
>> GO TO 2.
1.DTC CONFIRMATION L

2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-657, "DTC Description". M
4. Check the DTC.
Is the DTC displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-751, "Removal and Installation". N

P0607 ECM
P0607 ECM
This is detected when a CAN communication error occurs in ECM.

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM
P0607 Detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ECM.
(Control module performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
Is 1st trip DTC P0607 detected?
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC.
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P0607 displayed again?

P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
A

FUEL PUMP/CIRC ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump control is open or short to
P0628
(Fuel pump “A” control circuit low) ground.
FUEL PUMP/CIRC D
P0629 ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump control is short to power.
(Fuel pump “A” control circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump suction control valve circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Fuel pump
FAIL-SAFE F
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
I
L
1.CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
M
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump suction control valve harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector and fuel pump suction control valve harness
connector.
N
Fuel pump suction control
ECM
valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal O
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP SUCTION CONTROL VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
connector.


ECM
valve Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
Valve)".

1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]

P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A

SENSOR PWR/CIRC1
P0642 ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low.
(Sensor reference voltage “A” circuit low)
SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 D
P0643 ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively high.
(Sensor reference voltage “A” circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors for following circuit is shorted. E
- Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
- Camshaft position sensor
- Fuel rail pressure sensor F
- Turbocharger boost sensor
- Refrigerant pressure sensor
- Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) G
• Turbocharger boost sensor H
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE I
Not applicable
J
1.PRECONDITIONING
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END N
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT O

P
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
ECM Sensor
Accelerator pedal position
E25 119 E5 1
sensor 2
45 Camshaft position sensor F11 3
46 Fuel rail pressure sensor F23 1
48 Turbocharger boost sensor E45 3
F16
20 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
21 F22 3
sor 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 (Refer to EC-600, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Camshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-626, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Turbocharger boost sensor (Refer to EC-619, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-730, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 (Refer to EC-638, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Fuel rail pressure sensor (Refer to EC-607, "Diagnosis Procedure".)

A

The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.

SENSOR PWR/CIRC2
P0652 ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low.
(Sensor reference voltage “B” circuit low)
D
SENSOR PWR/CIRC2
P0653 ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively high.
(Sensor reference voltage “B” circuit high)
NOTE: E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors for following circuit is shorted. F
- Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
- Battery current sensor
- Crankshaft position sensor
G
- EGR volume control valve position sensor (type 3 is not applicable)
- Battery current sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor H
• EGR volume control valve position sensor (type 3 is not applicable)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable I

1.PRECONDITIONING J
K
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. L
N
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT

O
P
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

ECM Sensor
105 Battery current sensor E6 1
E25 Accelerator pedal position
106 E5 2
sensor 1
22 Crankshaft position sensor F12 3
F16 EGR volume control valve

23 position sensor F15 1
(Type 3 is not applicable)
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 (Refer to EC-614, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-697, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• Crankshaft position sensor (Refer to EC-623, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• EGR volume control valve position sensor (Refer to EC-634, "Diagnosis Procedure".) (Type 3 is not applica-
ble)

P0668, P0669 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR
P0668, P0669 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE SENSOR
A

ECM
P0668 (PCM/ECM/TCM internal temperature sen- An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
sor “A” circuit low)
D
ECM
P0669 (PCM/ECM/TCM internal temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
sor “A” circuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
H
>> GO TO 2.
L
1.DTC CONFIRMATION
2. Erase DTC. M
4. Check the DTC.
Is the DTC displayed again? N
O

P0686 ECM RELAY
P0686 ECM RELAY
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM RELAY
P0686 ECM detects ECM relay is stuck closed even if ignition switch OFF.
(ECM/PCM power relay control circuit low)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The ECM relay circuit is shorted.)
• ECM relay
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK ECM MAIN POWER SUPPER CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.
+ −
ECM Voltage
101 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
E25 E25 114 voltage will exist for 2 minutes, then drop ap-
102 proximately 0V.
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait at least 2 minutes.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows.

P0686 ECM RELAY
+ − A
Voltage
129
E25 E25 114 Battery voltage EC
130
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
D
3. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
E
+ −
F
129
E25 E62 31 Existed
130 G
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation" (WITH I-KEY), or PCS-71,
"Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT I-KEY). H
4.CHECK ECM RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER I
2. Check continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
J
+ −
101 26
E25 M62 Existed
102 25
L
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation" (WITH I-KEY), or PCS-71,
"Removal and Installation" (WITHOUT I-KEY). M

P1020, P1022, P1023, P1024, P1025, P1026 TC BOOST CONTROL ACTUATOR
P1020, P1022, P1023, P1024, P1025, P1026 TC BOOST CONTROL ACTU-
ATOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TC BOOST CONT ACT An abnormal motor locking signal from the TC boost control actuator to
P1020
(Turbocharger boost control actuator) ECM.
TC BOOST CONT ACT An abnormal position sensor signal from the TC boost control actuator to
P1022
(Turbocharger boost control actuator) ECM.
TC BOOST CONT ACT
P1023 An abnormal current signal from the TC boost control actuator to ECM.
(Turbocharger boost control actuator)
TC BOOST CONT ACT
P1024 An abnormal EEPROM signal from the TC boost control actuator to ECM.
TC BOOST CONT ACT
P1025 An abnormal ROM signal from the TC boost control actuator to ECM.
TC BOOST CONT ACT
P1026 An abnormal RAM signal from the TC boost control actuator to ECM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Turbocharger
• TC boost control actuator
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle at least 5 seconds.
1.REPLACE TURBOCHARGER ASSEMBLY

NOTE:
Replace turbocharger assembly when this DTC is detected.
>> Replace turbocharger assembly. Refer to EM-305, "Removal and Installation".

A
The mutual diagnoses performed by comparing signals from exhaust gas pressure sensor 1, turbocharger EC
boost sensor and BARO sensor enables the detection of malfunctioning sensors.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No.
DTC detecting condition
D
EXH PRESSURE SEN A The output voltage of the exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 is out of specified
P1028
(Exhaust pressure sensor A) range. E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 circuit.)
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 F
FAIL-SAFE
G
H
If DTC P1028 is displayed with DTC P0473, P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0473, P0642 or P0643.
I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
>> GO TO 3. K

1. Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. L
M
N
O
P0473, P0642 or P0643. P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Check exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit 1. Refer to EC-638, "Diagnosis Procedure".

>> INSPECTION END

P1029 TC BOOST SENSOR
A
The mutual diagnoses performed by comparing signals from exhaust gas pressure sensor 1, turbocharger EC
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No.
DTC detecting condition
D
TC BOOST SENSOR A
P1029 The output voltage of the TC boost sensor is out of specified range.
(Turbocharger boost sensor A) E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (TC boost sensor circuit)
• TC boost sensor F
FAIL-SAFE
G
H
DTC P0237, P0238, P0642 or P0643.
I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
>> GO TO 3. K

1. Start the engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. L
M
N
O
DTC P0237, P0238, P0642 or P0643. P
NO >> GO TO 2.

3. Check the voltage between turbocharger boost sensor harness connector and ground.
Turbocharger boost sensor

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.

NOTE:

ECM A
Condition
+ − Voltage
Terminal Terminal
EC
F16 55
D

P102A BARO SENSOR
P102A BARO SENSOR
The mutual diagnoses performed by comparing signals from exhaust gas pressure sensor 1, turbocharger
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BARO SENSOR A
P102A The output voltage of the BARO sensor is out of specified range.
(BARO sensor A)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (BARO sensor circuit.)
• BARO sensor
FAIL-SAFE
If DTC P102A is displayed with DTC P2228 or P2229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2228 or
P2229.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.

If DTC P102A is displayed with DTC P2228 or P2229, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2228 or
P2229.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Check exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit 1. Refer to EC-638, "Diagnosis Procedure".

P102A BARO SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. A
3.CHECK TC BOOST SENSOR CIRCUIT
Check TC boost sensor circuit. Refer to EC-619, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC
C

P102B EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EXHAUST GAS SYSTEM A signal of exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 reaches the same value as at-
P102B
(Exhaust gas system) mospheric pressure.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Poor installation of exhaust
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Select “EXH LEAK DIAG1” in “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT.
3. Drive the vehicle as per the following conditions for 10 seconds or more.
Vehicle speed 60 km/h (38 MPH) or more

CAUTION:
5. Check that the “EXH LEAK DIAG1” indicates “CMPLT”.
NOTE:
If the “EXH LEAK DIAG1” indicates “INCMP”, perform Step 2 again.
Without CONSULT
2. Drive the vehicle as per the following conditions for 10 seconds or more.
Vehicle speed 60 km/h (38 MPH) or more

CAUTION:
1.CHECK THE INSTALLATION CONDITION OF COMPONENT PART

Check the installation condition of the exhaust system-related parts. Refer to EX-16, "Removal and Installa-
tion". A
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. EC

P1268 P1269, P1270, P1271 FUEL INJECTOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC


INJECTOR 1 The valve built into No. 1 cylinder fuel injector is not closed properly (stuck
P1268
(Injector 1) open) when the injector is not energized.
P1269
P1270
P1271
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted.)
• Injector adjustment value
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing.
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start the engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.
CKPS·RPM (TDC) 700 – 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained)

COOLAN TEMP/S Less than 75°C (167°F)
Selector lever D position (A/T) or Suitable position (M/T)
Accelerator pedal Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
3. Check DTC.
WIthout CONSULT
1. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 39 (engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground.
2. Restart engine and drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.

Engine speed 700 – 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained) A

Engine coolant tempera-
More than 0.6V
ture sensor signal voltage
Selector lever D position (A/T) or Suitable position (M/T) EC
Accelerator pedal Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 2 minutes and then turn ON. C
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-679, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177546 E
NOTE:
This diagnosis procedure must be used with CONSULT.
F
1.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
2. Select “ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT. G
3. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT screen.
The value displayed on CONSULT screen should be H

same as injector adjustment value printed on each
injector.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-562, "Work Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN J

3. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. K
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.
ECM Fuel injector L

DTC Continuity
F29
M
P1268 73 (Cylinder 1
No.1)
F30
P1269 49 (Cylinder 1 N
No.2)
F16 Existed
F31
P1270 73 (Cylinder 1 O
No.3)
F32
P
No.4)
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder.

ECM Fuel injector

DTC Continuity
F29
No.1)
F30
No.2)
F16 Existed
F31
No.3)
F32
P1271 3 (Cylinder 2
No.4)
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit in harness or connectors.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NOTE:
der.
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
5. Perform Injector Adjustment Value Registration. Refer to EC-562, "Work Procedure".
6. Erase DTC of ECM.
7. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. Refer to EC-678, "DTC Description".
Is DTC displayed for the other cylinder?
YES >> Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to EM-313, "Removal and Installation".

Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 0.2 – 0.8 Ω [at 10 – 60°C (50 – 140°F)]

P1272 FUEL PUMP
P1272 FUEL PUMP
A

FRP RELIEF VALVE Fuel rail pressure relief valve is open because of fuel pressure control sys-
P1272
(Fuel rail pressure relief valve) tem malfunction.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump control circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pump suction control valve E
• Fuel rail pressure relief valve
F
• Lack of fuel
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected. G
If DTC P1272 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or I
P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. K
>> GO TO 3.
L
1. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds, then release the acceler-
ator pedal. M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011177549 O

If DTC P1272 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or P
P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.

P1272 FUEL PUMP
Check the fuel filter condition. Refer to MA-9, "Periodic Maintenance".
YES >> Perform air-bleeding from fuel line. Refer to MA-60, "FUEL LINES : Inspection". And then, GO TO
3.
NO >> Maintenance fuel filter.
NOTE:
With CONSULT
7. Check DTC.
Without CONSULT
6. Check DTC.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP SUCTION CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel pump suction control valve harness connectors.
connector.

ECM
valve Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
connector.

ECM
valve Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.

P1272 FUEL PUMP
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP SUCTION CONTROL VALVE A

Valve)".
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR C
D
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE E
Check fuel rail pressure relief valve. Refer to EC-684, "Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Relief
Valve)".
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.REPLACE SUCTION CONTROL VALVE OF FUEL PUMP G
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-681, "DTC Description". H
NO >> INSPECTION END I
J
2. Disconnect fuel pump suction control valve harness connector. K
Terminals Resistance L
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
N

P
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
40 Idle 1.3 – 1.7 V

F16 16

P1272 FUEL PUMP
Component Inspection (Fuel Rail Pressure Relief Valve) INFOID:0000000011177552
WARNING:
• Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out.
With CONSULT
5. Select “PRES REGULATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST MODE” with
CONSULT.
6. Start engine and keep engine speed 2,000 rpm.
7. Raise fuel pressure to 180 MPa with touching “UP” or “Qu” on
the CONSULT screen.
sure relief valve.
WARNING: JPBIA4036ZZ

compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount insulator clear of fuel.
• If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately.
Without CONSULT
4. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at
least 5 seconds.
sure relief valve.
WARNING:
compartment. Especially, ensure to keep engine mount
insulator clear of fuel.
• If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately. JPBIA4036ZZ


P1273 FUEL PUMP
P1273 FUEL PUMP
A

FUEL PUMP
P1273 ECM detects the abnormal pulse of fuel pressure.
(Fuel pump)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump
• Injector adjustment value E
• Lack of fuel
FAIL-SAFE F
• ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected.
• ECM limits fuel rail pressure control (upper limit). G
P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected? I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
K
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. L
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
NOTE: O
P
P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE

P1273 FUEL PUMP
2. Select “ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT screen.
The value displayed on CONSULT screen should be

same as injector adjustment value printed on each
injector.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform “Injector Adjustment Value Registration”. Refer to EC-562, "Work Procedure".
NOTE:
With CONSULT
YES >> GO TO 4.
connector.

ECM
valve Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
connector.

ECM
valve Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
P1273 FUEL PUMP
Valve)". A
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-331, "Disassembly and Assembly". EC
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP SUCTION CONTROL VALVE C

D
E
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]

P1274 FUEL PUMP
P1274 FUEL PUMP
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FUEL PUMP
(Fuel pump)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump suction control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump
FAIL-SAFE
ECM stops the engine promptly.
P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
connector.

P1274 FUEL PUMP
Fuel pump suction control A

ECM
valve Continuity
E25 116 F44 2 Existed EC

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP SUCTION CONTROL VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D
connector.
E
ECM
valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
G
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
J
Valve)". K
NO >> Replace fuel pump suction control valve. Refer to EM-331, "Disassembly and Assembly". L
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP SUCTION CONTROL VALVE M

3. Check the resistance between fuel pump suction control valve terminals as follows. N
O
1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]


P1274 FUEL PUMP
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
40 Idle 1.3 – 1.7 V

F16 16

P1275 FUEL PUMP
P1275 FUEL PUMP
A

FUEL PUMP
(Fuel pump)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump suction control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump E
FAIL-SAFE
• ECM limits the amount control of fuel injected. F
G
P0643. H
NO >> GO TO 2. I
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. J
>> GO TO 3.
3. Check DTC. L
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". M
N
If DTC P1275 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or O
P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
connector.

P1275 FUEL PUMP

ECM
valve Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
connector.

ECM
valve Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
Valve)".

1 and 2 1.8 – 2.4 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]


P1275 FUEL PUMP
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as follows. A
ECM
+ - Condition Voltage EC
Connector
Terminal Terminal
40 Idle 1.3 – 1.7 V

F16 16 C

P1409 EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EGR COOLING BYPASS/V Extremely high temperatures indicated by a signal from the IAT sensor 2
P1409
(EGR cooling bypass valve) during travel.
NOTE:
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• EGR cooler (type 2 and 3 is not applicable)
• Engine coolant leak
• Charge air cooler poor radiation
• TC system
• Throttle valve system
• EGR volume control system (type 3 is not applicable)
• Catalyst
FAIL-SAFE
ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position).
DTC P0097, P0098, P2426 or P2427.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
NOTE:
Since this DTC is difficult to be confirmed, check possible causes to judge the normality.

DTC P0097, P0098, P2426 or P2427.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check self-diagnosis results to see that the following systems have no malfunction.
- TC system
- Throttle valve system
- EGR volume control valve system (type 3 is not applicable)
YES >> GO TO 3.

NO >> Check error-detected system.
3.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS SYSTEM A
Perform trouble diagnosis for EGR cooler bypass system. Refer to EC-726, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
EC
Type 2 and 3 is not applicable. Go to step 4.
YES >> GO TO 4.
C
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT LEAK
2. Check that the engine coolant level is normal.
3. Check water hose and EGR cooler for clogging, cracks or improper connection.
Is inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CHARGE AIR COOLER F
Check the charge air cooler fin for crushing and clogging.
G
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace charge air cooler. Refer to EM-295, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK CATALYST H
1. Remove catalyst. Refer to EM-302, "Exploded View".
2. Check them for crushing and clogging.
Is inspection result normal? I
J

P1550, P1551, P1552, P1553, P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• With the signal voltage between 0.4V and 4.4V, the signal voltage from
battery current sensor remains unstable for 10 seconds or more.
BAT CURRENT SENSOR
• With the signal voltage 4.4V or more, the signal voltage from battery cur-
P1550 (Battery current sensor circuit range/perfor-
rent sensor remains unstable for 16 seconds or more.
mance)
• With the signal voltage 0.4V or less, the signal voltage from battery cur-
rent sensor remains unstable for 16 minutes or more.
BAT CURRENT SENSOR Signal voltage from battery current sensor remains approx. 5V for 10 sec-
P1551
(Battery current sensor circuit low input) onds or more.
BAT CURRENT SENSOR Signal voltage from battery current sensor remains 0V or more for 10 sec-
P1552
(Battery current sensor circuit high input) onds or more
BAT CURRENT SENSOR The signal voltage transmitted from battery current sensor to ECM is higher
P1553
(Battery current sensor performance) than the amount of the maximum power generation.
P1554
(Battery current sensor performance) value while the battery voltage is high enough.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
ECM stops the power generation voltage variable control.
If DTC P1550, P1551, P1552, P1553 or P1554 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trou-
ble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Let the engine at idle and wait for 16 minute.

A
If DTC P1550, P1551, P1552, P1553 or P1554 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform the trou-
ble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or P0653. EC
NO >> GO TO 2. C
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I

2. Disconnect battery current sensor connector.
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector terminals.
E

Voltage
+ − F
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
E6 1 3 5V
G
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.
H
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
I
+
Voltage
(Approx.) J
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V
Is inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L

3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. M
+ −
N
E6 1 E25 105 Existed O
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. P

+ −
YES >> GO TO 6.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
97
98
100
114
7.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −
YES >> GO TO 8.
Check battery current sensor. Refer to EC-698, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".
Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor) INFOID:0000000011351120


4. Install jumper cable between battery negative terminal and body A
ground.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
EC
ECM
Voltage C
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal Terminal JPBIA3287ZZ
104 D
E25 111 2.5 V
(Battery current sensor signal)
F

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BAT TMP SEN/CIRC
Signal voltage from battery temperature sensor remains 0.16V or less for 5
P1556 (Battery temperature sensor circuit low in-
seconds or more.
put)
BAT TMP SEN/CIRC
Signal voltage from battery temperature sensor remains 4.84V or more for
P1557 (Battery temperature sensor circuit high in-
5 seconds or more.
put)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Battery temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
ECM stops the power generation voltage variable control.
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I

2. Disconnect battery current sensor connector.
4. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector terminals.

Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
E6 2 3 5V
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

+ A
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
EC
E6 2 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
E
+ −
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground. G
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. H
J
+ −
L
YES >> GO TO 5.
M
N
+
ECM − Continuity
O
Connector Terminal
97
98 P
100
114


Check battery temperature sensor. Refer to EC-702, "Component Inspection (Battery Temperature Sensor)".
Component Inspection (Battery Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000011351123

3. Check the resistance between battery current sensor connector terminals.

+ − Resistance
Terminal
continuity with the resis-
2 3
tance value 100 Ω or more

P1616 ECM
P1616 ECM
A

ECM
P1616 ECM ROM is malfunctioning.
(Engine control module)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
ECM
FAIL-SAFE E
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING F

G
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
J
1.DTC CONFIRMATION K
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-703, "DTC Description". L
4. Check the DTC.
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-751, "Removal and Installation". M

P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC


INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST
P1622 Injector adjustment value is not stored in ECM.
(Injector adjustment value unregistration)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Injector adjustment value
(Injector adjustment value has not been written onto ECM memory yet, or the value has been initialized.)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.

Perform “Injector Adjustment Value Registration”. Refer to EC-562, "Work Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END

A


INJ ADJ VAL ERROR
P1623 ECM detects the abnormal value of injector adjustment value.
(Injector adjustment value error)
D
NOTE:
This DTC is not detected when injector adjustment value (not correct but existent) is stored in ECM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• CONSULT communication status
(The status of CONSULT communication becomes improper during Injector Adjustment Value Registration.)
• ECM F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
I
L
NOTE:
1.CHECK INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE M
2. Select “ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check injector adjustment values displayed on CONSULT screen. N
The value displayed on CONSULT screen should be

same as injector adjustment value printed on each O
injector.
NO >> GO TO 2.
Perform “Injector Adjustment Value Registration”. Refer to EC-562, "Work Procedure".
NOTE:
When two or more injector adjustment value are improper, it is useful to perform “INJ ADJ VAL CLR” in
“WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT. And then perform “Injector Adjustment Value Registration”.

>> GO TO 3.
1. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT.
4. Check DTC.

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
A

BRAKE SWITCH Stop lamp signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehi-
P1805
(Brake switch) cle is driving.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
NOTE:
G
Since this DTC is difficult to be confirmed, check component function to judge the normality.
YES >> GO TO 2. H
2.CHECK BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION I
With CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. J
3. Check “BRAKE SW” indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication K

Fully released OFF
L
Without CONSULT
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following. M
+
ECM N
– Condition Voltage
Connec-
Terminal
tor
O
Slightly de-
Battery voltage
E25 136 Ground Brake pedal pressed
Fully released Approx. 0 V
P
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description".

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.

Fully released Not illuminated
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
+
Connector Terminal
2
5
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
Stop lamp relay ECM

Continuity
nector.

Continuity
E55 1 E56 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Stop lamp switch A

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
EC
YES >> GO TO 6. C
5.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
D
E
Stop lamp relay ECM
Continuity
F
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY H
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH J
K
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-82, "Removal and Installation".
L

1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-83, "Inspection and Adjustment". M
4. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
N

Fully released Not existed O
1 and 2 Brake pedal


P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Stop lamp relay

Terminal
3 5
NOTE:

P2135 APP SENSOR
P2135 APP SENSOR
A


APP SENSOR
The correlation between APP sensor 1 signal and APP sensor 2 signal is
P2135 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/switch “A”/
“B” voltage correlation)
out of the normal range. D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The APP sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
ECM recognizes the accelerator pedal position for 10% and controls fuel injected. F
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY G
DTC P0642, P0643, P0652 or P0653.
Is applicable DTC detected? H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING I

J
>> GO TO 3.
K
2. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds.
L
N
DTC P0642, P0643, P0652 or P0653. O
NO >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

P2135 APP SENSOR
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
1
E5 Ground Approx. 5 V
2
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
4 108
E5 E25 Existed
5 121
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
3 107
E5 E25 Existed
6 120
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-712, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".


P2135 APP SENSOR
(+) (−) A
Condition Voltage

108 Accelerator pedal EC
E25 E25
(APP sensor 2 signal) Fully depressed More than 2.0 V C
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-4, "Removal and Installation". D

P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

INJ PWR/CIRC
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel
P2146 (Fuel injector group “A” supply voltage cir-
injector.
cuit/open)
INJ PWR/CIRC
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel
P2149 (Fuel injector group “B” supply voltage cir-
injector.
cuit/open)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Fuel injector ECM

Continuity
1 F29 1 73
2 F30 1 49
F16 Existed
3 F31 1 73
4 F32 1 49

P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR
P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR
A

INJECTOR/CIRC
P2147 (Fuel injector group “A” supply voltage cir- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to ground.
cuit low)
D
INJECTOR/CIRC
P2148 (Fuel injector group “A” supply voltage cir- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to power.
cuit high)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE F
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
I
L
Perform the trouble diagnosis for fuel injector circuit. Refer to EC-721, "Diagnosis Procedure".

P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR
P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC


BARO SEN/CIRC An excessively low voltage from the barometric pressure sensor (built-into
P2228
(Barometric pressure sensor “A” circuit low) ECM) is sent to ECM.
BARO SEN/CIRC
An excessively high voltage from the barometric pressure sensor (built-into
P2229 (Barometric pressure sensor “A” circuit
ECM) is sent to ECM.
high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
BARO sensor (built-into ECM)
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1.DTC CONFIRMATION
2. Erase DTC.
4. Check the DTC.

P2426, P2427 EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
P2426, P2427 EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID
A
VALVE
EC
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EGR COOLING VALVE
Short circuit between ECM and the EGR cooler bypass valve control sole-
P2426 (Exhaust gas recirculation cooling valve D
noid valve circuit ground continues for 2 seconds or more.
control circuit low)
EGR COOLING VALVE
Short circuit between ECM and the battery power supply of the EGR cooler
P2427 (Exhaust gas recirculation cooling valve E
bypass valve control solenoid valve circuit continues for 2 seconds or more.
control circuit high)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) F
• EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
ECM stops the EGR volume control valve control (fully closed position). G

1.PRECONDITIONING H
I
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. J
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II L
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Keep the engine speed above 2,500 rpm for 5 seconds.
M
N
O
1.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector. P
4. Check the voltage between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.

P2426, P2427 EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
+
EGR cooler bypass valve control
− Voltage
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EGR cooler bypass valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
EGR cooler bypass valve
ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
2. Perform EC-727, "Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve)".
NO >> Replace EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-299.
Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000011177600

2. Disconnect EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
1 and 2 43 – 49 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
NO >> Replace EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View".

P2478 EGT SENSOR 1
P2478 EGT SENSOR 1
A

EGT SENSOR 1 B1
Exhaust gas temperature around the turbocharger exhaust side entrance
P2478 (Exhaust gas temperature out of range
remains 862°C (1584°F) or more for 2 seconds or more.
bank 1 sensor 1)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Charge air system
• EGT sensor 1 E
FAIL-SAFE
F
If DTC P2478 is detected with a diagnosis result of EGT sensor 1, perform EGT sensor 1 diagnosis first. G
H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 2 minutes. I
>> GO TO 3.
J
With CONSULT
2. Select “ENGINE STATUS” of “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT.
3. Start the engine and drive the vehicle with the constant accelerator pedal depression to maintain a con-
stant vehicle speed.
CAUTION: L
• Always drive safely.
• Never allow engine speed to be changed by 2 rpm/s or more.
NOTE: M
• Vehicle speed and engine speed can be set arbitrarily.
• For better results, drive under high-load conditions.
4. Check that “ENGINE STATUS” indicates “STEADY”.
NOTE: N
If “ENGINE STATUS” indicates “TRNST”, drive under steady engine revolution.
5. Keep the condition above for 5 seconds.
6. Check DTC. O
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine and drive the vehicle with the constant accelerator pedal depression to maintain a con-
stant vehicle speed for 5 seconds. P
CAUTION:
• Always drive safely.
• Never allow engine speed to be changed by 2 rpm/s or more.
NOTE:
• Vehicle speed and engine speed can be set arbitrarily.
• For better results, drive under high-load conditions.
2. Check DTC.

P2478 EGT SENSOR 1
Is DTC detected?

YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Check the installation condition of EGT sensor 1. Refer to EC-422, "Component Parts Location".
2. Remove EGT sensor 1 and visually check for malfunction.

FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
A
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY EC

3. Turn ignition switch ON. C
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
+ D
Fuel injector − Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
E
1 F29
2 F30 Half of battery volt-
1 Ground
3 F31 age
F
4 F32
YES >> GO TO 3. G
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT H
I
+ −
Cylinder Fuel injector ECM Continuity J
1 F29 73
2 F30 49
K
1 F16 Existed
3 F31 73
4 F32 49 L
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for ECM power supply. M
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
N
O
+ −
Cylinder Fuel injector ECM Continuity
P
1 F29 74
2 F30 26
2 F16 Existed
3 F31 51
4 F32 3

FUEL INJECTOR
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY LEARNING
With CONSULT
Perform fuel injection quantity learning. Refer to EC-559, "Work Procedure".
Did the learning complete successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO-1 (learning not succeeded)>>Record the cylinder unsuccessful in learning. And then, GO TO 6.
NO-2 (other case)>>Check error-detected parts.
6.PERFORM FUEL INJECTION QUANTITY LEARNING AGAIN
With CONSULT
Perform fuel injection quantity learning again. Refer to EC-559, "Work Procedure".
Did the learning complete successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO-1 (the same cylinder unsuccessful in learning at Step 5 was again unsuccessful)>>Replace malfunction-
ing fuel injector.
NO-2 (other cases)>>GO TO 8.
7.RECHECK MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM
Reproduce malfunction indicated by the customer.
Has the malfunction been eliminated?
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK INDICATED VALUE ON DATA MONITOR
With CONSULT
Check the following items with CONSULT “DATA MONITOR” to see that the indicated value is within the spec-
ified value.
Data monitor item specified value

INJ Q/L CYL 1-A
INJ Q/L CYL 2-A
−0.067 – 0.090
INJ Q/L CYL 3-A
INJ Q/L CYL 4-A
INJ Q/L CYL 1-B
INJ Q/L CYL 2-B
−0.032 – 0.053
INJ Q/L CYL 3-B
INJ Q/L CYL 4-B
INJ Q/L CYL 1-C
INJ Q/L CYL 2-C
−0.018 – 0.038
INJ Q/L CYL 3-C
INJ Q/L CYL 4-C

FUEL INJECTOR
Data monitor item specified value
A
INJ Q/L CYL 1-D
INJ Q/L CYL 2-D
−0.017 – 0.034
INJ Q/L CYL 3-D EC
INJ Q/L CYL 4-D
Is the indicated value within the specified value?
YES >> Check to see if there is a malfunction other than in the fuel injector. C
D
F
Terminal Resistance
1 and 2 0.2 – 0.8 Ω [at 10 – 60°C (50 – 140°F)]
H

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
1.CHECK INSTALLATION
Check that glow plug terminals (nuts) are installed properly.
Are glow plug terminals (nuts) installed properly?
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnoses for detected DTC. Refer to EC-485, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW CONTROL UNIT AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Disconnect glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals (nuts).
2. Check harness continuity between glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals.
Glow control unit Glow plug

Continuity
F25
2 1
(No. 1)
F26
7 1
(No. 2)
E46 Existed
F27
1 1
(No. 3)
F28
6 1
(No. 4)
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK GLOW PLUG
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace glow plug. Refer to EM-311, "Removal and Installation".
Check intermittent incident. Refer to EC-553, "Description".
CAUTION:

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
1.CHECK GLOW PLUG A

EC
1 and glow plug stem Approx. 0.45 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] C
NO >> Replace malfunctioning glow plug. Refer to EM-311, "Removal and Installation". D

EGR COOLER BYPASS SYSTEM
1.CHECK EGR BYPASS VALVE FUNCTION

With CONSULT
2. Select “EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Activate the TC boost control actuator and visually check the rod movement.
Without CONSULT
2. Activate the EGR cooler bypass valve according to the following condition and visually check the rod
movement.
Condition EGR cooler bypass valve

Engine speed: at idle ON (bypass mode)
Engine speed: above 2,500 rpm (no load) OFF (cooler mode)
1.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
ground.
+
− Voltage
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EGR cooler bypass valve harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
EGR cooler bypass valve
ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A

2. Check EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-727, "Component Inspection (EGR
EC
Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve)".
YES >> GO TO 4.
C
4.CHECK VACUUM HOSE AND VACUUM GALLERY
Check vacuum hose and vacuum gallery for clogging, cracks or D
improper connection.
YES >> GO TO 5. E
SEF109L G
5.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE
Check EGR cooler bypass valve. Refer to EC-727, "Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass Valve)". H
NO >> Replace EGR cooler assembly. Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View". I
1.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE J

3. Check the resistance between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve terminals as follows. K
L
1 and 2 43 – 49 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass Valve) INFOID:0000000011177625
N
1.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE
1. Install a vacuum pump to EGR cooler bypass diaphragm.
2. Check that a vacuum is kept when applying the vacuum to EGR cooler bypass diaphragm. O
NO >> Replace EGR cooler assembly. Refer to EM-299, "Exploded View". P

INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

2. Make sure that intake air control valve actuator rod moves when turning ignition switch OFF.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VACUUM SOURCE
2. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to intake air control valve actuator.
4. Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence under the following conditions.
CONDITIONS vacuum
For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF should exist
Except above should not exist
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
2. Check vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery for clogging, cracks
or improper connection.
Refer to EC-753, "Hydraulic Layout".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery.
SEF109L
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect intake air control valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check voltage between intake air control valve control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
Intake air control valve control solenoid

valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector and intake air control valve control solenoid
valve harness connector. A
Intake air control valve control

ECM
solenoid valve Continuity EC
C
YES >> GO TO 6. D
6.CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-729, "Component Inspection". E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace intake air control valve control solenoid valve. F
7.CHECK VACUUM PUMP
Refer to EM-372, "Inspection". G
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace vacuum pump assembly. H
8.CHECK INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE ACTUATOR
2. Install a vacuum pump A to intake air control valve actuator. I
3. Make sure that the intake air control valve actuator rod moves smoothly when applying vacuum of -53.3
kPa (-533 mbar, -400 mmHg, -15.74 inHg) and releasing it.
Is inspection result normal? J
NO >> Replace intake air control valve actuator.
K
INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE L

1. Disconnect intake air control valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Apply 12V direct current between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve terminals.
M
3. Check air passage continuity of intake air control valve control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
N
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity
CONDITIONS
between and between and
12V direct current supply be-
Yes No O
tween terminals and
No supply No Yes
Operation takes less than 1 second. P
If NG, replace intake air control valve control solenoid valve. MEC488B

NOTE:
If DTC P0642 or P0643 is displayed, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or P0643. Refer
to EC-661, "DTC Description".
With CONSULT
2. Select “AC PRESS SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
4. Check the monitor status.
Monitor Item Indication

Without CONSULT
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F16 37 Ground Approx. 1.0 – 4.0 V
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
Check refrigerant pressure. Refer to HA-30, "Trouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure".
NO >> Repair refrigerant system.

2. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
tor.
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
tor.

Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor.
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
D
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.
E
Continuity
E49 2 F16 37 Existed F
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HAC-120, "Removal and Installation". G

START SIGNAL
START SIGNAL
1.CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT

With CONSULT
2. Select “START SIGNAL in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
Monitor Item Condition Indication

ON OFF
START SIGNAL Ignition switch
START ON
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connec- Ground Condition Voltage
Terminal
tor
Approx. 0
ON
Ignition V
E25 150 Ground
switch Battery
START
voltage
1.CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

3. Check harness continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-12, "Diagnosis Description" (WITH I-KEY),
or PCS-48, "Diagnosis Description" (WITHOUT I-KEY).

GLOW INDICATOR
GLOW INDICATOR
A
1.CHECK GLOW INDICATOR FUNCTION EC

2. Check the glow indicator is turned ON, and then glow indication turned OFF.
D
1.CHECK DTC WITH “ECM” E

Check the self-diagnosis result with CONSULT. Check the ECM does not detect any DTCs. Refer to EC-463,
"CONSULT Function".
Is any DTC detected? F
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis of detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE G
Check CAN communication line. Refer to LAN-34, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER” I
Check the self-diagnosis result with CONSULT. Check the combination meter does not detect any DTCs.
Refer to MWI-96, "CONSULT Function".
Is any DTC detected? J
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K

M

1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION

1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
Refer to MWI-96, "CONSULT Function".
YES >> GO TO 3.

STOP LAMP SWITCH
STOP LAMP SWITCH
A
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. C
Monitor Item Condition Indication D

Fully released OFF
E
Without CONSULT
ECM
G
Connector
Terminal
Slightly de-
Battery voltage
H
pressed
Fully re-
Approx. 0 V
leased I
NO >> Refer to EC-735, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT K

2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
L

Fully released Not illuminated M
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O
P
+
Connector Terminal
2
5

STOP LAMP SWITCH
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
Stop lamp relay ECM

Continuity
nector.

Continuity
E55 1 E56 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
Stop lamp switch

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
Stop lamp relay ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.

STOP LAMP SWITCH
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH A

C
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH -1
D
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector terminals.
E
Stop lamp switch
Terminal F
1 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.
H
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH -2
1. Adjust the stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-83, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector terminals. I
Stop lamp switch

+ − Condition Continuity J
Terminal
1 2 Brake pedal K
M
2. Disconnect stop lamp relay harness connector. N
Stop lamp relay O

Terminal
P
3 5
NOTE:

STOP LAMP SWITCH

PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
A
1.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS FUNCTION EC

With CONSULT
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. C
Selector lever position Indication D

P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON
Except above OFF
E
Without CONSULT
F
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage G
Connector
Terminal
P, or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) Approx. 0 V
E25 151 114 Selector lever position H
Except above Battery voltage
YES-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to EC-553, "Description". I
NO >> Refer to EC-739, "Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models)" (M/T models), or EC-741, "Diagnosis Pro-
cedure (A/T Models)" (A/T models).
J
Diagnosis Procedure (M/T Models) INFOID:0000000011177646
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. L
4. Check the continuity between park/neutral position switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
M
+ −
Park/neutral position switch IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
O
YES >> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector and park/neutral
position relay.

+ +
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Park/neutral position relay Continuity
F35 2 E48 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect park/neutral position relay harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position relay harness connector and ground.
+
Park/neutral position relay − Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
E48 Ground Existed
5
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
+ −
Park/neutral position relay ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY
Check the park/neutral position relay. Refer to EC-742, "Component Inspection (Park/Neutral Position Relay)".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace park/neutral position relay.
Check park/neutral position (PNP) switch. Refer to EC-742, "Component Inspection [Park/Neutral Position
(PNP) Switch]".
NO >> Replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch. Refer to TM-25, "Removal and Installation".

Diagnosis Procedure (A/T Models) INFOID:0000000011177647
A
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect park/neutral position relay harness connector. EC
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position relay harness connector and ground.
+ C
Park/neutral position relay − Continuity
Connector Terminal
D
2
E48 Ground Existed
5
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. F
2.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. G
2. Check the Voltage between park/neutral position relay harness connector and ground.
+ H
Park/neutral position relay − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P, or N Battery voltage
I
E48 1 Ground
Except above Approx. 0 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check the power supply circuit.
3.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position relay harness connector and ECM harness connector. L
+ −
M
Park/neutral position relay ECM Continuity
E48 3 E25 151 Existed N
YES >> GO TO 4. O
4.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY P
Check the park/neutral position relay. Refer to EC-742, "Component Inspection (Park/Neutral Position Relay)".

Component Inspection [Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch] INFOID:0000000011177648

2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connector terminals.
Park/neutral position (PNP)

switch
Condition Continuity
+ −
Terminal
Neutral Existed
1 2 Selector lever position
NO >> Replace park/neutral position (PNP) switch. Refer to TM-25, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Park/Neutral Position Relay) INFOID:0000000011177649
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION RELAY

2. Disconnect park/neutral position relay harness connector.
3. Check continuity between park/neutral position relay terminals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
park/neutral position relay

Terminal
3 5
NOTE:

code
Fuel pump circuit
Fuel injector circuit

Warranty symptom
Symptom Table
Revision: 2015 March

NO START (with first firing)
1
4
NO START (without first firing)
1
4
HARD/NO START/RESTART
AA
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD (EXCP. HA)
1
4
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT
1
4
AT IDLE
1
4
AB DURING DRIVING ENGINE STALL
1
4
WHEN DECELERATING
1
4
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
AC HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
1
4
AD KNOCK/DETONATION
1
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
LACK OF POWER
1
4
AE
POOR ACCELERATION
1
4
EC-743
HI IDLE
1
AF
SYMPTOM
LOW IDLE
1
4
AG ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
1
4
AH IDLING VIBRATION
1
4
AJ SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
1
4
AK OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
AL EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
1
4
AM EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
BLACK SMOKE
1
AP ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR
WHITE SMOKE
1
HA DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)
721
715
714
610
691
688
681
659
579
576
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
ence
Refer-
[YD25DDTi]
INFOID:0000000011177653
D23
I
L
F
P
K
E
A
N
H
D
C
O
G
M
EC
cuit
tion
code
circuit
sensor circuit
sensor circuit
sensor circuit
sensor circuit
perature circuit
Fuel rail pressure

Accelerator pedal
Camshaft position
Warranty symptom
position sensor cir-
Crankshaft position
Turbocharger boost
Fuel injector adjust-
ment value registra-
Mass air flow sensor
Engine coolant tem-

1
1
1
AA
3
1
1
1
3
1
1
AT IDLE
1
1
1
WHEN DECELERATING
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AD KNOCK/DETONATION
1
1
LACK OF POWER
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
AE
POOR ACCELERATION
1
1
1
1
1
EC-744
HI IDLE
AF
SYMPTOM
LOW IDLE
1
1
1
1
1
AH IDLING VIBRATION
1
1
1
1
1
1
BLACK SMOKE
1
1
1
1

WHITE SMOKE
1
711
671
619
626
623
607
614
600
598
593
589
705
704
559
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
ence
Refer-
[YD25DDTi]
D23
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [YD25DDTi]
SYMPTOM
A
ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR

EC
ENGINE STALL
(EXCP. HA)
C
OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

D
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD
Refer-
DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)


ence E


ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
IDLING VIBRATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
G
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
H
Warranty symptom
AM
AG
HA
AC
AD
AH
AA
AB
AE
AK
AP
AF
AL
AJ
code I
Turbocharger boost
EC-
control actuator cir- 1 1 1 1 1
617
cuit
J
EC-
Start signal circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
732
EC-
Ignition switch circuit 1 1 1 1 K
565
Power supply for EC-
1 1 1 1
ECM circuit 565
L
EGR volume control EC-
1 1 1 1
circuit 632
EC-
EGR cooler bypass M
634
valve control sole- 3 1
EC-
noid valve
636
EC- N
Glow control circuit 1 1 1 1 1
724
Intake air tempera-
—
ture sensor 2 circuit O
Exhaust gas tem-
perature sensor 1 1 1 1 —
circuit
P
Exhaust gas pres-
—
sure sensor 1 circuit
Refrigerant pressure EC-
2 2 2 3 3 3 4
sensor circuit 730

code
ECM
shutoff) circuit
ECM relay (Self-
Warranty symptom
(continued on next page)

2
2
1
AA
2
2
AT IDLE
2
2
1
1 – 5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

WHEN DECELERATING
2
1
2
1
AD KNOCK/DETONATION
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

LACK OF POWER
2
AE
POOR ACCELERATION
EC-746
HI IDLE
2
AF
SYMPTOM
LOW IDLE
2
2
AH IDLING VIBRATION
2
2
2
2
2
BLACK SMOKE
2

WHITE SMOKE
2

2
703
658
657
666
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
ence
Refer-
[YD25DDTi]
D23
code
Fuel filter
Fuel pump
relief valve
Fuel injector
Engine body
EGR system
theft System)
Fuel rail pressure
Warranty symptom
NATS (Nissan Anti-

Air cleaner and duct
Glow control system
(continued on next page)

3
3
1
5
3
1
1
3
3
1
5
1
AA
3
3
1
5
1
3
1
5
3
3
1
AT IDLE
3
3
5
3
3
5
1 – 5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

WHEN DECELERATING
3
5
3
3
3
3
AD KNOCK/DETONATION
3
3
1
LACK OF POWER
4
1
5
3
4
3
3
AE
POOR ACCELERATION
4
5
3
4
3
3
EC-747
HI IDLE
3
AF
SYMPTOM
LOW IDLE
3
5
3
3
3
3
5
AH IDLING VIBRATION
3
3
5
3
3
5
3
3
3
5
3
4
1
1 BLACK SMOKE
3
3
5
3
3
WHITE SMOKE
3
3
1
85
582
422
292
447
413
629
447
721
582
576
576
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EC-
EM-
EM-
ence
SEC-
Refer-
MA-60
[YD25DDTi]
D23
I
L
F
P
K
E
A
N
H
D
C
O
G
M
EC
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [YD25DDTi]
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)
If the engine speed is above 3,300 rpm under no load (for example, the shift position is park or neutral engine
speed is over 3,300 rpm) fuel is cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on
engine speed. Fuel cut is operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-443, "FUEL INJECTION CONTROL SYS-
TEM : System Description".

IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [YD25DDTi]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
EC
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT C
Check “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST. D
>> INSPECTION END

E

CRANKCASE VENTILATION SYSTEM
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [YD25DDTi]
CRANKCASE VENTILATION SYSTEM
1.CHECK LEAKAGE
Check hoses and hose connections for leakage.
Does leakage detect?
Yes >> Repair hose connection or replace the leaked hose,
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CLEAN HOSE
Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air.
NOTE:
If any hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace the hose.
>> END
SEC692

ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [YD25DDTi]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

ECM
EC
JSBIA5571ZZ
H
ECM ECM cover ECM Bracket
I
CAUTION: J
According to “SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOVING ENGINE PARTS”, perform the necessary
service procedure when ECM replacement. Refer to EC-554, "Description".
REMOVAL K
L
M
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. N

GLOW CONTROL UNIT
GLOW CONTROL UNIT
JSBIA5572ZZ
Glow control unit

REMOVAL
1. Remove air duct (inlet). Refer to EM-292, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove glow control unit mounting nuts.
4. Remove glow control unit from vehicle.
INSTALLATION

VACUUM LINES
VACUUM LINES
A
Hydraulic Layout INFOID:0000000011177658
EC
L
JSBIA5576ZZ
EGR cooler bypass valve control so- M

Intake air control valve control sole-
lenoid valve Vacuum pump
noid valve
(Type 2 and 3 is not applicable)
NOTE:
• Refer to EC-415, "How to Check Vehicle Type", for the information of type 1 to 3. N
• Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [YD25DDTi]

General Specification INFOID:0000000011177659
A/T No load* (in P or N position)

Target idle speed
M/T No load* (in Neutral position)
750±25 rpm
A/T In P or N position
Air conditioner: ON
M/T In Neutral position
Maximum engine speed — 4,500 rpm
*: Under the following conditions:
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)

Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.1 – 2.1 V*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

25 (77) 2.0 – 2.13
80 (176) 0.312 – 0.346
Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ

20 (68) 2.35 – 2.73
50 (122) 0.68 – 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 – 0.260
Supply voltage Approx. 5 V

Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.3 – 1.7 V
2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating tempera-
1.7 – 2.0 V
ture.)
Resistance [at 10 – 60 °C (50 – 140°F)] 0.2 – 0.8 Ω

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [YD25DDTi]
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.45 Ω

EC
EGR Volume Control Valve INFOID:0000000011177666
DC motor Resistance 0.3 – 100 Ω C
Refer to EC-624, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)". D
E
Refer to EC-628, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
Fuel pump suction control valve Resistance [at 20 °C (68 °F)] 1.8 – 2.4 Ω

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING:
connectors.
WARNING:
serious injury.
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.
PIIB3706J

• Always use a 12V battery as power source.

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]
switch and wait at least 30 seconds. A
EC
D4D engine : 20 minutes YS23DDT : 4 minutes
C
SEF289H
D
NOTE:
ECU may be active for several tens of seconds after the ignition switch is turned OFF. If the battery terminal E
NOTE: F
- Driving for 30 minutes or more at 140 km/h (86 MPH) or more. G
NOTE: H
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC. I
NOTE:
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000011991541 J
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
K
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
cause the MIL to light up. L
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.) M
tor".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with N
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc. O
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.
P

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
YS23DDT
YS23DDT : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000011991542
JSBIA6197ZZ
No. Component parts Function

relay ON-OFF control according to the input signals from vari-
ous sensors and the request signals received from control
IPDM E/R units via CAN communication.
Refer to PCS-6, "Component Parts Location" (With intelligent
key system), PCS-42, "Component Parts Location" (Without
intelligent key system) for detailed installation location.
• EC-775, "Fuel Heater"
Fuel filter (Fuel heater and water in fuel sensor)
• EC-781, "Water In Fuel Sensor"
Mass air flow (MAF) sensor (with intake air temperature sen- • EC-779, "Mass Air Flow Sensor"
sor 1) • EC-778, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1"
EMCM EC-773, "EMCM"
ECM EC-771, "ECM"

Battery current sensor (With battery temperature sensor)
Sensor)"
ENGINE COMPARTMENT

COMPONENT PARTS
EC
JSBIA6198ZZ
K
Right side of engine Left side of engine Backward of engine

L
Fuel injector EC-775, "Fuel Injector" M
Exhaust gas pressure sensor EC-774, "Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor"

N
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve EC-780, "Turbocharger Boost Control Solenoid Valve"
Electric EGR cooling water pump 1

O
EC-773, "Electric EGR cooling water pump"
Glow plug EC-777, "Glow Plug" P

EGR volume control valve (With EGR volume control valve EC-772, "EGR Volume Control Valve (With EGR Volume Con-
position sensor) trol Valve Position Sensor)"
EGR temperature sensor EC-772, "EGR Temperature Sensor"

COMPONENT PARTS
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve EC-772, "EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve"
EGR cooler bypass valve EC-771, "EGR Cooler Bypass Valve"
Crankshaft position sensor EC-769, "Crankshaft Position Sensor"
Engine oil pump control valve EC-774, "Engine Oil Pump Control Valve"
Thermo management valve control solenoid valve EC-780, "Thermo Management Valve Control Solenoid Valve"
Electric throttle control actuator EC-773, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
Thermo management valve EC-780, "Thermo Management Valve"
Intake air temperature sensor 2 EC-778, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2"
Vacuum pump EC-781, "Vacuum Pump"
High pressure fuel pump EC-777, "High Pressure Fuel Pump"
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT
JSBIA6200ZZ

Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor EC-768, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor"
EC-770, "DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Differential Pressure
DPF (diesel particulate filter) differential pressure sensor
Sensor"
DPF (diesel particulate filter) EC-770, "DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)"
BODY COMPARTMENT

COMPONENT PARTS
EC
N
JSBIA6348ZZ
Engine room front center Periphery of pedals Instrument lower panel O

Fuel tank upper M/T assembly A/T assembly

COMPONENT PARTS

munication.
• A/C ON signal
• Blower fan ON signal
BCM*1 Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Compo-
nent Parts Location" (With intelligent key system), BCS-
101, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Lo-
cation" (Without intelligent key system) for detailed instal-
lation location.
munication.
• Vehicle speed
• Blower fan ON signal*2
ASCD steering switch EC-768, "ASCD Steering Switch"
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch*3 EC-779, "Park/Neutral position Switch"

signal.
• Park/neutral signal
TCM*4 munication.
Refer to TM-413, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Clutch pedal position switch*3 EC-769, "Clutch Pedal Position Switch"
Stop lamp switch EC-779, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position
Brake pedal position switch Switch"
Accelerator pedal position switch EC-767, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"

EC-771, "DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Manual Regener-
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) manual regeneration switch*5 ation Switch"
FPCM (Fuel Pump Control Module) EC-776, "FPCM (Fuel Pump Control Module)"

*3: With M/T models
*4: With A/T models
*5: For Singapore models
YS23DDTT
YS23DDTT : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000012032336

COMPONENT PARTS
EC
H
JSBIA6197ZZ

I
relay ON-OFF control according to the input signals from vari-
ous sensors and the request signals received from control
IPDM E/R units via CAN communication. J
Refer to PCS-6, "Component Parts Location" (With intelligent
key system), PCS-42, "Component Parts Location" (Without
intelligent key system) for detailed installation location.
• EC-775, "Fuel Heater"
K
Fuel filter (Fuel heater and water in fuel sensor)
• EC-781, "Water In Fuel Sensor"
Mass air flow (MAF) sensor (with intake air temperature sen- • EC-779, "Mass Air Flow Sensor"
sor 1) • EC-778, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1" L
EMCM EC-773, "EMCM"
ECM EC-771, "ECM" M

Battery current sensor (With battery temperature sensor)
Sensor)" N
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
O

COMPONENT PARTS
JSBIA6199ZZ
Right side of engine Left side of engine Backward of engine

Exhaust gas pressure sensor EC-774, "Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor"

EC-778, "High Pressure Turbine Bypass Valve Control Sole-
High pressure turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve
noid Valve"
EC-779, "Low Pressure Wastegate Valve Boost Control Sole-
Low pressure wastegate valve control solenoid valve
noid Valve"
EC-773, "Electric EGR cooling water pump"
Glow plug EC-777, "Glow Plug"

EGR volume control valve (With EGR volume control valve EC-772, "EGR Volume Control Valve (With EGR Volume Con-
position sensor) trol Valve Position Sensor)"

COMPONENT PARTS
A
EGR temperature sensor EC-772, "EGR Temperature Sensor"
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 EC-774, "Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor 1" EC
High pressure compressor bypass valve control solenoid EC-777, "High Pressure Compressor Bypass Valve Control
valve Solenoid Valve"
C
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve EC-772, "EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve"
EGR cooler bypass valve EC-771, "EGR Cooler Bypass Valve"
Crankshaft position sensor EC-769, "Crankshaft Position Sensor" D
Engine oil pump control valve EC-774, "Engine Oil Pump Control Valve"
Thermo management valve control solenoid valve EC-780, "Thermo Management Valve Control Solenoid Valve" E
Electric throttle control actuator EC-773, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
Thermo management valve EC-780, "Thermo Management Valve"

F
Intake air temperature sensor 2 EC-778, "Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2"

G
Vacuum pump EC-781, "Vacuum Pump"
High pressure fuel pump EC-777, "High Pressure Fuel Pump"

H
EXHAUST COMPARTMENT
JSBIA6200ZZ
P
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor EC-768, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor"
EC-770, "DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Differential Pressure
DPF (diesel particulate filter) differential pressure sensor
Sensor"
DPF (diesel particulate filter) EC-770, "DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)"

COMPONENT PARTS
BODY COMPARTMENT
JSBIA6348ZZ
Engine room front center Periphery of pedals Instrument lower panel

Fuel tank upper M/T assembly A/T assembly

COMPONENT PARTS
No. Component Function A

munication.
• A/C ON signal
EC
• Blower fan ON signal
BCM*1 Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Compo-
nent Parts Location" (With intelligent key system), BCS-
101, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Lo- C
cation" (Without intelligent key system) for detailed instal-
lation location.
munication.
D
• Vehicle speed
• Blower fan ON signal*2 E
ASCD steering switch EC-768, "ASCD Steering Switch" F
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch*3 EC-779, "Park/Neutral position Switch"

G
signal.
• Park/neutral signal
Mainly transmits the following signal to ECM via CAN com- H
TCM*4 munication.
Refer to TM-413, "A/T CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
I
Clutch pedal position switch*3 EC-769, "Clutch Pedal Position Switch" J

Stop lamp switch EC-779, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position
Brake pedal position switch Switch"
K
Accelerator pedal position switch EC-767, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
EC-771, "DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Manual Regener-
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) manual regeneration switch*5 ation Switch" L
FPCM (Fuel Pump Control Module) EC-776, "FPCM (Fuel Pump Control Module)"
*1: With intelligent key system M

*3: With M/T models
*4: With A/T models
*5: For Singapore models N
The accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor is installed on the upper O

end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the
accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM
uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected. P
PBIB1741E

COMPONENT PARTS
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor INFOID:0000000011991544
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor is installed on the upstream of the oxida-
tion catalyst. A/F sensor measures the oxygen level in the exhaust
gas and converts it into a voltage signal. A/F sensor sends the signal
to ECM. Based on the signal from A/F sensor, ECM calculates the
air fuel mixture ratio. ECM uses the calculated ratio for the DPF (Die-
sel Particulate Filter) regeneration control.
A heater is integrated in A/F sensor to ensure the required operating
temperature.
JSBIA6224ZZ
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance

for each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and deter-
mines which button is operated.
JSBIA5990ZZ
OUTLINE
sumption to be decreased by reducing the engine load which is
Based on sensor signals, EMCM judges whether or not the power
the power generation voltage variable control, EMCM calculates the
EMCM sends the calculated value as the power generation com-
mand value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation
voltage variable control, refer to EC-814, "ENERGY MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM : System Description".
JPBIA3262ZZ
CAUTION:
The battery current sensor is installed to the battery negative cable. The sensor measures the charging/dis-
charging current of the battery.

COMPONENT PARTS
The sensor measures temperature around the battery. A
increases.
<Reference data>
EC
Temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 3.333 1.9 - 2.1 C
90 (194) 0.969 0.222 - 0.258
*: These data are reference values and are measured between battery temperature SEF012P
sensor signal terminal and sensor ground. D
E
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam-
shaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position (CMP)
sensor senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position
(CKP) sensor system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position F
(CMP) sensor provides various controls of engine parts instead, uti-
lizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of
a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
G
H
JSBIA6212ZZ
I
J
Clutch pedal Clutch pedal position switch
Released ON
Depressed OFF K
L
Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor detects engine speed and crank-
shaft position. The size difference of gear tooth placed on signal
plate changes the gap between signal plate and sensor, and mag-
netic field change around the sensor induces sensor output voltage M
change. ECM detects engine speed and crankshaft position based
on this voltage change.
N
O
JSBIA6126ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) INFOID:0000000011991550
PBIB3160E
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) traps PM (Particulate Matter) in exhaust gas. DPF is formed in a honeycomb
form made of ceramic. This structure facilitates to trap particulate matter. When the amount of particulate mat-
ter in the DPF reaches the specified level, the particulate matter needs to be reduced through burning to main-
tain the DPF function. This reducing of particulate matter is called Regeneration and should be performed
periodically. DPF can be effective for a long time through the cycle of trapping particulate matter and regener-
ation.
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Differential Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011991551
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) differential pressure sensor is con-

nected to DPF with tubes (upstream and downstream). DPF pres-
sure sensor measures the difference between the exhaust pressure
before and after the DPF. DPF differential pressure sensor converts
the difference pressure into a voltage signal. ECM receives the sig-
nal and estimates the amount of particulate matter in DPF.
JSBIA6225ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
EC
PBIB3165E
D
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Manual Regeneration Switch INFOID:0000000011991552
The DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) manual regeneration switch is E

installed parallel to the ignition key cylinder. When turning ON the
ignition key with the engine stopped, the operation indicator lamp of
the DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) manual regeneration switch turns
ON. This allows a valve inspection. If the operation indicator lamp of F
the DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) blinks, the DPF (Diesel Particulate
Filter) manual regeneration must be performed. For details of DPF
(Diesel Particulate Filter) manual regeneration, refer to EC-930, G
"Description".
JMBIA0618ZZ H
ECM INFOID:0000000011991553
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal I

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
JSBIA6268GB
L
EGR Cooler Bypass Valve INFOID:0000000011991554
EGR cooler bypass valve is integral with the EGR cooler. This valve M
closes the EGR cooler bypass at the engine start and supplies gas
not by way of the EGR cooler to raise combustion temperature effi-
ciently. ECM controls EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid N
valve. And then, the negative pressure is applied to diaphragm to
open the flap through the rod.
O
JSBIA6214ZZ
P

COMPONENT PARTS
EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000011991555
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve is controlled by

ECM and controls negative pressure exerted on the diaphragm of
the EGR cooler bypass valve.
When the EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve is ener-
gized, the solenoid valve opens and negative pressure sent from the
vacuum pump is exerted on the diaphragm of the EGR cooler
bypass valve.
JSBIA6215ZZ
EGR Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000012091139
The EGR temperature sensor is located on the EGR cooler. The

sensor detects the EGR temperature to the downstream of EGR
cooler. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The
modified signal returns to the ECM as the EGR temperature input.
JSBIA6211ZZ
<Reference data>
EGR temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) kΩ

20 (68) 239.301 – 358.168
50 (122) 66.792 – 91.712
100 (212) 11.791 – 14.462
300 (572) 0.975 – 1.025
EGR Volume Control Valve (With EGR Volume Control Valve Position Sensor)
INFOID:0000000011991556
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

The exhaust gases flow from the exhaust manifold (upstream of the
turbocharger) is injected in the inlet manifold through the EGR vol-
ume control valve. The EGR volume control valve is located in the
air circuit between the throttle valve and the intake manifold.
The EGR volume control valve runs on a DC current, and is con-
trolled by a high current generating circuit in the ECM.
JSBIA6219ZZ
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR

The EGR volume control valve position sensor is installed to the EGR volume control valve. The EGR volume
control valve position is read by a position sensor. At reset, the valve is fully closed.

COMPONENT PARTS
Electric EGR cooling water pump INFOID:0000000011991557
A
Electric EGR cooling water pump controls the volume of engine cool-
ant flowing from the coolant circuit to the EGR cooler.
The mechanical coolant pump does not provide sufficient circulation EC
in all the branches (size and complexity of the circuit). Therefore, an
electric coolant pump, which is activated when the engine is running,
improves the coolant circulation, particularly in the EGR.
C
D
JSBIA6209ZZ
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000011991558

E
The Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of position sensor,
throttle valve, and DC motor. The throttle valve is a DC valve con-
trolled by a high current generating circuit in the ECM. The flap posi- F
tion is read by a position sensor.
H
JSBIA6220ZZ
EMCM INFOID:0000000011991559
I
EMCM is an ECU which controls the alternator regeneration. EMCM
judges vehicle condition based on signals from each sensor and
information from each ECU via CAN communication and controls the J
alternator regeneration in cooperation with ECM.
EMCM is connected to the CAN communication circuit and receives
signals directly from each ECU. When transmitting signals to each K
ECU, EMCM transmits signals via ECM.
JSBIA1993ZZ
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000011991562 M
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is used to detect

the engine coolant temperature.
N
JSBIA6223ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature °C

Resistance (Approx.) kΩ
(°F)
−10 (14) 11.33 – 13.59
25 (77) 2.140 – 2.364
80 (176) 0.274 – 0.290
110 (230) 0.112 – 0.117
Engine Oil Pump Control Valve INFOID:0000000012141612
Engine oil pump control valve is to adapt the oil pressure to the
strict necessary and then to limit the torque absorbed by the oil
pump in order to reduce the fuel consumption.
JSBIA6362ZZ
Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011991563
Exhaust gas pressure sensor measures exhaust gas pressure

around turbocharger outlet, converts it to voltage signal and trans-
mits it to ECM. ECM controls turbocharger boost pressure according
to this signal.
JSBIA6205ZZ
The exhaust gas temperature (EGT) sensor is located on the

exhaust manifold. The sensor detects the exhaust gas temperature
before turbocharger. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the exhaust gas
temperature input.
JPBIA3245ZZ
<Reference data>
Exhaust gas temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) kΩ

100 (212) 371.245 – 467.392
200 (392) 30.282 – 35.433
400 (752) 1.772 – 1.908
800 (1472) 0.131 – 0.135

COMPONENT PARTS
A
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 is installed on the downstream of
catalyst. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor EC
decreases in response to the temperature rises.
D
JSBIA6226ZZ
<Reference data>
E
Exhaust gas temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) kΩ
0 (32) 159.8 – 309.4
20 (68) 89.3 – 159.8 F
100 (212) 15.2 – 22.1
300 (572) 1.307 – 1.562
400 (752) 0.606 – 0.697 G
Fuel Heater INFOID:0000000011991565
H
Fuel heater is installed on fuel filter and operated when fuel tem-
perature is low in order to inhibit fuel solidification caused by wax
content separation in fuel.
I
K
JSBIA6269GB
L
The injectors are piezo injectors. The injection is triggered by an
electrical current pulse applied to the injection nozzle holder based
on the previously computed data. The injectors have a code exhibit-
ing unique characteristics, and fuel injection quantity can be con- M
trolled with more precision by writing the code into ECM.
O
JSBIA6204ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
The fuel pump is installed in the fuel tank to start the engine faster.
Fuel pump is controlled by Fuel pump relay and FPCM (Fuel Pump
Control Module).
CAUTION:
Fuel pump is lubricated by the fuel in the tank. Never operate
the pump for a long time without fuel in the tank to prevent seri-
ous damages.
JSBIA6270GB
The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor is placed to the fuel rail. It
measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The sensor sends voltage
signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
ECM operates fuel flow actuator according to feedback signal from
fuel rail pressure sensor, and controls fuel pressure inside fuel rail.
JSBIA6206ZZ
Fuel Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000011991570
Fuel temperature sensor measures fuel temperature inside fuel tube

of engine room. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
JSBIA6207ZZ
FPCM (Fuel Pump Control Module) INFOID:0000000011991571
FPCM (Fuel Pump Control Module) controls fuel pump in safety

drive mode (max. discharge fix rate).
JSBIA6271GB

COMPONENT PARTS
Glow Control Unit INFOID:0000000011991572
A
Glow Control Unit performs PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) commu-
nication with ECM. It improves engine starting function by performing
glow control. EC
D
JSBIA6272GB

E
The glow plug is located in the cylinder head, in order to stabilize
combustion and keep good cold start performance.
The glow plug glows in response to a signal sent from the ECM, F
allowing current to flow through the glow plug via the glow control
unit.
G
H
JSBIA1876ZZ
High Pressure Compressor Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000011999278

I
This solenoid valve is placed between the vacuum pump and the HP
compressor bypass. The solenoid valve output pressure is between
ambient pressure and vacuum pump pressure. The ECM controls J
the closing rate of the HP compressor bypass valve with an on/off
signal. The activation of the HP compressor bypass valve is linked to
HP turbocharger activation. K
JSBIA6215ZZ
High Pressure Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000011991574 M
High Pressure Fuel Pump is operated by high pressure fuel pump

drive pinion, installed at camshaft. The high pressure fuel pump
inlets fuel transported through fuel filter and performs pressure feed N
to fuel rail. The pump includes fuel flow actuator which enables
adjustment of fuel rail pressure.
O
JSBIA6222ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
High Pressure Turbine Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000011999277
This solenoid valve is placed between the vacuum pump and the HP
turbine bypass. The solenoid valve output pressure is between ambi-
ent pressure and vacuum pump pressure. The ECM controls the
closing rate of the HP turbine bypass valve according to a PWM sig-
nal. The boost pressure is increased or decreased by closing/open-
ing the HP turbine bypass valve.
JSBIA6208ZZ
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is built-into the mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air
<Reference data>

−10 (14) 8.628 – 9.577
10 (50) 3.524 – 3.841
20 (68) 2.342 – 2.531
30 (86) 1.585 – 1.715
50 (122) 0.769 – 0.844
The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 is located on the down-

stream of charge air cooler. The sensor detects intake air tempera-
ture and transmits a signal to the ECM.
JSBIA6221ZZ
<Reference data>

−10 (14) 9.529 – 9.540
10 (50) 3.812 – 3.821
20 (68) 2.502 – 2.510
30 (86) 1.680 – 1.689
50 (122) 0.804 – 0.811

COMPONENT PARTS
Low Pressure Wastegate Valve Boost Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000011999273
A
This solenoid valve is placed between the vacuum pump and the LP
wastegate. The solenoid valve output pressure is between ambient
pressure and vacuum pump pressure. The ECM controls the closing EC
rate of the LP wastegate valve according to a PWM signal. The
boost pressure is increased or decreased by closing/opening the LP
wastegate valve.
C
D
JSBIA6208ZZ

E
Engine fresh air flow is measured with a MAF sensor (frequential
sensor). The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is built-into the
mass air flow sensor. F
H
JSBIA6273GB
Park/Neutral position Switch INFOID:0000000012023805

I
Park/neutral position switch detects that the transmission is in neu-
tral position and transmits a park/neutral signal to ECM.
J
JSFIA2733ZZ
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000011991580 M
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the air conditioner system. The sensor is used
to sense a refrigerant pressure.
N
Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000011991581
STOP LAMP SWITCH O

Stop lamp switch signal is sent to ECM via CAN communication line from METER or BCM. This signal is used
mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH P
Brake pedal position switch is installed to brake pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal according to the input signal sent from brake pedal position switch.

COMPONENT PARTS
Thermo Management Valve INFOID:0000000011991560
Thermo management valve switches the flow passage of engine

coolant. This valve is controlled by thermo management valve con-
trol solenoid valve.
JSBIA6127ZZ
Thermo Management Valve Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000011991561
Thermo management valve control solenoid valve is controlled by

ECM. The solenoid valve controls negative pressure given to dia-
phragm of thermo management valve. When thermo management
valve control solenoid valve is activated, it opens solenoid valve and
gives negative pressure from vacuum pump to diaphragm of thermo
management valve.
JSBIA6215ZZ
Turbocharger Boost Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000011991578
This solenoid valve is placed between the vacuum pump and the
wastegate turbocharger. The solenoid valve output pressure is
between ambient pressure and vacuum pump pressure. The sole-
noid valve closes the wastegate valve when PWM signal is in the
high frequency area.
JSBIA6208ZZ
Turbocharger Boost Sensor INFOID:0000000011991579
The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the charge air

cooler outlet area. The boost pressure sensor is used to get the
boost pressure information in order to adapt the inlet manifold pres-
sure to the setpoint.
JSBIA6210ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
Vacuum Pump INFOID:0000000012104565
A
Vacuum pump generates the negative pressure. The negative pres-
sure is controlled by each solenoid and operates each actuator.
EC
D
JSBIA6218ZZ
Water In Fuel Sensor INFOID:0000000011999798

E
Water in fuel sensor is integrated in the drain plug and detects the water in the fuel filter. Refer to EC-808,
"COMBUSTION CONTROL : System Description".
F

TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDTT)
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDTT) : System Diagram INFOID:0000000011999577
JSBIA6274GB
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDTT) : System Description INFOID:0000000011999578
DESCRIPTION
This turbocharger boost control is used by connecting small turbocharger (high pressure turbocharger) and
large turbocharger (low pressure turbocharger) in series. The high pressure turbocharger is installed just
behind the exhaust manifold and is a small turbine appropriate to the driving range of small exhaust gas flow.
The low pressure turbocharger is installed to the downstream of the high pressure turbocharger and has a
large turbine appropriate to the driving range of large exhaust gas flow.
The exhaust gas flows in the order of high pressure turbocharger and low pressure turbocharger. These two
turbochargers have a bypass path, respectively.
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL OF EACH CONDITION
Exhaust gas flow rate: Low
JSBIA6275GB

High pressure compressor bypass A

Name High pressure turbine bypass valve Low pressure wastegate valve
valve
Condition FULL CLOSED FULL CLOSED FULL CLOSED
Exhaust gas flow rate: Medium - High EC
JSBIA6276GB
H
High pressure compressor bypass
valve
Condition FULL CLOSED MIDDLE OPEN to FULL OPEN FULL CLOSED I
Exhaust gas flow rate: Maximum
JSBIA6277GB O
High pressure compressor bypass

valve
P
Condition FULL OPEN FULL OPEN MIDDLE OPEN (control)

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDT)
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDT) : System Description INFOID:0000000011991582
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA6279GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

SYSTEM
A
Function Reference
Engine speed control EC-803, "ENGINE SPEED CONTROL : System Description"
EC-804, "POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL : System EC
Powertrain coordination control
Description"
EC-805, "TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDT) :
Turbocharger boost control
System Description" C
EGR system EC-806, "EGR SYSTEM : System Description"
Throttle control EC-806, "THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description"
D
Engine torque control EC-807, "ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Description"
Combustion control EC-808, "COMBUSTION CONTROL : System Description"
After treatment system EC-810, "AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM : System Description" E
Thermostat control EC-812, "THERMOSTAT CONTROL : System Description"
Glow control EC-812, "GLOW CONTROL : System Description"
EC-813, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Sys- F
ASCD (Automatic Speed Control Device)
tem Description"
EC-814, "ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Energy management system
tion" G
• EC-814, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) :
ASCD Indicator"
Information display (Combination meter)
• EC-814, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : H
Engine Oil Pressure Warning"
• EC-816, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
lamps/Indicator lamps"
• EC-816, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/Indi-
I
cator (On Information Display)"
J
VACUUM HOSE DRAWING
For vacuum hose drawing, refer to EC-1192, "YS23DDT : Vacuum Layout".
K

SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDT) : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000011991583
JSBIA6281GB

SYSTEM
EC
JSBIA6282GB

SYSTEM
JSBIA6283GB
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDT) : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000011999887

U0121 CAN communication circuit VDC deactivation
U0415
P0001 Fuel flow actuator circuit • Pressure limiting valve opening
• EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened
• DPF regeneration forbidden
• ASCD deactivation
• VDC deactivation
• Rail pressure limitation
• Freeshift inhibited
P0002 Fuel rail pressure • EGR valve closed
• A/T in limp home
• Pressure limiting valve opening
• Not limitation of calibrated performance
• FMO: Cancellation regulator
• FMO: Stop of the adaptation
• Strong vehicle speed limitation (30km/h)
• Torque limitation
• Inhibition of regulation mode of fuel pressure regulator

SYSTEM
A
P0045 Turbo solenoid valve control circuit • Torque limitation
• Boost regulation cut off EC
P0087 Fuel rail pressure • DPF regeneration forbidden
C
P0089 • DPF regeneration forbidden D
• Throttle valve opened E
P0095 Intake air temperature sensor 2 • EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened F
• Oil vapor heater activated when engine is running
• Engine speed attachment detection inhibited
G
P0100 Mass air flow sensor • EGR valve closed
P0101 • Throttle valve opened
P0105 TC boost sensor • EGR valve closed
H
• Limited boost pressure regulation
I
• Freeshift Inhibited
• Increased idle speed
• Wastegate cut off
• Torque limitation J
P0115 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit • After sales and factory routines inhibited K
• Engine speed limitation
• DPF regeneration forbidden L
• EGR cooling valve activated
• Intake air temperature sensor 2 value frozen
M
• Modelized coolant liquid temperature
P0120 Throttle position sensor • EGR valve closed
• Throttle valve opened N
• Airflow regulation cut off
• Compression test routine forbidden
• ASCD deactivation O
P0135 A/F sensor circuit Stop closed-loop control
P2244 P

SYSTEM
P0190 Fuel rail pressure sensor • EGR valve closed
• After sale routines forbidden
P0200 Injector control circuit • EGR valve closed
• ASCD deactivation with dashboard message
P0201 Fuel injector circuit • EGR valve closed
P0203 • ASCD deactivation
P0204 • DPF regeneration forbidden
P0217 Brake/accelerator pedal positions • Cooling FAN Activated
• Controlled shutters opening
• Warning overheating lamp activated
• Opening of the engine coolant thermostat (request of ineffective opening in
that case)
• EGR control cut off
• A/C compressor cut-off
P0225 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1circuit • Torque limitation
• After sales and factory routines inhibited
P0226 Brake/accelerator pedal positions • Torque limitation
• Pedal limp home activated
P0263 Fuel injector calibration • Throttle valve opened
P0266 • EGR valve closed
P0272 • Freeshift Inhibited
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor • Throttle valve opened
P0340 Camshaft position sensor circuit • Synchronization on the exhaust CAM
• Intake variable valve timing control deactivation
• Inhibition of the variable valve timing control (setpoint = 0)
• Inhibition of the variable valve timing control command (% PWM = 0)
• variable valve timing control angular position set to 0 and inhibition of the
variable valve timing control

SYSTEM
A
P0402 EGR system • EGR valve closed
• ASCD deactivation EC
C
P0409 EGR volume control valve control position • EGR valve closed
sensor circuit • Stop closed-loop control
• ASCD deactivation D
P0470 Exhaust gas pressure sensor • Boost pressure limitation
• EGR valve closed E
• DPF regeneration forbidden F
P0471 • Boost pressure limitation
• Throttle valve opened G
• Torque limitation H
P0487 EGR volume command circuit • EGR valve closed
• Stop closed-loop control
I
P0488 EGR valve position control • EGR valve closed J
K
P0504 Stop lamp switch • No coherency between wiring and CAN information for brake pedal
L
P0525 ASCD system ASCD deactivation
P0530 Refrigerant pressure sensor A/C deactivation
P0544 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit • EGR valve closed M
• Freeshift inhibited N
P0560 Battery voltage • Mechanically activated throttle limp-home
• Torque limitation O
• Glow plug circuit deactivated
• Inhibition of idle speed control
• Factory and after sales routines inhibited P
• A/T in limp home if A/T
• Deactivation of the variable valve timing control
P0564 ASCD steering switch ASCD deactivation
P0575

SYSTEM
P0571 Brake switch ASCD deactivation
P0606 ECM • Freeshift Inhibited
P060A • Reset ECM
P060B • Engine speed limitation
P062B • EGR valve closed
• VDC deactivated and A/T in limp home mode
P0638 Electric throttle control actuator • EGR valve closed
• Compression test routine inhibited
P0641 Sensor power supply • EGR valve closed
• Boost pressure limitation
P0651 • A/C deactivation
• After sales routines forbidden
• FAN 2 activation
P0703 Brake switch • Engine speed limitation
• No coherency between wiring and CAN information for brake pedal
P0833 DPF pressure sensor ASCD not available
P1453 DPF pressure sensor • EGR valve closed
P1544 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 circuit • EGR valve closed
P1620 ECM Stop closed-loop control
P1675 Engine coolant temperature Stop closed-loop control

SYSTEM
A
P2002 Diesel particulate filter • EGR valve closed
P2120 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit • Torque limitation
C
P2226 Atmosphere pressure sensor • EGR valve is closed position
• Throttle valve opened D
P2263 Turbocharger boost sensor circuit • EGR valve closed
• Freeshift is inhibited
• Wastegate activation is inhibited F
P2452 Diesel particulate filter pressure sensor cir- • EGR valve closed G
cuit • Throttle valve opened
P245A EGR cooler bypass control solenoid valve • EGR regulation cut off
H
P24A7 Electric EGR cooling water pump • Electric EGR cooling water pump at maximum speed
P24A8 • Electric EGR cooling water pump blocked, no flow I
• Electric EGR cooling water pump cut off
• Above 137°C (278.6°F), Electric EGR water pump speed reduction (at
77%)
J
P253F Engine oil dilution • DPF regeneration forbidden
• Throttle valve opened K
P2681 Engine coolant bypass valve circuit • Engine cooling fan activation
• EGR valve closed L
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDTT)
M

SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDTT) : System Description INFOID:0000000012032408
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA6280GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

SYSTEM
Function Reference A
Engine speed control EC-803, "ENGINE SPEED CONTROL : System Description"
EC-804, "POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL : System
Powertrain coordination control
Description" EC
EC-805, "TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDTT) :
Turbocharger boost control
System Description"
EGR system EC-806, "EGR SYSTEM : System Description" C
Throttle control EC-806, "THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description"
Engine torque control EC-807, "ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Description"
D
Combustion control EC-808, "COMBUSTION CONTROL : System Description"
After treatment system EC-810, "AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM : System Description"
Thermostat control EC-812, "THERMOSTAT CONTROL : System Description" E
Glow control EC-812, "GLOW CONTROL : System Description"
EC-813, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Sys-
ASCD (Automatic Speed Control Device)
tem Description" F
EC-814, "ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Energy management system
tion"
• EC-814, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : G
ASCD Indicator"
Information display (Combination meter)
• EC-814, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) :
Engine Oil Pressure Warning"
H
• EC-816, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
lamps/Indicator lamps"
• EC-816, "WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/Indi-
cator (On Information Display)" I
VACUUM HOSE DRAWING J

For vacuum hose drawing, refer to EC-1195, "YS23DDTT : Vacuum Layout".

SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDTT) : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000012032409
JSBIA6281GB

SYSTEM
EC
JSBIA6282GB

SYSTEM
JSBIA6283GB
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM (YS23DDTT) : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000012158982

U0415
P0033 HP compressor bypass valve control sole- • EGR valve closed
noid valve • Throttle valve opened
• Boost regulation cut off

SYSTEM
A
• Boost regulation cut off EC
P004A HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid
C
HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve opened (open loop)
valve
• Freeshift inhibited D
• Freeshift inhibited E
• VDC deactivation F
• Torque limitation G
H

• Limited boost pressure regulation I
• Increased idle speed J
P0110 Intake air temperature sensor 1 • EGR valve closed K
P0115 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit • After sales and factory routines inhibited
• Engine speed limitation L
• EGR cooling valve activated M
• Modelized coolant liquid temperature N
P0120 Throttle position sensor • EGR valve closed
• DPF regeneration forbidden O
• Freeshift inhibited P
P2244

SYSTEM
P0217 Brake/accelerator pedal positions • Cooling FAN Activated
that case)

SYSTEM
A
C
• ASCD deactivation D
• EGR valve closed E
• Torque limitation H
I
P0488 EGR valve position control • EGR valve closed J
K
L
P0544 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit • EGR valve closed M
• Freeshift inhibited N
• Torque limitation O
• Factory and after sales routines inhibited P
P0575

SYSTEM
P060A • Reset ECM

SYSTEM
A
C
• Wastegate activation is inhibited F
P2452 Diesel particulate filter pressure sensor cir- • EGR valve closed G
H
P24A7 Electric EGR cooling water pump • Electric EGR cooling water pump at maximum speed
P24A8 • Electric EGR cooling water pump blocked, no flow I
77%)
J
• Throttle valve opened K
• EGR valve closed L
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011991585 M
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The engine speed control consists of the following functions: N
• Curative anti-jerk
• Idle speed control
• Engine state O
CURATIVE ANTI-JERK
This function aims to smooth the engine speed through torque corrections out of idle engine speed regulation. P
The torque correction is made by the anti-jerk function to damp the engine speed vibrations caused by the
drive-line vibrations.
IDLE SPEED CONTROL
ECM calculates the engine idle speed set point and maintains the engine speed in order to follow the set point.
The engine idle speed set-point is computed for the following load and signal:
• Post treatment
- Diesel particulate filter

SYSTEM
• Electric consumers
- Air heater (air conditioning system)
• Automatic transmission
- Automatic transmission idle speed set point function (according to coolant temperature)
- Automatic transmission idle speed increase request
• Mechanical consumers
- Air conditioning
• Diagnosis and protection
- Diagnosis
- Engine protection by oil temperature survey
- CONSULT function
- Manifold absolute pressure sensor signal
The final engine idle speed set point is computed from each consumer′s engine idle speed set point:
• The final corrective torque of the Idle Speed Regulation is obtained taking into account proportional, integral,
and derivative corrections.
ENGINE SPEED LIMITATION
ECM calculates the maximum engine speed set point and controls the maximum engine speed in order to fol-
low the set point.
• Fail-safe mode
• Maximum available engine speed
ENGINE STATE
ECM calculates the engine state from detected engine speed:
• Engine running
- Driving state
- Idling state
• Engine stalled
- Initial state
- Stalled state
POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL
POWERTRAIN COORDINATION CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011991586
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The powertrain coordination can be explained by following:
• Powertrain coordination inputs
• Driver interpretation
• Preventive anti-jerk
• Torque request arbitration
POWERTRAIN COORDINATION INPUTS
ECM detects following signals necessary to decide the torque set point:
• Gear position
• Torque request from automatic transmission
• Torque request from ABS system
• Brake pedal operation
• Status of Cruise Control System
DRIVER INTERPRETATION
This strategy computes and arbitrates the torque set point given by the accelerator pedal operation and the
cruise control.
The abrupt change of torque is delivered by engine excites a torsional natural frequencies of drive-line. If both
acceleration pedal sensors malfunction, the fail-safe mode is activated. This fail-safe mode restores a pedal
position so that the vehicle can continue traveling and limits the vehicle speed.
PREVENTIVE ANTI-JERK
The main objective of the preventive anti-jerk function is to decrease discomforts of driver during depress the
accelerator pedal and during release the accelerator pedal.
Abrupt torque changes are carried from the engine to the driveline and produce a vibration. It causes vehicle
jerking and acceleration fluctuations. And they are causes of perception and assessment of performance and
comfort for driver and the passengers.

SYSTEM
The purpose of this function is to limit drive-line torque excitations. In fact, the engine torque set point is filtered
according to requirements of driveability. A
TORQUE REQUEST ARBITRATION
This strategy makes the arbitration between the extended driver (pedal, ASCD), the VDC, the automatic trans-
mission torque requests, and the application of engine limitations. EC
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDT)
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDT) : System Description INFOID:0000000011991587 C
DESCRIPTION
Turbocharger is used to increase the air pressure entering the engine. The turbocharger has two separate D
chambers. The turbocharger consists of the following components:
• A chamber linked to the engine exhaust gas system
• A chamber linked to the engine air inlet system
• A turbine and a compressor, joined together by shaft. E
The turbine, driven by exhaust gases, drives the compressor which compresses the inlet air.
CAUTION:
To stop the engine immediately after high-load driving, park the vehicle with the engine at idle before F
turning OFF the ignition switch.
The boost pressure control increases the manifold pressure with respect to the engine operating point. The
system has an electric solenoid valve connected on the circuit of the vacuum pump, which allows via a waste-
gate, to control the flow of exhaust gases through the turbine in order to generate high pressure in the boost G
circuit.
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDTT)
H
TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL (YS23DDTT) : System Description INFOID:0000000011999280
DESCRIPTION I
High Pressure Turbocharger Boost Control
Turbocharger is used to increase the air pressure entering the engine. The turbocharger has two separate
chambers. The turbocharger consists of the following components: J
• A turbine and a compressor, joined together by shaft. K
CAUTION:
To stop the engine immediately after high-load driving, park the vehicle with the engine at idle before
turning OFF the ignition switch. L
compressor can be bypassed in some operating points to allow LP turbocharger to be used alone. The system
has two electric solenoid valves connected to the circuit of vacuum pump. Each electric solenoid valve con- M
trols exhaust gas flow passing through each turbine via the wastegate valve or the bypass valve to generate a
high pressure in the boost circuit.
Low Pressure Turbocharger Boost Control N
Turbocharger is used to increase the air pressure entering the engine. The turbocharger has two separate
chambers. The turbocharger consists of the following components:
O
• A turbine and a compressor, joined together by shaft.
CAUTION: P
To stop the engine immediately after high-load driving, park the vehicle with the engine at idle before
turning OFF the ignition switch.
system has an electric solenoid valve connected to the circuit of the vacuum pump, which allows via a waste-
gate or a bypass, to control the flow of exhaust gases through the turbine in order to generate high pressure in
the boost circuit.
EGR SYSTEM
SYSTEM
EGR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011991588
DESCRIPTION
The EGR (Exhaust Gas Recirculation) system recirculates exhaust gas to the intake manifold. This system
makes a major contribution to the reduction of diesel engine NOx emissions. A gas-coolant liquid exchanger
cools the EGR gas flow.
The exhaust gases flow from the exhaust manifold (ahead of the turbocharger) to the EGR cooler via the EGR
volume control valve. The EGR volume control valve is located in the air circuit between the air filter and the
intake manifold.
CALCULATION OF THE AIR FLOW
In order to control pollutant emission (limitation of smoke by torque limitation: diesel flow), ECM controls the air
mass flow.
• EGR volume control valve allows the exhaust gas recirculation between exhaust manifold and inlet one.
EGR volume control valve is controlled by a position controller. The demand comes from air flow controller
function. When EGR volume control valve is not used, the EGR volume control valve is closed.
Throttle valve
• Throttle valve is controlled by a position controller. The demand comes from ECM. The throttle valve has
three main functions:
- In regeneration combustion mode, fresh air flow control uses only throttle valve. EGR volume control valve
stays in fully closed position.
- During high pressure EGR control, the electric throttle control actuator reduces the opening angle of the
throttle valve and lowers pressure around the EGR feed port so that intake EGR gasses can be efficiently
taken in.
- When the engine is stopped, the throttle valve is used to cut the air flow in order to reduce noise, and to have
a smoother engine stop.
- When throttle valve is not used, the throttle valve is opened.
EGR BYPASS CIRCUIT
The EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve is controlled by an ON/OFF solenoid valve, connected on
one side to the vacuum pump and on the other side to the bypass control diaphragm. Control is determined
according to the coolant liquid, air temperatures, and the engine operating point. The gases flow through the
cooler during the EGR activation, except when the engine is cold; otherwise, they go through the bypass.
There is also a regular bypass activation function to prevent its clogging or jamming. This activation manage-
ment is based on a periodic distance threshold and the data of previous activation recorded by ECM.
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
The EGR volume control valve is controlled by means of a double regulation loop.
The first loop, the quicker of the two, is a position loop. It allows the valve to be adjusted to the desired position
by feedback based on the information sent from the sensor position.
The second loop (slower) is a mass air flow loop. The mass air flow set point is set by reference maps depend-
ing on engine working point, ambient condition corrections (air and coolant liquid temperatures, atmospheric
pressure), gear engaged, and state of EGR cooler bypass. For a given operating point, the air flow is obtained
by modulating the quantity of exhaust gases passing through the EGR volume control valve and the fresh air
flow passing through the electric throttle control valve. For a constant total flow, the more EGR there is, the
less fresh air there is (and vice-versa). The air flow measurement is provided by the mass air flow sensor.
Fresh air and EGR gas are supplied by the EGR volume control valve and the inlet throttle position set points.
The EGR volume control valve position sensor is used for control and diagnoses of the valve. When the
engine is started for the first time, then subsequently at every engine start and every valve closing event, the
closed valve position is taught-in (offset). This value is compared with the first or last offset learning positions
for diagnosis purpose. It is also used to calibrate valve control. It is therefore important to associate the EGR
volume control valve with the ECM controlling it.
THROTTLE CONTROL
THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011991589
DESCRIPTION
The throttle valve is a DC valve controlled by a high current generating circuit in the ECM. The flap position is
read by a position sensor.

SYSTEM
The throttle valve has 3 uses in the engines:
• During high pressure EGR control, the electric throttle control actuator reduces the opening angle of the A
throttle valve and lowers pressure around the EGR feed port so that intake EGR gasses can be efficiently
taken in.
• In DPF regeneration mode, it is used to increase exhaust temperature, by reducing inlet fresh air flow.
EC
• When ignition switch is turned off, throttle valve is closed to stop the engine smoothly.
When the engine is turned off, in the power latch phase, the throttle valve carries out several opening / closing
cycles in order to teach-in the high and low limits.
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL C
ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011991590
D
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The torque function can be explained by the following:
• Accessories torque management E
• Engine torque losses
• Minimum available torque
• Maximum available torque
• Fast set-points to complete torque request F
• Final torque requests setting
ACCESSORIES TORQUE MANAGEMENT
G
Air Conditioning Power
The amount of power absorbed by the air conditioning is useful for the engine control to compute the torque
requirement for air conditioning. Therefore, ECM can adapt dynamically the engine speed regulation depend- H
ing on the load variations.
The power absorbed by the air conditioning depends on the refrigerant pressure and the compressor speed.
The air conditioning system power correction for idle speed regulation avoids engine speed undershoots and
overshoots at the compressor compressed volume variation. I
ENGINE TORQUE LOSSES
The torque losses are the sum of three components: the rubbing, the pumping, and the torque losses caused
by accessories consumption. J
• The basic friction torque loss uses the coolant liquid temperature sensor and the engine speed for the torque
correction.
• the pumping torque is an estimation of the mean indicated torque in the low pressure cycle by using intake K
air and exhaust gas pressures, the engine capacity displacement, the number of cylinders, and the form fac-
tor of the low pressure cycle:
• Accessories′ consumption is caused by additional electrical (electric consumers) and mechanical (air condi-
L
tioning) components.
MINIMUM AVAILABLE TORQUE
The minimum available torque is used for the minimum driver setpoint calculation and the intersystem informa- M
tion.
The minimum torque is designed with a hyperbolic shape depending on the difference between the engine
speed and the idle speed set-point:
• When the engine speed is under the idle speed set-point, the minimum torque is equal to the hyperbolic N
torque which increases to avoid an engine stalling.
• When the engine speed is over an engine speed threshold, the minimum torque reaches the engine torque
losses with a ramp. O
When the engine starts, a specific torque set-point is calculated to ensure the engine start. This torque is
dependent of the engine speed and the coolant temperature.
At first, a calculation of the starting torque value is performed. In case of a difficult start (too long), this torque
may be increased thanks to ramp. P
The start torque offset is progressively set to zero to ensure a transition with the current torque set-point.
MAXIMUM AVAILABLE TORQUE
The maximum available torque results of a minimum selection including all powertrain constraints:
• Transmission torque limitation
• Maximum engine torque
• Torque reduction for the heating protection

SYSTEM
• Torque for the smoke limitation
• Fail-safe
Transmission torque limitation
This limitation is the maximum torque to protect the transmission from a mechanical overload:
• For a manual transmission, the limitation value of the torque is function of the engine speed and the trans-
mission ratio.
• For an automatic transmission, the limitation value is directly supplied by the automatic transmission.
Maximum engine torque
The maximum torque depends on the engine speed and the manifold air pressure. It is corrected by:
• The soot mass value in order to take into account the limitations due to the particulate filter
• The atmospheric pressure
• The upstream inlet throttle temperature.
The maximum engine also depends on the combustion mode (the normal or the regeneration combustion
mode). In some conditions (DPF clogging, etc.), this maximum available torque is reduced in order to keep the
engine within its safety working limits.
Torque reduction for the heating protection
This torque limitation is dedicated to the protection of the engine from an overheating. This limitation calcula-
tion depends on the engine speed, the engine coolant temperature, the intake air temperature and the vehicle
speed.
Torque for the smoke limitation
This torque limitation is used to reduce the smoke emissions during a high torque driver request. The maxi-
mum fuel mass that can be injected is limited according to the maximum richness depending on the gear ratio,
the engine speed, and the intake air mass flow. This value is corrected depending on the vehicle speed and
the coolant temperature.
Fail-safe
The ECM limits a engine torque in case of malfunction of engine component or ECM.
Depending on the engine components, ECM activates the fail-safe mode of the torque limitation level 1 (low
limitation), the level 2 (mean limitation), or the level 3 (strong limitation function of vehicle speed).
FAST SET-POINTS TO COMPLETE TORQUE REQUEST
For each combustion mode (the normal combustion mode, the regeneration combustion mode, and the pro-
tection combustion mode), a torque model is designed to calculate the total fuel mass quantity, the estimated
mean effective torque, the combustion efficiency and the current fuel consumption for the final torque set-point
and the engine current speed.
The total fuel mass quantity is corrected to take into account the main injection advance deviation and the
mass air flow deviation.
For each combustion mode, the after and the post injection relative efficiencies are calculated to determine the
fuel mass quantity needed to perform the engine inner torque.
The after injection relative efficiency is equal to one in normal combustion mode and to zero in a regeneration
combustion mode or in a protection combustion mode.
The post injection relative efficiency is function of the post injection timing and the difference between the cur-
rent and the basic post injection timing.
FINAL TORQUE REQUESTS SETTING
The final torque requests are computed by the arbitration with the driver request, the intersystem torque
request (VDC), the torque limitations and the curative anti-jerk correction.
The engine torque losses and the idle speed torque are added.
The static torque is the maximum available torque. The raw torque is used by the turbocharger and the EGR
regulations.
The set-point torque is used for fuel mass calculation. It is filtered by the preventive anti-jerk and corrected by
the curative anti-jerk.
COMBUSTION CONTROL
COMBUSTION CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011991591
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The torque set-point is converted into a total fuel quantity injected. This quantity is split in various injections
according to a mapped injection pattern. Thus, a fuel quantity and an initial phasing of injection are allocated

SYSTEM
for each injection. The choice of the number of injection (limited to five maximum) is given with different con-
straints such as acoustic, performance and emissions. A
In the DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) regeneration phase, post injections do not contribute to the torque elabo-
ration but to the increase of the DPF temperature. Therefore, the fuel consumption increases in the DPF
regeneration phase.
EC
FUEL SUPPLY AND PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
Fuel Supply System
The fuel supply system consists of two circuits: the fuel low and high-pressure circuit. C
The fuel low-pressure circuit brings fuel from the tank to the pump and includes the following elements:
• Electrical pump submerged in the fuel tank
• Pipes D
• Fuel filter with water in fuel sensor
The high-pressure circuit function is to put the fuel under pressure and distribute it to the injectors:
• High-pressure fuel pump
• Fuel flow actuator E
• Common rail
• Fuel injectors
The low-pressure fuel (coming from low-pressure circuit) is transferred to the high-pressure pump part via the F
fuel flow actuator, which regulates the fuel flow quantity. The high-pressure fuel pump consists of a three-pis-
ton pump.
The fuel under pressure goes to the common rail, which distributes the fuel equally to each injector.
Finally, the commanded injectors deliver the fuel flow entering the cylinder. G
Fuel Pressure Control

The pressure in the Common Rail reaches 160 MPa (1,600 bar, 1632 kg/cm2, 23,200 psi) and must continu- H
ously be regulated. The measuring circuit consists of an active pressure sensor on the rail connected to an
analog port on the computer.
The high-pressure pump is fed at a low pressure 500 KPa (5 bar, 5.1 kg/cm2, 72.5 psi) by a built-in transfer I
pump. It feeds the rail, whose fuel flow quantity is controlled by the fuel flow actuator. Thus, pressure drops
can be compensated. The fuel flow actuator ensures that the HP pump only delivers the amount of diesel fuel
necessary to maintain the pressure in the rail. This technology minimizes heat generation while improving
engine performance. J
INJECTION CONTROL
The injection control parameters are the quantities to inject and their respective advances. The system per-
forms one to six injections. K
The injectors are magnetic injectors. An electrical current (pulse) is sent to each injector holder based on the
previously computed data.
An electrical current (impulse or pulse) is sent to each injector holder based on the previously computed data. L
The piezoelectric injectors ensure injected fuel quantity with an excellent repeatability of the injection process.
Piezoelectric actuators work like capacitors. To control the injector, the ECM punctually drives energy resulting
in the actuator deformation and injector opening.
M
During the injection time, piezoelectric actuator stores this energy, the length of electrical pulse is computed
with the fuel flow demand and injectors characteristics. At the end of the injection time, ECM recovers energy
to send at the start of control. Piezoelectric actuator then discharges and returns to its initial shape. The injec-
tor nozzle closes. N
At the factory, each injector is calibrated for specific pressure needs on a test bench, and the values are indi-
cated on a label attached to the injector holder body. The injector adjustment values are then written to the
ECM's EEPROM, enabling the ECM to control the injectors by taking into account the variance from the fac- O
tory production dispersion.
A specific strategy controls fuel injection deviations and dispersion during engine life. This function defines
individual injector correction to compensate the injector drift to enhance the delivery fuel accuracy.
P
TEMPERATURE BEFORE TURBINE CONTROL
Upstream turbine temperature control sequentially uses injection parameters:
• Main injection phasing
• Post injection fuel mass
• Total fuel mass quantity
• Maximum torque

SYSTEM
In normal combustion mode (without regeneration), the regulation aims to protect the turbine. If the tempera-
ture exceeds the recommended limits, the regulation is able to limit total fuel mass quantity and torque
demand.
In regeneration mode, to increase the temperature in exhaust line, the regulation controls main injection phas-
ing and post injection.
The purpose is to obtain the highest temperature while respecting the recommended limits. In addition, the
regulation protects the turbine when the temperature is too hot.
RICHNESS REGULATION
Fuel Mass Adaptation Strategy
Fuel mass adaptation strategy uses lambda information from A/F (Air Fuel Ratio) sensor to compensate from
an intake air system drift. It uses a comparison between target value and measured lambda to adjust the air
mass and EGR set points.
A/F Sensor Functionality
It is a wide band lambda sensor. The aim of this type of sensor is to measure precisely the lambda mixture.
As O2 concentration measure depends on sensor temperature, A/F sensor temperature is regulated with A/F
sensor heating power stage at 780°C (1436°F) as set point.
WATER IN FUEL FUNCTION
The water in fuel sensor is an optional sensor integrated in the fuel filter. This function prevents serious dam-
ages on the common-rail system caused by water presence.
AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM
AFTER TREATMENT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011991592
DESCRIPTION
This system has two main functions:
• Use the present oxygen in exhaust gases to transform the CO in CO2, and the HC in CO2 and H2O.
• Increase the temperature of exhaust gases (with the exothermal energy of the oxidation reaction) to allow
the regeneration in the DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter).
To be effective, the catalytic converter must reach the working temperature of 350 to 400°C (662 to 752°F). It
possesses an essential role in the operation of regeneration of the DPF.
DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER)
DPF filters soot in the exhaust gas up to 99%. These particulates consist essentially of micro-spherules of car-
bon on which hydrocarbons from the fuel and lubricant are condensed. These particulates consist essentially
of aggregates of variable size. The quantity of particulates and their composition depend on:
• The combustion process (an homogeneous air/fuel mixture minimizes particulate formation)
• The quantity of diesel (increasing the cetane index limits the number of particulates formed)
• The post-processing efficiency (only filtration allows the particulates to be removed efficiently)

SYSTEM
The DPF is a porous structure with channels set out in such a way as to force the exhaust gases through the
chamber walls. A
EC
H
PBIB3160E
This post-processing system consists of:

• Post-turbocharger oxidation pre-catalyst, necessary for achieving HC/CO levels in accordance with polut- I
ants emission standards.
• The DPF itself, placed in the underbody, consisting of a silicon carbide substrate, with catalytic impregnation,
and equipped with temperature and pressure control sensors. J
• System regeneration and self-diagnostic management are provided by the injection ECM.
In normal operation, DPF captures all the particulates emitted by the engine and so fills up progressively. It
therefore becomes necessary to eliminate all the accumulated particulates, which is done by combustion
(regeneration). K
REGENERATION
The purpose of regeneration is to burn the particulates accumulated in the filter. In presence of oxygen, the
particulates combustion regeneration occurs naturally when the temperature of exhaust gases exceeds 570°C L
(1058°F). In urban driving conditions, the engine barely reaches high temperature, and the exhaust gas tem-
perature consequently varies between 150°C (302°F) and 200°C (392°F). Therefore, the DPF regeneration
system is necessary to burn and eliminate soot particulates accumulated in DPF. The DPF regeneration is M
automatically performed while driving, and this dose not influence on driving conditions.
A DPF differential pressure sensor detects filter load status (particulate mass) and triggers the regeneration
operation. This takes place by means of a controlled combustion that raises the exhaust gas temperature up
N
between 550°C (1022°F) and 650°C (1202°F) at the filter intake.
Regeneration is continuously executed according to the following:
Regarding driving conditions: O
• Vehicle speed
• Ambient pressure
• Temperature upstream DPF
• Engine coolant temperature P
DPF charging level criteria:

• Soot mass [(computed using DPF charging curves (exhaust gas flow according to differential pressure)]
• Simulated soot mass [computed using mapped soot mass emission speed (g/s)]
• Driven distance since last successful regeneration
• Regeneration error counter
ECM activates many engine management functions to ensure good regeneration efficiency:

SYSTEM
• Fuel system: A specific injection pattern using post injections is activated.
• Air system: EGR volume control valve is closed and throttle valve (intake) is used to control engine air flow.
In regeneration mode, other boost pressure set points are defined.
• Auxiliary functions: These functions are used to increase engine load.
At the same time, two specific exhaust gas temperature controllers are sequentially activated:
• Upstream turbine temperature control: As soon as a DPF regeneration is requested, the regulation is acti-
vated in order to obtain the highest safe upstream turbine temperature for any engine operating point and
without turbine damage risk (over temperature).
• Upstream DPF temperature control: This regulation is activated to heat DPF and to control its regeneration.
REGULATION OF TEMPERATURE BEFORE DPF
Regulation of the exhaust gas temperature before DPF is needed to complete a secure regeneration. This
strategy uses both exhaust line injectors and late post injections (fuel injectors).
ECM computes the fuel mass flow injected by injectors (post injection) according to several parameters:
• Exhaust line temperature before DPF
• Atmospheric pressure
• Intake air temperature
• Differential pressure of the DPF
• Minimum level of fuel
• Engine speed
• Engine torque
THERMOSTAT CONTROL
THERMOSTAT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011991593
THERMOSTAT CONTROL
For system drawing of the thermostat control, Refer to CO-34, "Engine Cooling System".
The controlled thermostat is to determine an engine cooling setpoint based on the both low [up to 90° (194°F)]
and high [up to 110°C (230°F)] temperature requests. The low temperature request is based on the currently
engaged gear together with torque load whereas high temperature regulation is requested if the torque is
below a threshold during tuned elapsed time or if the torque is around high temperature regulation zone and is
out of this zone but does not return back to the low temperature regulation zone. The wax preheating strategy
(activated only when the engine coolant temperature is below a tuned threshold or during the once-per-driving
cycle) enables to open the thermostat soon after an engine start where the water temperature is low and
allows ECM to rev up to accelerate warm-up.
The first open strategy is activated only in 2 cases:
• The engine coolant temperature is above a tuned threshold and there is no request for the low temperature
regulation.
• The engine coolant temperature is below a tuned threshold and there is the request for the very first time for
low temperature regulation during the driving cycle.
Depending on the type of regulation, fan high speed activation can move from a nominal threshold to a greater
threshold.
ENGINE OIL PUMP CONTROL
The aim of the controlled oil pump is to adapt the oil pressure to the strict necessary and then to limit the
torque absorbed by the oil pump in order to reduce the fuel consumption. The elaboration of the oil pressure
setpoint [200 − 400 kPa (2 − 4 bar, 2.04 − 4.08 kg/cm2, 29 − 58 psi)] depends of the engine functioning point
and the electric valve control in opened loop.
THERMOMANAGEMENT
The aim of the strategy of null flow is to accelerate the increase of water temperature. This strategy allows to
decrease the consumption. The traffic of water is stopped during this period of null flow. This strategy is fin-
ished if the temperatures of reliability are reached.
GLOW CONTROL
GLOW CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000011991594
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Glow control system operates at engine starting and after engine starting. The system energizes glow plug
according to engine coolant temperature to improve engine starting function.

SYSTEM
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the glow control system starts Pre-glow and the glow indicator lamp
turns ON. When the engine starts, the glow indicator lamp turns OFF and the glow control state changes to A
After-glow.
Glow time varies according to engine coolant temperature, barometric pressure and battery voltage.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) EC
C
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 170 km/h (105 MPH). D
ECM controls fuel injector to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated on the information display in the combination meter. If any malfunction
occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control. E
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SET OPERATION F
Press ASCD MAIN switch. (CRUISE indicated on the information display)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 170 km/h (105
MPH), press COAST/SET switch. (SET indicated on the information display)
G
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the ACCEL/RES switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is
released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system. H
And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled. I
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
J
• Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to neutral position.
• Vehicle speed decreased under 15% of the set speed from the set speed.
• TCS system is operated.
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform K
the driver by blinking indicator.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator may
blink slowly. L
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing COAST/SET switch or ACCEL/RES
switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly. M
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION N
When the COAST/SET switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
O
RESUME OPERATION
When the ACCEL/RES switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing ASCD MAIN switch is per-
formed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet
following conditions. P
• Brake pedal is released
• Clutch pedal is released
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 170 km/h (105 MPH)
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

SYSTEM
ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011991596
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA2080GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The alternator power generation voltage variable control system controls the amount of power generation,
according to a battery loaded condition. EMCM judges a battery condition, according to a signal received from
the battery current sensor which detects a charge/discharge current. EMCM then transmits a signal to IPDM
E/R to command power generation by CAN communication via ECM. IPDM E/R transmits a power generation
control signal to the alternator so that the system can control the amount of power generation. The voltage of
power generation is lowered during battery low-load conditions and boosted under heavy load conditions. In
this way, the system reduces the engine load through the adequate power generation control.
For details, refer to CHG-15, "POWER GENERATION VOLTAGE VARIABLE CONTROL SYSTEM : System
Description".
For detail of ASCD function, refer to EC-813, "AU-

ASCD indicator TOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) :
System Description".
JSCIA0831ZZ
Massage: - - Km/h / - - MPH

INFOID:0000000011991598
DESIGN/PURPOSE
When engine oil pressure is low, the engine oil pressure warning informs the driver of low oil pressure to pre-

SYSTEM
Symbol Message A
EC
• Low Oil Pressure

• Stop Vehicle C
D
JPNIA1881ZZ
BULB CHECK E
Not applicable
NAL F
For the operation for CAN communications blackout or abnormal signal reception, refer to MWI-26, "METER
SYSTEM : Fail-Safe".
SYSTEM DIAGRAM G
JSBIA3716GB
L
SIGNAL PATH
• IPDM E/R receives a signal from the engine oil pressure switch and transmits an oil pressure switch signal to
BCM via CAN communication.
• BCM transmits the received oil pressure switch signal to the combination meter via CAN communication. M
• The information display (on combination meter) is SHOWN/HIDDEN the engine oil pressure warning,
according to the oil pressure switch signal received from BCM.
N
LIGHTING CONDITION
• Engine oil pressure is less than specified value. (Oil pressure switch signal: ON) O
SHUTOFF CONDITION
When any of the following conditions is satisfied: P
• Engine oil pressure is the specified value or more. (Oil pressure switch signal: OFF)
• Engine speed is less than 500 rpm.

SYSTEM
TIMING CHART
JSBIA3700GB
t: 100 ms
NOTE:
Regarding the arrangement. Refer to MWI-11, "METER SYSTEM : Design".
Regarding the function. Refer to MWI-40, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR

Engine oil pressure warning lamp
LAMPS : Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp".

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) LAMPS : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) (For YS23DDT and YS23DDTT En-
gine Models)".

Glow indicator lamp
LAMPS : Glow Indicator Lamp".
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) warn- Regarding the function. Refer to MWI-39, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
ing lamp LAMPS : DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Warning Lamp".

INFOID:0000000011991600
Name Function
Refer to EC-814, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Engine Oil Pressure Warn-
Engine oil pressure warning
ing".
CAN COMMUNICATION
communication lines (CAN H-line, CAN L-line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.

OPERATION
OPERATION
A
INFOID:0000000011991602 EC

C
JSBIA5589ZZ F
On the combination meter On the steering wheel

ASCD indicator CANCEL switch MAIN switch G
COAST/SET ACCEL/RES
SET SPEED RANGE H


I
40 km/h (25 MPH) 170 km/h (105 MPH)
SWITCH OPERATION
J
Item Function
K
• Resumes the set speed.
ACCEL/RES switch
COAST/SET switch L
• Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
MAIN switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.
Refer to EC-813, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD operat- M
ing instructions.
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM
N
OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000011991603
SWITCH OPERATION
O
Item Function
Refer to MWI-89, "WITH COLOR INFORMATION DISPLAY : Switch Name and Func-
Steering switch tion"(with color information display) or MWI-90, "WITH MONOCHROME INFORMATION P
DISPLAY : Switch Name and Function"(with monochrome information display).
RESET OPERATION
CAUTION:
When an alert was displayed, change the engine oil, and reset the engine oil data.
2. On information display, select “Settings” >> “Maintenance” >> “Service”.

OPERATION
3. Press “ENTER” switch until “YES/NO” is appeared.
4. Select “YES”.
5. Check that “– – –” is displayed.

A
DESCRIPTION EC
This system uses two malfunction indicator lamps. When detecting a system error, ECM turns ON the mal-
function indicator lamp to alert the driver of the presence of malfunction. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC
Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). C
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) (YELLOW)
ECM turns ON MIL (yellow) when an emission-related malfunction occurs or when a component part specified
by European laws and regulations becomes inoperable three trips in a raw. D
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (MIL) (RED)
ECM may turn ON MIL (red) when a malfunction occurs in the engine.
E

FUNCTION

Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTC can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following
Work support
the indications on the CONSULT unit.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
ECU identification ECM part number and homologation number can be read.
Configuration This function is used to store vehicle specifications to ECM after ECM replacement.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to — EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index"
(YS23DDT), EC-886, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Item*
Unit
CONSULT screen terms Full spell
WATER TEMP Water temperature °C or °F
ENGINE SPEED Engine speed rpm
VEHICLE SPEED Vehicle speed km/h or mph
COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE Computer supply voltage V
RAIL PRES SET Rail pressure setting bar
RAIL PRESSURE Rail pressure bar
RAIL PRESS SEN VOLT Rail pressure sensor voltage V
FUEL FLOW Fuel flow mg/cp
BOOST PRESSURE Boost pressure mbar
BOOST PRESS REF VALUE Boost pressure reference value hpa
MEASURE AIR FLOW Measured air flow kg/h
TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID VALVE
Turbocharging solenoid valve OCR %
OCR
MANIFOLD PRESSURE Manifold pressure mbar
INLET AIR TEMPERATURE Inlet air temperature °C or °F
EST. AIR FLOW Estimated air flow mg/cp
INLET AIR FLOW Inlet air flow mg/cp
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE Atmospheric pressure mbar
TBN UPSTR PRS SEN VOLT Turbine upstream pressure sensor voltage V
AIR INLET/F REL POS Air inlet flap relative position %
FUEL TEMPERATURE Fuel temperature °C or °F
IN FLAP ABSO POSI Air inlet flap absolute position %
INLET/F SEN SUPPLY VOLT Inlet flap sensor supply voltage mV

Item*
Unit A
DAMPER VALVE SEN VOLT Damper valve sensor voltage mV
DMPR VLV SET POS Damper valve setpoint position % EC
IN/FLAP CTRL Inlet flap control %
SEN 1 FEED V Sensors No. 1 feed voltage mV
C
ADDITIONAL INFO FD9C Additional information FD9C —
ALTERNATOR LOAD Alternator load %
ADDITIONAL INFO 2069 Additional information 2069 Nm D
SEN 2 FEED V Sensors No. 2 feed voltage mV
PL PTNMR T2 V Pedal potentiometer track 2 voltage mV
PL PTNMR T1 V Pedal potentiometer track 1 voltage mV E
HEATER PLUG CONTROL Heater plug control %
EGR VALVE OPENING REFERENCE EGR valve opening reference %
F
EGR VALVE CONTROL EGR valve control %
LAST EGR VALVE OFFSET Last EGR valve offset %
EGR VALVE FIRST OFFSET EGR valve first offset % G
POTN VAL EGR VALVE CLSD Potentiometer value EGR valve closed %
EGR POTENTIOMETER VOLTAGE EGR potentiometer voltage mV
H
EXHAUST SYSTEM FLOW Exhaust system flow g/s
TEMP. UPSTREAM OF PF Temperature upstream of particle filter °C or °F
PRS UPSTR OF TBN Pressure upstream of turbine mbar I
RFRG TEMP PRESS SEN VOLT Refrigerant pressure sensor voltage V
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE Refrigerant pressure bar
J
TBN UPSTR TEMP SETP Turbine upstream temperature setpoint °C or °F
TEMP UPSTREAM TURBINE Temperature upstream of turbine °C or °F
RV/LV BUTTON VOLTAGE RV/LV button voltage mV K
LAST OFF/V CLOSE Last offset damper valve closed %
LAST OFF/V OPEN Last offset damper valve open %
L
SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL Sensor supply No. 3 voltage mV
PART.FILTER UPSTREAM TEMP SEN- Part.filter upstream temperature sensor
V
SOR VOLTAGE voltage
M
ADDITIONAL INFO 2813 Additional information 2813 °Crk
FLOW GAS IN DPF Flow of gas inside the particle filter m3/h
P/FLT DIFF. PRS Particle filter pressure differential hPa N
REGEN MALFNC Number of regeneration failure —
FIRST OFF/V CLOSE First offset damper valve closed %
FIRST OFF/V OPEN First offset damper valve open % O
ATMOS PRESS SEN VOLT Atmospheric pressure sensor voltage mV
OIL DILUTION INFORMATION Oil dilution information %
P
RAIL FLOW REGULATION VALVE OCR Rail flow regulation valve OCR %
CRNKS SYNC LOSS COUN Crankshaft synchronization loss counter —
AVERAGE PERIOD OF FLOWMETER
Average period of flow meter signal µS
SIGNAL
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD1A Additional information FD1A µF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD19 Additional information FD19 µF

Item*
Unit
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD1B Additional information FD1B µF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD1C Additional information FD1C µF
CYLINDER 1 ADAPTATION STATUS Cylinder 1 adaptation status —
ADDITIONAL INFO 24D0 Additional information 24D0 —
VEHICLE SPEED DISPLAYED Vehicle speed displayed km/h or mph
ADDITIONAL INFO 287A Additional information 287A —
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD42 Additional information FD42 —
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD43 Additional information FD43 —
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD4D Additional information FD4D —
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION FD4E Additional information FD4E —
MAIN INJECTION FLOW Main injection flow mg/cp
SOOT IN P/FLT Soot in the particle filter G
PREHEATING MODE Preheating mode %
ADDITIONAL INFO FD2D Additional information FD2D %
• MAX
• PROTECTED
• DIAG MODE
TURBO REGULATION Turbo regulation
• INACTIVE
• REG
• INTRME
• Off
• RUNNING
MOTOR Motor • STALLED
• CRANKING
• INACTIVE
• OK
LOW FUEL LEVEL INFORMATION Low fuel level information • LOW
• INACTIVE
• REVERSE
GEARBOX RATIO Gearbox ratio • DCLTCH
• INACTIVE
• NORMAL
• STATUS1
• STAT2
COMBUSTION MODE SET Combustion mode setting
• STAT3
• STAT4
• INACTIVE
• NO
ACC. PDL DETECT BLOCK ACC. pedal detection blocked
• YES
• ACTIVE
PREHEATING REL CNT Preheating relay control • DEACTIVAT
• INACTIVE

Item*
Unit A
• Off
• SL ON
• SL SUS
EC
• SL INHI
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMITER OP-
Cruise control/speed limiter operation • CC ON
ERATION
• CC SUS C
• CC INHI
• CC/SL A
• INACTIVE
• STAT0 D
• STAT3
CC OPERATING RELIABLY Cruise control operating reliably • STAT2
• STATUS1
E
• INACTIVE
• INACTIVE
• INVALID
• CO.1 F
CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS Cruise control/speed limiter buttons • SUSPD
• MINUS
• PLUS
• RESTART
G
• MISSING
BRAKING DETECTED MULTIPLEX SIG- • INTRME
Braking detected multiplex signal H
NAL • PRESENT
• INACTIVE
• DEACTIVAT
COMP + AFTER IGNITION Computer + After ignition • ACTIVE I
• INACTIVE
• NOT DETECTED
WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR Water in diesel detector • DETECTED
J
• INACTIVE
• INCORRECT
CRANKSHAFT SYNCHRONISATION Crankshaft synchronization • CORRECT
• INACTIVE K
• NOT DETECTED
CRANK SIGNAL Crank signal • DETECTED
• INACTIVE L
• NOT DETECTED
VEHICLE SPEED UNIT Vehicle speed unit • DETECTED
• INACTIVE M
• NOT DONE
CAM TDC SYNC Camshaft TDC synchronization • DONE
• INACTIVE
N
• EXTING
PREHEATER LIGHT Preheating warning light • ILLUM
• INACTIVE
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
O
DATA MONITOR MODE

NOTE: P
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.

Monitor item Unit Description

NOT DETECTED/DE-
A/C COMMAND Air conditioning request detection
TECTED/INACTIVE
NOT DONE/DONE/
A/C ATHRSTION Air conditioning request
INACTIVE
DEACTIVAT/ACTIVE/
FUEL PUMP RELAY State of the fuel pump relay control
INACTIVE
STAT0/STATUS1/In-
ETAT PRIVE 5 Combustion mode - particulate filter regeneration authorization state
active
NO PRS/RESERVED/
BRAKE PEDAL Brake pedal - close active switch state
PRESSED/INACTIVE
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE bar Relative air conditioning pressure
FIRST OFF/V OPEN % Inlet throttle valve offset - first opened learning
FIRST OFF/V CLOSE % Inlet throttle valve offset - first closed learning
LAST OFF/V CLOSE % Inlet throttle valve offset - last closed learning
LAST OFF/V OPEN % Inlet throttle valve offset - last opened learning
RAIL FLOW REGULATION VALVE
% Volume flow actuator PWM command
OCR
RFRG TEMP PRESS SEN VOLT V Freon pressure sensor voltage
TBN UPSTR TEMP SETP °C or °F Temperature before turbine setpoint
HEATER PLUG CONTROL % Glow plug control PWM command is displayed.
PREHEATING MODE % PWM diagnosis signal of the heating glow plugs
Intake air flow rate computed from the mass air flow sensor signal is dis-
MEASURE AIR FLOW kg/h
played.
POST INJECTION FLOW 1 mg/strk Late post injection quantity
FLOW GAS IN DPF m3/h Flow of gas inside the DPF is displayed.
AIR INLET/F REL POS % Inlet throttle relative position
PARTICLE FILTER DIFF. PRES- CSF - Memorized difference pressure to apply on the CSF differential
mbr
SURE CORRECTION pressure for adaptation
EGR LOW PRESSURE POSITION % Low Pressure EMTV - position relative to the closed thrust
IN FLAP ABSO POSI % Raw value of the position in percent of the sensor supply voltage
AVERAGE PERIOD OF FLOWME-
µS Basic arithmetic average of the period time
TER SIGNAL
INLET/F SEN SUPPLY VOLT V Voltage supplied to the sensor
CRNKS SYNC LOSS COUN — Counter of loose of crankshaft synchronization
MAIN INJECTION FLOW mg/strk Main injection quantity
CYLINDER 1 ADAPTATION STA-
— Status flag of the adaptation - cylinder 1
TUS
TUS
RELSD/PRESSED/ State of the begin high of the clutch pedal (0 = pedal released, 1 = pedal
CL START OF TRAVEL SW
INACTIVE pressed)
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO. 1 — Fuel balancing control - cylinder 1
TEMP UPSTREAM OF PF °C or °F Temperature upstream of Particle Filter
SOOT IN P/FLT g Soot mass in the DPF is displayed.
Exhaust gas air mass flow for estimation of downstream pressure and
EXHAUST SYSTEM FLOW g/s
temperature models

A
P/FLT DIFF. PRS mbr CSF - Particulate differential pressure
POTN VAL EGR VALVE CLSD % Absolute position in percent of the sensor supply voltage EC
SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL V Sensors power supply voltage 3 is displayed.
PRS UPSTR OF TBN mbar Pressure before turbine
Exhaust gas temperature computed from exhaust gas temperature sen- C
TEMP upstream turbine °C or °F
sor 1 is displayed.
PART.FILTER UPSTREAM TEMP
mV Upstream DPF Temperature Sensor signal voltage is displayed.
SENSOR VOLTAGE D
DMPR VLV SET POS % Inlet throttle position setpoint
DAMPER VALVE SEN VOLT V Analogic stateline value of the smart inlet throttle
E
TBN UPSTR PRS SEN VOLT V Pressure before turbine sensor voltage
DURATION OF RESUME BUTTON
s Duration of resume button press is displayed.
PRESS
F
DURATION OF + BUTTON PRESS s Duration of SET/+ button press is displayed.
DURATION OF - BUTTON PRESS s Duration of SET/- button press is displayed.
DURATION OF SUSPEND BUT-
s Duration of suspend button press is displayed.
G
TON PRESS
TURBOCHARGING SOLENOID
% Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve open is displayed.
VALVE OCR H
CSF - Indicates the number of regeneration failures since the last suc-
REGEN MALFNC —
cess
NUMBER OF ABNORMAL CC/SL I
— Maximum value of blocked button detection counter
TRANSITIONS
TUS
J
TUS
AFTER REPLAC DPF km or mile CSF - Value of the driven K
KM SINCE SUCCESS REGEN km or mile CSF - Indicates the vehicle mileage just after a successful regeneration
STAT0/STAT8/STAT7/
CRUISE CONTROL INFO MONI- STAT6/STAT5/STAT4/ CCSL - State of the reversible failures not due to CC which cause CC L
TORING STAT3/STAT2/ failure
STATUS1/INACTIVE
State of the reversible failures not due to ASCD/speed limiter which
M
cause ASCD/speed limiter failure
• STATUS1: Real vehicle speed unavailable is detected.
STAT0/STAT1/STAT2/
CC/SL SPEED SIGNAL MONITOR- • STAT2: Displayed vehicle speed unavailable is detected.
STAT3/STAT4/STAT5/
ING • STAT3: Real vehicle speed absence is detected. N
STAT6/Inactive
• STAT4: Display vehicle speed absence is detected.
• STAT5: Change of the displayed speed unit is detected.
• STAT6: Speed limiter inhibition is detected.
PRESENT/MISSING/
O
COMP + AFTER IGNITION Key state
Inactive
Running/OFF/
MOTOR STALLED/CRANK- Engine status is displayed. P
ING/Inactive
LIMIT/REG/Incoher-
CC/SL LMTR Cruise control On/Off button state
ence/Inactive
CORRECT/Incoher-
CRUISE CONTROL Speed/set point ratio too small.
ence/Inactive

CRANKSHAFT SYNCHRONISA- INCORRECT/COR-
Crankshaft synchronization state
TION RECT/INACTIVE
EXTING/ILLUM/IN-
PREHEATER LIGHT Preheating lamp state
ACTIVE
ACTIVE/Deactivat/IN-
PREHEATING REL CNT State of glow plug control actuator relay
ACTIVE
NORMAL/STATUS1/
STAT2/STAT3/STAT4/
COMBUSTION MODE SET Requirement value of combustion mode
STAT5/STAT6/STAT7/
Inactive
NOT DONE/DONE/In-
EGR FUN PROG High pressure EGR volume control valve offset - first learning running
active
INACTIVE/ACTIVE/
CLUTCH PEDAL SWITCH Clutch pedal position switch status is displayed.
BLOCKED
off/SL ON/SL SUS/SL
CRUISE CONTROL/SPEED LIMIT- INHI/CC ON/CC SUS/
Cruse control/speed limiter operation
ER OPERATION CC INHI/ CC SLA/In-
active
LOW FUEL LEVEL INFORMATION OK/Low/Inactive LOW FUEL LEVEL INFORMATION is displayed.
STATUS1/STAT2/
CC/SL DEACT BY DR ACTIN STAT3/STAT4/STAT5/ CCSL - State of the causes for normal CCSL deactivation
NONE/INACTIVE
NOT DETECTED/DE-
WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR Flag that indicates the activation of the fuel water sensor
TECTED/INACTIVE
ACC. PDL DETECT BLOCK NO/YES Counter of inconsistencies between accelerator pedal and brake
NORMAL/STATUS1/
STAT2/STAT3/STAT4/
COMBUSTION MODE REQUIREMENT VALUE OF COMBUSTION MODE isdisplayed.
STAT5/STAT6/STAT7/
RESERVED/Inactive
PRESSED/RELSD/In-
STARTER BUTTON Ignition switch status is displayed.
active
INACTIVE/INVALID/
CO.1/SUSPD/DE-
CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS CCSL - Steering wheel push buttons state
CREASE/INCREASE/
RESTART/INACTIVE
ENGAGE REVERSE GEAR No/Yes/Inactive Selector lever “R” position status is displayed.
AUTOMATIC GEARBOX IN DE- Not detected/DETCT-
Transmission in limp home mode is detected.
FECT MODE ED/Inactive
BRAKING DETECTED MULTIPLEX NO PRS/PRESSED/
Brake pedal - switches consolidation state
SIGNAL STATUS1/Inactive
NOT DONE/DONE/In-
FIRST START First start status is displayed.
active
State of the failures which cause irreversible ASCD safety failure is dis-
played.
• STATUS1: Presence of ASCD force request despite the ASCD deac-
STAT0/STAT1/STAT2/ tivation
CC OPERATING RELIABLY
STAT3/Inactive • STAT2: Activation of the open brake switch without ASCD deactiva-
tion
• STAT3: Activation of the minimum travel clutch switch without ASCD
deactivation
VEHICLE SPEED UNIT km/h/mph/Inactive Vehicle speed is displayed.
Inactive/REGUL/IN-
TURBO REGULATION TRME/DIAG MODE/ Boost regulation state is displayed.
PRTECTED/MAX

A
NOT DONE/DONE/In-
CAM TDC SYNC Camshaft/crankshaft synchronization status is displayed.
active
NOT DETECTED/DE- CCSL - State of the reversible failures not due to CC which cause CC
CLUTCH INFO UNAVAILABLE EC
TECTED/INACTIVE failure
CLUTCH INFO ABSENT
NOT DETECTED/DE- CCSL - State of the reversible failures not due to CC which cause CC C
BRAKE INFO UNAVAILABLE
Not detected/DETCT-
BRAKE INFO ABSENT Brake information absent is detected.
ED/Inactive D
DECEL W/O BRK DEPR
NOT DETECTED/DE- CCSL - State of the reversible failures not due to CC which cause CC E
S/DECEL W/O BRK DEPR
CC INHIBITED BY INJECTION
TECTED/INACTIVE failure F
NOT DETECTED/DE- CCSL - State of the reversible failures not due to CCSL which cause
SL INHIBITED BY INJECTION
TECTED/INACTIVE CCSL failure
NOT DETECTED/DE- CCSL - State of the reversible failures not due to CCSL which cause G
ACTL VHCL SPD INFO UNAVL
DISP VHCL SPD UNAVL
TECTED/INACTIVE CCSL failure H
ACTL VHCL SPD INFO ABSNT
DISP VHCL SPD INFO ABSNT

NOT DETECTED/DE- CCSL - State of the reversible failures not due to CCSL which cause I
CHANGE OF VHCL SPD UNIT
TECTED/INACTIVE CCSL failure J
NO PRS/INTRME/
WIRED BRAKE CONTACT Brake pedal - open active switch state
PRESSED/INACTIVE
TRC/ANTI-YAW CNT No/Yes/Inactive Anti skid regulation or anti yaw control in regulation. K
RELSD/APPLIED/In-
PARKING BRAKE Parking brake status is displayed.
active
NOT DONE/DONE/ L
1ST IN VAL OPEN PR Inlet throttle valve offset - first opened learning running
INACTIVE/
NOT DONE/DONE/
1ST IN VAL CLOS PR Inlet throttle valve offset - first closed learning running
INACTIVE/ M
CC CONT INHI INJ No/Yes/Inactive ASCD system engine control inhibition
SL INHI SYS INJ NO/YES/INACTIVE CCSL - State of the system causes for normal CCSL deactivation
Number of engine first starts (or number of trips done by the vehicle), N
NUMBER OF STARTING 1 —
nonresettable
NUMBER OF STARTING 2 — Cumulative number of engine starts, nonresettable
NUMBER OF STARTING 3 — Number of engine first starts (or number of trips done by the vehicle)
O
NUMBER OF STARTING 4 — Cumulative number of engine starts

Maximum vehicle speed to authorize commercial vehicle accessories P
MAXIMUM VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph
accelerated idle speed
FAST IDLE SPD FUNCTION INACTIVE/ACTIVE Configuration - Accessories idle engine speed strategy
ACTIVE/Deactivat/In- The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from
VEHICLE SPEED DISPLAYED
active combination meter is displayed.
VEHICLE SPEED MULTIPLEXED ACTIVE/Deactivat/In- Vehicle speed received on the CAN network not available after a filter-
INFORMATION active ing time

CLUTCH CONTACT MULTIPLEX ACTIVE/Deactivat/In-
Filtered unavailable clutch pedal status information
SIGNAL active
ACTIVE/Deactivat/In- Displayed vehicle speed received on the CAN network not available af-
VEHICLE SPEED DISPLAYED
active ter a filtering time
Intake manifold pressure computed from the TC boost sensor is dis-
MANIFOLD PRESSURE mbar
played.
OIL DILUTION INFORMATION % Oil dilution rate
MAX PERMISSIBLE SPEED km/h or mph Requested speed setpoint for FSL function
Current gear engaged
• DCLTCH: Declutched at rest
• 1: 1st gear
• 2: 2nd gear
DCLTCH/1/2/3/4/5/6/
GEARBOX RATIO • 3: 3rd gear
REVERSE/Inactive
• 4: 4th gear
• 5: 5th gear
• 6: 6th gear
• REVERSE: Reverse
SOOT AFTER REGEN G CSF - Memorized soot mass left in CSF after a regeneration
CARBON MATERIAL RATE % OWE - Oil soot rate
NOT DETECTED/DE-
CRANK SIGNAL Crankshaft signal
TECTED/INACTIVE
ENGINE OIL DILUTION RATIO % Current raw oil dilution rate
EGR VALVE OPENING REFER-
% EGR valve position setpoint
ENCE
RAIL PRES SET bar Target fuel rail pressure is displayed.
BOOST PRESS REF VALUE hPa Boost pressure setpoint
ENGINE TORQUE Nm Estimated effective engine torque
FUEL FLOW mg/strk Total fuel flow is displayed.
EST. AIR FLOW mg/strk Estimated air flow is displayed
MILEAGE km or mile Total vehicle distance
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION — Accelerator pedal position
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE mbr Atmospheric pressure sensor voltage
RAIL PRESSURE bar Fuel rail pressure is displayed.
The boost pressure (determined by the signal voltage of the turbocharg-
BOOST PRESSUR mbar
er boost sensor) is displayed.
ENGINE SPEED rpm Engine speed computed from crankshaft position sensors displayed.
INLET AIR TEMPERATURE °C or °F Intake air temperature is displayed.
FUEL TEMPERATURE °C or °F Fuel temperature
WATER TEMP °C or °F Engine coolant temperature is displayed.
COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE V Battery voltage
ATMOS PRESS SEN VOLT V Atmospheric pressure sensor voltage
RAIL PRESS SEN VOLT V Rail pressure sensor voltage
NUMBER OF ROT ENG — OWE - Number of engine revolutions since the last oil drain
The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph
combination meter is displayed.
EGR VALVE FIRST OFFSET % High pressure EGR valve offset - first learning
LAST EGR VALVE OFFSET % High pressure EGR valve offset - last learning
Cruise control setting km or mile The preset ASCD vehicle speed is displayed.
RV/LV BUTTON VOLTAGE V ASCD/Speed limiter steering switch voltage

A
EGR POSITION % High pressure EGR position is displayed.
INLET AIR FLOW mg/strk Mass air flow
PL PTNMR T1 V V Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal voltage is displayed. EC
PL PTNMR T2 V V Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal voltage is displayed.
EGR POTENTIOMETER VOLTAGE V EGR valve position sensor voltage
SEN 1 FEED V V Sensors power supply voltage 1 is displayed. C
SEN 2 FEED V V Sensors power supply voltage 2 is displayed.
EGR VALVE CONTROL % EGR valve PWM command
D
IN/FLAP CTRL % Inlet throttle PWM command is displayed.
Intake manifold pressure computed from the TC boost sensor is dis-
MANIFOLD PRESSURE hPa
played. E
NOTE:
WORK SUPPORT MODE F
Work Item
G
WRITE V.I.N. In this mode, VIN is registered in ECM. When registering VIN in ECM.
In this mode, number of engine first starts (or number of trips done Driving cycle severity for Oil H
NUMBER OF STARTING 1
by the vehicle), nonresettable. Change System.
Driving cycle severity for Oil
NUMBER OF STARTING 2 In this mode, cumulative number of engine starts, non resettable.
Change System. I
In this mode, number of engine first starts (or number of trips done Driving cycle severity for Oil
NUMBER OF STARTING 3
by the vehicle). Change System.
Driving cycle severity for Oil J
NUMBER OF STARTING 4 In this mode, cumulative number of engine starts.
Change System.
AIR DAMPER VALVE PRO- When intake throttle valve is re-
In this mode, intake throttle valve learnings are cleared.
GRAMMING placed.
K
EGR VALVE PROGRAM-
In this mode, EGR valve learnings are cleared. When EGR valve is replaced.
MING
INJECTION PUMP ADAPTA- When high pressure fuel pump is L
In this mode, high pressure fuel pump learnings are cleared.
TIVES replaced.
• When fuel injector(s) is re-
placed.
• When fuel rail pressure sensor
M
ENGINE ADAPTIVES In this mode, long engine start request. is replaced.
• When HP fuel pump is replaced.
• When compression test is acti- N
vated.
FUEL PUMP PROGRAM-
In this mode, first priming is requested. When fuel pump is replaced.
MING
O
TURBOCHARGER PRO-
In this mode, turbocharger learnings are cleared. When turbocharger is replaced.
GRAMMING
In this mode, authorization to connect cruise control and speed When Cruise control option must
CC/SL PRGRM
limiter option. be detected.
P
In this mode, reset to calibrated values the learned map and the
PRPR RICH SEN PROG When fuel injector(s) is replaced.
learning counter.
In this mode, DPF differential pressure sensor learnings are When DPF differential pressure
P/FLT DIFF PRS SEN
cleared. sensor is replaced.
HP TURBINE BYPASS SOL When HP turbine bypass valve is
In this mode, high pressure turbocharger bypass programming.
VLV PROGRAMMING replaced.

• When ECM is replaced.*

• ECM enter fail-safe mode be-
cause the amount of particulate
SERVICE REGENERATION In this mode, service regeneration is performed. matter in DPF reaches the
specified level.
• Component inspection for DPF
is performed.
• When ECM is replaced.*

ENTER INJECTOR CODES In this mode, fuel injector adjustment value is registered. • When fuel injector(s) is re-
placed.
In this mode, write data stored by “SAVE COMPUTER DATA” in
WRITE SAVED DATA
work support mode to ECM. When ECM is replaced.*
SAVE COMPUTER DATA In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.*
ADAPTIVES AFTER RE-
In this mode, DPF learnings are cleared. When DPF is replaced.
PLACING CABIN FILTER
INTERVAL OF OIL CHANGE In this mode, capable to advise customer about the cause of oil
—
(OCS) OXIDATION change interval is shortened by oil control system.
OIL CHANGE INTERVAL In this mode, capable to advise customer about the cause of oil
—
(OCS): DILUTION change interval is shortened by oil control system.
*: The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC-922, "Description".
ACTIVE TEST MODE

• Turn fuel flow actuator ON and Fuel flow actuator makes an oper- • Harness and connector
FUEL PUMP
OFF with the CONSULT and listen ating sound. • Fuel pump
to operation sound.
• Turn turbocharger boost control Turbocharger boost control sole- • Harness and connector
TURBOCHARGING
solenoid valve ON and OFF with noid valve makes an operating • Turbocharger boost control sole-
SOLENOID VALVE
the CONSULT and listen to opera- sound. noid valve
tion sound.
• Turn throttle control motor ON and • Harness and connector
AIR INLET FLAP Throttle valve is operated.
OFF with the CONSULT and con- • Electric throttle control actuator
firm the operation.
PREHEATER RE- • Glow plug control unit ON and • Harness and connector
Glow plug control unit is operated.
LAY OFF with the CONSULT and con- • Glow plug control unit
firm the operation.
• Turn thermo management valve • Harness and connector
COOLANT CIRC Thermo management valve con-
control solenoid valve ON and • Thermo management valve con-
SWITCHING S/V trol solenoid valve is operated.
OFF with the CONSULT and control solenoid valve
firm the operation.
• Turn high pressure EGR volume • Harness and connector
High pressure EGR volume con-
EGR VALVE control valve ON and OFF with the • High pressure EGR volume con-
trol valve is operated.
CONSULT and confirm the opera- trol valve
tion.

A
• Engine running
• Engine coolant temperature: 60°C
HIGH PRESSURE
(140°F) • Harness and connector
CIRCUIT LEAK A/F sensor heater is operated.
• A/F sensor heater ON and OFF • A/F sensor heater EC
TEST
with the CONSULT and confirm
the operation.
• HP turbine bypass valve control • Harness and connector
C
HIGH PRESSURE HP turbine bypass valve control
solenoid valve ON and OFF with • HP turbine bypass valve control
TURBINE solenoid valve is operated.
the CONSULT and confirm the op- solenoid valve
eration. D
• EGR cooler bypass valve control • Harness and connector
EGR BYPASS solenoid valve ON and OFF with • EGR cooler bypass valve control
solenoid valve is operated. E
the CONSULT and confirm the op- solenoid valve
eration.
SECOND EGR • EGR cooling water pump 2 ON EGR cooling water pump 2 is op- • Harness and connector F
COOLING PUMP and OFF with the CONSULT and erated. • EGR cooling water pump 2
confirm the operation.
• Ignition switch: ON G
FIRST EGR COOL- • EGR cooling water pump 1 ON EGR cooling water pump 1 is op- • Harness and connector
ING PUMP and OFF with the CONSULT and erated. • EGR cooling water pump 1
confirm the operation.
H
• HP compressor bypass valve con- • Harness and connector
HIGH PRESSURE HP compressor bypass valve con-
trol solenoid valve ON and OFF • HP compressor bypass valve
COMPRESSOR trol solenoid valve is operated.
with the CONSULT and confirm control solenoid valve
I
the operation.

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (EMCM)
FUNCTION

ECU Part Number EMCM part number can be read.
Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results such as DTCs can be read and erased quickly.*
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the EMCM can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the EMCMs and also
Active Test
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work Support
indications on the CONSULT unit.
CAN Diag Support Monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
*: The diagnostic trouble codes is cleared when the EMCM memory is erased.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE

Regarding items of DTC, refer to EC-892, "DTC Index".
How to Read DTC
DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “self-diag results”.
• When EMCM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and EMCM shows the number of times the
vehicle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.
How to Erase DTC
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select “EMCM” with CONSULT.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in EMCM will be erased.)
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
Monitored item Unit Description

Indicates the duty ratio of the power generation command value. The ratio
ALT DUTY %
is calculated by EMCM based on the battery current sensor signal.
BAT TEMP SEN V The signal voltage from the battery temperature sensor is displayed.
BAT CUR SEN mV The signal voltage of battery current sensor is displayed.
CML B/DCHG CRNT — Cumulative battery discharge current is displayed.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the electrical lode signal.
- ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is 2nd po-
LOAD SIGNAL On/Off
sition.
- OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting switch are OFF.
P/N POSI SW On/Off Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position (PNP) signal.
HEATER FAN SW On/Off Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan switch signal.

Monitored item Unit Description
A
BRAKE SW2 On/Off Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch signal.
• The control condition of the power generation voltage variable control (de-
termined by EMCM according to the input signals) is indicated.
ALT DUTY SIG On/Off EC
- ON: Power generation voltage variable control is active.
- OFF: Power generation voltage variable control is inactive.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. C
ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item D

• Harness and connectors E
ALTERNATOR • Engine: Idle
Battery voltage changes. • IPDM E/R
DUTY • Change duty ratio using CONSULT.
• Alternator
WORK SUPPORT MODE F

Work Item
Work item Condition Usage

G
SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU In this mode, save data that is in EMCM. When EMCM is replaced.
In this mode, write data stored by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC H
WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU When EMCM is replaced.
CPU” in work support mode to EMCM.
CML B/DCHRG CRNT CLEAR In this mode, cumulative battery discharge current is cleared. When battery is replaced.

ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]

ECM
YS23DDT
YS23DDT : Reference Value INFOID:0000000011991607

NOTE:
Monitor item condition Values/Status

A/C COMMAND Ignition switch: ON NOT DETECTED
A/C switch: ON DONE
A/C ATHRSTION Ignition switch: ON
A/C switch: OFF NOT DONE
FUEL PUMP RELAY Ignition switch: ON ACTIVE
ETAT PRIVE 5 Ignition switch: ON STAT0
Brake pedal: Fully released NO PRS
BRAKE PEDAL Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Fully depressed PRESSED
Other than above condition RESERVED/INACTIVE
REFRIGERANT PRES- Approx. 4 bar
Ignition switch: ON
SURE Indicates refrigerant pressure
FIRST OFF/V OPEN Ignition switch: ON Approx. 90.04%
FIRST OFF/V CLOSE Ignition switch: ON Approx. 14.64 %
LAST OFF/V CLOSE Ignition switch: ON Approx. 14.64 %
LAST OFF/V OPEN Ignition switch: ON Approx. 90.04 %
RAIL FLOW REGULA-
Ignition switch: ON 0.0%
TION VALVE OCR
RFRG TEMP PRESS
Ignition switch: ON Approx. 0.7 V
SEN VOLT
TBN UPSTR TEMP SETP Engine running at idle 770 °C
HEATER PLUG CON-
TROL
PREHEATING MODE Ignition switch: ON 0.0%
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed Approx. 54.5 kg/h
MEASURE AIR FLOW • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Approx. 164.8 kg/h
POST INJECTION FLOW

Ignition switch: ON Approx. 0.00 mg/strk
1
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed Approx. 65.6 m3/h
FLOW GAS IN DPF • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Approx. 16 m3/h
AIR INLET/F REL POS Ignition switch: ON Approx. 75.60%

PARTICLE FILTER DIFF.
PRESSURE CORREC- Ignition switch: ON –3.0 mbar
TION
EGR LOW PRESSURE
Ignition switch: ON 0.0 %
POSITION

ECM
A
IN FLAP ABSO POSI Ignition switch: ON 90.13 %
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 901 µs
AVERAGE PERIOD OF
• Shift lever: P
FLOWMETER SIGNAL Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 612 µs EC
• No load
INLET/F SEN SUPPLY
Ignition switch: ON 6.0 V
VOLT
CRNKS SYNC LOSS C
Ignition switch: ON 0
COUN
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 4.07 mg/strk
MAIN INJECTION FLOW • Shift lever: P D
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 7.47 mg/strk
CYLINDER 1 ADAPTA-
Ignition switch: ON 0.00
TION STATUS E
CYLINDER 2 ADAPTA-
TION STATUS
Clutch pedal: Fully released RELSD F
CL START OF TRAVEL
Ignition switch: ON Clutch pedal: Fully depressed PRESSED
SW
Other than above condition INACTIVE
G
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 1 1.04
1
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
Engine running at idle Fuel balancing control - cylinder 4 0.91 H
4
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 94.3 °C
TEMP. UPSTREAM OF
• Shift lever: P
PF Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 110.7 °C
• No load I
6.36 g
SOOT IN P/FLT Ignition switch: ON
Indicates soot mas in the DPF
J
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 16.16 g/s
EXHAUST SYSTEM
• Shift lever: P
FLOW Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 54.89 g/s
• No load
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO. K
2
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
3 L
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 1127 mbar
P/FLT DIFF. PRS • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 1568 mbar
M
POTN VAL EGR VALVE
CLSD
SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL Ignition switch: ON Approx. 4.98 V N
PRS UPSTR OF TBN • Shift lever: P
O
Indicates temperature up-
TEMP upstream turbine Ignition switch: ON
stream of turbine
PART.FILTER UP- P
STREAM TEMP SENSOR Ignition switch: ON 4.95 V
VOLTAGE
DMPR VLV SET POS Ignition switch: ON 0.0 %
DAMPER VALVE SEN
VOLT

ECM
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 0.96 V
TBN UPSTR PRS SEN
• Shift lever: P
VOLT Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 1.49 V
• No load
DURATION OF RESUME
Ignition switch: ON 0s
BUTTON PRESS
DURATION OF + BUT-
TON PRESS
DURATION OF - BUT-
TON PRESS
DURATION OF SUS-
PEND BUTTON PRESS
TURBOCHARGING SO- Ignition switch: ON 5.0 %

LENOID VALVE OCR Engine running at idle 92.6 %
REGEN MALFNC Ignition switch: ON 0
NUMBER OF ABNOR-
MAL CC/SL TRANSI- Ignition switch: ON 0
TIONS
CYLINDER 3 ADAPTA-
TION STATUS
CYLINDER 4 ADAPTA-
TION STATUS
0 km
AFTER REPLAC DPF Ignition switch: ON Value of the driven distance

when the last DPF change oc-
curs
0 km
KM SINCE SUCCESS Indicates of the vehicle mile-
Ignition switch: ON
REGEN age just after a successful re-
generation
CRUISE CONTROL INFO
Ignition switch: ON STAT 0
MONITORING
State of the reversible failures
not due to ASCD/speed limiter
which cause ASCD/speed lim-
iter failure
• STAT1: Real vehicle speed
unavailable is detected.
• STAT2: Displayed vehicle
speed unavailable is detect-
CC/SL SPEED SIGNAL ed.
Ignition switch: ON
MONITORING • STAT3: Real vehicle speed
absence is detected.
• STAT4: Display vehicle
speed absence is detected.
• STAT5: Change of the dis-
played speed unit is detect-
ed.
• STAT6: Speed limiter inhibi-
tion is detected.
COMP + AFTER IGNI-
Ignition switch: ON PRESENT
TION
Ignition switch: ON Off
MOTOR
Engine running at idle Running
CC/SL LMTR Ignition switch: ON inactive
CRUISE CONTROL Ignition switch: ON CORRECT

ECM
A
CRANKSHAFT SYN-
Engine running at idle CORRECT
CHRONISATION
PREHEATER LIGHT Ignition switch: ON EXTING
EC
PREHEATING REL CNT Ignition switch: ON Deactivat
COMBUSTION MODE
Ignition switch: ON NORMAL
SET
C
EGR FUN PROG Ignition switch: ON DONE
CLUTCH PEDAL Clutch pedal position switch
Ignition switch: ON
SWITCH status is displayed.
D
CRUISE CONTROL/
SPEED LIMITER OPERA- Ignition switch: ON Off
TION
E
LOW FUEL LEVEL IN-
Ignition switch: ON Low
FORMATION
CC/SL DEACT BY DR
Ignition switch: ON NONE F
ACTIN
WATER IN DIESEL DE-
Ignition switch: ON DETECTED
TECTOR
G
ACC. PDL DETECT
Ignition switch: ON NO
BLOCK
COMBUSTION MODE Ignition switch: ON NORMAL
H
STARTER BUTTON Ignition switch: ON RELSD
CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS Ignition switch: ON Inactive
ENGAGE REVERSE I
GEAR
AUTOMATIC GEARBOX
Ignition switch: ON Not detected
IN DEFECT MODE J
BRAKING DETECTED Brake pedal: Fully released NO PRS
Ignition switch: ON
MULTIPLEX SIGNAL Brake pedal: Fully depressed PRESSED
Indicates Manifold air temper- K
MANIFOLD AIR TEMP Ignition switch: ON
ature.
FIRST START Ignition switch: ON DONE
State of the failures which
L
cause irreversible ASCD safe-
ty failure is displayed.
• STAT1: Presence of ASCD M
force request despite the
ASCD deactivation
CC OPERATING RELI-
Ignition switch: ON • STAT2: Activation of the
ABLY
open brake switch without N
ASCD deactivation
• STAT3: Activation of the
minimum travel clutch
switch without ASCD deac- O
tivation
km/h or mph
VEHICLE SPEED UNIT Ignition switch: ON
Indicates vehicle speed P
Indicates boost regulation
TURBO REGULATION Ignition switch: ON
state
CAM TDC SYNC Ignition switch: ON DONE
CLUTCH INFO UNAVAIL-
ABLE
CLUTCH INFO ABSENT Ignition switch: ON Not detected

ECM
BRAKE INFO UNAVAIL-
ABLE
BRAKE INFO ABSENT Ignition switch: ON Not detected
DECEL W/O BRK DEPR Ignition switch: ON Not detected
S/DECEL W/O BRK
DEPR
CC INHIBITED BY INJEC-
TION
SL INHIBITED BY INJEC-
TION
ACTL VHCL SPD INFO
UNAVL
DISP VHCL SPD UNAVL Ignition switch: ON Not detected
ACTL VHCL SPD INFO
ABSNT
DISP VHCL SPD INFO
ABSNT
CHANGE OF VHCL SPD
UNIT
WIRED BRAKE CON- Brake pedal: Fully released NO PRS

Ignition switch: ON
TACT Brake pedal: Fully depressed PRESSED
TRC/ANTI-YAW CNT Ignition switch: ON NO
PARKING BRAKE Ignition switch: ON RELSD
1ST IN VAL OPEN PR Ignition switch: ON DONE
1ST IN VAL CLOS PR Ignition switch: ON DONE
CC/SL CONN AUTHR Ignition switch: ON inactive
CC CONT INHI INJ Ignition switch: ON NO
SL INHI SYS INJ Ignition switch: ON NO
NUMBER OF STARTING
1
NUMBER OF STARTING
2
NUMBER OF STARTING
3
NUMBER OF STARTING
4
Maximum vehicle speed to
MAXIMUM VEHICLE authorize commercial vehicle
Ignition switch: ON
SPEED accessories accelerated idle
speed
FAST IDLE SPD FUNC-
Ignition switch: ON inactive
TION
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 46.6 Nm
ENGINE TORQUE REF-
• Shift lever: P
ERENCE VALUE Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 75.9 Nm
• No load
VEHICLE SPEED DIS-
Ignition switch: ON Deactivat
PLAYED
CLUTCH CONTACT
MULTIPLEX SIGNAL
VEHICLE SPEED MULTI-
PLEXED INFORMATION

ECM
A
VEHICLE SPEED DIS- Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
PLAYED indication. speedometer indication.
MANIFOLD PRESSURE Engine running at idle 1012 mbar
EC
OIL DILUTION INFOR-
Ignition switch: ON Indicates oil dilution rate.
MATION
MAX PERMISSIBLE
Ignition switch: ON 65535.0 km/h C
SPEED
Speed meter indication cur-
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer
GEARBOX RATIO rent gear engaged:
indication.
DECLTC/1/2/3/4/5/6/RVRS D
Memorized soot mass left in
SOOT AFTER REGEN Ignition switch: ON CSF after a regeneration is
display. E
CARBON MATERIAL
RATE
CRANK SIGNAL Engine running at idle DETECTED F
ENGINE OIL DILUTION
RATIO
EGR VALVE OPENING G
REFERENCE
Indicates target fuel rail pres-
RAIL PRES SET Engine running at idle
sure H
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 1056 hPa
BOOST PRESS REF
• Shift lever: P
VALUE Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 1175 hPa
• No load
I
ENGINE TORQUE • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 26.94 Nm
J
FUEL FLOW • Shift lever: P
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 697.80 mg/strk K

EST. AIR FLOW • Shift lever: P
MILEAGE Ignition switch: ON Total vehicle distance L

ACCELERATOR PEDAL Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.0
Ignition switch: ON
POSITION Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.05
M
ATMOSPHERIC PRES- Output voltage varies with at-
Ignition switch: ON
SURE mospheric pressure sensor
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed Approx. 337 bar
RAIL PRESSURE • Shift lever: P N
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Approx. 382 bar
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed Approx. 1012 mbar

BOOST PRESSURE • Shift lever: P O
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Approx. 1132 mbar
ENGINE SPEED Engine running at idle Indicates engine speed

INLET AIR TEMPERA- P
Ignition switch: ON Indicates inlet air temperature
TURE
FUEL TEMPERATURE Ignition switch: ON Indicates fuel temperature
Indicates engine coolant tem-
WATER TEMP Ignition switch: ON
perature
COMPUTER SUPPLY
VOLTAGE

ECM
ATMOS PRESS SEN Output voltage varies with at-
Ignition switch: ON
VOLT mospheric pressure sensor
Output voltage varies with rail
RAIL PRESS SEN VOLT Engine running at idle
pressure
Indicates number of engine
NUMBER OF ROT ENG Ignition switch: ON revolutions since the last oil
drain
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speed meter in- Almost the same speed as the
VEHICLE SPEED
dication. speedometer indication.
EGR VALVE FIRST OFF-
SET
LAST EGR VALVE OFF-
SET
The preset ASCD vehicle
Cruise control setting Ignition switch: ON
speed is displayed.
ASCD MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0 V
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 0.99 V
RV/LV BUTTON VOLT-
Ignition switch: ON ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed Approx. 2.99 V
AGE
COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 1.99 V
ASCD switches: Released Approx. 3.99 V
High pressure EGR position is
EGR POSITION Engine running at idle
displayed.
INLET AIR FLOW • Shift lever: P
Accelerator pedal: Fully released Approx. 0.74 V

PL PTNMR T1 V Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Approx. 4.54 V
EGR POTENTIOMETER EGR valve position sensor
Engine running at idle
VOLTAGE voltage
SEN 1 FEED V Ignition switch: ON Approx. 5.00 V
Indicates EGR valve PWM
EGR VALVE CONTROL Engine running at idle
command
Inlet throttle PWM command
IN/FLAP CTRL Engine running at idle
is displayed.
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 1012.0 hPa
MANIFOLD PRESSURE • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 1236.0 hPa
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSBIA6278GB

ECM
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE: A
• ECM is located near the battery in the engine room.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT. EC
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition C
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
1
— ECM ground — — — D
(B)
• Engine stopped
0.74 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re- E
2 3 Accelerator pedal position leased
Input
• Engine stopped F
4.54 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
Sensor ground
3 G
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(L)
sensor 1)
4
(B) H
— [Ignition switch: ON] 12.23V
(Y/L) (B) (Water in fuel sensor)
Sensor power supply I
6 3
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(L/W) (L)
sensor 1)
7
J
(B)
8
(B)
K
[Ignition switch: ON] 11.69 V
Water in fuel sensor Input
(R) (B) • Warm-up condition 0.976 V L
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
10 12
(W) (B)
sensor 2)
M

• Engine stopped
0.38 V N
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
Input
• Engine stopped O
2.25 V
pressed
Sensor ground
12
P
(B)
sensor 2)
12.12 V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
16 8
Brake pedal position switch Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(LG/W) (B)
• Brake pedal: Slightly de- 0V
pressed

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
17 8
Ignition switch Input [Ignition switch: ON] 11.87 V
(O) (B)
4V
1V
ASCD steering switch Input 3V
(SB/W) (B/Y) • ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed
2V
0V
• ASCD main switch: Pressed
19 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B/Y) (ASCD steering switch)
0V
24 8 Clutch pedal position • Clutch pedal: Fully released
Input
(G) (B) switch*1 [Ignition switch: ON]
11.25 V
• Clutch pedal: Fully depressed
31 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
32 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output
[Engine is running]
0.78 V
• A few seconds after turning ig-
36 8 ECM relay nition switch OFF
Output
(LG) (B) (Self shut-off)
• More than a few seconds after 12.42 V
turning ignition switch OFF
0V
Ignition switch: ON
37 8 Electric EGR cooling water JSBIA6338ZZ

Output
(G) (B) pump 1
Engine is running (at idle)
JSBIA6339ZZ

(G) (B) (Camshaft position sensor)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
42 50 JSBIA6340ZZ D
(L) (B)
E
[Engine is running]
F
JSBIA6341ZZ

— [Ignition switch: ON] 2.468 V G
(W) (B) (Fuel rail pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
46 86 • Idle speed H
Mass air flow sensor Input
(G) (BR) [Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm I
[Ignition switch: ON] 12 V
Perform “COOLANT CIRC
48 8 Thermo management valve SWITCHING S/V” in “ACTIVE J
Output
(Y) (B) control solenoid valve TEST” mode.*2 0V
Touch “START”: Command in
progress
K
50 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Camshaft position sensor)
Sensor power supply
53 58 L
(DPF differential pressure — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(G) (B)
sensor)
• Fuel temperature: less than 0.05 V M
45°C (113°F)
55 8
Fuel heater relay control Output [Engine is running]
(P) (B)
• Warm-up condition N
14.43 V
• Fuel temperature: 65°C
(149°F) or more
[Engine is running]
O
• Engine coolant temperature:
12.91 V
less than 20°C (68°F)
56 8 Glow plug control (com- • Idle speed
Output
(GR) (B) mand) [Engine is running] P
12.8 V
more than 80°C (176°F)
• Idle speed
Sensor ground
58
— (DPF differential pressure — — —
(B)
sensor)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
60 8 Engine oil pump control [Ignition switch: ON] 12 V

Input
(P) (B) valve Engine is running (at idle) 0V
(V) (B) (Throttle position sensor)
Engine is running (at idle) 1.1 V
Perform “TIRBOCHARGING
64 8 Turbocharger boost control SOLENOID VALVE” in “ACTIVE
Output
(BG) (B) solenoid valve TEST” mode.*2 1.5 V
progress
67 Sensor ground
— — — —
(G) (Throttle position sensor)
68 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Fuel rail pressure sensor)
Sensor power supply
69 70
(EGR volume control valve — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(L) (BR)
control position sensor)
Sensor ground
70
— (EGR volume control valve — — —
(BR)
For 20 seconds after turning igni-
tion switch OFF 0.2 – 4.7 V
71 67
Throttle position sensor Input NOTE: Output voltage fluctuates be-
(P) (G)
Repeat several times opening tween 0 V and 5.0 V.
and shutting after turning ignition
switch OFF.
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
72 68
Fuel rail pressure sensor Input [Engine is running]
(BR) (B)
1.77 V
• Revving engine from idle to
2,000 rpm quickly
(R) (B) (Mass air flow sensor)
0V
Ignition switch: ON

Output
(V) (B) pump 2
JSBIA6339ZZ

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
75 70 EGR volume control valve • Idle speed
Input
(G) (BR) control position sensor [Engine is running] C
Sensor power supply D
77 8
(Exhaust gas pressure sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(BR) (B)
sor)
Sensor ground
78 E
— (Exhaust gas pressure sen- — — —
(BG)
sor)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.52 V F
80 58 DPF differential pressure • Idle speed
Input
(BR) (B) sensor [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.55 V G
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed H
83 78 Exhaust gas pressure sen-
Input
(G) (BG) sor [Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm I
[Engine is running]
• Not warm-up condition 0.1 V
• Idle speed J
85 8 EGR cooler bypass valve
Output Perform “EGR BYPASS” in “AC-
(Y) (B) control solenoid valve
TIVE TEST” mode.*2 12 V
Touch “START”: Command in K
progress
Sensor ground
86
— (Mass air flow sensor, Intake — — —
(BR) L
air temperature sensor 1)
2.38 V
87 86 Intake air temperature sen- [Engine is running]
Input Output voltage varies with intake
(L) (BR) sor 1 • Warm-up condition
air temperature. M
0 – 5.17 V
• Fuel Pump relay always is on
89 8 Perform “FUEL PUMP” in “AC- N
Fuel pump relay control Output
(V) (B) TIVE TEST” mode.*2 12 V
progress
O
[Engine is running]
After the vehicles is driven for 6
minutes under the following con-
ditions P
91 8
A/F sensor heater Input • Warm-up condition
(V) (B)
• Vehicle speed: 80 km/h (50
MPH) or more
• Shift lever: Suitable gear posi-
tion JSBIA4820ZZ

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
92 8
Fuel flow actuator Output • Warm-up condition 9.6 - 12 V
(L) (B)
• Idle speed
93 8
Power supply for ECM Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(G) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
94 8
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Diesel particulate filter manual BATTERY VOLTAGE
regeneration switch indicator: (11 - 14 V)
Diesel particulate filter man- OFF
96 8 ual regeneration switch indi- Output
(BR) (B) [Engine is running]
cator*3
• Diesel particulate filter manual
0V
regeneration switch indicator:
ON
Sensor power supply
97 125
(Refrigerant pressure sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(R) (BR)
sor)
98 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Fuel temperature sensor)
[Engine is running]
99 125
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Both A/C switch and blower 1.2 - 1.3 V
(W) (BR)
fan switch: ON (Compressor
operates)
[Engine is running]
100 102 • Idle speed
Turbocharger boost sensor Input
(Y) (W) [Engine is running]
(R) (B) (Turbocharger boost sensor)
102 Sensor ground
— — — —
(W) (Turbocharger boost sensor)
[Engine is running] 1.9 V
103 98
Fuel temperature sensor Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with fuel
(Y) (B)
• Idle speed temperature.
104 143 Intake air temperature sen-
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with intake
(W) (L) sor 2
• Idle speed air temperature.
108 123 Exhaust gas temperature
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with ex-
(BR) (Y) sensor 2
• Idle speed haust gas temperature.
[Engine is running]
109 8 Glow plug control unit (diag- • Idle speed
Input 13 V
(G) (B) nosis) • No malfunction in glow control
system.

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
113 8 Diesel particulate filter man- regeneration switch: OFF
Input
(W) (B) ual regeneration switch*3 [Engine is running] C
• Diesel particulate filter manual 0V
regeneration switch: ON
Sensor ground D
114
— (Exhaust gas temperature — — —
(P)
sensor 1)
115 114 Exhaust gas temperature E
(LG) (P) sensor 1
118 Sensor ground
— — — —
(LG) (EGR temperature sensor) F
0.1 - 4.8 V
119 118
EGR temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with EGR
(GR) (LG)
temperature. G
Engine coolant temperature:
2.89 V
120 122 Engine coolant temperature 25°C (77°F)
Input
(L) (W) sensor Engine coolant temperature: H
0.84 V
80°C (176°F)
Sensor ground
122
— (Engine coolant temperature — — —
(W) I
sensor)
Sensor ground
123
(Y) J
sensor 2)
Sensor ground
125
— (Refrigerant pressure sen- — — —
(BR)
sor) K
A/F sensor Input 2.5 V
(R) (B) • Warm-up condition
130 8 [Engine is running] L
(G) (B) • Warm-up condition
132 142
(W) (B) G sensor*4 Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.5 V
M
135 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Crankshaft position sensor)
N

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
136 135 JSBIA6342ZZ
(R) (B)
[Engine is running]
JSBIA6343ZZ
137 142 *4
Sensor power supply Input [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(BR) (B) (G sensor)
(Y) (B) (Crankshaft position sensor)

tion switch OFF
NOTE:
139 8 Electric throttle control mo- Repeat several times opening
Output and shutting after turning ignition
(SB) (B) tor (+)
switch OFF.
JSBIA4828ZZ

More than 20 seconds after turn- 0V

tion switch OFF
NOTE:
(L) (B) tor (-)
switch OFF.
JSBIA4823ZZ

142
— Sensor ground*4 — — —
(B) (G sensor)
Sensor ground
143
— (Intake Air Temperature — — —
(L)
Sensor 2)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
EC
[Engine is running]
147 8 EGR volume control valve • Idle speed C
Input
(V) (B) motor (+) NOTE:
The duty cycle changes depend-
ing on EGR volume control valve
operation. JSBIA4825ZZ D
[Engine is running]
less than 30°C (86°F) E
Input
(BG) (B) motor (-) NOTE:
ing on EGR volume control valve F
operation. JSBIA4827ZZ
G
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
pending on rpm at idle.
153 8 JSBIA6344ZZ
Fuel injector No.2 (HI) Output I
(W) (B)
[Engine is running] J
K
JSBIA6345ZZ
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de- M
JSBIA6344ZZ
154 8
Fuel injector No.4 (HI) Output
(GR) (B) N
[Engine is running]
JSBIA6345ZZ P

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
155 8 JSBIA6344ZZ
(L) (B)
[Engine is running]
JSBIA6345ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
156 8 JSBIA6344ZZ
(G) (B)
[Engine is running]
JSBIA6345ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
JSBIA6346ZZ
157 8
Fuel injector No.2 (LO) Input
(B) (B)
[Engine is running]
JSBIA6347ZZ

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
158 8 JSBIA6346ZZ D
(LG) (B)
E
[Engine is running]
F
JSBIA6347ZZ
G
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
159 8 JSBIA6346ZZ
Fuel injector No.3 (LO) Input I
(V) (B)
K
JSBIA6347ZZ
• Idle speed
NOTE:
JSBIA6346ZZ
160 8
(R) (B) N
[Engine is running]
JSBIA6347ZZ P
*1: M/T models
*2: It can be confirmed using CONSULT.
*3: For Singapore
*4: A/T models

ECM
YS23DDT : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000011991608

U0415

ECM
A
• DPF regeneration forbidden EC
• Wastegate cut off C
F
P0120 Throttle position sensor • EGR valve closed G
H
P0135 A/F sensor circuit Stop closed-loop control I
P2244
• Throttle valve opened J
• ASCD deactivation K
P0200 Injector control circuit • EGR valve closed L
• DPF regeneration forbidden M
P0202 • Throttle valve opened N
P0217 Brake/accelerator pedal positions • Cooling FAN Activated O
P
that case)

ECM

ECM
A
P0488 EGR valve position control • EGR valve closed
C
P0544 Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit • EGR valve closed D
• Freeshift inhibited E
• Torque limitation F
• Factory and after sales routines inhibited G
H
P0575 I
• ASCD deactivation J
P060A • Reset ECM
K
• DPF regeneration forbidden L
• VDC deactivated and A/T in limp home mode M
P2119 • DPF regeneration forbidden N
• Freeshift inhibited O

ECM
• Wastegate activation is inhibited
P2452 Diesel particulate filter pressure sensor cir- • EGR valve closed

ECM
A
P24A7 Electric EGR cooling water pump • Electric EGR cooling water pump at maximum speed EC
P24A8 • Electric EGR cooling water pump blocked, no flow
77%)
C
• EGR valve closed D
YS23DDT : DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000011991609
F
chart.
G
U0101, U0121, U0415, P1656 CAN communication line
P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation H
P0095 Intake air temperature sensor 2
I
P0115 Engine coolant temperature sensor J
P0120 Throttle position sensor
P0135, P1130, P1131, P2244, P2626, P2A06 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
P0180 Fuel temperature sensor K
P0190 Fuel rail pressure sensor
P0225, P0226, P2120 Accelerator pedal sensor L
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor
1
P0340 Camshaft position sensor
High pressure EGR volume control valve control position M
P0409
sensor
P0470, P0471 Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
P040A EGR temperature sensor N
P0530 Refrigerant pressure sensor
O
P0606, P060A, P060B, P061A, P062B, P160C, P1620 ECM
P0641, P0651, P0697 Sensor power supply
P1453, P2452 DPF pressure sensor P
P1610, P1612, P1615, P1616 NATS
P2226 Atmosphere pressure sensor

ECM
P0001, P0002 High pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve)
P0045 Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 Fuel injector
P025A Fuel pump relay
P0403 High pressure EGR volume control valve
P0504, P0571, P0703 Brake switch
2 P0638, P2100, P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
P0657 ECM relay
P0833 Clutch pedal position switch
P1560 Engine oil pump control valve
P245A EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve
P24A7, P24A8 Electric EGR cooling water pump
P2681 Engine coolant bypass valve
P2688 Fuel heater
P0217, P1675 Engine over temperature (Overheat)
P0219 Engine over speed
P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272 Combustion disorder
P0380 Glow control system
P0402, P0487, P0488 EGR system
3 P0500 Vehicle speed signal
P0525, P1525 ASCD system
P1546, P2002 Diesel particulate filter
P2264 Water diesel detector
P253F Engine oil dilution
YS23DDT : DTC Index INFOID:0000000011991610
Items MIL lighting up

DTC*1 (CONSULT screen terms)
Trip Reference
Yellow Red
U0101 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 10 — — EC-945
U0121 MLTIPLXD TRACTION CNTRL CONN 10 — — EC-946
P0001 FUEL FLOW REGULATOR CIRCUIT 10 — × EC-949
P0002 FLOW CONTROL ADAPTIVE 10 — × EC-951
P0016 COHER BTWN CSFT SEN/ENG SPD 10 — — EC-954
P0045 TC SOLENOID VALVE CNTRL CIRC 3 × — EC-958
P0087 RAIL PRESSURE 10 — — EC-964
P0089 RAIL PRESSURE REGULATION FUNCTION 3 — — EC-967
P0095 AIR TEMP SEN/CIRC 3 × — EC-971
P0100 AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT 3 × — EC-973
P0101 INLET AIR CIRCUIT 1 × — EC-975

ECM

Trip Reference A
Yellow Red
P0105 INLET MANIF PRS SEN CIRC 3 × — EC-977
P0106 INLET PRESSURE CONSISTENCY 3 × — EC-979 EC
P0115 WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRC 3 × — EC-984
P0120 INLET AIR FLAP POSITION SEN 3 × — EC-986 C
P0135 PROPOR RICH SEN HEAT CIRC 3 — — EC-990
P0180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT 3 — — EC-992
D
P0190 RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT 10 — × EC-994
P0200 INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT 10 — × EC-996
P0201 CYLINDER 1 INJECTOR CIRC 3 × × EC-998 E
P0202 CYLINDER 2 INJECTOR CIRC 3 × × EC-998
F
P0217 ENGINE OVERHEATING 10 — × EC-1001
P0219 ENGINE OVERSPEED 10 — × EC-1004 G
P0225 PEDAL POTENTIOMETER CIRCUIT TRACK 1 3 × — EC-1005
P0226 BRAKE/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITIONS 3 × × EC-1008
H
P025A FUEL PUMP MODULE A 10 — — EC-1010
P0263 FUEL INJECTION CALIBRATION FOR CYLINDER NO. 1 10 — — EC-1012
P0266 FUEL INJECTION CALIBRATION FOR CYLINDER NO. 2 10 — — EC-1012 I
P0335 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 3 × — EC-1015
J
P0340 CAMSHAFT SENSOR CIRCUIT 10 — — EC-1017

P0380 PREHEATING UNIT DIAG CONN 3 — — EC-1019
K
P0402 EGR VALVE JAMMED OPEN 3 × — EC-1022
P0403 EGR VLV CMD CIRC 3 × — EC-1024
P0409 EGR VALVE POSITION SEN CIRC 3 × — EC-1027 L
P040A HIGH PRESS EGR TEMP SEN 3 × — EC-1029
P0470 TBN UPSTR PRS SEN CIRC 3 × — EC-1032
M
P0471 PRS UPSTR OF TBN 3 × — EC-1035
P0488 EGR VALVE POSITION CNTRL 3 × — EC-1040 N
P0500 VEHICLE SPEED INFORMATION 10 — — EC-1042
P0504 BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CONSISTENCY 1 — — EC-1043
O
P0525 CRUISE CONTROL DATA MONITORING 10 — — EC-1045
P0530 RFRG TEMP PRESS SEN VOLT 1 — — EC-1046
P0544 TBN UPSTR TEMP SEN CIRC 3 × — EC-1048 P
P0560 COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 10 — — EC-1050
P0564 SL LMTR/CC FNC 10 — — EC-1052
P0571 BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT 1 — — EC-1054
P0575 CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS 10 — — EC-1057
P0606 COMPUTER 3 × — EC-1061

ECM

Trip Reference
Yellow Red
P060A COMPUTER 3 × × EC-1063
P060B COMPUTER 3 × — EC-1064
P061A COMP 3 × × EC-1065
P062B COMPUTER 10 — × EC-1066
P0638 INLET AIR FLAP POSITION CTRL 3 × — EC-1068
P0641 SEN SUPPLY N-1 VOL 10 — × EC-1070
P0657 MAIN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT 10 — — EC-1077
P0703 BRAKE PEDAL CONTACT CIRCUIT 1 — — EC-1081
P0833*2 CLUTCH SWITCH SIGNAL CONSISTENCY 1 — — EC-1084

P1130 PROPOR RICH SEN CIRC 3 — — EC-1087
DIFF. PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT, PARTICLE FIL-
P1453 3 × — EC-1091
TER
P1525 CONSISTENT MULTIPLEX SIGNALS FOR CC/SL 10 — — EC-1093
P1544 TEMP SEN UPSTREAM OF PF 10 × × EC-1094
P1546 TEMP. UPSTREAM OF PF 10 — × EC-1097
P1560 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 10 — — EC-1113
P160C COMPUTER 10 — — EC-1115
SEC-87 (With in-
telligent key),
P1610 LOCK MODE 10 — —
SEC-264 (Without
intelligent key)
SEC-90 (With in-
telligent key),
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU 10 — —
SEC-267 (Without
intelligent key)
P1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY 10 — — SEC-272
SEC-92 (With in-
telligent key),
P1616 ECM 10 — —
SEC-273 (Without
intelligent key)
P1620 PROPOR RICH SEN FNC 3 — — EC-1117
P1656 MULTIPLEXED E.T.C. CONNECTION 10 — — EC-1119
P1675 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE 1 — — EC-1120
P2002 PARTICLE FILTER 3 × × EC-1123
P2080 TBN DOWNS TEMP REG 3 × — EC-1125
P2100 INLET AIR FLAP CIRCUIT 3 × — EC-1127
P2119 AIR INLET FLAP 1 × — EC-1129
P2226 ATMOS PRESS SEN 3 × — EC-1134
P2263 BOOST PRESSURE CIRCUIT 10 — — EC-1137
P2264 WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR 10 — — EC-1139
P2452 P/FLT DIFF PRS SEN 3 × — EC-1141

ECM

Trip Reference A
Yellow Red
P245A EGR BYPASS CIRCUIT 3 × — EC-1144
P24A7 1ST EGR WATER PUMP CNT CIRC 3 × — EC-1147 EC
P24A8 EGR CLNT PUMP 2 CNT CIRC 3 × — EC-1151
P253F ENG OIL DILUTION 3 — — EC-1155
P2626 PROPOR RICH SEN CIRC 3 — — EC-1157 C
P2681 COOLANT CIRC SWITCHING S/V 10 — × EC-1159
P2688 FUEL SUPPLY HEATER CONTROL 10 — — EC-1162
D
P2A06 PROPOR RICH SEN CIRC 3 — — EC-1165
*1: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*2: With M/T models E
YS23DDTT
YS23DDTT : Reference Value INFOID:0000000012032375
F

NOTE:
G
• These values are input/output values that ECM receives/transmits and may differ from actual operations. H
Monitor item condition Values/Status I

A/C COMMAND Ignition switch: ON NOT DETECTED
A/C switch: ON DONE
A/C ATHRSTION Ignition switch: ON J
A/C switch: OFF NOT DONE
FUEL PUMP RELAY Ignition switch: ON ACTIVE
ETAT PRIVE 5 Ignition switch: ON STAT0
K
Brake pedal: Fully released NO PRS
BRAKE PEDAL Ignition switch: ON Brake pedal: Fully depressed PRESSED
Other than above condition RESERVED/INACTIVE L
REFRIGERANT PRES- Approx. 4 bar
Ignition switch: ON
SURE Indicates refrigerant pressure
FIRST OFF/V OPEN Ignition switch: ON Approx. 90.04% M
FIRST OFF/V CLOSE Ignition switch: ON Approx. 14.64 %
LAST OFF/V CLOSE Ignition switch: ON Approx. 14.64 %
N
LAST OFF/V OPEN Ignition switch: ON Approx. 90.04 %
RAIL FLOW REGULA-
TION VALVE OCR O
RFRG TEMP PRESS
Ignition switch: ON Approx. 0.7 V
SEN VOLT
TBN UPSTR TEMP SETP Engine running at idle 770 °C P
HEATER PLUG CON-
TROL
PREHEATING MODE Ignition switch: ON 0.0%
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed Approx. 54.5 kg/h
MEASURE AIR FLOW • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Approx. 164.8 kg/h

ECM
POST INJECTION FLOW
Ignition switch: ON Approx. 0.00 mg/strk
1
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed Approx. 65.6 m3/h
FLOW GAS IN DPF • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Approx. 16 m3/h
AIR INLET/F REL POS Ignition switch: ON Approx. 75.60%

PARTICLE FILTER DIFF.
PRESSURE CORREC- Ignition switch: ON –3.0 mbar
TION
EGR LOW PRESSURE
POSITION
IN FLAP ABSO POSI Ignition switch: ON 90.13 %
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 901 µs
AVERAGE PERIOD OF
• Shift lever: P
FLOWMETER SIGNAL Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 612 µs
• No load
INLET/F SEN SUPPLY
VOLT
CRNKS SYNC LOSS
COUN
MAIN INJECTION FLOW • Shift lever: P
CYLINDER 1 ADAPTA-
TION STATUS
CYLINDER 2 ADAPTA-
TION STATUS
Clutch pedal: Fully released RELSD
CL START OF TRAVEL
Ignition switch: ON Clutch pedal: Fully depressed PRESSED
SW
Other than above condition INACTIVE
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
1
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
4
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 94.3 °C
TEMP. UPSTREAM OF
• Shift lever: P
PF Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 110.7 °C
• No load
6.36 g
SOOT IN P/FLT Ignition switch: ON
Indicates soot mas in the DPF
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 16.16 g/s
EXHAUST SYSTEM
• Shift lever: P
FLOW Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 54.89 g/s
• No load
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
2
F/FLOW CORR CYL NO.
3
P/FLT DIFF. PRS • Shift lever: P
POTN VAL EGR VALVE

CLSD
SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL Ignition switch: ON Approx. 4.98 V

ECM
A
PRS UPSTR OF TBN • Shift lever: P
Indicates temperature up- EC

TEMP upstream turbine Ignition switch: ON
stream of turbine
PART.FILTER UP-
STREAM TEMP SENSOR Ignition switch: ON 4.95 V C
VOLTAGE
DMPR VLV SET POS Ignition switch: ON 0.0 %
DAMPER VALVE SEN D
VOLT
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 0.96 V
TBN UPSTR PRS SEN
• Shift lever: P E
VOLT Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 1.49 V
• No load
DURATION OF RESUME
BUTTON PRESS
F
DURATION OF + BUT-
TON PRESS
DURATION OF - BUT-
Ignition switch: ON 0s G
TON PRESS
DURATION OF SUS-
PEND BUTTON PRESS
H
TURBOCHARGING SO- Ignition switch: ON 5.0 %
LENOID VALVE OCR Engine running at idle 92.6 %
REGEN MALFNC Ignition switch: ON 0 I
NUMBER OF ABNOR-
MAL CC/SL TRANSI- Ignition switch: ON 0
TIONS J
CYLINDER 3 ADAPTA-
TION STATUS
CYLINDER 4 ADAPTA- K
TION STATUS
0 km
AFTER REPLAC DPF Ignition switch: ON Value of the driven distance L

when the last DPF change oc-
curs
0 km M
KM SINCE SUCCESS Indicates of the vehicle mile-
Ignition switch: ON
REGEN age just after a successful re-
generation
N
CRUISE CONTROL INFO
Ignition switch: ON STAT 0
MONITORING

ECM
State of the reversible failures
not due to ASCD/speed limiter
which cause ASCD/speed lim-
iter failure
• STAT1: Real vehicle speed
unavailable is detected.
• STAT2: Displayed vehicle
speed unavailable is detect-
CC/SL SPEED SIGNAL ed.
Ignition switch: ON
MONITORING • STAT3: Real vehicle speed
absence is detected.
• STAT4: Display vehicle
speed absence is detected.
• STAT5: Change of the dis-
played speed unit is detect-
ed.
• STAT6: Speed limiter inhibi-
tion is detected.
COMP + AFTER IGNI-
Ignition switch: ON PRESENT
TION
Ignition switch: ON Off
MOTOR
Engine running at idle Running
CC/SL LMTR Ignition switch: ON inactive
CRUISE CONTROL Ignition switch: ON CORRECT
CRANKSHAFT SYN-
Engine running at idle CORRECT
CHRONISATION
PREHEATER LIGHT Ignition switch: ON EXTING
PREHEATING REL CNT Ignition switch: ON Deactivat
COMBUSTION MODE
Ignition switch: ON NORMAL
SET
EGR FUN PROG Ignition switch: ON DONE
CLUTCH PEDAL Clutch pedal position switch
Ignition switch: ON
SWITCH status is displayed.
CRUISE CONTROL/
SPEED LIMITER OPERA- Ignition switch: ON Off
TION
LOW FUEL LEVEL IN-
Ignition switch: ON Low
FORMATION
CC/SL DEACT BY DR
Ignition switch: ON NONE
ACTIN
WATER IN DIESEL DE-
Ignition switch: ON DETECTED
TECTOR
ACC. PDL DETECT
BLOCK
COMBUSTION MODE Ignition switch: ON NORMAL
STARTER BUTTON Ignition switch: ON RELSD
CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS Ignition switch: ON Inactive
ENGAGE REVERSE
GEAR
AUTOMATIC GEARBOX
IN DEFECT MODE
BRAKING DETECTED Brake pedal: Fully released NO PRS

Ignition switch: ON
MULTIPLEX SIGNAL Brake pedal: Fully depressed PRESSED

ECM
A
Indicates Manifold air temper-
MANIFOLD AIR TEMP Ignition switch: ON
ature.
FIRST START Ignition switch: ON DONE
EC
State of the failures which
cause irreversible ASCD safe-
ty failure is displayed.
• STAT1: Presence of ASCD C
force request despite the
ASCD deactivation
CC OPERATING RELI-
Ignition switch: ON • STAT2: Activation of the
ABLY D
open brake switch without
ASCD deactivation
• STAT3: Activation of the
minimum travel clutch
switch without ASCD deac- E
tivation
km/h or mph
VEHICLE SPEED UNIT Ignition switch: ON F
Indicates vehicle speed
Indicates boost regulation
TURBO REGULATION Ignition switch: ON
state
G
CAM TDC SYNC Ignition switch: ON DONE
CLUTCH INFO UNAVAIL-
ABLE
H
CLUTCH INFO ABSENT Ignition switch: ON Not detected
BRAKE INFO UNAVAIL-
ABLE
I
BRAKE INFO ABSENT Ignition switch: ON Not detected
DECEL W/O BRK DEPR Ignition switch: ON Not detected
S/DECEL W/O BRK J
DEPR
CC INHIBITED BY INJEC-
TION K
SL INHIBITED BY INJEC-
TION
ACTL VHCL SPD INFO L
UNAVL
DISP VHCL SPD UNAVL Ignition switch: ON Not detected
ACTL VHCL SPD INFO M
ABSNT
DISP VHCL SPD INFO
ABSNT N
CHANGE OF VHCL SPD
UNIT
WIRED BRAKE CON- Brake pedal: Fully released NO PRS O

Ignition switch: ON
TACT Brake pedal: Fully depressed PRESSED
TRC/ANTI-YAW CNT Ignition switch: ON NO
P
PARKING BRAKE Ignition switch: ON RELSD
1ST IN VAL OPEN PR Ignition switch: ON DONE
1ST IN VAL CLOS PR Ignition switch: ON DONE
CC/SL CONN AUTHR Ignition switch: ON inactive
CC CONT INHI INJ Ignition switch: ON NO
SL INHI SYS INJ Ignition switch: ON NO

ECM
NUMBER OF STARTING
1
NUMBER OF STARTING
2
NUMBER OF STARTING
3
NUMBER OF STARTING
4
Maximum vehicle speed to
MAXIMUM VEHICLE authorize commercial vehicle
Ignition switch: ON
SPEED accessories accelerated idle
speed
FAST IDLE SPD FUNC-
Ignition switch: ON inactive
TION
ENGINE TORQUE REF-
• Shift lever: P
ERENCE VALUE Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 75.9 Nm
• No load
VEHICLE SPEED DIS-
PLAYED
CLUTCH CONTACT
MULTIPLEX SIGNAL
VEHICLE SPEED MULTI-
PLEXED INFORMATION
VEHICLE SPEED DIS- Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer Almost the same speed as the
PLAYED indication. speedometer indication.
MANIFOLD PRESSURE Engine running at idle 1012 mbar
OIL DILUTION INFOR-
Ignition switch: ON Indicates oil dilution rate.
MATION
MAX PERMISSIBLE
Ignition switch: ON 65535.0 km/h
SPEED
Speed meter indication cur-
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer
GEARBOX RATIO rent gear engaged:
indication.
DECLTC/1/2/3/4/5/6/RVRS
Memorized soot mass left in
SOOT AFTER REGEN Ignition switch: ON CSF after a regeneration is
display.
CARBON MATERIAL
RATE
CRANK SIGNAL Engine running at idle DETECTED
ENGINE OIL DILUTION
RATIO
EGR VALVE OPENING
REFERENCE
Indicates target fuel rail pres-
RAIL PRES SET Engine running at idle
sure
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 1056 hPa
BOOST PRESS REF
• Shift lever: P
VALUE Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 1175 hPa
• No load
ENGINE TORQUE • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 26.94 Nm

FUEL FLOW • Shift lever: P

ECM
A
EST. AIR FLOW • Shift lever: P
MILEAGE Ignition switch: ON Total vehicle distance EC
ACCELERATOR PEDAL Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.0

Ignition switch: ON
POSITION Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.05
C
ATMOSPHERIC PRES- Output voltage varies with at-
Ignition switch: ON
SURE mospheric pressure sensor
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed Approx. 337 bar
D
RAIL PRESSURE • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Approx. 382 bar
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed Approx. 1012 mbar

BOOST PRESSURE • Shift lever: P E
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Approx. 1132 mbar
ENGINE SPEED Engine running at idle Indicates engine speed

INLET AIR TEMPERA- F
Ignition switch: ON Indicates inlet air temperature
TURE
FUEL TEMPERATURE Ignition switch: ON Indicates fuel temperature
G
Indicates engine coolant tem-
WATER TEMP Ignition switch: ON
perature
COMPUTER SUPPLY
Ignition switch: ON 14.12 V H
VOLTAGE
ATMOS PRESS SEN Output voltage varies with at-
Ignition switch: ON
VOLT mospheric pressure sensor
Output voltage varies with rail
I
RAIL PRESS SEN VOLT Engine running at idle
pressure
Indicates number of engine
NUMBER OF ROT ENG Ignition switch: ON revolutions since the last oil J
drain
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speed meter in- Almost the same speed as the
VEHICLE SPEED
dication. speedometer indication. K
EGR VALVE FIRST OFF-
SET
LAST EGR VALVE OFF- L
SET
The preset ASCD vehicle
Cruise control setting Ignition switch: ON
speed is displayed. M
ASCD MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0 V
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 0.99 V
RV/LV BUTTON VOLT- N
Ignition switch: ON ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed Approx. 2.99 V
AGE
COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 1.99 V
ASCD switches: Released Approx. 3.99 V
O
High pressure EGR position is
EGR POSITION Engine running at idle
displayed.
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 597.0 mg/strk P
INLET AIR FLOW • Shift lever: P


ECM
EGR POTENTIOMETER EGR valve position sensor
Engine running at idle
VOLTAGE voltage
Indicates EGR valve PWM
EGR VALVE CONTROL Engine running at idle
command
Inlet throttle PWM command
IN/FLAP CTRL Engine running at idle
is displayed.
• Engine: After warming up Idle speed 1012.0 hPa
MANIFOLD PRESSURE • Shift lever: P
• No load Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 1236.0 hPa
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSBIA6278GB
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• ECM is located near the battery in the engine room.
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
1
(B)
• Engine stopped
0.74 V
Input
• Engine stopped
4.54 V
pressed
Sensor ground
3
(L)
sensor 1)
4
(B)
(Y/L) (B) (Water in fuel sensor)
Sensor power supply
6 3
(L/W) (L)
sensor 1)
7
(B)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
8 EC
(B)
[Ignition switch: ON] 11.69 V
9 8 [Engine is running] C
Water in fuel sensor Input
(R) (B) • Warm-up condition 14.0 V
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply D
10 12
(W) (B)
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] E
• Engine stopped
0.38 V
Input F
• Engine stopped
2.25 V
pressed G
Sensor ground
12
(B)
sensor 2)
H
12.12 V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
16 8
Brake pedal position switch Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(LG/W) (B) I
• Brake pedal: Slightly de- 0V
pressed
17 8
Ignition switch Input [Ignition switch: ON] 11.87 V J
(O) (B)
4V
[Ignition switch: ON] K
1V
ASCD steering switch Input 3V L
(SB/W) (B/Y) • ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed
2V
[Ignition switch: ON] M
0V
• ASCD main switch: Pressed
19 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B/Y) (ASCD steering switch) N
0V
24 8 Clutch pedal position • Clutch pedal: Fully released
Input
(G) (B) switch*1 [Ignition switch: ON] O
11.25 V
• Clutch pedal: Fully depressed
31 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output P
32 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
0.78 V
• A few seconds after turning ig-
36 8 ECM relay nition switch OFF
Output
(LG) (B) (Self shut-off)
• More than a few seconds after 12.42 V
turning ignition switch OFF
0V
Ignition switch: ON

Output
(G) (B) pump 1
JSBIA6339ZZ

(G) (B) (Camshaft position sensor)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
42 50 JSBIA6340ZZ
(L) (B)
[Engine is running]
JSBIA6341ZZ

(W) (B) (Fuel rail pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
Mass air flow sensor Input
(G) (BR) [Engine is running]

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Ignition switch: ON] 12 V EC
Perform “COOLANT CIRC
48 8 Thermo management valve SWITCHING S/V” in “ACTIVE
Output
(Y) (B) control solenoid valve TEST” mode.*2 0V C
progress
50 Sensor ground D
— — — —
(B) (Camshaft position sensor)
Engine is running (at idle) 12 V
Perform “HIGH PRESSURE E
51 8 HP compressor bypass COMPRESSOR” in “ACTIVE
Output
(BR) (B) valve control solenoid valve TEST” mode.*2 0V
progress F
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed G
[Engine is running]
52 8 HP turbine bypass valve • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
(L) (B) control solenoid valve
Output H
Perform “HIGH PRESSURE
TURBINE” in “ACTIVE TEST”
mode.*2 1.6 V
I
progress
Sensor power supply
53 58
(DPF differential pressure — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
J
(G) (B)
sensor)
• Fuel temperature: less than 0.05 V K
45°C (113°F)
55 8
Fuel heater relay control Output [Engine is running]
(P) (B)
• Warm-up condition L
14.43 V
• Fuel temperature: 65°C
(149°F) or more
[Engine is running]
M
12.91 V
56 8 Glow plug control (com- • Idle speed
Output
(GR) (B) mand) [Engine is running] N
12.8 V
more than 80°C (176°F)
• Idle speed
O
Sensor ground
58
— (DPF differential pressure — — —
(B)
sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON] 12 V
P
60 8 Engine oil pump control
Input
(P) (B) valve Engine is running (at idle) 0V
(V) (B) (Throttle position sensor)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
Engine is running (at idle) 1.1 V
Perform “TIURBOCHARGING
64 8 SOLENOID VALVE” in “ACTIVE
LP wastegate valve control Output
(BG) (B) TEST” mode.*2 1.5 V
solenoid valve
progress
67 Sensor ground
— — — —
(G) (Throttle position sensor)
68 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Fuel rail pressure sensor)
Sensor power supply
69 70
(EGR volume control valve — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(L) (BR)
Sensor ground
70
— (EGR volume control valve — — —
(BR)
tion switch OFF 0 – 4.45 V
71 67
Throttle position sensor Input NOTE: Output voltage fluctuates be-
(P) (G)
Repeat several times opening tween 0 V and 4.0 V.
and shutting after turning ignition
switch OFF.
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
72 68
Fuel rail pressure sensor Input [Engine is running]
(BR) (B)
1.77 V
• Revving engine from idle to
2,000 rpm quickly
(R) (B) (Mass air flow sensor)
0V
Ignition switch: ON
JSBIA6338ZZ
74 8 Electric EGR cooling water
Output
(V) (B) pump 2
JSBIA6339ZZ
[Engine is running]
Input
(G) (BR) control position sensor [Engine is running]

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
Sensor power supply EC
77 8
(Exhaust gas pressure sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(BR) (B)
sor)
Sensor ground C
78
— (Exhaust gas pressure sen- — — —
(BG)
sor)
[Engine is running] D
80 58 DPF differential pressure • Idle speed
Input
(BR) (B) sensor [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.55 V E
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.88 V F
83 78 Exhaust gas pressure sen- • Idle speed
Input
(G) (BG) sor [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.6 V G
[Engine is running]
• Not warm-up condition 0.1 V
• Idle speed H
85 8 EGR cooler bypass valve
Output Perform “EGR BYPASS” in “AC-
(Y) (B) control solenoid valve
TIVE TEST” mode.*2 12 V
Touch “START”: Command in I
progress
Sensor ground
86
— (Mass air flow sensor, Intake — — — J
(BR)
air temperature sensor 1)
2.38 V
87 86 Intake air temperature sen- [Engine is running]
Input Output voltage varies with intake K
(L) (BR) sor 1 • Warm-up condition
air temperature.
0 – 5.17 V
• Fuel Pump relay always is on
L
89 8 Perform “FUEL PUMP” in “AC-
Fuel pump relay control Output
(V) (B) TIVE TEST” mode.*2 12 V
progress M
[Engine is running]
After the vehicles is driven for 6
minutes under the following con- N
ditions
91 8
A/F sensor heater Input • Warm-up condition
(V) (B)
• Vehicle speed: 80 km/h (50
MPH) or more O
• Shift lever: Suitable gear posi-
tion JSBIA4820ZZ
[Engine is running] P
92 8
Fuel flow actuator Output • Warm-up condition 9.6 - 12 V
(L) (B)
• Idle speed
93 8
(G) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
94 8
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Diesel particulate filter manual BATTERY VOLTAGE
regeneration switch indicator: (11 - 14 V)
Diesel particulate filter man- OFF
96 8 ual regeneration switch indi- Output
(BR) (B) [Engine is running]
cator*3
0V
regeneration switch indicator:
ON
Sensor power supply
97 125
(Refrigerant pressure sen- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(R) (BR)
sor)
98 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Fuel temperature sensor)
[Engine is running]
99 125
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Both A/C switch and blower 1.2 - 1.3 V
(W) (BR)
fan switch: ON (Compressor
operates)
[Engine is running]
Turbocharger boost sensor Input
(Y) (W) [Engine is running]
(R) (B) (Turbocharger boost sensor)
102 Sensor ground
— — — —
(W) (Turbocharger boost sensor)
103 98
Fuel temperature sensor Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with fuel
(Y) (B)
• Idle speed temperature.
104 143 Intake air temperature sen-
Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with intake
(W) (L) sor 2
• Idle speed air temperature.
(BR) (Y) sensor 2
[Engine is running]
109 8 Glow plug control unit (diag- • Idle speed
Input 13 V
(G) (B) nosis) • No malfunction in glow control
system.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
113 8 Diesel particulate filter man- regeneration switch: OFF
Input
(W) (B) ual regeneration switch*3 [Engine is running]
• Diesel particulate filter manual 0V
Sensor ground
114
(P)
sensor 1)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running] 4.85 V EC
(LG) (P) sensor 1
118 Sensor ground C
— — — —
(LG) (EGR temperature sensor)
0.1 - 4.8 V
119 118
EGR temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with EGR D
(GR) (LG)
temperature.
Engine coolant temperature:
2.89 V
120 122 Engine coolant temperature 25°C (77°F)
Input E
(L) (W) sensor Engine coolant temperature:
0.84 V
80°C (176°F)
Sensor ground
122
— (Engine coolant temperature — — —
F
(W)
sensor)
Sensor ground
123 G
(Y)
sensor 2)
Sensor ground
125
— (Refrigerant pressure sen- — — — H
(BR)
sor)
(R) (B) • Warm-up condition
I
(G) (B) • Warm-up condition
132 142 J
(W) (B) G sensor*4 Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.5 V
135 Sensor ground

— — — —
(B) (Crankshaft position sensor)
K
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
L
NOTE:
M
JSBIA6342ZZ
136 135
(R) (B)
N
[Engine is running]
O
JSBIA6343ZZ
137 142 Sensor power supply*4 P

Input [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(BR) (B) (G sensor)
(Y) (B) (Crankshaft position sensor)

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output

tion switch OFF
NOTE:
(SB) (B) tor (+)
switch OFF.
JSBIA4828ZZ


tion switch OFF
NOTE:
(L) (B) tor (-)
switch OFF.
JSBIA4823ZZ

142
— Sensor ground*4 — — —
(B) (G sensor)
Sensor ground
143
— (Intake Air Temperature — — —
(L)
Sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
Input
(V) (B) motor (+) NOTE:
[Engine is running]
Input
(BG) (B) motor (-) NOTE:

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
153 8 JSBIA6344ZZ D
(W) (B)
E
[Engine is running]
F
JSBIA6345ZZ
G
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
154 8 JSBIA6344ZZ
Fuel injector No.4 (HI) Output I
(GR) (B)
K
JSBIA6345ZZ
• Idle speed
NOTE:
JSBIA6344ZZ
155 8
(L) (B) N
[Engine is running]
JSBIA6345ZZ P

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
156 8 JSBIA6344ZZ
(G) (B)
[Engine is running]
JSBIA6345ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
157 8 JSBIA6346ZZ
(B) (B)
[Engine is running]
JSBIA6347ZZ
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
JSBIA6346ZZ
158 8
(LG) (B)
[Engine is running]
JSBIA6347ZZ

ECM
Terminal No.
Description
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
NOTE:
159 8 JSBIA6346ZZ D
(V) (B)
E
[Engine is running]
F
JSBIA6347ZZ
G
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: H
160 8 JSBIA6346ZZ
Fuel injector No.1 (LO) Input I
(R) (B)
K
JSBIA6347ZZ
*1: M/T models

*2: It can be confirmed using CONSULT. L
*3: For Singapore
*4: A/T models
YS23DDTT : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000012032376 M

N
U0415 O
P

ECM
P0033 HP compressor bypass valve control sole- • EGR valve closed
noid valve • Throttle valve opened
P004A HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid
HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve opened (open loop)
valve

ECM
A
• Throttle valve opened EC
• Torque limitation C
P0120 Throttle position sensor • EGR valve closed D
• Compression test routine forbidden E
F
P2244
• Rail pressure limitation G
H
• Throttle valve opened I
• Increased idle speed J
P0203 • ASCD deactivation K
P0217 Brake/accelerator pedal positions • Cooling FAN Activated L
that case) M
P0225 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1circuit • Torque limitation N
P0226 Brake/accelerator pedal positions • Torque limitation O
P

ECM
P0488 EGR valve position control • EGR valve closed

ECM
A
• DPF regeneration forbidden EC
C
• Glow plug circuit deactivated D
• Factory and after sales routines inhibited
• ASCD deactivation E
F
P0575
P0571 Brake switch ASCD deactivation G
P060A • Reset ECM H
P062B • EGR valve closed I
P0638 Electric throttle control actuator • EGR valve closed K
• Airflow regulation cut off L

ECM
P2452 Diesel particulate filter pressure sensor cir- • EGR valve closed

ECM
A
P24A7 Electric EGR cooling water pump • Electric EGR cooling water pump at maximum speed EC
P24A8 • Electric EGR cooling water pump blocked, no flow
77%)
C
• EGR valve closed D
YS23DDTT : DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000012032377
F
chart.
G
U0101, U0121, U0415, P1656 CAN communication line
P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation H
I
P0115 Engine coolant temperature sensor J
P0120 Throttle position sensor
P0135, P1130, P1131, P2244, P2626, P2A06 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
P0180 Fuel temperature sensor K
P0190 Fuel rail pressure sensor
P0225, P0226, P2120 Accelerator pedal sensor L
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor
1
P0340 Camshaft position sensor
High pressure EGR volume control valve control position M
P0409
sensor
P0470, P0471 Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1
P040A EGR temperature sensor N
P0530 Refrigerant pressure sensor
O
P0606, P060A, P060B, P061A, P062B, P160C, P1620 ECM
P0641, P0651, P0697 Sensor power supply
P1453, P2452 DPF pressure sensor P
P1610, P1612, P1615, P1616 NATS
P2226 Atmosphere pressure sensor

ECM
P0001, P0002 High pressure supply pump (volumetric control valve)
High pressure compressor bypass valve control solenoid
P0033
valve
P0045 Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
P004A High pressure turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve
P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204 Fuel injector
P025A Fuel pump relay
P0403 High pressure EGR volume control valve
2
P0504, P0571, P0703 Brake switch
P0638, P2100, P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
P0657 ECM relay
P0833 Clutch pedal position switch
P1560 Engine oil pump control valve
P245A EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve
P24A7, P24A8 Electric EGR cooling water pump
P2681 Engine coolant bypass valve
P2688 Fuel heater
P0217, P1675 Engine over temperature (Overheat)
P0219 Engine over speed
P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272 Combustion disorder
P0380 Glow control system
P0402, P0487, P0488 EGR system
3 P0500 Vehicle speed signal
P0525, P1525 ASCD system
P1546, P2002 Diesel particulate filter
P2264 Water diesel detector
P253F Engine oil dilution
YS23DDTT : DTC Index INFOID:0000000012032378

Trip Reference
Yellow Red
U0101 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 10 — — EC-945
P0001 FUEL FLOW REGULATOR CIRCUIT 10 — × EC-949
P0002 FLOW CONTROL ADAPTIVE 10 — × EC-951
P0016 COHER BTWN CSFT SEN/ENG SPD 10 — — EC-954
P0033 BYPASS SOL VLV CONTROL VALVE 3 × — EC-956
P0045 TC SOLENOID VALVE CNTRL CIRC 3 × — EC-959
P004A HIGH PRESS COMP BYPASS SOL VLV 10 — — EC-962

ECM

Trip Reference A
Yellow Red
P0087 RAIL PRESSURE 10 — — EC-964
P0089 RAIL PRESSURE REGULATION FUNCTION 3 — — EC-967 EC
P0100 AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT 3 × — EC-973
P0101 INLET AIR CIRCUIT 1 × — EC-975 C
P0105 INLET MANIF PRS SEN CIRC 3 × — EC-977
P0106 INLET PRESSURE CONSISTENCY 3 × — EC-979
D
P0115 WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRC 3 × — EC-984
P0120 INLET AIR FLAP POSITION SEN 3 × — EC-986 E
P0180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT 3 — — EC-992
F
P0190 RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT 10 — × EC-994
P0200 INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT 10 — × EC-996
P0201 CYLINDER 1 INJECTOR CIRC 3 × × EC-998 G
H
P0217 ENGINE OVERHEATING 10 — × EC-1001
P0219 ENGINE OVERSPEED 10 — × EC-1004 I
P0226 BRAKE/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITIONS 3 × × EC-1008
P025A FUEL PUMP MODULE A 10 — — EC-1010
J

K
P0335 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL 3 × — EC-1015 L
P0340 CAMSHAFT SENSOR CIRCUIT 10 — — EC-1017
P0380 PREHEATING UNIT DIAG CONN 3 — — EC-1019
M
P0402 EGR VALVE JAMMED OPEN 3 × — EC-1022
P0409 EGR VALVE POSITION SEN CIRC 3 × — EC-1027 N
P040A HIGH PRESS EGR TEMP SEN 3 × — EC-1029
P0470 TBN UPSTR PRS SEN CIRC 3 × — EC-1032
O
P0471 PRS UPSTR OF TBN 3 × — EC-1035
P0488 EGR VALVE POSITION CNTRL 3 × — EC-1040 P
P0500 VEHICLE SPEED INFORMATION 10 — — EC-1042
P0504 BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CONSISTENCY 1 — — EC-1043
P0525 CRUISE CONTROL DATA MONITORING 10 — — EC-1045
P0530 RFRG TEMP PRESS SEN VOLT 1 — — EC-1046
P0544 TBN UPSTR TEMP SEN CIRC 3 × — EC-1048

ECM

Trip Reference
Yellow Red
P0560 COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 10 — — EC-1050
P0564 SL LMTR/CC FNC 10 — — EC-1052
P0571 BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT 1 — — EC-1054
P0575 CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS 10 — — EC-1057
P0606 COMPUTER 3 × — EC-1061
P060A COMPUTER 3 × × EC-1063
P060B COMPUTER 3 × — EC-1064
P061A COMP 3 × × EC-1065
P062B COMPUTER 10 — × EC-1066
P0638 INLET AIR FLAP POSITION CTRL 3 × — EC-1068
P0657 MAIN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT 10 — — EC-1077
P0703 BRAKE PEDAL CONTACT CIRCUIT 1 — — EC-1081
P0833*2 CLUTCH SWITCH SIGNAL CONSISTENCY 1 — — EC-1084

P1453 DIFF. PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT, PARTICLE FILTER 3 × — EC-1091
P1525 CONSISTENT MULTIPLEX SIGNALS FOR CC/SL 10 — — EC-1093
P1544 TEMP SEN UPSTREAM OF PF 10 × × EC-1094
P1546 TEMP. UPSTREAM OF PF 10 — × EC-1097
P1560 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE 10 — — EC-1113
P160C COMPUTER 10 — — EC-1115
SEC-87 (With in-
telligent key),
P1610 LOCK MODE 10 — — SEC-264 (With-
out intelligent
key)
SEC-267 (With
intelligent key),
P1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU 10 — — SEC-267 (With-
out intelligent
key)
P1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY 10 — — SEC-272
SEC-92 (With in-
telligent key),
P1616 ECM 10 — — SEC-273 (With-
out intelligent
key)
P1620 PROPOR RICH SEN FNC 3 — — EC-1117
P1656 MULTIPLEXED E.T.C. CONNECTION 10 — — EC-1119
P1675 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE 1 — — EC-1120
P2002 PARTICLE FILTER 3 × × EC-1123
P2080 TBN DOWNS TEMP REG 3 × — EC-1125
P2100 INLET AIR FLAP CIRCUIT 3 × — EC-1127
P2119 AIR INLET FLAP 1 × — EC-1129

ECM

Trip Reference A
Yellow Red
P2226 ATMOS PRESS SEN 3 × — EC-1134 EC
P2263 BOOST PRESSURE CIRCUIT 10 — — EC-1137
P2264 WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR 10 — — EC-1139 C
P2452 P/FLT DIFF PRS SEN 3 × — EC-1141
P245A EGR BYPASS CIRCUIT 3 × — EC-1144
D
P24A7 1ST EGR WATER PUMP CNT CIRC 3 × — EC-1147
P24A8 EGR CLNT PUMP 2 CNT CIRC 3 × — EC-1151
P253F ENG OIL DILUTION 3 — — EC-1155 E
P2681 COOLANT CIRC SWITCHING S/V 10 — × EC-1159
F
P2688 FUEL SUPPLY HEATER CONTROL 10 — — EC-1162
P2A06 PROPOR RICH SEN CIRC 3 — — EC-1165
*1: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. G
*2: With M/T models

EMCM
EMCM

Remarks:
z Specification data are reference values.
z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the EMCM at the connector.

ALT DUTY Engine speed: Idle 0 - 80 %
• Selector lever position: Neutral Indicated temperature around
BAT TEMP SEN
• A/C switch: OFF the battery.
• No load
• Battery: Full charged*
BAT CUR SEN • Selector lever position: Neutral Approx. 2,500 - 3,500 mV
• A/C switch: OFF
• No load
Indicated cumulative battery
CML B/DCHG CRNT Ignition switch: ON
discharge current.
Rear window defogger switch: ON
On
and/or Lighting switch: 2nd position
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch and lighting
Off
switch: OFF
Selector lever position: Neutral On
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON
Selector lever position: Except above Off
• Engine: After warming up Heater fan switch: ON On

HEATER FAN SW
• Engine speed: Idle Heater fan switch: OFF Off
BRAKE SW2 Ignition switch: ON
Power generation variable control: Operating On
ALT DUTY SIG
Power generation variable control: Not operating Off
*: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-194, "How to Handle Battery".
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSBIA3683ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• EMCM is located near the battery in the engine room.

EMCM
Terminal No. A
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
EC
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0 V
• A few seconds after turning igni-
1 48 EMCM relay
Output tion switch OFF C
(BR) (B) (Self shut-off)
Battery voltage
• More than a few seconds after
(11 - 14 V)
turning ignition switch OFF D
5 48
Ignition switch Input Battery voltage
(R/B) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V) E
0V
6 48 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(Y/R) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage F
• Brake pedal: Fully depressed (11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON] Battery voltage
• Selector lever: Neutral position (11 - 14 V) G
7 48 Park/neutral position (PNP)
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G) (B) switch
• Selector lever: Except above po- 0V
sition H
9 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output
10 Input/ I
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
15 Sensor power supply
35
(SB/ (Battery current sensor, battery — [Ignition switch: ON] 5.0 V
(W) J
R) temperature sensor)
[Engine is running] 2.6 - 3.5 V
24 35
(V) (W)
Battery current sensor Input • Battery: Fully charged* Output voltage varies with battery
• Engine speed: Idle current. K
0 - 4.8 V
25 35
Battery temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with battery
(G/B) (W) L
temperature.
Sensor ground
35
— (Battery current sensor, battery — — —
(W)
temperature sensor) M
42 48 Battery voltage
Power supply for EMCM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(W) (B) (11 - 14 V)
47 N
— EMCM ground — — —
(B)
48
— EMCM ground — — —
(B)
O
*: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-194, "How to Handle Battery".
P
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000011991612
ALTERNATOR REGENARATION CONTROL SYSTEM

EMCM
Alternator regeneration control system operating condition in fail-safe mode

DTC No. Detected items
Idling or driving the vehicle
P0120 Sensor power supply Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation
P0605
ECM Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation
P0607
P0643 Sensor power supply Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation
P1550 Battery current sensor Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation
P1551
P1552
P1553
P1554
P1556 Battery temperature sensor Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation
P1557
U1000 CAN communication line Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation
chart.

U1000 CAN communication line
P0605, P0607 EMCM
1 P0120, P0643 Sensor power supply
Items
DTC* Trip Reference page
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 EC-948
P0120 THRTL POS SEN/CIRC 1 EC-988
P0605 ECM 1 EC-1059
P0607 ECM 2 EC-1062
P0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC 1 EC-1073
P1550 BAT CURRENT SENSOR 2 EC-1098
P1556 BATTMPSEN/CIRC 2 EC-1110
P1557 BATTMPSEN/CIRC 2 EC-1110
*: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
EC
JRBWD3122GB

JRBWD3123GB

EC
JRBWD3124GB

JRBWD3125GB

EC
JRBWD3126GB

JRBWD3127GB

EC
JRBWD3635GB

JRBWD3129GB

EC
JRBWD3130GB

JRBWD3131GB

EC
JRBWD3132GB

JRBWD3133GB

EC
JRBWD3134GB

JRBWD3135GB

EC
JRBWD3136GB

JRBWD3137GB

EC
JRBWD3138GB

JRBWD3785GB

EC
JRBWD3140GB

JRBWD3141GB

EC
JRBWD3142GB

JRBWD3143GB

BASIC INSPECTION
< BASIC INSPECTION > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]
BASIC INSPECTION A
BASIC INSPECTION
EC
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident. C
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-9, "Periodic Maintenance".
D
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera- E
ture.
>> GO TO 2. F
SEF142I
H
2.CHECK IDLE SPEED
Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-1191, "Inspection". I
NO >> GO TO 3.
1. Stop engine. K
YES >> GO TO 4. L
NO >> Repair or replace. Refer to EM-159, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN M
Check idle speed.
N
NO >> GO TO 5.
O
5.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to FL-30, "Draining Water from Fuel Filter". P
>> GO TO 6.
Check idle speed.

BASIC INSPECTION
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks.
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace air cleaner filter. Refer to EM-159, "Removal and Installation".
Check battery voltage.
Voltage: More than 12.13V

YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK BATTERY
Refer to PG-194, "How to Handle Battery".
YES >> Check charging system. Refer to CHG-24, "Work Flow".
NO >> Repair or replace. Refer to PG-211, "Removal and Installation".
Check compression pressure.
YES >> GO TO 11.
Check idle speed.
NO >> 1. Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-189, "Removal and Installation".
3. GO TO 2.

A
OVERALL SEQUENCE EC
JMBIA1804GB
DETAILED FLOW
Sheet".)
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
- Record DTC. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase DTC.
[Symptom Table or diagnosis procedure is useful. Refer to EC-1185, "YS23DDT : Symptom Table"
(YS23DDT), EC-1187, "YS23DDTT : Symptom Table" (YS23DDTT)].
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Also study the fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-852, "YS23DDT : Fail-safe" (YS23DDT), EC-879,
"YS23DDTT : Fail-safe" (YS23DDTT).
>> GO TO 5.
>> GO TO 6.
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-857, "YS23DDT : DTC Inspection Priority Chart" (YS23DDT),
EC-885, "YS23DDTT : DTC Inspection Priority Chart" (YS23DDTT) and determine trouble diagnosis order.
NOTE:
Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service Man-
ual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during this
check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMA-
TION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check according to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
>> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE

Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-1185, "YS23DDT : Symptom Table" (YS23DDT), EC-1187,
"YS23DDTT : Symptom Table" (YS23DDTT) based on the confirmed symptom in step 4, and determine the A
trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 8. EC
C
NOTE:
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-49, "Circuit Inspec-
tion". D
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON- E
SULT. Refer to EC-834, "YS23DDT : Reference Value" (YS23DDT), EC-861, "YS23DDTT : Refer-
ence Value" (YS23DDTT).
9.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART F
ment. G
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC-819, "Diagnosis Description".
>> GO TO 10. H
10.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function I
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
J
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM. K
L
DESCRIPTION
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- M
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
tomer complaint. N
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady and DTC to O
be detected. Examples:
SEF907L
evaporate into the atmosphere. P

WORKSHEET SAMPLE
MTBL0017

A
×:Applicable EC
Service performed
Part name Replace- Required service Reference
ment Removal*
C
ECM × — Additional service when replacing ECM EC-922
EMCM × — Additional service when replacing EMCM EC-925
D
Fuel injector × — Injector adjustment value registration EC-926
Electric throttle control actuator × × Throttle valve position learning EC-928
High pressure EGR volume control valve position E
EGR volume control valve × × EC-929
learning
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) × — DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) data clear EC-934
Fuel pump × — Additional service when replacing fuel pump EC-937 F
Engine oil × — Oil change remaining distance reset EC-935
*:Harness connector disconnection included.
G

When replacing ECM, this procedure must be performed.

NOTE:
The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always per-
form the operation according to procedures. (For details, refer to EC-922, "Work Procedure".)
1.SAVE ECM DATA

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute.
4. Select “SAVE COMPUTER DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
NOTE:
Necessary data in ECM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.REPLACE THE ECM
2. Replace the ECM. Refer to EC-1198, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM KEY ID REGISTRATION
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”.
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM CONFIGURATION REGISTRATION
3. Check that the battery voltage is between 11 V and 14 V.
CAUTION:
During this step, never perform any vehicle operation.
5. If necessary, perform configuration registration using CONSULT function.
>> GO TO 6.
6.WRITE ECM DATA
1. Select “WRITE SAVED DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
NOTE:
The data saved by “WRITE SAVED DATA” is written to ECM.
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10.

7.REPLACE THE ECM A

2. Replace the ECM. Refer to EC-1198, "Removal and Installation".
EC
>> GO TO 8.
C
>> GO TO 9. D
9.PERFORM ECM KEY ID REGISTRATION
Refer to “CONSULT Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS”.
E
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM CONFIGURATION REGISTRATION F
3. Check that the battery voltage is between 11 V and 14 V. G
CAUTION:
During this step, never perform any vehicle operation.
5. If necessary, perform configuration registration using CONSULT function. H
>> GO TO 11.
I
Perform EC-926, "Description".
J
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING K
>> GO TO 13. L
13.PERFORM EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
M
>> GO TO 14.
14.PERFORM G SENSOR CALIBRATION N
Perform TM-510, "Description".
O
>> GO TO 15.
Perform EC-936, "Description". P
>> GO TO 16.
16.PERFORM FUEL PUMP FIRST PRIMING PROCEDURE

>> GO TO 17.
17.PERFORM SERVICE REGENERATION
>> GO TO 18.
18.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
Refer to LU-23, "Draining" or LU-23, "Refilling".
>> GO TO 19.
19.PERFORM ENGINE OIL DATA RESET
>> GO TO 20.
20.CHECK DTC
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
>> END

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING EMCM
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING EMCM
A
BEFORE REPLACEMENT EC
When replacing EMCM, save current EMCM data with “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” of “WORK SUP-
PORT” mode using CONSULT before replacement.
AFTER REPLACEMENT C
When replacing EMCM, write EMCM data with “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” of “WORK SUPPORT”
mode using CONSULT after replacement.
NOTE: D
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to EMCM.
(For details, refer to EC-925, "Work Procedure".)
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011991623 E
1.SAVE EMCM DATA

F
With CONSULT
4. Select “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “EMCM” using CONSULT.
NOTE: H
Necessary data in EMCM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
>> GO TO 2. I
2.REPLACE THE EMCM
Replace the EMCM. Refer to EC-1199, "Removal and Installation".
J
>> GO TO 3.
3.WRITE EMCM DATA K
With CONSULT
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “EMCM” using CONSULT.
2. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display. L
NOTE:
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to EMCM.
M
>> END

Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and

the value is printed on the top of fuel injector.
The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is
needed for precise fuel injection control.
A performance of emission control and a driveability may effect
when there is a mismatch between the following two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM
• The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on
the vehicle
Injector Adjustment Value Registration must be performed after the
following cases. JSBIA5031ZZ
- Injector Adjustment Value Registration for the replaced fuel injector must be performed.
- Injector Adjustment Value Registration for all the fuel injectors must be performed.
NOTE:
The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC-922, "Description".
For injector adjustment value, refer to the following table.
NOTE:
“I”, “O”, “Q” and “V” are not applied.
JMBIA2928GB

1.START
NOTE:
• Before performing this procedure, record injector adjustment value printed on a fuel injector.
2. Select “ENTER INJECTOR CODES” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, CONSULT reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM.
4. Select the number of the cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
5. Input injector adjustment value.
NOTE:
• For injector adjustment value, refer to the following table.

• “I”, “O”, “Q” and “V” are not applied.
A
EC
JMBIA2928GB
D
6. Repeat step 4 - 5 till there is no cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration, and touch
“START”.
NOTE:
E
When touching “START”, injector adjustment values stored in CONSULT are written onto ECM memory.
7. Check that the following values are same for each cylinder.
- Injector adjustment value which is printed on a fuel injector.
- Injector adjustment value which is displayed on CONSULT screen. F
NOTE:
• In this step, CONSULT reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM and displays the values on the
CONSULT screen. This is for checking if injector adjustment values are written onto ECM memory cor-
G
rectly.
• If DTC is detected, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the DTC, and check if the same DTC is
detected again.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute. H
>> END
I

THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING
THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING
Throttle Valve Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by moni-
toring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of electric
throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
Throttle Valve Position Learning Value Clear is an operation to clear the fully closed position of the throttle
valve learnt in ECM. It must be performed when replacing electric controlled throttle actuator. (For details,
refer to EC-928, "Work Procedure".)
1.START
Is the work performing after replacing throttle actuator?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
With CONSULT
Perform “AIR DAMPER VALVE PROGRAMMING” of “WORK SUPPORT” in “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE POSITION LEARNING
2. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 minute.
NOTE:
Check that throttle valve moves by confirming the operating sound.
>> END

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
A
EGR Volume Control Valve Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the EGR vol- EC
ume control valve by monitoring the EGR volume control valve position sensor output signal. It must be per-
formed under any of the following conditions:
• EGR volume control valve is removed.
• EGR volume control valve is replaced. C
EGR Volume Control Valve Position Learning Value Clear is an operation to clear the fully closed position of
the EGR volume control valve learnt in ECM. It must be performed when replacing EGR volume control valve. D
E
1.START
F
Is the work performing after replacing EGR volume control valve?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
G
2.PERFORM EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute. H
3. Perform “EGR VALVE PROGRAMMING” of “WORK SUPPORT” in “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
I
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION LEARNING
J
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 minute.
NOTE: K
Check that EGR volume control valve moves by confirming the operating sound.
>> END L

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION is a function where driver intentionally performs
regeneration so that PM is not deposited excessively in diesel particulate filter. If excessively short distance or
light load driving is continued, automatic regeneration cannot be performed when PM is deposited. Therefore,
when PM is reached to the specified level, diesel particulate filter warning light of combination meter turns ON.
NOTE:
If DTC P2002 is detected, diesel particulate filter manual regeneration cannot be performed when pressing
diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch.
1.PREPARATION
Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Regeneration is interrupted if any of the following items changes to another condition.
• Diesel particulate filter warning light: ON
• Vehicle speed: 0 km/h (0 MPH)
• Transmission gear position: Neutral (M/T models), P (A/T models)
• Accelerator pedal: Released state
• Clutch pedal: Released state (M/T models)
• Brake pedal: Released state
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION
2. Press diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch and wait for approximately 20 minutes until die-
sel particulate filter warning light turns OFF.
NOTE:
Engine speed increases during diesel particulate filter manual regeneration.
3. Check that diesel particulate filter warning light turns OFF.
Does diesel particulate filter warning light turn OFF?
YES >> END
NO >> Perform DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER SERVICE REGENERATION. Refer to EC-931,
"Description".

SERVICE REGENERATION
A
Certain types of driving conditions (e.g. urban driving) may load to heavy loads in DPF (Diesel Particulate Fil- EC
ter). This soot mass may adversely affect the driving. This function can perform DPF regeneration under vehi-
cle stop condition.
Service regeneration is performed with CONSULT to reduce particulate matter in DPF (Diesel Particulate Fil-
ter). Service regeneration should be performed in the following cases. C
• ECM enters fail-safe mode because the amount of particulate matter in DPF reaches the specified level.
NOTE:
When ECM enters fail-safe mode because the amount of particulate matter in DPF reaches the specified D
level, check whether or not DTC P2002 is stored in ECM. In the case of DTC stored, perform the Diagnostic
Procedure for the DTC.
NOTE: E
• Based on the signal from sensors ECM measures the amount of particulate matter in DPF and stores the
value in EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory). When ECM is replaced as
new one, there is a difference between the actual amount of particulate matter and the value stored in new F
ECM, because the value stored in new ECM is initialized one. In the case above, ECM can not perform
regeneration control correctly. So, perform service regeneration to make the amount of particulate matter
in DPF zero.
• The necessary operation is different depending on the operation result of ECM data save or write. Always G
perform the operation according to procedures. Refer to EC-922, "Work Procedure".
• Component inspection for DPF is performed.
CAUTION: H
Oil change is required, depending on service regeneration procedure. Because fuel mixes with
engine oil during service regeneration. The mixture does not occur during the regeneration which is
automatically performed under normal operation.
I
J
1.CHECK DTC
3. Check DTC.
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for detected DTC. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" L
(YS23DDT), EC-886, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK QUANTITY OF SOOT MASS M
1. On CONSULT screen, select “ENGINE”” >> “DATA MONITOR” >> “SOOT IN P/FLT”.
2. Check that the value is 46.2g or less.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the DPF. Refer to EM-171, "Removal and installation".
O
Refer to LU-22, "Inspection".
CAUTION: P
When the oil level reaches maximum, drain engine oil as to be in MIN and HALF.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Drain or refill engine oil. And then GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SERVICE REGENERATION
1. Close the engine hood.

NOTE:
For best results, warm up the engine until “WATER TEMP” on “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT reaches at least 80°C (176°F).
3. Select “SERVICE REGENERATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Touch “START” and wait for approximately 40 minutes.
NOTE:
• A message indicating the normal completion of service regeneration is displayed approximately after 40
minutes.
• Never perform any vehicle operation during service regeneration.
Is service regeneration completed normally?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK DPF TEMPERATURE
Check “TEMP UPSTREAM OF PF” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Is the indication value more than 400°C (752°F)?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check exhaust system.
6.PERFORM SERVICE REGENERATION AGAIN
2. Open the engine hood.
3. Cool the engine at least 2 hours.
4. Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-22, "Inspection".
5. Close the engine hood.
7. Perform “SERVICE REGENERATION” again.
COMPLETE>>GO TO 7.
INCOMPLETE>>GO TO 8.
7.PERFORM RESET AFTER SERVICE REGENERATION
1. Select “AFTER DPF REGENERATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check that “COMPLETE” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
4. Touch “END”.
>> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE DPF
2. Replace the DPF. Refer to EM-171, "Removal and installation".
4. Perform “ADAPTIVES AFTER REPLACING CABIN FILTER” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”
using CONSULT.
>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DTC
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC “P253F” detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> END
10.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Change engine oil. Refer to LU-23, "Draining" or LU-23, "Refilling".
2. Perform “ENGINE OIL DATA RESET”. Refer to EC-935, "Description". A
3. Erase DTC.
>> END EC

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER DATA CLEAR
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER DATA CLEAR
Perform “ADAPTIVE AFTER REPLACING CABIN FILTER” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT
when oxidation catalyst with diesel particulate filter is replaced with a new one. Based on the signal from sen-
sors, ECM estimates the amount of particulate matter in diesel particulate filter and stores the value in
EEPROM as diesel particulate filter data. When oxidation catalyst with diesel particulate filter is replaced with
a new one, there is a difference between diesel particulate filter data stored in ECM and the actual amount of
particulate matter in diesel particulate filter, because no particulate matter is trapped in new diesel particulate
filter. In this case, ECM cannot perform regeneration control correctly. So perform “AFTER DPF REPLACE-
MENT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT to clear diesel particulate filter data stored
in ECM.
CAUTION:
Never perform “ADAPTIVE AFTER REPLACING CABIN FILTER” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT when oxidation catalyst with diesel particulate filter is not replaced with a
new one. Diesel particulate filter may be damaged because regeneration is not performed at appropri-
ate timing.
1.START
2. Select “ADAPTIVE AFTER REPLACING CABIN FILTER” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using
CONSULT.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds.
4. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
>> END

ENGINE OIL DATA RESET
ENGINE OIL DATA RESET
A
The oil change alert function allows calculating the remaining distance to drive before oil change request. The EC
engine oil data reset must be performed after engine oil is changed or ECM is replaced.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000011991637 C
1.ENGINE OIL DATA RESET

Refer to EC-817, "OIL CONTROL SYSTEM : Switch Name and Function". D
NOTE:
Reset the data with the vehicle stopped and the engine running.
E
>> END

VIN REGISTRATION
VIN REGISTRATION
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-37, "Information About Identification or Model Code".
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
2. Select “WRITE V.I.N.” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
>> END

FUEL PUMP FIRST PRIMING PROCEDURE
FUEL PUMP FIRST PRIMING PROCEDURE
A
Fuel pump programming should be performed when fuel pump is replaced or ECM is replaced. (For details, EC
refer to EC-937, "Work Procedure".)
C
1.PERFORM FUEL PUMP PROGRAMMING
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped. D
2. Select “FUEL PUMP PROGRAMMING” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE”.
E
>> END

INJECTOR CHECK
INJECTOR CHECK
Work Procedure (Fuel Injectors Leak Check) INFOID:0000000012005925
NOTE:
• CONDITIONS PRIOR TO TEST
- The entire low pressure system must be in good condition.
- Check the sealing of the high pressure pipes and unions.
- Test 3 High pressure fuel pump (pressure control valve) check is OK
- Test 4 High pressure fuel pump (volumetric control valve) check is OK
- Test 5 Rail high pressure regulation circuit check is OK.
• CAUSE
- Not enough or no rail pressure during starting.
- The engine does not start.
Refer to EC-1000, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP
2. Disconnect the return system connections at the fuel injectors and close off the return pipes so they are
leak-tight.
3. To authorise a 15 second cranking engine and carry out this test it is essential to carry out the following
procedure:
- Disconnect high pressure fuel pump (volumetric control valve) harness connector
- Turn ignition switch ON.
- Perform “SAVE COMPUTER DATA” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT.
- Cranking engine for at least 15 seconds (starting speed 250 rpm)
- Perform “WRITE SAVED DATA” in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT.
Is the return volume at the fuel injectors more than 20 ml per fuel injector for the starting phase?
NOTE:
• Do not repeat this procedure more than 3 times and wait 30 seconds between each 15 second cranking
engine.
• Then wait 30 minutes before cranking the engine for 315 second cycles.
• Follow this instruction so that the starter does not get damaged.
Does the flow measure more than 20 ml?
Yes >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-189, "Removal and Installation".
No >> GO TO 3.
2. Reconnect return pipes.
3. Start Engine.
5. Check “RAIL PRESSURE” and “RAIL PRES SET” indication.
6. Does “RAIL PRESSURE” follow “RAIL PRES SET” during the 3 second cranking engine?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK GLOW PLUG
2. Remove the glow plugs and check for moisture.
3. If the glow plugs are wet with fuel, it is possible that the fuel injector is leaking.
Are the glow plugs wet with fuel?
Yes >> Replace malfunction fuel injector. Refer to EM-189, "Removal and Installation".

INJECTOR CHECK
No >> Replace high pressure fuel pump. Refer to EM-220, "Removal and Installation".
5.INSPECTION END A
Fuel injector system OK.

EC
>> INSPECTION END
Work Procedure (Fuel Injection Quantity Check) INFOID:0000000012005926
C
NOTE:
• CONDITIONS PRIOR TO TEST
- The entire low pressure system must be in good condition. D
- Check the sealing of the high pressure pipes and unions.
- Test 3 High pressure fuel pump (pressure control valve) check is OK
- Test 4 High pressure fuel pump (volumetric control valve) check is OK
- Test 5 Rail high pressure regulation circuit check is OK. E
- All the electrical loads are switched off.
- Air conditioning is switched off.
• CAUSE F
- The engine runs poorly at idle speed, possibly emits white smoke.
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1
Refer to EC-1000, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)". G
YES >> GO TO 2.
H
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 2
1. Start engine let it idle speed. I
2. Check the signal of the fuel injector. Refer to EC-834, "YS23DDT : Reference Value"(YS23DDT) or EC-
861, "YS23DDTT : Reference Value"(YS23DDTT).
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK INTERNAL FUEL TRANSFER PUMP K
2. Disconnect the return system connections at the fuel injectors and close off the return pipes so they are
leak-tight. While the engine is idling, check the return flow rate at the fuel injector. After 5 minutes the L
return volume must be between 16 - 24 ml per fuel injector.
Is there more than 24 ml or less than 16 ml of return for each fuel injector?
Yes >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-220, "Removal and Installation". M
No >> INSPECTION END
N
Check compression pressure.
>> INSPECTION END O

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
ECM
ECM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991642
1.CHECK FUSE
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

#62 15 A
IPDM E/R #59* 10 A
#66 20 A
*: For M/T models
Is the fuse fusing?
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check ground connection E13. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-49, "Circuit Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (ECM RELAY)
1. Reinsert the fuse which pulled out.
3. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R terminal and ground.
+
IPDM E/R − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.

5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (INGNITION POWER SUPPLY) A

Check the voltage between IPDM E/R and ground.
+ EC
IPDM E/R − Voltage
Connector Terminal
C
YES >> GO TO 7. D
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND
Check IPDM E/R power supply and ground. Refer to PCS-37, "Diagnosis Procedure" (With I-KEY), PCS-70, E
"Diagnosis Procedure" (Without I-KEY).
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation" (With I-KEY), PCS-71, "Removal F
and Installation" (Without I-KEY).
7.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN G

H
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
— Continuity I
Connector Terminal
1
4 J
E104 Ground Existed
7
8
K
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. L
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. M
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity N
E104 17 E60 18
36 31
Existed O
F138 93 E62 25
94 26
3. Also check harness for short to ground. P
YES >> GO TO 9.

EMCM
EMCM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012142563
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.

— #47 10 A
IPDM E/R #62 15 A
Is the fuse fusing?
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Check ground connection E12 and E13. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-49, "Circuit Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EMCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect EMCM harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between EMCM harness connector and ground.
EMCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
47
E110 Ground Existed
48
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EMCM POWER SUPPLY
1. Reconnect EMCM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between EMCM harness connector terminals.
EMCM
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EMCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect EMCM harness connector.

4. Check the continuity between EMCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. A
EMCM IPDM E/R

Continuity
5. Also check harness for short to ground. C
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit of IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors. D
6.CHECK EMCM RELAY POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect EMCM relay harness connector. E
3. Check the voltage between EMCM relay harness connector and ground.
+ F
Voltage
EMCM relay -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
G
2
5
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for battery power supply circuit.
7.CHECK EMCM RELAY CIRCUIT I

2. Check the continuity between EMCM harness connector and EMCM relay harness connector.
J
EMCM EMCM relay

Continuity
1 1
E110 E111 Existed
42 3
L
YES >> GO TO 8. M
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK EMCM RELAY
Check EMCM relay. Refer to EC-943, "EMCM : Component Inspection". N
NO >> Replace EMCM relay. O
EMCM : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012142564
P
1.CHECK EMCM RELAY
2. Remove EMCM relay. Refer to PG-167, "RHD : Engine Room Harness".

3. Check continuity between EMCM relay terminals as per the fol-
lowing condition.
EMCM relay
Terminal
12 V direct current supply between termi-
Existed
3 5 nals 1 and 2
JSBIA0671ZZ
NO >> Replace EMCM relay.

U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION
A

• 1.DEF
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of
U0101 • 2.DEF
(Lost communication with TCM) OBD (emission related diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.
• 3.DEF
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• CAN communication line between TCM and ECM
• ECM E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
F
1. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 3 seconds. G
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-945, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
I
Perform trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-49, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYS-
TEM : CAN System Specification Chart". J

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

MLTIPLXD TRACTION CNTRL CONN • 1.DEF
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication
U0121 [Lost communication with anti-lock brake • 2.DEF
signal between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
system (ABS) control Module] • 3.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• CAN communication line between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and ECM
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
VDC deactivation
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-43, "CONSULT Function" (Without
VDC), BRC-173, "CONSULT Function" (With VDC).
Is DTC detected?

A

MLTIPLXD TRACTION CNTRL CONN
• 1.DEF ECM receives invalid data sent from ABS actuator and electric
U0415 [Invalid data received from anti-lock brake
• 2.DEF unit (control unit).
system (ABS) control module]
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• CAN communication line between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and ECM E
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
VDC deactivation F
1.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE G
NOTE:
DTC U0415 can not duplicate.
H
>> Proceed to EC-947, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-43, "CONSULT Function" (Without J
VDC), BRC-173, "CONSULT Function" (With VDC).
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". K

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CAN COMM CIRCUIT When EMCM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of
U1000
(CAN communication line) OBD (emission related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Harness or connectors
(CAN communication line is open or shorted)
FAIL-SAFE
Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation
1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure.
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-34, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".

P0001 FUEL PUMP
P0001 FUEL PUMP
A

• 1.DEF • ECM detects a short circuit to ground.
FUEL FLOW REGULATOR CIRCUIT
P0001 • 2.DEF • ECM detects a short circuit to battery.
(Fuel volume regulator control circuit/open)
• 3.DEF • ECM detects a open circuit.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel flow actuator circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel flow actuator E
• High pressure fuel pump
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
G
• Rail pressure limitation H
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 4 minutes before conducting the next test. J
>> GO TO 2.

2. Check DTC.
L
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". M
N
1.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect fuel flow actuator harness connector. O
4. Check the voltage between fuel flow actuator harness connector and ground.
P
+
Fuel flow actuator - Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

P0001 FUEL PUMP
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Refer to EC-940, "ECM : Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between fuel flow actuator harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Fuel flow actuator ECM

Continuity

P0002 FUEL PRESSURE
P0002 FUEL PRESSURE
A

• 1.DEF
• 2.DEF • Fuel rail pressure is excessively high.
FLOW CONTROL ADAPTIVE • 3.DEF • Fuel rail pressure is excessively low.
P0002 (Fuel volume regulator control circuit range/ • 4.DEF • Fuel rail pressure of high pressure fuel circuit is excessively D
performance) • 5.DEF high.
• 6.DEF • Fuel flow actuator adaptation value is not allowed range.
• 7.DEF
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Fuel flow actuator
• Fuel rail pressure sensor F
• Low pressure fuel pump
• High pressure fuel pump G
• Low pressure fuel circuit
• High pressure fuel circuit
• Fuel filter
• Injectors H
FAIL-SAFE
I
• A/T in limp home K
• FMO: Stop of the adaptation L
• Inhibition of regulation mode of fuel pressure regulator M
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY N
If DTC P0002 is displayed with DTC P0001, P0087, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202,
P0203 or P0204, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0087, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190,
P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
O
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886,
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
P
NO >> GO TO 2.
NOTE:
DTC P0002 can not duplicate.

P0002 FUEL PRESSURE

P0203 or P0204, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0087, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190,
P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL
Check that the fuel level is enough.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refuel.
3.CHECK FUEL FILTER
Check the correctness of the fuel filter. Refer to FL-29, "Removal and Installation" (Removal and Installation),
FL-30, "Inspection" (Inspection).
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK FOR FUEL LEAK
Check for fuel leakage at fuel circuit.
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check fuel temperature sensor. Refer to EC-953, "Component Inspection (Fuel Temperature Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR
Check fuel flow actuator. Refer to EC-953, "Component Inspection (Fuel Flow Actuator)".
YES >> GO TO 7.
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Check fuel rail pressure sensor circuit. Refer to EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Check low pressure fuel pump system. Refer to EC-1167, "Component Function Check".

P0002 FUEL PRESSURE
Component Inspection (Fuel Flow Actuator) INFOID:0000000011991657
EC
1. Disconnect fuel flow actuator harness connector. C
2. Check the resistance between fuel flow actuator terminals as follows.
Fuel flow actuator Resistance D

Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
1 2 Temperature 20 °C (68°F) 2.48 Ω

NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump (with fuel flow actuator). Refer to EM-220, "Removal and Instal-
lation". F
G
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. H
3. Check the resistance between fuel injector terminals.
Fuel injector
I
Condition Resistance
Terminal
1 2 Temperature 0 - 40 °C (32 - 104 °F) 150 - 250 Ω

J
NO >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-189, "Removal and Installation". K
Component Inspection (Fuel Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000011991659
1.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR L

2. Disconnect fuel temperature sensor.
3. Check the resistance between fuel temperature sensor terminals. M

Resistance N
Terminal
1 2 77 Ω - 49 kΩ
NO >> Replace fuel temperature sensor. Refer to FL-29, "Removal and Installation".
P

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

COHER BTWN CSFT SEN/ENG SPD
The correlation between crankshaft position sensor signal and
P0016 (Crankshaft position - camshaft position 1.DEF
camshaft position sensor signal is out of the normal range.
correlation bank 1 sensor A)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor target
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
DTC P0335, P0560, P0657 or P0641.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
least 4 minutes before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

DTC P0335, P0560, P0657 or P0641.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CKP SENSOR
Check CKP sensor. Refer to EC-955, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts. A
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR
Check CMP sensor. Refer to EC-955, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
EC
YES >> GO TO 4.
C
4.CHECK SIGNAL PLATE OF CAMSHAFT REAR END
Visually check for chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end (intake side).
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-223, "Removal and Installation".
E
5.CHECK CKP SENSOR TARGET
Visually check for chipping CKP sensor target.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace CKP sensor target. Refer to EM-234, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN G
Check timing chain. Refer to EM-200, "Inspection".
NO >> Replace timing chain. Refer to EM-195, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000011991662 I
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

2. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between CKP sensor terminals.
K
CKP sensor
Resistance
Terminal
L
1 2 1.0 - 1.2 kΩ
NO >> Replace CKP sensor. Refer to EM-223, "Removal and Installation".
N
2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor harness connector. O
3. Check the resistance between CMP sensor terminals.
CMP sensor P
Resistance
Terminal
3 2 More than 100 kΩ
NO >> Replace CMP sensor. Refer to EM-223, "Removal and Installation".

P0033 HP COMPRESSOR BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BYPASS SOL VLV CONTROL VALVE
• 1.DEF ECM detects a voltage of power source for HP compressor by-
P0033 (Turbocharger/supercharger bypass valve
• 2.DEF pass valve control solenoid valve is excessively low or high.
A control circuit)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• HP compressor bypass valve control solenoid valve
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Boost regulation cutoff
P0657.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-886, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

If DTC P0033 is displayed with DTC P0560 or P0657, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560 or P0657.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-886, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HP COMPRESSOR BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE VISUALLY
Check if foreign matter is caught between the HP compressor bypass valve control solenoid valve.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the HP compressor bypass valve control solenoid valve
inside.
3.CHECK HP COMPRESSOR BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect HP compressor bypass valve control solenoid valve.

4. Check the voltage between HP compressor bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground. A
+
HP compressor bypass valve con- Voltage EC
−
trol solenoid valve (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C

YES >> GO TO 4. D
4.CHECK HP COMPRESSOR BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and HP compressor bypass valve control solenoid
valve harness connector. F
HP compressor bypass
ECM
valve control solenoid valve Continuity G
4. Also check harness for short to ground. H
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HP COMPRESSOR BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Check the HP compressor bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-957, "Component Inspection (HP J
Compressor Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve)".
Component Inspection (HP Compressor Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve)
INFOID:0000000011991666
L
1.CHECK HP COMPRESSOR BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

M
2. Disconnect HP compressor bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between HP compressor bypass valve control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
N
HP compressor bypass
valve control solenoid valve Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminals O
2 1 35 - 60 Ω
P
NO >> Replace HP compressor bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-174, "Removal and
Installation".

P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
YS23DDT
YS23DDT : DTC Description INFOID:0000000011991667
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• ECM detects turbocharger boost control solenoid valve cir-
cuit is open.
TC SOLENOID VALVE CNTRL CIRC
• 1.DEF • ECM detects turbocharger boost control solenoid valve cir-
P0045 (Turbocharger/supercharger boost control
• 2.DEF cuit is short to ground.
“A” circuit/open)
• ECM detects turbocharger boost control solenoid valve cir-
cuit is short to power.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
least 4 minute before conducting the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-958, "YS23DDT : Diagnosis Procedure".
YS23DDT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991668
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION

2. Check ECM harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ECM harness connector connection. Refer to PG-6, "Harness Connector"
(LEVER LOCKING TYPE).
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNEC-
TION
Check turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector connection.

YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> Repair or replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector connection.
3.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
EC
2. Disconnect turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and ground. C
+
D
Turbocharger boost control solenoid
− Voltage
valve
Connector Terminal
E
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
G
3. Check the continuity between turbocharger boost control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector. H
Turbocharger boost control so-

ECM
lenoid valve Continuity I
J
YES >> Replace turbocharger boost control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View". K
YS23DDTT
L
YS23DDTT : DTC Description INFOID:0000000012032387
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

M
• ECM detects LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve cir- N
cuit is open.
TC SOLENOID VALVE CNTRL CIRC
• 1.DEF • ECM detects LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve cir-
P0045 (Turbocharger/supercharger boost control
• 2.DEF cuit is short to ground.
“A” circuit/open) O
• ECM detects LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve cir-
cuit is short to power.
POSSIBLE CAUSE P
• Harness or connectors (LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve is closed

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-960, "YS23DDTT : Diagnosis Procedure".
YS23DDTT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012032388

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ECM harness connector connection.
2.CHECK LP WASTEGATE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve harness connector connection.
3.CHECK LP WASTEGATE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
+
LP wastegate valve control solenoid
− Voltage
valve
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK LP WASTEGATE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM
harness connector.

LP wastegate valve control so- A

ECM
lenoid valve Continuity
F147 1 F138 64 Existed EC

YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK LP WASTEGATE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE D
Check the LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-961, "YS23DDTT : Component Inspection
(LP Wastegate Valve Control Solenoid Valve)".
F
YS23DDTT : Component Inspection (LP Wastegate Valve Control Solenoid Valve)
INFOID:0000000012143150
1.CHECK LP WASTEGATE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE G

2. Disconnect LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
H
3. Check resistance between LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
LP wastegate valve control

solenoid valve Resistance I
(Approx.)
Terminals
2 1 13 - 15 Ω
J
NO >> Replace LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-193, "Exploded View". K

P004A HP TURBINE BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• ECM detects HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve
circuit is open.
HIGH PRESS BYPASS SOL VLV
• 1.DEF • ECM detects HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve
P004A (Turbocharger/supercharger boost con-
• 2.DEF circuit is short to ground.
trol “B” circuit/open)
• ECM detects HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve
circuit is short to power.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve opened (open loop)
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ECM harness connector connection.
2.CHECK HP TURBINE BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CON-
NECTION
Check HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector connection.
3.CHECK HP TURBINE BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector.

4. Check the voltage between HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground. A
+
HP turbine bypass valve control sole- EC
− Voltage
noid valve
Connector Terminal
C

YES >> GO TO 4. D
4.CHECK HP TURBINE BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector. F
HP turbine bypass valve con-

ECM
trol solenoid valve Continuity G
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. H
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HP TURBINE BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Check the HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-963, "Component Inspection (HP Tur- J
bine Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve)".
Component Inspection (HP Turbine Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000012143849
L
1.CHECK HP TURBINE BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
M
2. Disconnect HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
N
HP turbine bypass valve
control solenoid valve Resistance
(Approx.)
Terminals
O
2 1 13 - 18 Ω
NO >> Replace HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-193, "Exploded View".

P0087 FUEL SYSTEM
P0087 FUEL SYSTEM

RAIL PRESSURE An excessively low voltage from the fuel rail pressor sensor is sent to
P0087 1.DEF
(Fuel rail/system pressure - too low) ECM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• High pressure fuel pump (fuel circuit)
• Fuel pump (low pressure fuel circuit) (electrical fuel pump)
• Fuel injector
• Fuel filter
• Fuel tank degassing chamber
• Common rail
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
If DTC P0087 is displayed with DTC P0001, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204,
perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YD23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

If DTC P0087 is displayed with DTC P0001, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204,
perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check fuel rail pressure sensor. Refer to EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure".

P0087 FUEL SYSTEM
YES >> GO TO 3. A
EC
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-996, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 5. C
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.REPLACE FUEL INJECOR
Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder. D
>> INSPECTION END

E
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Check fuel pump. Refer to EC-966, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump)".
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR G
Check fuel flow actuator. Refer to EC-969, "Component Inspection (Fuel flow actuator)".
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUEL FILTER I
Check fuel filter. Refer to FL-30, "Inspection".
J
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK FUEL LINE K
Check fuel line. Refer to FL-27, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 9. L
9.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR M
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-58, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 10. N
Check fuel temperature sensor. Refer to EC-992, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P
11.PERFORM HIGH PRESSURE SYSTEM CHECK

Perform high pressure system check. Refer to EC-952, "Diagnosis Procedure".
>> INSPECTION END

P0087 FUEL SYSTEM
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) INFOID:0000000011991671
1.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR

2. Check low fuel pressure. Refer to FL-35, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor (fuel pump).
3. Check continuity between fuel level sensor (fuel pump) terminals as follows.
Fuel level sensor (fuel

pump) Continuity
Terminals
1 4
Existed
2 3
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor (fuel pump). Refer to FL-32, "Removal and Installation".

P0089 FUEL PRESSURE
P0089 FUEL PRESSURE
A

• 1.DEF
• 2.DEF
• 3.DEF
• 4.DEF D
RAIL PRESS REGULTIN
P0089 • 5.DEF Fuel rail pressure is out of the target range
(Fuel pressure regulator 1 performance)
• 6.DEF
• 7.DEF
E
• 8.DEF
• 9.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• High pressure fuel pump
• Fuel leakage
• Fuel filter clogged G
• Fuel tank degassing chamber
• Fuel injector
H
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
P0203 or P0204, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0087, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0200, J
P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, K
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and let it idle

M
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
N
O
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY P

P0203 or P0204, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0087, P0089, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0200,
P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
NO >> GO TO 2.

P0089 FUEL PRESSURE
2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refuel.
3.PERFORM FUEL FILTER AIR BLEEDING
NOTE:
If the DTC is detected because of air mixed with fuel (i.e.: caused by lack of fuel), it may become nor-
mal by performing following procedure.
2. Perform fuel filter air bleeding. Refer to FL-27, "Air Bleeding".
3. Erase DTC.
Is the DTC P0089 detected again?
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL FILTER
Check the correctness of the fuel filter.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel filter.
5.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTION
2. Check fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts.
6.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check fuel flow actuator harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 7.
Check ECM harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel flow actuator harness connector.
3. Check fuel flow actuator circuit for open and short.
ECM Fuel flow actuator

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 9.

P0089 FUEL PRESSURE
9.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR A

Check fuel flow actuator. Refer to EC-969, "Component Inspection (Fuel flow actuator)".
YES >> GO TO 10. EC
10.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
C
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check fuel rail pressure sensor circuit for open and short.
D
ECM Fuel rail pressure sensor
Continuity
E
45 3
72 1 F
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. G
11.CHECK FOR FUEL LEAK
Check for fuel leakage at fuel circuit. H
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. I
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-1012, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
YES >> GO TO 13.
K
Check fuel flow actuator. Refer to EC-949, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 14.
M
Check fuel temperature sensor. Refer to EC-992, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 15.
15.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR O
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-1120, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P
Component Inspection (Fuel flow actuator) INFOID:0000000011991674


P0089 FUEL PRESSURE
2. Disconnect fuel flow actuator harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between fuel flow actuator terminals as follows.
Fuel flow actuator Resistance

Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
1 2 Temperature 20 °C (68°F) 2.48 Ω

NO >> Replace high pressure fuel pump (with fuel flow actuator). Refer to EM-220, "Removal and Instal-
lation".

3. Check the resistance between fuel injector terminals.
Fuel injector
Terminal
1 2 Temperature 0 - 40 °C (32 - 104 °F) 150 - 250 Ω


P0095 IAT SENSOR 2
P0095 IAT SENSOR 2
A

• 1.DEF
• Signal voltage from the intake air temperature sensor 2 remains
• 2.DEF
AIR TEMP SEN/CIRC 4.9 V or more for 1 second or more.
• 3.DEF
P0095 (Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit • An excessively low voltage from the intake air temperature sen- D
• 4.DEF
bank 1) sor 2 is sent to ECM.
• 5.DEF
• ECM receives an abnormal signal.
• 6.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors (Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
F
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR cooler bypass valve closed
• Over torque inhibited
• Oil vapor heater activated when engine is running G
H
NOTE:
DTC P0095 can not duplicate. I

J
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION K

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION M
2. Check turbocharger boost sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 2) harness connector connection.
N
YES >> GO TO 3.
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and intake air temperature sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit for open and short.

P0095 IAT SENSOR 2
Intake air temperature sen-

ECM
sor Continuity
104 1
F139 F142 Existed
143 2
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1031, "Component Inspection (EGR Temperature Sensor)".

1. Disconnect intake air temperature sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor 2 harness connector terminals under the follow-
ing conditions.

Terminals
1 2 Temperature 20 ° C (68 °F) 2502.8 – 2510.9 Ω
NO >> Replace intake air temperature sensor 2. Refer to EM-161, "Exploded View".

P0100 MAF SENSOR
P0100 MAF SENSOR
A

AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT • 1.DEF
• Too many signal microcuts for 0.2 seconds or more
P0100 (Mass or volume air flow sensor “A” • 2.DEF
• ECM receives an abnormal sensor signal for 2 seconds or more.
circuit) • 3.DEF
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Mass air flow sensor E
FAIL-SAFE
NOTE:
H
I
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
4. Check the power supply of the mass air flow sensor.
K
+
Mass air flow sensor - Voltage L
Connector Terminal
F96 3 Ground 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 2.
N
2.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 2
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check mass air flow sensor circuit for open and short.
ECM Mass air flow sensor P

Continuity
46 4
86 2
YES >> GO TO 3.

P0100 MAF SENSOR
3.CHECK TC BOOST SENSOR
Refer to EC-977, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK AIR CLEANER
Refer to EM-160, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> Replace error-detected parts.

P0101 MAF SENSOR
P0101 MAF SENSOR
A

INLET AIR CIRCUIT
• 1.DEF ECM receives too high ratio signal voltage sent from MAF sen-
P0101 (Mass or volume air flow sensor “A” circuit
• 2.DEF sor for more than 5 seconds during driving condition.
range/performance)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• High pressure tube E
• Turbocharger
• Turbocharger boost sensor F
• Charge air cooler
• Electric throttle G
• EGR valve
• EGR cooler
• EGR cooler bypass
• HP compressor bypass H
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
NOTE:
DTC P0101 can not duplicate. K

L
1.CHECK FOR CHARGE AIR LEAK M

Is intake air leak detected? N
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 O

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 4.

P0101 MAF SENSOR
4.CHECK TC BOOST SENSOR

A

• An excessively low voltage from Turbocharger Boost sensor
INLET MANIF PRS SEN CIRC
• 1.DEF is sent to ECM for 1 second or more.
P0105 (Manifold absolute pressure/barometric
• 2.DEF • An excessively high voltage from Turbocharger Boost sensor
pressure sensor circuit) D
is sent to ECM for 1 second or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (TC boost sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• TC boost sensor
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
• DPF regeneration forbidden G
• Increased idle speed H
• Wastegate cutoff
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
>> GO TO 2. K
1. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC. L
Is DTC detected?
M
N

4. Check the power supply of the turbocharger boost sensor.
P
+
Voltage
Turbocharger boost sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F134 1 Ground 5.0 V

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check turbocharger boost sensor circuit for open and short.
ECM Turbocharger boost sensor

Continuity
100 3
F139 101 F134 1 Existed
102 2
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR
1. Replace turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View".
2. Erase DTC.
Is the DTC detected again?

A

INLET PRESSURE CONSISTENCY • 1.DEF
Difference between intake manifold air pressure and baromet-
P0106 (Manifold absolute pressure/barometric • 2.DEF
ric pressure for 5 seconds while engine stopped.
pressure circuit range/performance) • 3.DEF
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• TC boost sensor E
FAIL-SAFE
• Freeshift Inhibited F
G
• DPF regeneration forbidden H
1.PRECONDITIONING I
J
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? L
1.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR FITTING CONDITION N

Check turbocharger boost sensor fitting condition.
O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Adjust parts fitting condition.
2.CHECK FOR CHARGE AIR LEAK P
NO >> GO TO 3.
Check if foreign matter is caught between the turbocharger. Refer to EM-180, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the turbocharger.
4.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check turbocharger boost sensor harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
4. Check the power supply of the turbocharger boost sensor.
+
Voltage
Turbocharger boost sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F134 1 Ground 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check turbocharger boost sensor circuit for open and short.
ECM Turbocharger boost sensor

Continuity
100 3
F139 101 F134 1 Existed
102 2

3. Check resistance between turbocharger boost sensor terminals under the following conditions.

Turbocharger boost sensor A

Resistance
Terminal
EC
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EM-166, "Exploded View". C

P0110 IAT SENSOR
P0110 IAT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• 1.DEF
• An excessively low voltage from Intake air temperature sen-
AIR TEMP SEN/CIRC • 2.DEF
sor 1 is sent to ECM for 1 second.
P0110 (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit • 3.DEF
• An excessively high voltage from Intake air temperature sen-
bank 1) • 4.DEF
sor 1 is sent to ECM for 1 second.
• 5.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
NOTE:

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 1) harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and intake air temperature sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Check intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit for open and short.
ECM Mass air flow sensor

Continuity
87 1
F138 F96 Existed
86 2
YES >> GO TO 4.

P0110 IAT SENSOR
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 A

C
D
2. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor 1) terminals under the fol-
lowing conditions.
E
Mass air flow sensor (intake air tem-
perature sensor 1) Condition Resistance
Terminal
F
1 2 Temperature 20° C (68°F) 2342 – 2531 Ω
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor 1). Refer to EM-159, "Removal and
Installation".
H

P0115 ECT SENSOR
P0115 ECT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• An excessively low voltage from Engine Coolant Tempera-
WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRC • 2.DEF ture Sensor is sent to ECM for 1 second.
P0115 (Engine coolant temperature sensor 1 cir- • 4.DEF • An excessively high voltage from Engine Coolant Temper-
cuit) • 5.DEF ature Sensor is sent to ECM for 1 second.
• ECM receives an abnormal sensor signal for 41 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.

P0115 ECT SENSOR
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
2. Check engine coolant temperature sensor circuit for open and short.
EC
Engine coolant temperature

ECM
sensor Continuity
C
120 2
F139 F135 Existed
122 1 D
YES >> GO TO 4.
Refer to EC-985, "Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor)". F
NO >> Replace error-detected parts. G
Component Inspection (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000011991696
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR H

2. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals under the following conditions.
I
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Terminal J
2 1 Temperature 25°C (77°F) 2139.84 – 2364.16 Ω
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-58, "Exploded View".

P0120 TP SENSOR
P0120 TP SENSOR
ECM
ECM : DTC Description INFOID:0000000011991697
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• Throttle position sensor voltage sent to ECM is 4.8 V or more
INLET AIR FLAP POSITION SEN
for 0.5 seconds or more.
P0120 (Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “A” 1.DEF
• Throttle position sensor voltage sent to ECM is 0.2 V or less
circuit)
for 0.5 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle position sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Throttle position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• Air flow regulation cutoff
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-986, "ECM : Diagnosis Procedure".
ECM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991698

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.

P0120 TP SENSOR
3.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FITTING CONDITION A

Check electric throttle control actuator fitting condition.
YES >> GO TO 4. EC
NO >> Adjust parts fitting condition.
4.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
C
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Check electric throttle control actuator circuit for open and short.
D
ECM Electric throttle control actuator
Continuity
67 2 E
61 1
YES >> GO TO 5.
G
Refer to EC-987, "ECM : Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)".
I
ECM : Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000011991699
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR J

3. Perform EC-928, "Description".
5. Set selector lever to D position.
L
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.) M
Terminal
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 200 mV
F138 71 67
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4,700 mV N
NO >> Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-166, "Removal and Installa- O
tion".
EMCM
P
EMCM : Description INFOID:0000000011991700
EMCM supplies a voltage of 5 V to the sensors, respectively. Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a
sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously in the sensors belonging to the same group as
the short-circuited sensor.
Sensor power supply

P0120 TP SENSOR
EMCM : DTC Description INFOID:0000000011991701
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

THRTL POS SEN/CIRC
P0120 EMCM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or high.
(Sensor power supply circuit)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-988, "EMCM : Diagnosis Procedure".
EMCM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991702
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

4. Check the voltage between EMCM harness connector and ground.
+
Voltage
EMCM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E110 15 Ground 5.0 V
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
2. Disconnect following sensor harness connector.
3. Check harness for short to power and to ground, between the following terminals.

P0120 TP SENSOR
EMCM Battery current sensor A

E110 15 E6 1
EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. C
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Battery current sensor D

P0135 A/F SENSOR HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• ECM detects Air Fuel Ratio Sensor Heater circuit is open for 5
seconds.
• CC.0
PROPOR RICH SEN HEAT CIRC • ECM detects Air Fuel Ratio Sensor Heater circuit is short to
P0135 • CC.1
(O2 sensor heater circuit bank 1 sensor 1) ground for 5 seconds.
• CO
• ECM detects Air Fuel Ratio Sensor Heater circuit is short to
power for 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The air fuel ratio sensor heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• Air fuel ratio sensor heater
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Stop closed-loop control
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor harness connector.
2. Check A/F sensor circuit for open and short.

ECM A/F sensor A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. C
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR HEATER
Check A/F sensor heater. Refer to EC-991, "Component Inspection (A/F Sensor Heater)".
D
NO >> GO TO 5.
E
5.REPLACE A/F SENSOR
Replace A/F sensor. Refer to EM-174, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION: F
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant. G
>> INSPECTION END

H
Component Inspection (A/F Sensor Heater) INFOID:0000000011991705
CAUTION: I
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant. J
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
2. Disconnect A/F sensor harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between A/F sensor terminals.
L
A/ F sensor Resistance
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
4 3 Temperature 0 – 40°C (32 – 104°F) 1.56 – 2.2 Ω M

NO >> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor. Refer to EM-174, "Removal and Installation". N

P0180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012022450
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• 2.DEF • Sensor voltage sent to ECM is 4.9 V or more for 1 second or more.
• 3.DEF • Sensor voltage sent to ECM is 0.05 V or less for 1 second or more.
FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
• 4.DEF • An excessively difference between minimum and maximum fuel
P0180 CIRCUIT
• 5.DEF temperature signal from the sensor is sent to ECM while engine
(Fuel temperature sensor “A” circuit)
• 6.DEF running.
• 7.DEF • ECM detects improper fuel temperature signal.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The fuel temperature sensor heater circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel temperature sensor heater
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
NOTE:


2. Check ECM harness connector connection F139.
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check fuel temperature sensor harness connector connection F93.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel temperature sensor harness connector.
2. Check fuel temperature sensor circuit for open and short.
ECM Fuel temperature sensor

Continuity
98 2
F139 F93 Existed
103 1
YES >> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

Check fuel temperature sensor. Refer to EC-993, "Component Inspection (Fuel Temperature Sensor)".
Component Inspection (Fuel Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000012022452
C
D
2. Disconnect fuel temperature sensor.
3. Check the resistance between fuel temperature sensor terminals.
E
Resistance
Terminal
1 2 77 Ω - 49 kΩ F
NO >> Replace fuel temperature sensor. Refer to FL-29, "Removal and Installation". G

P0190 FRP SENSOR
P0190 FRP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• 1.DEF
• 2.DEF • An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
P0190 • 3.DEF • An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
(Fuel rail pressure sensor “A” circuit)
• 4.DEF • An improper voltage signal from sensor is sent to ECM.
• 5.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel piping
FAIL-SAFE
• VDC deactivated
NOTE:
>> EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure".


YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL PIPING
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
P0190 FRP SENSOR
1. Disconnect fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. A
3. Check the power supply of the fuel rail pressure sensor.
+ EC
Voltage
Fuel rail pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
C
F99 3 Ground 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 5. D
5.CHECK FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check fuel rail pressure sensor circuit for open and short.
F
Continuity
G
72 1
45 3 H
YES >> Replace fuel rail pressure sensor. Refer to EM-189, "Exploded View".

P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

INJECTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT • ECM detects fuel injectors circuit malfunction.
P0200 1.DEF
(Injector circuit/open) • Injector code is not stored into ECM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Injector
FAIL-SAFE
• VDC deactivated
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK ENGINE START

Start the engine.
Did the engine start normally?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Disconnect suspicious fuel injector harness connector.
Did the engine start?
YES >> Replace malfunctioning injector(s).
NO >> GO TO 3.

P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
YES >> GO TO 4. A
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
EC
Check fuel injector harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 5. C
Refer to EC-997, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)". D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning injector(s). Refer to EM-189, "Removal and Installation". E
6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check fuel injector circuit for open and short.
G
ECM Fuel injector
Cylinder Continuity
156 1 H
No.1 F124
160 2
153 1
No.2 F125 I
157 2
F139 Existed
155 1
No.3 F126
159 2 J
154 1
No.4 F127
158 2
K
L
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR M

3. Check the resistance between fuel injector terminals. N
Fuel injector
Condition Resistance O
Terminal
1 2 Temperature 0 - 40 °C (32 - 104 °F) 150 - 250 Ω


DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CYLINDER 1 INJECTOR CIRC
P0201
(Injector circuit/open - cylinder 1)
CYLINDER 2 INJECTOR CIRC • 2.DEF
P0202 • Injector code is incorrect.
(Injector circuit/open - cylinder 2) • 3.DEF
• ECM detects fuel injectors circuit are open or shorted.
• 4.DEF
CYLINDER 3 INJECTOR CIRC • ECM error
P0203 • 5.DEF
(Injector circuit/open - cylinder 3) • ECM detects an abnormal signal of injector.
• CO
CYLINDER 4 INJECTOR CIRC
P0204
(Injector circuit/open - cylinder 4)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
• Fuel injector
• Injector code error
FAIL-SAFE
If DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204 is displayed with DTC P0263, P0266, P0269 or P0272, perform the
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0263, P0266, P0269 or P0272.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

If DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204 is displayed with DTC P0263, P0266, P0269 or P0272, perform the
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0263, P0266, P0269 or P0272.

YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION EC
1. Perform FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION. Refer to EC-926, "Description".
C
Is DTC detected again?
YES >> GO TO 3.
D
3.CHECK FUEL RETURN HOSE
Check Fuel return hose.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE F

YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION H
Check fuel injector harness connector connection.
I
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR J
Refer to EC-1000, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".
YES >> GO TO 7. K
7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
M
ECM Fuel injector
Cylinder Continuity
N
156 1
No.1 F124
160 2
153 1 O
No.2 F125
157 2
F139 Existed
155 1
No.3 F126 P
159 2
154 1
No.4 F127
158 2


2. Disconnect each fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between each fuel injector terminals.
Fuel injector
Terminal
1 2 Temperature 0 - 40 °C (32 - 104 °F) 150 - 250 Ω

NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector(s). Refer to EM-189, "Removal and Installation".

A

If the cooling fan or other component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise.
indicated. C

D
ENGINE OVERHEATING
P0217 (Engine coolant over temperature condi- 1.DEF When engine coolant temperature is 110°C or more.
tion)
E
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Also, replace the engine oil.
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 3 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. F
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Cooling fan G
• Fan coupling
• Radiator
• Radiator cap H
• Water pump
• Thermostat
• Engine coolant temperature sensor I
FAIL-SAFE
• Cooling fan activation J
• Opening of the engine coolant thermostat (request of ineffective opening in that case)
• EGR control cutoff K
• A/C compressor cutoff
L
P2681. M
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). N
NO >> GO TO 2.
O
WARNING:
Never remove the reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high
pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up P

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the
cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF621W


P2681.
NO >> GO TO 2.
Start engine and check cooling fan operation. Refer to CO-53, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
• Hose
• Radiator
• Reservoir tank cap
• Water pump
• Reservoir tank

5.CHECK RESERVOIR TANK CAP
Check reservoir tank cap. Refer to CO-45, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace reservoir tank cap.

6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT BYPASS VALVE A

Check engine coolant bypass valve system. Refer to EC-1159, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 7. EC
7.CHECK THERMOSTAT
C
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-60, "Thermostat".
YES >> GO TO 8. D
NO >> Replace thermostat.
8.CHECK THERMO MANAGEMENT VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check thermo management valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-1159, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace thermo management valve control solenoid valve. F
9.CHECK THERMO MANAGEMENT VALVE
Check thermo management valve. Refer to CO-59, "Inspection". G
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace thermo management valve. H
Check engine coolant temperature sensor routing circuit. Refer to EC-984, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
J

P0219 ENGINE OVER SPEED
P0219 ENGINE OVER SPEED
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ENGINE OVERSPEED When engine speed is 4,500 rpm or more for 0.2 seconds or
P0219 1.DEF
(Engine overspeed condition) more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Turbocharger
• Injector
• Segmentation pistons
• Oil decanter
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
NOTE:
DTC P0219 can not duplicate
>> Clean all air ducts and replace engine assembly and exhaust line.

P0225 APP SENSOR
P0225 APP SENSOR
A

PEDAL POTENTIOMETER CIRCUIT
TRACK 1 • 1.DEF • An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
P0225
(Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “C” • 2.DEF • An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
circuit) D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1)
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
• Freeshift inhibited G
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
K
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? M
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY O

P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor 1 harness connector.
4. Check the power supply of the accelerator pedal position sensor 1.

P0225 APP SENSOR
+
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E5 6 Ground 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.HECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2
4.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit for open and short.
ECM APP sensor

Continuity
6 2
E104 3 E5 4 Existed
2 3
YES >> GO TO 5.
Refer to EC-1006, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor)".

ECM
Connector
Terminal
Fully released 0.74 V
Sensor 1 2 3
Fully depressed 4.54 V
Sensor 2 11 12

P0225 APP SENSOR
A
EC

P0226 APP SENSOR
P0226 APP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BRAKE/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSI- • 1.DEF
• ECM does not receive a signal sent from APP sensor 1 and 2.
TIONS • 2.DEF
P0226 • ECM detects a invalid signal sent from APP sensor 1 and 2.
(Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “C” • 3.DEF
• No pedal position variation.
circuit Range/Performance) • 4.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
• Accelerator pedal
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
NOTE:

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL STATE

Check that the accelerator pedal is not stuck with the driver side floor mat.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair malfunction.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector.
4. Check the power supply of the accelerator pedal position sensor.
+
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
1
E5 Ground 5.0 V
2
YES >> GO TO 3.

P0226 APP SENSOR
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
3. Check accelerator pedal position sensor circuit for open and short.
EC
ECM APP sensor

Sensor Continuity
6 2
1 3 4
2 3
D
Existed
E104 E5
12 5
2 11 6 E
10 1
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL G
Refer to ACC-5, "Inspection".

YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR I
J
Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000011991721 K

4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following condition. M
ECM
+ − Condition Voltage N
Connector
Terminal
Sensor 1 2 3 O
Sensor 2 11 12
Fully depressed 2.25 V P

P025A FUEL PUMP
P025A FUEL PUMP
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• CO
FUEL PUMP MODULE A • Fuel pump relay circuit is open
P025A • CC.0
(Fuel Pump Module “A” Control Circuit/Open) • Fuel pump relay circuit is short to ground or power
• CC.1
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel pump relay circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel pump relay
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minuets.
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK 15A FUSE

1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 57) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 15A fuse.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace 15A fuse.
2. Check ground connection. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-49, "Circuit Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair ground connection.
YES >> GO TO 4.

P025A FUEL PUMP
4.CHECK IPDM E/R HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION A

Check IPDM E/R harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 5. EC
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT 1
C
D
ECM
+ – Voltage
E
F138 89 E104 1 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT 2 G

H
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity I
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. K

P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272 COMBUSTION DISORDER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis content) DTC detecting condition
FUEL INJECTION CALIBRATION FOR

P0263 CYLINDER No.1
(Cylinder 1 contribution/balance)
P0266 CYLINDER No.2
(Cylinder 2 contribution/balance) • 1.DEF The fuel calibration value for fuel injector is excessively
FUEL INJECTION CALIBRATION FOR • 2.DEF high
P0269 CYLINDER No.3
P0272 CYLINDER No.4
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Fuel injector
• Injector code error
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
3. Check that “WATER TEMP” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK FUEL LEVEL


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refuel. A
EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
C
3.CHECK VALVE CLEARANCE
Check valve clearance. Refer to EM-262, "Cylinder Head".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Make it conform.
E
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR DUCTS
Check intake air ducts.
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE G
Check EGR volume control valve. Refer to EC-1022, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION I
1. Perform FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE REGISTRATION. Refer to EC-926, "Description".
Is DTC detected again? J
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.PERFORM INJECTOR INSPECTION K
Perform injector inspection for malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to EC-938, "Work Procedure (Fuel Injectors Leak
Check)" and EC-939, "Work Procedure (Fuel Injection Quantity Check)".
L
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 8.
M
8.CHECK FUEL RETURN HOSE
Check Fuel return hose. Refer to FL-27, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 9.
O
9.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel injector harness connector. P

ECM Fuel injector

Cylinder Continuity
156 1
No.1 F124
160 2
153 1
No.2 F125
157 2
F139 Existed
155 1
No.3 F126
159 2
154 1
No.4 F127
158 2
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR HARNESS CONNECTOR STATE
Check fuel injector harness connector state.
YES >> GO TO 11.
Refer to EM-192, "Inspection".

2. Disconnect each fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check the resistance between each fuel injector terminals.
Fuel injector
Terminal
1 2 Temperature 0 - 40 °C (32 - 104 °F) 150 - 250 Ω

NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector(s). Refer to EM-189, "Removal and Installation".

P0335 CKP SENSOR
P0335 CKP SENSOR
A

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis content) DTC detecting condition C
• 1.DEF
• 2.DEF
• 3.DEF D
• Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detected by ECM
• 4.DEF
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL when engine is running.
P0335 • 5.DEF
(Crankshaft position sensor “A” circuit) • Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the normal pat-
• 6.DEF
tern when engine is running. E
• 7.DEF
• 8.DEF
• CO
F
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Signal plate G
FAIL-SAFE
H
• Torque limitation I
J
NOTE:
DTC P0335 can not duplicate. K

L
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS M

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CKP SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS O
Check crankshaft position (CKP) sensor harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3. P
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR
Refer to EC-1016, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 4.

P0335 CKP SENSOR
4.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping flywheel gear tooth.
NO >> Replace signal plate.
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR

1. Disconnect CKP sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between CKP sensor terminals as follows.
CKP sensor
Resistance
Terminal
1 2 1.0 - 1.2 kΩ
NO >> Replace CKP sensor.

P0340 CMP SENSOR
P0340 CMP SENSOR
A

• 6.DEF • Camshaft position sensor signal is not detected by ECM

CAMSHAFT SENSOR CIRCUIT • 7.DEF when engine is running.
P0340 D
(Camshaft position sensor “A” circuit) • 9.DEF • Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the normal pattern
• 10.DEF when engine is running.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Signal plate
F
FAIL-SAFE
• Synchronization on the exhaust CAM
• Inhibition of the variable valve timing control (setpoint = 0) G
• variable valve timing control angular position set to 0 and inhibition of the variable valve timing control
H
If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0016, P0335, P0560, P0641, P0651 or P0657, first perform the trouble I
diagnosis for DTC P0016, P0335, P0560, P0641, P0651 or P0657.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE K
NOTE:
L

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991731 M

If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0016, P0335, P0560, P0641, P0651 or P0657, first perform the trouble N
diagnosis for DTC P0016, P0335, P0560, P0641, P0651 or P0657.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CMP SENSOR-1 P
Visually check camshaft position (CMP) sensor for chipping.

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
P0340 CMP SENSOR
Check CMP sensor harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and CMP sensor harness connector.
3. Check CMP sensor circuit for open and short.
ECM CMP sensor

Continuity
41 1
42 3
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR-2
Refer to EC-1018, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR

1. Disconnect CMP sensor harness connector.
2. Check the resistance between CMP sensor terminals as follows.
CMP sensor
Resistance
Terminal
NO >> Replace CMP sensor. Refer to EM-223, "Removal and Installation".

P0380 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
A

• 1.DEF
• ECM detects glow plug control circuit is open for 30 seconds or more.
• 2.DEF
Preheating unit DIAG CONN • ECM detects glow plug circuit is short to ground for 30 seconds or more. D
P0380 • CC.0
(Glow plug/heater circuit “A”) • ECM detects glow plug circuit is short to power for 30 seconds or more.
• CC.1
• ECM detects glow control unit error for 1 second or more.
• CO
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
- Glow plug control circuit is open or shorted.
- Glow control unit input signal circuit is open or shorted. F
• Glow plug
• Glow control unit
FAIL-SAFE G
Not applicable
H
P0657. I
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
K
least 4 minutes before conducting the next test.
L
>> GO TO 3.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. M
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
O

P0657.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK GLOW CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

4. Check the power supply of the glow control unit.
+
Glow control unit - Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK GLOW CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-1
3. Check the continuity between glow control unit harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECM Glow control unit

Continuity
F138 56 8
E108 Existed
F139 109 3
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK GLOW CONTROL UNIT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-2
1. Disconnect glow plug harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between glow control unit harness connector and glow plug harness connector.
Glow control unit Glow plug

Continuity
1 F130 1
2 F128 1
E108 Existed
7 F129 1
6 F131 1
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK GLOW PLUG
Refer to EC-1021, "Component Inspection (Glow Plug)".
YES >> GO TO 6.

A
1.CHECK GLOW PLUG
1. Disconnect glow plug harness connector.
2. Check resistance between glow plug terminals as follows. EC
Glow plug Resistance

— Condition
(Approx.)
C
Terminal
1 Ground Temperature 20°C (68°F) 0.2 - 0.8 Ω
NO >> Replace malfunctioning glow plug(s). Refer to EM-185, "Removal and Installation".
E

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EGR VALVE JAMMED OPEN ECM detects an incorrect closed position of high pressure EGR volume
P0402
(EGR “A” Flow Excessive Detected) control valve.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
• DPF regenerations forbidden
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. Hold the steady as possible.
ENGINE SPEED 3,500 rpm

3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Visually check EGR volume control valve for chipping.
YES >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check EGR volume control valve harness connector connection.

YES >> GO TO 4. A
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Check EGR volume control valve circuit for open and short.
C
ECM EGR volume control valve
Continuity
D
69 1
75 3 E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. F

1. Erase DTC. G
YES >> GO TO 6. H
6.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR
I
Refer to EC-1023, "Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control Valve Motor)".
Component Inspection (EGR Volume Control Valve Motor) INFOID:0000000011991738
K
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector. L
3. Check resistance between EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
EGR volume control valve Resistance

M
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
5 6 Temperature 20°C (68°F) 1.41 – 1.69 Ω

N
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-169, "Removal and Installation". O

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• ECM detects EGR volume control valve command circuit is

short to ground.
EGR VLV CMD CIRC • 1.DEF
P0403 • ECM detects EGR volume control valve command circuit is
(EGR “A” control circuit/Open) • 2.DEF
short to power.
• ECM detects an over temperature of EGR volume control valve.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EGR volume control valve command circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

NO >> GO TO 2.

YES >> GO TO 3.
EC
YES >> GO TO 4.
C
YES >> GO TO 5.
E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and EGR volume control valve harness connector. F

Continuity G
69 1
F138 70 F132 2 Existed H
75 3
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Erase DTC.
Is the DTC P0403 displayed again? K
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR L

N

O
P
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
5 6 Temperature 20°C (68°F) 1.41 – 1.69 Ω


NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-169, "Removal and Installation".

P0409 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR
A

• A Voltage of EGR volume control valve position sensor remains more
EGR VALVE POSITION SEN CIRC than 4.7 V.
P0409
(EGR Sensor “A” circuit) • A Voltage of EGR volume control valve position sensor remains less than
0.2 V. D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EGR volume control valve control position sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• EGR volume control valve control position sensor
FAIL-SAFE F
1.PRECONDITIONING
least 4 minute before conducting the next test. I
>> GO TO 2.
J
2. Check DTC. K
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". L
M
Visually check EGR volume control valve for chipping. N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
YES >> GO TO 3.

YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and EGR volume control valve connector.
3. Check EGR volume control valve position sensor circuit for open and short.

Continuity
69 1
70 2
YES >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-169, "Removal and Installation".

P040A EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A

HIGH PRESS EGR TEMP SEN • ECM detect a short or open circuit to battery
P040A 1.DEF
(EGR temperature sensor “A” circuit) • EGR temperature is more than 380°C (716°F)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• EGR temperature sensor
• EGR coolant bypass valve control solenoid valve E
• Electric EGR cooling water pump 1 and 2
• EGR cooler
F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
NOTE: H
DTC P040A can not duplicate.
>> Proceed to EC-1029, "Diagnosis Procedure". I

1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS J

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS L
Check EGR temperature sensor harness connector connection.
M
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY N
2. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EGR temperature sensor harness connector and ground.
+
P
Voltage
EGR temperature sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F144 2 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
ECM EGR temperature sensor

Continuity
F139 119 F144 2 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power and short to ground.
5.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
ECM EGR temperature sensor

Continuity
F139 118 F144 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1031, "Component Inspection (EGR Temperature Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE ROUTING CIRCUIT
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ROUTING CIRCUIT
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 AND 2 ROUTING CIRCUIT
Refer to EC-1147, "Diagnosis Procedure" (Electric EGR cooling water pump 1), EC-1151, "Diagnosis Proce-
dure" (Electric EGR cooling water pump 2).
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.VISUALLY CHECK EGR COOLER
Visually check for EGR cooler.

NO >> Replace error-detected parts. A
Component Inspection (EGR Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000012022968
1.CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR EC

2. Disconnect EGR temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between EGR temperature sensor terminals as follows. C
EGR temperature sensor Resistance

Condition D
Terminal (Approx.)
2 1 Temperature 20°C (68°F) 23.9301 – 35.8168 kΩ

NO >> Replace EGR temperature sensor. Refer to EM-169, "Removal and Installation".
F

P0470 EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TBN UPSTR PRS SEN CIRC • 2.DEF • An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
P0470
(Exhaust pressure sensor “A” circuit) • 3.DEF • An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit)
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
P2263.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

P2263.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS A

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS C
Check exhaust gas pressure sensor harness connector connection.
D
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
2. Disconnect exhaust gas pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Check the power supply of the exhaust gas pressure sensor.
+
G
Voltage
Exhaust gas pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F140 3 Ground 5V H
YES >> GO TO 5.
I
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit for open and short.
K
ECM Exhaust gas pressure sensor
Continuity
77 3 L
83 2
M
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. N
6.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-1034, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor)".
O
YES >> GO TO 7.
P
7.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURES
1. Erase DTC.
YES >> GO TO 8.

Check turbocharger. Refer to EM-180, "Inspection".
Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000011991746

2. Check the resistance between exhaust gas pressure sensor terminals as follows.
Exhaust gas pressure sensor Resistance

Terminal (Approx.)
2 1 more than 100 kΩ

NO >> Replace exhaust gas pressure sensor. Refer to EM-174, "Removal and Installation".

P0471 EXHAUST PRESSURE SENSOR
A

• Difference between barometric pressure and exhaust pres-

PRS UPSTR OF TBN
• 1.DEF sure while engine stopped.
P0471 (Exhaust Pressure Sensor “A” Circuit D
• 2.DEF • Difference between barometric pressure and exhaust pres-
Range/Performance)
sure is excessively low while engine is running.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit)
• ECM
F
FAIL-SAFE
• DPF regeneration forbidden H
I
P0335, P0470 or P2226. J
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). K
NO >> GO TO 2.
NOTE: L
>> Proceed to EC-1035, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
N
P0335, P0470 or P2226. O
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). P
NO >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check exhaust gas pressure sensor harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the power supply of the exhaust gas pressure sensor.
+
Voltage
Exhaust gas pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F140 3 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check exhaust gas pressure sensor circuit for open and short.
ECM Exhaust gas pressure sensor

Continuity
77 3
83 2
YES >> GO TO 6.
Refer to EC-1034, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 7.
1. Erase DTC.
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".
Check turbocharger. Refer to EM-180, "Inspection".

Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000011991749
A
2. Check the resistance between exhaust gas pressure sensor terminals as follows. EC
Exhaust gas pressure sensor Resistance

(Approx.)
C
Terminal
2 1 more than 100 kΩ
NO >> Replace exhaust gas pressure sensor. Refer to EM-174, "Removal and Installation".
E

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EGR VLV CMD CIRC
P0487 ECM detects abnormally closed position of EGR volume control valve.
(EGR Throttle Control Circuit “A”/Open)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• EGR valve position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
YES >> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

EC

Continuity C
148 6
F139
147 5 D
75 F132 3 Existed
F138 69 1
E
70 2
YES >> GO TO 5. F
1. Erase DTC. G
H
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR I
K
M
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
5 6 Temperature 20°C (68°F) 1.41 – 1.69 Ω N

NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-169, "Removal and Installation". O

P0488 EGR SYSTEM
P0488 EGR SYSTEM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EGR VALVE POSITION CNTRL
• 5.DEF ECM detects high pressure EGR volume control valve regula-
P0488 (EGR Throttle Control Circuit “A” Range/
• 6.DEF tion error.
Performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• EGR volume control valve position sensor
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.

P0488 EGR SYSTEM
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts. A
EC

C
Continuity
148 6 D
F139
147 5
75 F132 3 Existed
F138 69 1 E
70 2
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1. Erase DTC.
Is the DTC P0488 displayed again? H
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE MOTOR I

K

L
M
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
N
5 6 Temperature 20°C (68°F) 1.41 – 1.69 Ω
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> Replace EGR volume control valve. Refer to EM-169, "Removal and Installation".

P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• 1.DEF
VEHICLE SPEED INFORMATION Vehicle speed signal is more than the specified range for 1
P0500 • 2.DEF
(Vehicle speed sensor “A”) second or more while running the engine.
• 3.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Vehicle speed sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
NOTE:

1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE

Check CAN communication line. Refer to LAN-49, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN System Specifi-
cation Chart".
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-34, "Trouble Diagno-
sis Flow Chart".
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Check the self-diagnosis result of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) with CONSULT.
Refer to BRC-43, "CONSULT Function" (Without VDC), BRC-173, "CONSULT Function" (With VDC).
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".

P0504 STOP LAMP SWITCH
A

BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CONSISTEN- • 1.DEF
ECM detects ON signals sent from the stop lamp switch and the
P0504 CY • 2.DEF
brake pedal position switch at the same time.
(Brake switch “A”/“B” correlation) • 5.DEF
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
(The stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.) E
(The brake pedal position switch circuit is open or shorted.)
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation F
• EMCM
FAIL-SAFE G
H
If DTC P0504 is displayed with DTC P0571, P0703 or U××××, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC I
P0571, P0703 or U××××.
NO >> GO TO 2.
NOTE:
L

M

N
If DTC P0504 is displayed with DTC P0571, P0703 or U××××, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0571, P0703 or U××××.
O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH P
Check the stop lamp switch. Refer to BRC-95, "Component Function Check".
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check the brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-1044, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
Switch)".


Terminals
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
NO >> GO TO 2.

Terminals
1 2 Brake pedal Slightly de-
Not existed
pressed
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-82, "Removal and Installation".

P0525 ASCD SYSTEM
P0525 ASCD SYSTEM
A

CRUISE CONTROL DATA MONITORING
P0525 (Cruise control servo control circuit range/ Correlation between two signals is inconsistency.
performance)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
E
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD deactivation
NOTE:
DTC P0525 can not duplicate. G

H
1.REPLACE ECM I
J
>> INSPECTION END

P0530 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• Refrigerant pressure sensor signal voltage remains more than 4.75 V for
RFRG TEMP PRESS SEN VOLT 2 seconds or more.
P0530
(A/C refrigerant pressure sensor “A” circuit) • Refrigerant pressure sensor signal voltage remains less than 0.1 V for 2
seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE
A/C deactivation
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

2. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor connector and ground.
+
Voltage
Refrigerant pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E49 3 Ground 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 2.
tor.

Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
D
tor.
E
Continuity
E49 2 F139 99 Existed F
YES >> GO TO 4. G
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HAC-120, "Removal and Installation" (With auto- I
matic air conditioning), HAC-209, "Removal and Installation" (With manual A/C FULL-ELC), or
HAC-286, "Removal and Installation" (With manual A/C SEMI-ELC).
J

P0544 EGT SENSOR 1
P0544 EGT SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• An excessively low voltage from Exhaust Gas Temperature sen-

TBN UPSTR TEMP SEN CIRC
• 1.DEF sor is sent to ECM for 15 seconds or more.
P0544 (Exhaust gas temperature sensor cir-
• 2.DEF • An excessively high voltage from Exhaust Gas Temperature
cuit bank 1 sensor 1)
sensor is sent to ECM for 1 second or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
• Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1
FAIL-SAFE
NOTE:


YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 control valve harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit for open and short.
ECM EGT sensor 1

Continuity
114 1
F139 F137 Existed
115 2

P0544 EGT SENSOR 1
YES >> GO TO 4. A
4.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1
EC
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If this DTC is detected, first confirm self-diagnostic result in IPDM E/R.

• A battery power supply voltage remains more than 17 V or more for

• 1.DEF
COMPUTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2.5 seconds or more.
P0560 • 2.DEF
(System Voltage) • A battery power supply voltage remains less than 9 V or more for 10
• 3.DEF
seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (ECM power supply circuit is open or shorted.)
• Battery
• Battery terminal
• Alternator
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
• Mechanically activated throttle limp-home
• Glow plug circuit deactivation
• Factory and after sales routines inhibited
If DTC P0560 is displayed with IPDM E/R related DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R
related DTC.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to PCS-24, "DTC Index" (WITH I-KEY), PCS-58,
"DTC Index" (WITHOUT I-KEY).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

A
If DTC P0560 is displayed with IPDM E/R related DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R
related DTC. EC
"DTC Index" (WITHOUT I-KEY). C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE D
2. Check battery voltage.
E
Voltage: Above 11 V
YES >> GO TO 3. F
NO >> Recharge the battery.
3.CHECK BATTERY TERMINALS
2. Check battery terminals condition.
H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair the battery terminals.
4.CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR AND CHARGING CIRCUIT I
Check that the proper type of battery and type of alternator are installed.
Refer to, PG-217, "Battery" and CHG-41, "Alternator".
NO >> Replace with a proper one.
K

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• An ASCD steering switch signal voltage is out of the specified

SL LMTR/CC FNC • 1.DEF range.
P0564 (Cruise Control Multi-Function Input “A” Cir- • 2.DEF • ASCD steering switch signal circuit is open.
cuit) • CO.1 • ASCD steering switch signal circuit is short to battery.
• ECM cannot detect the ASCD steering switch signal.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD deactivation
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
ASCD main switch: Pressed 0V
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1.0 V
E104 18 19 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 2.0 V
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 3.0 V
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4.0 V

YES >> GO TO 4. A
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
3. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. C
Combination switch (spiral cable) ECM

Continuity D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F
G
nector.

Continuity H
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J

Refer to EC-1053, "Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch)". K
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-13, "WITH AIR BAG : Exploded View". L
Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch) INFOID:0000000011991770
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH M

2. Check the continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector terminals under follow-
ing conditions. N
Combination switch Resistance

Condition O
Connector Terminals (Approx.)
ASCD main switch: Pressed 0Ω

CANCEL switch: Pressed 250 Ω P
M303 13 16 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 660 Ω
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 1,480 Ω
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4,000 Ω
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-13, "WITH AIR BAG : Exploded View".

P0571 BRAKE SWITCH
P0571 BRAKE SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the ve-
P0571 1.DEF
(Brake Switch “A” Circuit) hicle is traveling.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD deactivation
If DTC P0571 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and P0703, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTCUXXXX
and P0703.
NO >> GO TO 2.
NOTE:


If DTC P0571 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and P0703, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTCUXXXX
and P0703.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL
+
ECM - Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V
NO >> GO TO 3.

P0571 BRAKE SWITCH
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

EC
+
C
Brake pedal position switch - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E89 *1 D
1 Ground Battery voltage
E112*2
*1: With A/T models
*2: With M/T models E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.
H

Continuity
*1
E89
2 E104 16 Existed
E112*2
J
*1: With A/T models
*2: With M/T models
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
N

O
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation.
4. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions. P

Terminal
1 2 Brake pedal

P0571 BRAKE SWITCH

A
EC
C
CC/SL LMTR BUTTONS
P0575 DEF ECM receives incoherent ASCD MAIN switch signal.
(Cruise control input circuit)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
ASCD steering switch
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD deactivation E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
J
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT K

ECM M
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
N
ASCD main switch: Pressed 0V
CANCEL switch: Pressed 1.0 V
E104 18 19 COAST/SET switch: Pressed 2.0 V O
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed 3.0 V
All ASCD steering switches: Released 4.0 V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
Refer to EC-1053, "Component Inspection (ASCD Steering Switch)".
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to ST-13, "WITH AIR BAG : Exploded View".

P0605 EMCM
P0605 EMCM
A

• EMCM calculation function is malfunctioning.
ECM
P0605 • EMCM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning.
(Internal control module ROM error)
• EMCM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
EMCM
E
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure. G
>> GO TO 2.
H
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3. J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more. K
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
4. Check DTC.
L
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
4. Repeat step 3 for 32 times.
Is DTC detected?
O
P
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1059, "DTC Description".
3. Check DTC.

P0605 EMCM
YES >> Replace the EMCM. Refer to EC-1199, "Removal and Installation".

P0606 ECM
P0606 ECM
A

COMPUTER
P0606 1.DEF Internal error.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
E
NOTE:
DTC P0606 can not duplicate. G

H
1.INSPECTION START I
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 20 seconds. J
4. Turn ignition switch ON and perform the self-diagnosis.
YES >> GO TO 2. K
2.REPLACE ECM
L
>> INSPECTION END M

P0607 EMCM
P0607 EMCM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM
P0607 When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of EMCM.
(CAN communication bus)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
EMCM
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.INSPECTION START
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
3. Check DTC.
YES >> Replace the EMCM. Refer to EC-1199, "Removal and Installation".

P060A ECM
P060A ECM
A

• 1.DEF
COMPUTER
• 2.DEF
P060A (Internal control module monitoring proces- Internal monitoring processor error. D
• 3.DEF
sor performance)
• 4.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Reset ECM F
1.PRECONDITIONING G
least 4 minute before conducting the next test. H
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
J
Is DTC detected?
L
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC. M
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 1 minute.
5. Perform the self-diagnosis.
N
Is the DTC P060A displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
O
2.REPLACE ECM
P
>> INSPECTION END

P060B ECM
P060B ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

COMPUTER
P060B (Internal control module A/D processing 1.DEF ECM internal malfunction
performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 20 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P060B displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM
>> INSPECTION END

P061A ECM
P061A ECM
A

• 1.DEF
• 2.DEF
COMP • 3.DEF D
P061A ECM detects internal error.
(Internal control module torque performance) • 4.DEF
• 5.DEF
• 6.DEF
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
NOTE:
H
DTC P061A can not duplicate.

I
1.INSPECTION START J
2. Erase DTC.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 1 minute. K
5. Perform the self-diagnosis.
Is the DTC P061A displayed again? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ECM M
N
>> INSPECTION END

P062B ECM
P062B ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• 1.DEF
COMPUTER • 2.DEF
P062B (Internal control module fuel injector control • 3.DEF ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
performance) • 4.DEF
• 5.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• VDC deactivation and A/T in limp home mode
If DTC P062B is displayed with DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC-1066, "Diagnosis Procedure".

If DTC P062B is displayed with DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0201, P0202, P0203 or P0204.

P062B ECM
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR A
1. Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-997, "Component Inspection (Fuel Injector)".

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR STATE C
YES >> GO TO 4.
E
4.REPLACE ECM
F
>> INSPECTION END

P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• Throttle valve regulation error

• 1.DEF
Inlet air flap position CTRL • ECM detects an incorrect closed position of the throttle
• 2.DEF
P0638 (Throttle Actuator Control Range/Perfor- valve.
• 3.DEF
mance Bank 1) • ECM detects an incorrect fully open position of the throttle
• 4.DEF
valve.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Throttle valve stuck
• Throttle chamber clogged
FAIL-SAFE
• Airflow regulation cutoff
P2100.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

P2100.

"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). A
NO >> GO TO 2.
EC
C
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS D
Check electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 4. E
4.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
F
2. Check electric throttle control actuator circuit for open and short.
G
ECM
ator Continuity
H
67 2
F138 71 3
61 F98 1 Existed I
139 5
F139
140 6
J
YES >> GO TO 5.
K
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Refer to EC-1068, "DTC Description". L
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> INSPECTION END M
6.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Perform EC-987, "ECM : Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)" (throttle position sensor), EC- N
1127, "Diagnosis Procedure" (throttle control motor).
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator. P
2. Perform EC-928, "Description".
>> INSPECTION END

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SEN SUPPLY N-1 VOL • 1.DEF • A voltage of sensor power supply is 5.43 V or more.
P0641
(Sensor reference voltage “A” circuit/open) • 2.DEF • A voltage of sensor power supply is 4.56 V or less.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor power supply 1 circuit is shorted.)
• EGR volume control valve position sensor
• Throttle position sensor
• DPF differential pressure sensor
• TC boost sensor
• APP sensor 1
• ECM
• MAF sensor
• G sensor
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?


+ A
Voltage
ECM –
(Approx.)
Connectors Terminal
EC
E104 6
41
53 C
F138 61
69 Ground 5V
D
73
101
F139 137 E
138
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS G
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and following terminals harness connector.
3. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. H
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal I
E104 6 Accelerator pedal position sensor (sensor 1) E5 2
41 Camshaft position sensor F97 1
J
53 DPF differential pressure sensor E102 1
F138
61 Throttle position sensor F98 1
69 EGR volume control valve position sensor F132 1 K
73 MAF sensor F96 3
101 Turbocharger boost sensor F134 1
F139 137 G sensor M115 3 L
138 Crankshaft position sensor F94 3
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS N
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (sensor 1). Proceed to EC-1132, "Component Inspection (Accelerator
Pedal Position Sensor)". O
• Camshaft position sensor. Proceed to EC-1018, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
• DPF differential pressure sensor. Proceed to EC-1141, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Throttle position sensor. Proceed to EC-987, "ECM : Component Inspection (Throttle Position Sensor)".
P
• EGR volume control valve position sensor. Proceed to EC-1027, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• MAF sensor. Proceed to EC-973, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Turbocharger boost sensor. Proceed to EC-980, "Component Inspection (Turbocharger Boost Sensor)".
• G sensor. Proceed to TM-564, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Crankshaft position sensor. Proceed to EC-1016, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".


A
EMCM supplies a voltage of 5 V to the sensors, respectively. Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a EC
sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously in the sensors belonging to the same group as
the short-circuited sensor.
Sensor power supply C
• Brake booster pressure sensor
DTC Description INFOID:0000000011991795 D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
SENSOR POWER/CIRC F
P0643 (Sensor Reference Voltage “A” Circuit EMCM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or high.
High)
POSSIBLE CAUSE G
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
• Battery current sensor H
FAIL-SAFE
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If the other DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed right before this procedure, the ignition switch must be J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. K
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 1 second.

2. Check DTC.
M
Is DTC detected?
O
2. Disconnect EMCM harness connector. P

+
Voltage
EMCM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E110 15 Ground 5.0 V
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1 ROUTING CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
2. Disconnect following sensor harness connector.
3. Check harness for short to power and to ground, between the following terminals.
EMCM Battery current sensor

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
Refer to EC-1100, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".

A

SEN SUPPLY N-2 VOL

• 1.DEF • A voltage of sensor power supply is 5.43 V or more.
P0651 (Sensor Reference Voltage “B” Circuit/
• 2.DEF • A voltage of sensor power supply is 4.56 V or less. D
Open)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (The sensor power supply 2 circuit is shorted.) E
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 F
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• A/C deactivation G
• Freeshift inhibited H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
>> GO TO 2. K
2. Check DTC. L
Is DTC detected?
M
N


+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connectors Terminal
E104 10
53
F138 Ground 5.0 V
77
F139 97
NO >> GO TO 2.
ECM Sensor
E104 10 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 E5 1
F139 97 Refrigerant pressure sensor E49 3
53 DPF differential pressure sensor E102 1
F138
77 Exhaust gas pressure sensor F140 3
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Accelerator pedal position sensor. Refer to EC-1006, "Component Inspection (Accelerator Pedal Position
Sensor)".
• Refrigerant pressure sensor. Proceed to EC-1046, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• DPF differential pressure sensor. Proceed to EC-1091, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Exhaust gas pressure sensor. Proceed to EC-1034, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Gas Pressure Sen-
sor)".

P0657 ECM RELAY
P0657 ECM RELAY
A

MAIN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT • ECM detects ECM relay control circuit is short to ground.
P0657 CC.0
(Actuator supply voltage “A” circuit/open) (ECM relay always ON)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (ECM relay control circuit is shorted.)
• ECM relay E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
F
If DTC P0657 is displayed with IPDM/ER related DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM/ER related G
DTC.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to PCS-24, "DTC Index" (WITH I-KEY), PCS-58, H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING I
J
>> GO TO 3.
1. Start the engine and ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minuets.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. L
4. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
N

O
If DTC P0657 is displayed with IPDM/ER related DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM/ER related
DTC.
P
NO >> GO TO 2.

P0657 ECM RELAY
+
ECM - Voltage
Connector Terminal
+
Voltage
ECM -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F138 36 Ground 0V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
YES >> Check IPDM E/R.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R (ECM relay malfunction). Refer to PCS-38, "Removal and Installation" (With I-
KEY), PCS-71, "Removal and Installation" (Without I-KEY).

A

SEN SUPPLY N-3 VOL • 1.DEF • A voltage of sensor power supply is more than 5.43 V.
P0697
(Sensor reference voltage “C” circuit/open) • 2.DEF • A voltage of sensor power supply is less than 4.56 V.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
• Fuel rail pressure sensor E
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve closed F
• VDC deactivation H

1.PRECONDITIONING I
J
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? L
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY N

O
+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.) P
Connectors Terminal
F138 45 Ground 5V
NO >> GO TO 2.



F138 45 F99 3
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Fuel rail pressure sensor. Proceed to EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure".

P0703 BRAKE SWITCH B
A

BRAKE PEDAL CONTACT CIRCUIT A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time
P0703 1.DEF
(Brake Switch “B” Circuit) while the vehicle is traveling.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
E
FAIL-SAFE
F
If DTC P0703 is displayed with DTC P0571, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0571. G
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-1054, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 2. H
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
>> GO TO 3. J
1. Start the engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
K
2. Depress the brake pedal more than 10 times.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
L
M
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY N

YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-1054, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL
P

+
ECM - Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
+
Brake pedal position switch - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E89*1
E112*2
*1: With A/T models
*2: With M/T models
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.

Continuity
E89*1
2 E104 16 Existed
E112*2
*1: With A/T models
*2: With M/T models
YES >> GO TO 5.


3. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector. A
4. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.
Brake pedal position EC

switch Condition Continuity
Terminal
Fully released Existed C
1 2 Brake pedal
D
E

P0833 CPP SWITCH
P0833 CPP SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CLUTCH SWITCH SIGNAL CONSISTENCY • 1.DEF Correlation of two clutch pedal position switch signal is inconsis-
P0833
(Clutch pedal switch “B” circuit) • 2.DEF tency.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Clutch pedal position switch
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD not available
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Fully depress clutch pedal.
3. Fully release clutch pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the clutch switch circuit. During
this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
ECM
+ Condition Voltage
–
Connector Terminal
Fully released Approx. 0 V
Fully depressed Battery voltage
1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT

P0833 CPP SWITCH
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector. A
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
Clutch pedal position switch EC

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
D
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec- E
tor.
Clutch pedal position switch ECM F

Continuity
G
YES >> GO TO 3. H
Refer to EC-1085, "Component Inspection (Clutch Pedal Position Switch)". I
K
2. Disconnect clutch pedal position switch harness connector. L
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.
Clutch pedal position switch M

Terminal
1 2 Clutch pedal N
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Adjust clutch pedal position switch installation. Refer to CL-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". P
2. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.

P0833 CPP SWITCH

Terminal
1 2 Clutch pedal
NO >> Replace clutch pedal position switch. Refer to CL-14, "Removal and Installation".

P1130 A/F SENSOR
P1130 A/F SENSOR
A

• PWM value for the sensor heater is out of specified range for 2 sec-
PROPOR RICH SEN CIRC
P1130 1.DEF onds or more.
(Proportional richness sensor circuit) D
• Air fuel mixture ratio is out of specified range for 3 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• A/F sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0402, P0403, P0409, P0487, P0488, P0638, P2100, and P2119, perform the
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0002, P0089, P0100, P0101, P0110, P0120, P0190, P0200, P0201, H
P0202, P0203, P0204, P0402, P0403, P0409, P0487, P0488, P0638, P2100 and P2119.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, I
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE J
NOTE:
K
L

If DTC P1130 is displayed with DTC P0001, P0002, P0089, P0100, P0101, P0110, P0120, P0190, P0200, M
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0402, P0403, P0409, P0487, P0488, P0638, P2100, and P2119, perform the
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0001, P0002, P0089, P0100, P0101, P0110, P0120, P0190, P0200, P0201,
P0202, P0203, P0204, P0402, P0403, P0409, P0487, P0488, P0638, P2100 and P2119.
N
NO >> GO TO 2. O

YES >> GO TO 3.

P1130 A/F SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
A/F sensor ECM

Continuity
1 130
F139
F143 2 128 Existed
3 F138 91
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> Replace A/F sensor. Refer to EM-174, "Removal and Installation".

A

PROPOR RICH SEN HEAT CIRC

Sensor temperature exceeds the maximum or minimum limit for 1 sec-
P1131 (Proportional richness sensor heating 1.DEF
ond or more. D
circuit)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• A/F sensor heater
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
NOTE:
H
I
YES >> GO TO 2. K
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection. L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts. M
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor harness connector. N
ECM A/F sensor O

Continuity
P
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR HEATER
Check A/F sensor heater. Refer to EC-1090, "Component Inspection (A/F Sensor Heater)".

NO >> GO TO 5.
YES >> Replace A/F sensor. Refer to EM-174, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (A/F Sensor Heater) INFOID:0000000012155802
CAUTION:
• Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen
Sensor Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR
3. Check the resistance between A/F sensor terminals.
A/ F sensor Resistance
Condition
Terminal (Approx.)
4 3 Temperature 0 – 40°C (32 – 104°F) 1.56 – 2.2 Ω

NO >> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor. Refer to EM-174, "Removal and Installation".

P1453 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER PRESSURE SENSOR
A

• 1.DEF
DIFF. PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT, PARTICLE
• 2.DEF
P1453 FILTER ECM detects an abnormal pressure of DPF.
• 3.DEF
(DIFF. pressure sensor circuit, particle filter) D
• 4.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors E
FAIL-SAFE
NOTE: H
>> Proceed to EC-1091, "Diagnosis Procedure". I

1.VISUALLY CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR J

Visually check for chipping DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) differential pressure sensor.
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR TUBE L
1. Remove DPF differential pressure sensor tube. Refer to EM-171, "Removal and installation".
2. Check DPF differential pressure sensor tube for clogging.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair DPF differential pressure sensor tube.
3.CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS N
Check DPF differential pressure sensor harness connector connection.

YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT P
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and DPF differential pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check DPF differential pressure sensor circuit for open and short.

DPF differential pressure

ECM
sensor Continuity
53 1
80 3
YES >> Replace DPF differential pressure sensor. Refer to EM-171, "Removal and installation".

P1525 ASCD SYSTEM
P1525 ASCD SYSTEM
A

NOTE:
DTC P1525 is displayed with another DTC.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC. C

D
CONSISTENT MULTIPLEX SIGNALS FOR
Other DTC that illuminates MIL is detected while ASCD is oper-
P1525 CC/SL • 1.DEF
ating.
(Consistent multiplex signals for CC/SL)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Others systems
• ECM F
FAIL-SAFE
ASCD deactivation
G
DTC P1525 is displayed with another DTC. H

Perform trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT),
EC-886, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
I

P1544 EGT SENSOR 2
P1544 EGT SENSOR 2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• Diesel particulate filter temperature is more than 900 °C (1,652
• 1.DEF
TEMP SEN UPSTREAM OF PF °F).
P1544 • 2.DEF
(Temp. sensor upstream of particle filter) • ECM detects an abnormal temperature upstream of Diesel par-
• 3.DEF
ticulate filter.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2)
• TC boost sensor
• A/F sensor
• Exhaust electric throttle control actuator
• Injector(s)
• Exhaust leakage
• Catalytic converter and DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)
FAIL-SAFE
If DTC P1544 is displayed with DTC P0002, P0095 P0100, P0101, P0120, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P0402, P0403, P0488, P0638, P2100, P2226, P2263 or P2A06, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0002, P0095 P0100, P0101, P0120, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0402, P0403, P0488, P0638,
P2100, P2226, P2263 or P2A06.
NO >> GO TO 2.
NOTE:


If DTC P1544 is displayed with DTC P0002, P0095 P0100, P0101, P0120, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P0402, P0403, P0488, P0638, P2100, P2226, P2263 or P2A06, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0002, P0095 P0100, P0101, P0120, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0402, P0403, P0488, P0638,
P2100, P2226, P2263 or P2A06.
NO >> GO TO 2.

P1544 EGT SENSOR 2
2.CHECK EXHAUST LEAKAGE A

Check exhaust leakage. Refer to EX-9, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3. EC
3.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
C
Check harness connector connection of the following items.
• ECM
• TC boost sensor D
• A/F sensor
• Exhaust electric throttle control actuator
• Injectors E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts. F
4.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE (EGT) SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect EGT sensor 2 harness connector. G
4. Check the voltage between EGT sensor 2 harness connector and ground.
H
+
Voltage
EGT sensor 2 −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
I
E103 2 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE (EGT) SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EGT sensor 2 harness connector. L
ECM EGT sensor 2

Continuity M
F139 108 E103 2 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to power and short to ground. N
6.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE (EGT) SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EGT sensor 2 harness connector.
ECM EGT sensor 2

Continuity
F139 123 E103 1 Existed

P1544 EGT SENSOR 2
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive minutes. Hold the steady as possible.
Engine speed 2,500 rpm

3. Select “TEMP.UPSTREAM OF PF” of “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
4. Check there is a value variance given by the temperature sensor
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK TC BOOST SENSOR ROUTING CIRCUIT
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR ROUTING CIRCUIT
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR ROUTING CIRCUIT
YES >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK EXHAUST LINE
Refer to EX-9, "Inspection".

P1546 EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE
P1546 EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE
A

TEMP. UPSTREAM OF PF
P1546 1.DEF Upstream of DPF temperature is more than 505 °C (941°F).
(Temp. upstream of particle filter)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
Diesel particulate filter
FAIL-SAFE
E
Not applicable
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY F
If DTC P1546 is displayed with following DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for following DTC.
• DTC P0001, P0002, P0101, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P1453, P1544 and P2002
G
NO >> GO TO 2. H

NOTE: I
>> Proceed to EC-1097, "Diagnosis Procedure". J

1.CHECK OTHER DTC K
• DTC P0001, P0002, P0101, P0190, P0200, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P1453, P1544 and P2002
L
>> INSPECTION END.

M

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BAT CURRENT SENSOR
The output voltage of the battery current sensor remains within the speci-
P1550 (Battery current sensor circuit range/perfor-
fied range while engine is running.
mance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
(Battery current sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE
P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.

A
+
Voltage
(Approx.) EC
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D

3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and EMCM harness connector. E
Battery current sensor EMCM

Continuity F
4. Also check harness for short to power. G
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and EMCM harness connector.
J
Continuity
E6 3 E110 35 Existed K
YES >> GO TO 5. L
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT M
Battery current sensor EMCM N

Continuity
O
YES >> GO TO 6. P
Check the battery current sensor. Refer to EC-1100, "Component Inspection (Battery Current Sensor)".
NO >> Replace battery current sensor. Refer to PG-216, "Removal and Installation".


ground.
6. Check the voltage between EMCM harness connector terminals
as per the following conditions.
EMCM
Voltage
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal JPBIA3287ZZ
E110 24 35 Approx. 2.5 V


A

BAT CURRENT SENSOR
P1551 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to EMCM.
(Battery current sensor circuit low input)
BAT CURRENT SENSOR D
P1552 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to EMCM.
(Battery current sensor circuit high input)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors E
• Dead (Weak) battery F
FAIL-SAFE
Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation G
If DTC P1551 or P1552 is displayed with DTC P0120 or P0643, perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0120
or P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
K
TESTING CONDITION:
L
>> GO TO 3.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. M
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
O

P
P0120 or P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.

+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.

Continuity

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.

EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
ground. D
as per the following conditions. E
EMCM
Voltage
+ – F
Connector (Approx.)
E110 24 35 Approx. 2.5 V

G
YES >> INSPECTION END H

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BAT CURRENT SENSOR The signal voltage transmitted from the sensor to EMCM is higher than the
P1553
(Battery current sensor performance) amount of the maximum power generation.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.

A
+
Voltage
(Approx.) EC
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D

3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and EMCM harness connector. E

Continuity F
4. Also check harness for short to power. G
J
Continuity
E6 3 E110 35 Existed K
YES >> GO TO 5. L
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT M
Battery current sensor EMCM N

Continuity
O
YES >> GO TO 6. P


ground.
EMCM
Voltage
+ –
Connector (Approx.)
E110 24 35 Approx. 2.5 V


A

P1554
(Battery current sensor performance) value while the battery voltage is high enough.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Battery current sensor E
FAIL-SAFE
Prohibit the alternator regeneration control system operation F

P0643.
Is applicable DTC detected? H
NO >> GO TO 2.
I
2.PRECONDITIONING
turned OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more to start this procedure. J
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8 V at idle.
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF. K
>> GO TO 3.
L
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and let it idle. M
2. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “EMCM” using CONSULT.
3. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300 mV at least once.
N
Without CONSULT
O
EMCM
Voltage
+ -
Connector (Approx.) P
Terminal
E110 24 35 Above 2.3 V at least once


P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E6 1 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.

Continuity

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.

Battery current sensor EMCM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 6. C
D
F
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. G
ground. H
I
EMCM
Voltage
+ –
Connector (Approx.) J
E110 24 35 Approx. 2.5 V

Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-194, "How to Handle Battery". K
NO >> Replace battery current sensor. Refer to PG-216, "Removal and Installation". L

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

BAT TMP SEN/CIRC
Signal voltage from battery temperature sensor remains 0.16V or less for 5
P1556 (Battery temperature sensor circuit low in-
seconds or more.
put)
BAT TMP SEN/CIRC
Signal voltage from battery temperature sensor remains 4.84V or more for
P1557 (Battery temperature sensor circuit high in-
5 seconds or more.
put)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
[Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor) circuit is shorted.]
• Battery current sensor (Battery temperature sensor)
FAIL-SAFE
P0120 or P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

P0120 or P0643.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector. A
EC
+
Voltage
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal C
E6 1 Ground 5V
D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and EMCM harness connector. F

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal G
4. Also check harness for short to power. H
2. Disconnect EMCM harness connector. J
Battery current sensor EMCM K

Continuity
L
YES >> GO TO 5. M
5.CHECK BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
N

Continuity O
2. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. P
YES >> GO TO 6.
Check the battery temperature sensor. Refer to EC-1112, "Component Inspection (Battery Temperature Sen-
sor)".

NO >> Replace battery current sensor (With battery temperature sensor) Refer to PG-216, "Removal and
Installation".
Component Inspection (Battery Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000011991837

3. Check the resistance between battery current sensor connector terminals.

Resistance
Terminal
2 3 Continuity with the resistance value 100 Ω or more
NO >> Replace battery current sensor (With battery temperature sensor). Refer to PG-216, "Removal
and Installation".

P1560 ENGINE OIL PUMP CONTROL
A

• ECM detects engine oil pump control valve circuit is open for 1 second.
• CO • ECM detects engine oil pump control valve circuit is short to ground for
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
P1560 • CC.0 1 second.
(Engine oil pressure) D
• CC.1 • ECM detects engine oil pump control valve circuit is short to battery for
1 second.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connectors (Engine oil pump control valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Engine oil pump control valve
• ECM
F
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
>> GO TO 2. I
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". K
L
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> Repair ECM harness connector connection.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL PUMP CONTROL VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check engine oil pump control valve harness connector connection. O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair engine oil pump control valve harness connector connection. P
3.CHECK ENGINE OIL PUMP CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect engine oil pump control valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between engine oil pump control valve harness connector and ground.

+
Engine oil pump control valve − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL PUMP CONTROL VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between engine oil pump control valve harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
Engine oil pump control valve ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ENGINE OIL PUMP CONTROL VALVE
Check the engine oil pump control valve. Refer to EC-1114, "Component Inspection (Engine Oil Pump Control
Valve)".
Component Inspection (Engine Oil Pump Control Valve) INFOID:0000000012157454
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL PUMP CONTROL VALVE

2. Disconnect engine oil pump control valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between engine oil pump control valve terminals as follows.
Engine oil pump control

valve Resistance
Condition
(Approx.)
Terminals
2 1 Temperature 25°C (77°F) 23.4 Ω
NO >> Replace engine oil pump (With engine oil pump control valve). Refer to LU-28, "Removal and
Installation".

P160C ECM
P160C ECM
A

COMPUTER
P160C 1.DEF ECM function is malfunctioning.
(Computer)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
E
Not applicable
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY F
If DTC P160C displayed with DTC U0415, P0002, P0101, P0135, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203,
P0204, P0217, P0226, P0340, P0471, P0544, P1544, P2002, P2080, P2244, P2263, P2626 or P2A06, first
perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U0415, P0002, P0101, P0135, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203, G
P0204, P0217, P0226, P0340, P0471, P0544, P1544, P2002, P2080, P2244, P2263, P2626 or P2A06.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, H
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING I
J
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? L
N
1.CHECK BATTERY TERMINALS
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 1 minute. O
3. Check the battery terminals for damage and looseness.
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Repair malfunction(s) and GO TO 2.
2.CHECK OTHER DTC-1
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC P160C displayed with U0415, P0002, P0101, P0135, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204,
P0217, P0226, P0340, P0471, P0544, P1544, P2002, P2080, P2244, P2263, P2626 or P2A06 displayed?

P160C ECM
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U0415, P0002, P0101, P0135, P0180, P0190, P0201,
P0202, P0203, P0204, P0217, P0226, P0340, P0471, P0544, P1544, P2002, P2080, P2244,
P2263, P2626 or P2A06, and GO TO 3. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT),
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC
3. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P160C displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.REPLACE ECM
>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK OTHER DTC-2
2. Check DTC.
Is the DTC U0415, P0002, P0101, P0135, P0180, P0190, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0217, P0226,
P0340, P0471, P0544, P1544, P2002, P2080, P2244, P2263, P2626 or P2A06 displayed?
P0202, P0203, P0204, P0217, P0226, P0340, P0471, P0544, P1544, P2002, P2080, P2244,
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK RESULT OF PROCEDURE 2
Check result of procedure 2.
Is result of procedure 2 “YES”?
YES >> GO TO 7.
2. Drive the vehicle for at least 15 minutes at 0 - 50 km/h (0 - 31 MPH).
CAUTION:
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
P0202, P0203, P0204, P0217, P0226, P0340, P0471, P0544, P1544, P2002, P2080, P2244,

P1620 ECM
P1620 ECM
A

• 1.DEF
• 2.DEF
PROPOR RICH SEN FNC
P1620 • 3.DEF ECM function is malfunctioning.
(Proportional richness sensor function) D
• 4.DEF
• 5.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Stop closed-loop control F
NOTE:
H
I
YES >> GO TO 2. K
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection. L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts. M
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and A/F sensor harness connector. N
ECM A/F sensor O

Continuity
F138 91 3
128 F143 2 Existed P
F139
130 1
YES >> GO TO 4.
P1620 ECM
YES >> GO TO 5.
CAUTION:
Thread Cleaner tool and approved anti-seize lubricant.
>> INSPECTION END

P1656 CAN COMMUNICATION
P1656 CAN COMMUNICATION
A

MULTIPLEXED E.T.C. CON- • 1.DEF
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal with
P1656 NECTION • 2.DEF
transfer control unit.
(Multiplexed E.T.C. connection) • 3.DEF
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• CAN communication line between transfer control unit and ECM
• Transfer control unit E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
F
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1119, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
I
Perform trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-49, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYS-
TEM : CAN System Specification Chart". J

P1675 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If the cooling fan or other component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise.
indicated.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Engine coolant temperature is 140°C (284°F) or more for 1 sec-
P1675 1.DEF
(Engine coolant temperature) ond while engine is idling.
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Also, replace the engine oil.
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Cooling fan
• Fan coupling
• Radiator hose
• Radiator
• Water pump
• Thermostat
• Harness or connectors (Therno management valve control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Therno management valve control solenoid valve
• Therno management valve
FAIL-SAFE
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

Check cooling fan operation.
YES >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.

3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-2 A

• Hose
• Radiator
EC
• Water pump
• Reservoir tank
C
4.CHECK RESERVOIR TANK CAP D
Check reservoir tank cap. Refer to CO-45, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> Replace radiator cap. Refer to CO-47, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
F
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-60, "Thermostat".
YES >> GO TO 6. G
NO >> Replace thermostat (water outlet). Refer to CO-59, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK THERMO MANAGEMENT VALVE
Check thermo management valve. Refer to CO-58, "Exploded View". H
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace thermo management valve. Refer to CO-58, "Exploded View". I

Check engine coolant temperature sensor routing circuit. Refer to EC-1120, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor (water outlet). Refer to CO-58, "Exploded View". K
L
YES >> GO TO 9.
M
9.CHECK THERMO MANAGEMENT VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CON-
NECTIONS
Check thermo management valve control solenoid valve harness connector connection. N
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK THERMO MANAGEMENT VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect thermo management valve control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between thermo management valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.

+
Thermo management valve control so-
− Voltage
lenoid valve
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK THERMO MANAGEMENT VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
3. Check thermo management valve control solenoid valve circuit for open and short.
Thermo management valve

ECM
control solenoid valve Continuity
YES >> GO TO 12.
Refer to EC-1122, "Component Inspection (Thermo Management Valve Control Solenoid Valve)".
Component Inspection (Thermo Management Valve Control Solenoid Valve)
INFOID:0000000012156824
1.CHECK THERMO MANAGEMANT VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

3. Check the resistance between thermo management valve control solenoid valve terminals.
thermo management valve con-

trol solenoid valve Resistance
Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal
2 1 Temperature 20 °C (68°F) 43 – 49 Ω
NO >> Replace thermo management valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-166, "Removal and
Installation"

P2002 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
A

• 1.DEF
PARTICLE FILTER
• 2.DEF
P2002 (Diesel particulate filter efficiency below Diesel particulate filter function does not operate properly.
• 3.DEF
threshold bank 1) D
• 4.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Diesel particulate filter E
FAIL-SAFE
G
H
• DTC U0101, U0121, U0415, P0001, P0002, P0045, P0100, P0101, P0105, P0106, P0115, P0190, P0200,
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0225, P0226, P0335, P0402, P0470, P0471, P0487, P0488, P0544,
P0560, P060A, P061A, P062B, P0638, P0641, P0651, P0697, P1544, P160C, P2080, P2100, P2119, I
P2120, P2226, P2263 and P253F.
NO >> GO TO 2.
NOTE:
L

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011991849 M

If DTC P2002 is displayed with following DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for following DTC. N
• DTC U0101, U0121, U0415, P0001, P0002, P0045, P0100, P0101, P0105, P0106, P0115, P0190, P0200,
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0225, P0226, P0335, P0402, P0470, P0471, P0487, P0488, P0544,
P0560, P060A, P061A, P062B, P0638, P0641, P0651, P0697, P1544, P160C, P2080, P2100, P2119, O
P2120, P2226, P2263 and P253F.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
Refer to EC-1124, "Component Inspection (Diesel Particulate Filter)".
YES >> GO TO 3.

NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
Check the intake air system for leakage.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts and then GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform “Self-diagnostic results” of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
YES >> Replace diesel particulate filter.
NO >> Perform “SERVICE REGENERATION”. Refer to EC-931, "Description".
Component Inspection (Diesel Particulate Filter) INFOID:0000000011991850
1.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER

Check diesel particulate filter for damage.
YES >> Perform “SERVICE REGENERATION”. Refer to EC-931, "Description".
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter.

P2080 EGT SENSOR 1
P2080 EGT SENSOR 1
A

TBN DOWNS TEMP REG
Temperature before the turbine is more than 810 °C (1,490 °F)
P2080 (Exhaust gas temperature sensor circuit 1.DEF
for 3 minutes or more.
range/performance bank 1 sensor 1)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Electric throttle actuator E
• Fuel injector
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
G
P2002. H
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). I
NO >> GO TO 2.
NOTE: J
DTC P2080 can not be duplicate.
K
L
P2002. M
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT). N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
O
1. Check the air cleaner for clogging.
2. Check the air duct for connection and cracks.
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE ACTUATOR
Check the electric throttle actuator. Refer to EC-1068, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 4.

P2080 EGT SENSOR 1
Check the fuel injector. Refer to EC-998, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM
Check the exhaust gas leakage. Refer to EX-9, "Inspection".

A

• ECM detects throttle control motor circuit is open circuit.
INLET AIR FLAP CIRCUIT
• 1.DEF • ECM detects throttle control motor circuit is short circuit to ground.
P2100 (Throttle actuator “A” control motor cir-
• 2.DEF • ECM detects throttle control motor circuit is short circuit to battery.
cuit/open) D
• Overheating of electric throttle control actuator.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.) E
FAIL-SAFE
• Airflow regulation cut off G
• Free shift inhibited
H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
>> GO TO 2. J

1. Turn ignition ON at least 2 seconds. K
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-1127, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> GO TO 3.
M
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
N
O
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION P

2. Check the ECM harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check the electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
2. Check the electric throttle control actuator circuit for open and short.

Continuity
61 1
F138 67 2
71 F98 3 Existed
139 5
F139
140 6

A

AIR INLET FLAP

ECM detects abnormally closed position of throttle control
P2119 (Throttle actuator control throttle body 1.DEF
valve. D
range/performance)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.) E
FAIL-SAFE
• Airflow regulation cut off G
H
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION I

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION K
Check the electric throttle control actuator harness connector connection.
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR CIRCUIT M
2. Check the electric throttle control actuator circuit for open and short.
N
Continuity
61 1 O
F138 67 2
71 F98 3 Existed
P
139 5
F139
140 6
YES >> GO TO 4.

4.LEANING ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

>> INSPECTION END

P2120 APP SENSOR
P2120 APP SENSOR
A

PEDAL POTENTIOMETER CIRCUIT • An excessively low voltage from the accelerator pedal posi-
TRACK 2 • 1.DEF tion (APP) sensor 2 is sent to ECM.
P2120
(Throttle/pedal position sensor/switch “D” • 2.DEF • An excessively high voltage from the accelerator pedal posi-
circuit) tion (APP) sensor 2 is sent to ECM. D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) E
• APP sensor 2
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
• Free shift inhibited
• After sales and factory routines inhibited G

1.PRECONDITIONING H
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END L
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY M

2. Disconnect APP sensor harness connector.
4. Check the power supply of the APP sensor.
+ O
Voltage
APP sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
P
1
E5 Ground 5.0 V
2
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

P2120 APP SENSOR
2.CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

3. Check APP sensor circuit for open and short.
ECM APP sensor

Continuity
6 2
E104 E5 Existed
10 1
YES >> Check ECM power supply circuit. Refer to EC-940, "ECM : Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK APP CIRCUIT
3. Check APP sensor circuit for open and short.
ECM APP sensor

Continuity
2 3
3 4
E104 E5 Existed
11 6
12 5
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR

ECM
Connector
Terminal
Sensor 1 2 3
Sensor 2 11 12

P2120 APP SENSOR
A
EC

P2226 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE [BARO SEN]
P2226 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE [BARO SEN]
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• Atmospheric pressure sensor (Built-into ECM) voltage sent

• 1.DEF
ATMOS PRESS SEN to ECM is 4.9 V or more for 2.5 seconds or more.
P2226 • 2.DEF
(Barometric pressure sensor “A” circuit) • Atmospheric pressure sensor (Built-into ECM) voltage sent
• 3.DEF
to ECM is 0.2 V or less for 2.5 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ECM
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK ECM AIR INLET VISUALLY

Check if foreign matter is blocking the air inlet for ECM.
NO >> Remove foreign matter.

P2244 A/F SENSOR
P2244 A/F SENSOR
A

• ECM detects air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is short circuit to
PROPOR RICH SEN CIRC • CC.0
ground.
P2244 (O2 sensor reference voltage performance • CC.1 D
• ECM detects air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is short circuit to
bank 1 sensor 1) • CO
battery.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor circuit is shorted.)
• A/F sensor
• ECM
F
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
>> GO TO 2. I
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". K
L
YES >> GO TO 2. N
Check A/F sensor harness connector connection. O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts. P


P2244 A/F SENSOR
ECM A/F sensor

Continuity
128 2
F139 F143 Existed
130 1
YES >> GO TO 4.
CAUTION:
>> INSPECTION END

P2263 TC SYSTEM
P2263 TC SYSTEM
A

• Differences between boost pressure and target value are less

• 1.DEF than -150 hPa.
Boost pressure circuit D
• 2.DEF (Boost pressure is too high)
P2263 (Turbocharger/supercharger boost system
• 3.DEF • Differences between boost pressure and target value are more
performance)
• 4.DEF than 150 hPa.
(Boost pressure is too low)
E
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
• Turbocharger boost sensor (with intake air temperature sensor 2) F
• Vacuum air circuit
• Air filter
• Turbocharger
G
• EGR circuit
• Fuel flow actuator H
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR valve is closed I
• Free shift is inhibited
• DPF regeneration forbidden K

1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY L
• P0001, P0002, P0033, P0045, P004A, P0087, P0089, P0105, P0106, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0200,
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0217, P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272, P025A, P0402, P0409, P0487, M
P0488, P0641 and P0651
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-858, "YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE O
NOTE:
DTC P2263 can not be duplicate.
P



P2263 TC SYSTEM
• P0001, P0002, P0033, P0045, P004A, P0087, P0089, P0105, P0106, P0115, P0180, P0190, P0200,
P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0217, P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272, P025A, P0402, P0409, P0487,
P0488, P0641 and P0651
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FILTER
Check that air filter is not obstructed.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR DUCT
Check that intake air duct is not obstructed.
YES >> GO TO 4.
Check exhaust gas leak.
YES >> GO TO 5.
Check the turbocharger boost sensor. Refer to EC-977, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace turbocharger boost sensor.
6.CHECK TURBOCHARGER BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-958, "YS23DDT : Diagnosis Procedure"
(YS23DDT), EC-960, "YS23DDTT : Diagnosis Procedure" (YS23DDTT).
YES >> GO TO 7.
Check the turbocharger. Refer to EM-180, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK EGR SYSTEM
Visually check the EGR system. Refer to EM-168, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK FUEL FLOW ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
Check fuel flow actuator circuit. Refer to EC-949, "Diagnosis Procedure".

P2264 WATER IN FUEL SENSOR
A

WATER IN DIESEL DETECTOR • A signal from the detection sensor is sent to ECM
P2264 1.DEF
(Water in fuel sensor circuit) • ECM detects detection sensor circuit is open circuit.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Detection sensor circuit is open.)
• Water in fuel level sensor E
• Fuel filter
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
Not applicable
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
least 4 minute before conducting the next test. H
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at least 15 seconds at 5 km/h (3.11 MPH) or more.
CAUTION: J
Always drive the vehicle at safe speed.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
NO-1 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END L
1.PERFORM DIESEL FUEL FILTER WATER DRAINING M
Perform diesel fuel filter water draining. Refer to FL-30, "Draining Water from Fuel Filter".
Water has been detected in the fuel filter? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK FUEL CONFORMITY O
Check fuel conformity.
Is fuel normal?
P
YES >> Replace fuel filter.
NO >> Drain the fuel circuit and replace the fuel filter.

YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK WATER IN FUEL SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check water in fuel sensor harness connector connections.
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK WATER IN FUEL SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector and water in fuel sensor harness connector.
2. Check water in fuel sensor circuit for open and short.
ECM Water in fuel sensor

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK WATER IN FUEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Check water in fuel sensor ground circuit for open and short.
Water in fuel sensor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK WATER IN FUEL SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Check water in fuel sensor power supply circuit for open and short.
ECM Water in fuel sensor

Continuity

A

• An excessively high voltage (more than 4.87 V) from diesel
P/FLT DIFF PRS SEN
• 1.DEF particulate filter pressure sensor is sent to ECM.
P2452 (Particulate filter pressure sensor “A” cir-
• 2.DEF • An excessively low voltage (less than 0.22 V) from diesel
cuit) D
particulate filter pressure sensor is sent to ECM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (Diesel particulate filter differential pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted.) E
• Diesel particulate filter differential pressure sensor
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE F
G
H
P0641, P0651 or P0697.
I
NO >> GO TO 2.
J
2.PRECONDITIONING
least 4 minute before conducting the next test. K
>> GO TO 3.

2. Check DTC.
M
Is DTC detected?
N
O
P0641, P0651 or P0697. P
NO >> GO TO 2.

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER) DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR HARNESS CON-
NECTOR CONNECTIONS
Check the DPF differential pressure sensor harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect DPF differential pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Check the DPF differential pressure sensor power supply.
+
Voltage
DPF differential pressure sensor -
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E102 1 Ground 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the DPF differential pressure sensor power supply and ground circuit for open and short.

ECM
sensor Continuity
53 1
F138 E102 Existed
58 2
6.CHECK DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the DPF differential pressure sensor signal circuit for open and short.

ECM
sensor Continuity
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE DPF DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR
Replace DPF differential pressure sensor. Refer to EX-10, "Removal and Installation".
A
>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE EC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
Is the DTC P2452 detected again? C
D

P245A EGR COOLER BYPASS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EGR BYPASS CIRCUIT
• 1.DEF • A signal from the detection sensor is sent to ECM
P245A (EGR cooler bypass control circuit/open
• 2.DEF • ECM detects detection sensor circuit is open circuit.
bank 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve circuit is open.)
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• EGR regulation cut off
If DTC P245A is displayed with DTC P0560 or P0657, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560 or P0657.
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT)
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at least 15 seconds at 5 km/h (3.11 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
Always drive the vehicle at safe speed.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

If DTC P245A is displayed with DTC P0560 or P0657, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0560 or P0657.
"YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT)
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Check ECM harness connector connection
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE HARNESS CONNECTOR CON-
NECTIONS
Check EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector connection A
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts. EC
4.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
ground. D
+
E
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid
− Voltage
valve
Connector Terminal
F
YES >> GO TO 5. G
5.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
H
AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector and I
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve ECM J

Continuity
K
YES >> GO TO 6. L
M
Refer to EC-1145, "Component Inspection (EGR Cooler Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Valve)".
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-1198, "Removal and Installation". N
O
1.CHECK EGR COOLER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VAIVE
2. Disconnect EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve harness connector. P
3. Check the resistance between EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve as per the following condi-
tions.


solenoid valve Resistance
Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal
1 2 Temperature 0 - 40 °C (32 - 104 °F) 43 - 49 Ω
NO >> Replace EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-169, "Removal and Instal-
lation".

P24A7 ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1
A

• CO
• CC.0
• When engine coolant temperature is too high.
• CC.1
• ECM detects an abnormal operation of electric EGR cool- D
1ST EGR WATER PUMP CNT CIRC • 1.DEF
ing water pump.
P24A7 (EGR cooler coolant pump control circuit/ • 2.DEF
• Electric EGR cooling water pump circuit is open.
open) • 3.DEF
• Electric EGR cooling water pump circuit is short to battery.
• 4.DEF
• Electric EGR cooling water pump circuit is short to ground. E
• 5.DEF
• 6.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Harness or connectors (Electric EGR cooling water pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric EGR cooling water pump
FAIL-SAFE G
• Electric EGR cooling water pump at maximum speed
• Electric EGR cooling water pump blocked, no flow
• Electric EGR cooling water pump cut off H
• Above 137 °C (278.6 °F), Electric EGR water pump speed reduction (at 77%).
NOTE: I
If this DTC is detected, first confirm self-diagnostic result in IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-24, "DTC Index" (With I-
KEY), PCS-58, "DTC Index" (Without I-KEY).
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY J
If DTC P24A7 is displayed with DTC P0217, P0560 or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTCP0217, P0560 or P0651.
Is applicable DTC detected? K
"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2. L
NOTE:
M
DTC P24A7 can not duplicate.
>> Proceed to EC-1147, "Diagnosis Procedure". N

NOTE: O
If DTC P24A7 is displayed with DTC P0217, P0560 or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTCP0217, P0560 or P0651.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.VISUALLY CHECK ELECTLIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 AND ELECTLIC EGR COOLING WATER
PUMP 2
Visually check the electric EGR cooling water pump 1, electric EGR cooling water pump 2, and pipes.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT CIRCUIT
Refer to CO-40, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IPDM E/R HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
2. Check IPDM E/R harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ELECTLIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 AND ELECTLIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 2
HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check electric EGR cooling water pump 1 and electric EGR cooling water pump 2 harness connector connec-
tion.
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ELECTLIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect EGR cooling water pump 1 harness connector.
3. Check electric EGR cooling water pump 1 circuit for open and short.
Electric EGR cooling water

ECM
pump 1 Continuity
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ELECTLIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 2 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check electric EGR cooling water pump 2 sensor circuit for open and short.

Electric EGR cooling water A

ECM
pump 2 Continuity

YES >> GO TO 9. C
9.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between electric EGR cooling water pump 1 sensor harness connector and ground. D

— Continuity E
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 2 GROUND CIRCUIT G
Check the continuity between electric EGR cooling water pump 2 sensor harness connector and ground.
H
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E101 1 Ground Existed I
YES >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Check the power supply of the electric EGR cooling water pump 1.
+ L
Electric EGR cooling water pump 1 - Voltage
Connector Terminal
E107 2 Ground Battery voltage M
YES >> GO TO 12.
N
+ P
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 13.

13.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1

NOTE:
WITH CONSULT
Perform “FIRST EGR COOLING PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace electric EGR cooling water pump 1. Refer to CO-56, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT
Perform “SECOND EGR COOLING PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

A

• CO
• CC.0
• When engine coolant temperature is too high.
• CC.1
• ECM detects an abnormal operation of electric EGR cool- D
EGR CLNT PUMP 2 CNT CIRC • 1.DEF
ing water pump.
P24A8 (EGR cooler coolant pump control circuit/ • 2.DEF
• Electric EGR cooling water pump circuit is open.
open) • 3.DEF
• Electric EGR cooling water pump circuit is short to battery.
• 4.DEF
• Electric EGR cooling water pump circuit is short to ground. E
• 5.DEF
• 6.DEF
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Harness or connectors (Electric EGR cooling water pump circuit is open or shorted.)
• Electric EGR cooling water pump
FAIL-SAFE G
• Electric EGR cooling water pump at maximum speed
• Electric EGR cooling water pump blocked, no flow
• Electric EGR cooling water pump cut off H
• Above 137 °C (278.6 °F), Electric EGR cooling water pump speed reduction (at 77%).
NOTE: I
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY J
If DTC P24A8 is displayed with DTC P0217, P0560 or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0217, P0560 or P0651.
Is applicable DTC detected? K
NO >> GO TO 2. L
NOTE:
M
>> Proceed to EC-1151, "Diagnosis Procedure". N

NOTE: O
If DTC P24A8 is displayed with DTC P0217, P0560 or P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0217, P0560 or P0651.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.VISUALLY CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 AND ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER
PUMP 2
Visually check the electric EGR cooling water pump 1, electric EGR cooling water pump 2, and pipes.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT CIRCUIT
Refer to CO-40, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IPDM E/R HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
2. Check IPDM E/R harness connector connection.
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 AND ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 2
HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTION
Check electric EGR cooling water pump 1 and electric EGR cooling water pump 2 harness connector connec-
tion.
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
Electric EGR cooling water

ECM
pump 1 Continuity
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 2 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Electric EGR cooling water A

ECM
pump 2 Continuity

YES >> GO TO 9. C
9.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between electric EGR cooling water pump 1 sensor harness connector and ground. D

— Continuity E
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK ELECTRIC EGR COOLING WATER PUMP 2 GROUND CIRCUIT G
Check the continuity between electric EGR cooling water pump 2 sensor harness connector and ground.
H
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E101 1 Ground Existed I
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. J
+ L
Connector Terminal
E107 2 Ground Battery voltage M
YES >> GO TO 12.
N
+ P
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 13.


NOTE:
WITH CONSULT
Perform “FIRST EGR COOLING PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
YES >> GO TO 14.
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT
Perform “SECOND EGR COOLING PUMP” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.

P253F ENGINE OIL DETERIORATED
A

NOTE:
If DTC P253F is displayed with DTC P0115, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115. Refer to
EC-984, "DTC Description". C

D
ENG OIL DILUTION
P253F When engine oil is too much quantity.
(Engine oil deteriorated)
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
Too much engine oil
FAIL-SAFE
If DTC P253F is displayed with DTC P0115, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-984, "Diagnosis Procedure". I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2..PRECONDITIONING
J
K
>> GO TO 3.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
N
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY O

If DTC P253F is displayed with DTC P0115, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0115.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-984, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-22, "Inspection".
CAUTION:
If after performed service regeneration, exchange the engine oil and engine oil filter.

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Drain or refill engine oil. Refer to LU-23, "Draining" or LU-23, "Refilling".
3.CHECK OIL LEVEL SENSOR
Check oil level sensor. Refer to MWI-251, "Diagnosis Procedure".

P2626 A/F SENSOR
P2626 A/F SENSOR
A


P2626 (O2 sensor pumping current trim circuit/ CO ECM detects air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open circuit.
open bank 1 sensor 1) D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor circuit is open.) E
• A/F sensor
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable F
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? H
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END I
1.CHECK ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR CONNECTIONS J

K
YES >> GO TO 2.
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N

3. Check A/F sensor circuit for open and short. O
ECM A/F sensor

Continuity P
F138 91 3
128 F143 2 Existed
F139
130 1
YES >> GO TO 4.

P2626 A/F SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 5.
CAUTION:
>> INSPECTION END

P2681 THERMO MANAGEMENT VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A

• ECM detects thermo management valve control solenoid valve
• CC.0 circuit is short circuit to ground.
COOLANT CIRC SWITCHING S/V
• CC.1 • ECM detects thermo management valve control solenoid valve
P2681 (Engine coolant bypass valve “A” control D
• CO circuit is short circuit to battery.
circuit/open)
• 1.DEF • ECM detects thermo management valve control solenoid valve
circuit is open circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connectors (Thermo management valve control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
• Thermo management valve control solenoid valve
F
FAIL-SAFE
• Engine cooling fan activation

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING J
K
>> GO TO 3.
L
3. Depressed accelerator pedal (full depressed), and then released accelerator pedal.
4. Check DTC. M
Is DTC detected?
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". N
O
If DTC P2681 is displayed with DTC P0651, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0651. P
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check the battery voltage.

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for battery. Refer to PG-194, "How to Handle Battery".
3.CHECK THERMO MANAGEMENT VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
4. Check the voltage between thermo management valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
+
Thermo management valve control
- Voltage
solenoid valve
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THERMO MANAGEMENT VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between thermo management valve control solenoid valve harness connector and
Thermo management valve

ECM
control solenoid valve Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
Check the thermo management valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-1160, "Component Inspection
(Thermo Management Valve Control Solenoid Valve)".
Component Inspection (Thermo Management Valve Control Solenoid Valve)
INFOID:0000000011991877

3. Check the resistance between thermo management valve control solenoid valve as per the following con-
ditions.

solenoid valve Resistance
Condition
(Approx.)
Terminal
1 2 Temperature 0 – 40°C (32 – 104°F) 43 – 49 Ω

NO >> Replace thermo management valve control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-166, "Removal and A
Installation".
EC

P2688 FUEL HEATER
P2688 FUEL HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• ECM detects fuel heater circuit is open when transmits deac-
tivating command for 2 seconds.
• CO
FUEL SUPPLY HEATER CONTROL • ECM detects fuel heater circuit is short to ground when trans-
P2688 • CC.0
(Fuel supply heater control circuit low) mits deactivating command for 2 seconds.
• CC.1
• ECM detects fuel heater circuit is short to battery when trans-
mits activating command for 2 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
(Fuel heater relay circuit is open or shorted.)
• Fuel heater relay
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK FUSE
2. Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
Fuse No. Capacity

#45 30 A
Is the fuse fusing?
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL HEATER RELAY POWER SUPPLY
2. Remove fuel heater relay.
4. Check the voltage between fuel heater relay harness connector and ground.

P2688 FUEL HEATER
+ A
Fuel heater relay − Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
1
3
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL HEATER RELAY CIRCUIT-1 D

E
3. Check the continuity between fuel heater relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Fuel heater relay ECM

Continuity F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and to power. G
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL HEATER RELAY CIRCUIT-2
1. Disconnect fuel heater harness connector. I
2. Check the continuity between fuel heater harness connector and fuel heater relay harness connector.
Fuel heater Fuel heater relay J

Continuity
K
YES >> GO TO 5. L
5.CHECK FUEL HEATER RELAY
Check the fuel heater relay. Refer to EC-1163, "Component Inspection (Fuel Heater Relay)" M
NO >> Replace error-detected parts. N
Component Inspection (Fuel Heater Relay) INFOID:0000000011991880
O
1.CHECK FUEL HEATER RELAY
2. Remove fuel heater relay. P

P2688 FUEL HEATER
3. Check continuity between fuel heater relay terminals as per the
following condition.
Fuel heater relay

Terminal
12 V direct current supply
Existed
3 5 between terminals 1 and 2
JSBIA0671ZZ
NO >> Replace fuel heater relay.

P2A06 A/F SENSOR
P2A06 A/F SENSOR
A

P2A06 (O2 sensor negative voltage bank 1 sensor CO ECM detects air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor ground circuit is open circuit.
1)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connectors (A/F sensor circuit is open.)
• A/F sensor E
FAIL-SAFE
Not applicable
F
NOTE: G
>> Proceed to EC-1165, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
I
2. Check ECM harness connector connection. J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair error-detected parts. K
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
M
2. Disconnect A/F sensor harness connector. N
ECM A/F sensor O

Continuity
128 2
F139 F143 Existed P
130 1
YES >> GO TO 4.

P2A06 A/F SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 5.
CAUTION:
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
A
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION EC

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
NOTE: C
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
NO >> EC-1167, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E
1.CHECK FPCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
F
2. Disconnect FPCM harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between FPCM harness connector and ground.
G
+
FPCM − Voltage
H
Connector Terminal
C16 8 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to EC-940, "ECM : Diagnosis Proce-
dure". J
2.CHECK FPCM GROUND CIRCUIT
K
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and ground.
FPCM
— Continuity L
Connector Terminal
C16 7 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT N

YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FPCM INPUT CIRCUIT P
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

FUEL PUMP
IPDM E/R FPCM

Continuity
E60 10 C16 8 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump) harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between FPCM harness connector and fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump) harness
connector.
Fuel level sensor unit (fuel

FPCM
pump) Continuity
3 1
4 4
C15 C18 Existed
5 3
6 2
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-1168, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump)".
YES >> Replace FPCM. Refer to EC-1201, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace fuel pump. Refer to FL-32, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) INFOID:0000000011991885
1.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR

2. Check low fuel pressure.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump).
3. Check continuity between fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump) terminals as follows.
Fuel level sensor unit (fuel

pump) Continuity
Terminals
1 4
Existed
2 3

FUEL PUMP
NO >> Replace Fuel pump. Refer to FL-32, "Removal and Installation".
A
EC

BRAKE SWITCH
BRAKE SWITCH
1.CHECK BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION

ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Slightly de-
0V
E104 16 8 Brake pedal pressed
1.CHECK BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

+
Connector Terminal
E89*1
E112*2
*1: A/T models
*2: M/T models
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
tor.

Continuity
E89*1
2 E104 16 Existed
E112*2
*1: A/T models
*2: M/T models

BRAKE SWITCH
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check the brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-1171, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
EC
Switch)".
C
D
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector. E
Brake pedal position switch F

Terminals
1 2 Brake pedal G
YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-71, "Inspection and Adjustment". I

J
Terminals
1 2 Brake pedal K

1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION

With CONSULT
2. Select “CL START OF TRAVEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check “CL START OF TRAVEL SW” indication as per the following conditions.
CL START OF Fully depressed PRESSED

Clutch pedal
TRAVEL SW Fully released RELSD
Without CONSULT
ECM
Voltage
+ – Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Fully depressed Battery voltage
E104 24 8 Clutch pedal
Fully released 0V
1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY

+
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
Clutch pedal position switch ECM

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between clutch pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
EC

— Continuity
Connector Terminal C
YES >> GO TO 4. D
4.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH E
G
1.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I
H
I
Terminals
Fully released Existed J
1 2 Clutch pedal
Fully depressed Not existed
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II L
M
Terminals
Fully released Existed N
1 2 Clutch pedal
Fully depressed Not existed
O
P

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION SWITCH
Diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch is located on the instrument panel. For details about per-
forming diesel particulate filter manual regeneration, refer to EC-930, "Description".
1.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION SWITCH FUNCTION

ECM
Diesel particulate filter manual
Approx. 0V
F138 96 E104 8
Battery voltage
regeneration switch: OFF
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-1174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION SWITCH INDICATOR FUNCTION
2. Check that diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch indicator illuminates.
1.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch harness connector and
ground.
+
− Voltage
regeneration switch
Connector Terminal
3
M114 Ground Battery voltage
7
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check the continuity between diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch harness connector and
ECM harness connector. A
Diesel particulate filter manual re-

ECM
generation switch Continuity EC
2 F138 96
M114 Existed C
6 F139 113
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION SWITCH E
Refer to EC-1175, "Component Inspection (DPF Manual Regeneration Switch)".
F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G
>> INSPECTION END H
Component Inspection (DPF Manual Regeneration Switch) INFOID:0000000011997311
I
1.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL REGENERATION SWITCH
2. Disconnect diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch harness connector. J
3. Check the continuity between diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch harness connectors
K
Terminal Condition Continuity
2 Diesel particulate filter manual regen- ON Not existed
3 and 7
6 eration switch OFF Existed L
NO >> Replace diesel particulate filter manual regeneration switch. Refer to EC-1202, "Removal and M
Installation".

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER WARNING LIGHT
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER WARNING LIGHT
Diesel particulate filter warning light is located on combination meter.

When ignition switch turns ON without starting engine, diesel particu-
late filter warning light turns ON. Bulb is checked by this. After
engine is started, diesel particulate filter warning light turns OFF. If
diesel particulate filter warning lights stays ON, diesel particulate fil-
ter manual regeneration must be performed. For details about per-
forming diesel particulate filter manual regeneration, refer to EC-930,
"Description".
PBIB3166E
1.CHECK DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER WARNING LIGHT FUNCTION

2. Check that diesel particulate filter warning light illuminates.

"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT), EC-886, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Refer to MWI-235, "WITH COLOR INFORMATION DISPLAY : Work flow" (with color information display),
MWI-237, "WITH MONOCHROME INFORMATION DISPLAY : Work flow" (with monochrome information dis-
play).
YES >> Refer to GI-47, "Intermittent Incident".

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
A
1.CHECK INSTALLATION EC
Check that glow plug terminals (nuts) are installed properly.
Are glow plug terminals (nuts) installed properly?
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH ECM D
Is any DTC detected? E
YES >> Perform trouble diagnoses for detected DTC.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW CONTROL UNIT AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN F
AND SHORT
2. Disconnect glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals (nuts). G
3. Check harness continuity between glow control unit harness connector and glow plug terminals.
Glow control unit Glow plug H

Continuity
F128
2
(No. 1)
1 I
F129
7 1
(No. 2)
E108 Existed J
F130
1 1
(No. 3)
F131
6 1 K
(No. 4)
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK GLOW PLUG M
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> Replace glow plug. Refer to EM-185, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O
YES >> Replace glow control unit. Refer to EC-1200, "Removal and Installation". P
CAUTION:

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
1.CHECK GLOW PLUG
Resistance
Terminals Condition
(Approx.)
1 and glow plug stem Temperature 20°C (68°F) 0.1 – 1 Ω
NO >> Replace malfunctioning glow plug. Refer to EM-185, "Removal and Installation".

GLOW INDICATOR
GLOW INDICATOR
A
1.CHECK GLOW INDICATOR FUNCTION EC

2. Check the glow indicator is turned ON, and then glow indication turned OFF.
D
1.CHECK DTC WITH “ECM” E

"YS23DDT : DTC Index" (YS23DDT) or EC-886, "YS23DDTT : DTC Index" (YS23DDTT).
Is any DTC detected? F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE G
Check CAN communication line. Refer to LAN-34, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
H
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER” I
Check the self-diagnosis result with CONSULT. Check the combination meter does not detect any DTCs.
Refer to MWI-112, "DTC Index" (With intelligent key system), MWI-124, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : DTC
Index" (With color display models without intelligent key system), MWI-158, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : DTC J
Index" (With monochrome display models without intelligent key system).
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis of detected DTC. K
NO >> GO TO 4.
Perform GI-47, "Intermittent Incident". L
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. M

1.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS FUNCTION

With CONSULT
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “EMCM” with CONSULT.
Selector lever position Indication

Neutral ON
Except above OFF
Without CONSULT
EMCM
Connector
Terminal
Neutral Battery voltage
E110 7 48 Selector lever position
Except above Approx. 0 V
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between park/neutral position switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
Park/neutral position switch IPDM E/R

Continuity
4
F35 1 E60 Existed
13
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position switch harness connector and EMCM harness con-
nector.

Park/neutral position switch EMCM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
3.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
D
Check park/neutral position switch. Refer to EC-1181, "Component Inspection [Park/Neutral Position Switch]".
NO >> Replace park/neutral position switch. Refer to TM-25, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection [Park/Neutral Position Switch] INFOID:0000000011997338
F
1.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
2. Disconnect park/neutral position switch harness connector. G
3. Check the continuity between park/neutral position switch harness connector terminals.
Terminal Condition Continuity H

Neutral Existed
1 2 Selector lever position
I
NO >> Replace park/neutral position switch. Refer to TM-25, "Removal and Installation". J

NOTE:
If DTC P0530 is displayed, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0530. Refer to EC-1046, "Diag-
nosis Procedure".
With CONSULT
2. Select “REFRIGERANT PRESSURE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ECM” with CONSULT.
Monitor Item Indication

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE Indicates refrigerant pressure
Without CONSULT
+
Voltage
ECM
− (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F139 99 Ground 1.2 – 1.3 V
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
Check refrigerant pressure. Refer to HA-138, "Trouble Diagnosis For Unusual Pressure".
NO >> Repair refrigerant system.

2. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
tor.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 2.

tor. A

Continuity
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor. D
1. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and refrigerant pressure sensor harness connec-
tor. E

Continuity F
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HAC-120, "Removal and Installation".

1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION


NO >> GO TO 2.
Refer to MWI-112, "DTC Index" (With intelligent key system), MWI-124, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : DTC
Index" (With color display models without intelligent key system), MWI-158, "EXCEPT BCM FUNCTION : DTC
Index" (With monochrome display models without intelligent key system).
YES >> GO TO 3.

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
YS23DDT
EC
YS23DDT : Symptom Table INFOID:0000000011991890
C
SYMPTOM

D
ENGINE STALL
G
SYSTEM — Basic engine control system Reference

page
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT I
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
J
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
K
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
L
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
Engine body x x x x x x x x x x x EM-212
Air cleaner and duct x x x x x x x EM-159 M
EC-1063,
ECM x x x x x x x x x x x x x EC-1065,
EC-1066 N
Camshaft position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x EC-1017
Crankshaft position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x x x x EC-1015
EC-973, O
Mass air flow sensor circuit x x x x x
EC-975
EC-982,
Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit x
EC-982 P
EC-977,
Boost pressure sensor circuit x x x
EC-979
Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit EC-971

SYMPTOM
ENGINE STALL

page
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
EC-1087,
EC-1135,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit x x x x x x x
EC-1157,
EC-1165,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit x x x x EC-984
Fuel injector circuit x x x x x x x x x x x x x EC-996
High pressure fuel pump x x x x x x x x x x x —
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit x x x x x EC-994
Fuel temperature sensor circuit EC-953
Fuel heater circuit EC-1162
Water in fuel sensor circuit x x x x x x EC-1139
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve cir-
x x x EC-958
cuit
EC-1022,
EGR volume control valve circuit x x x
EC-1024
EGR volume control valve position sensor cir-
x x x EC-1027
cuit
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid circuit x x x EC-1144
EGR temperature sensor circuit x x x EC-1029
EC-1068,
Electric throttle control actuator circuit x x x x x x x x x x x x
EC-1129
EC-986,
Throttle position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x
EC-988
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) x x x x x x x x EC-1123

SYMPTOM
A

EC
ENGINE STALL
D

E

page

F
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
H
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
I

J
Engine oil pump control valve circuit EC-1113
EC-1032,
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 circuit x x x
EC-1035
K
EC-1091,
DPF differential pressure sensor circuit x x x x x x x x
EC-1141
EC-1048,
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit x x x L
EC-1125
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 circuit x x x EC-1094
Glow control unit circuit x x x x EC-1019
M
Glow plug circuit x x x x EC-1019
Thermo management valve control solenoid
x x x x x EC-1159
valve circuit N
EC-1147,
EGR cooling water pump 1 and 2 circuit x x x x x
EC-1151
EC-1005, O
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit x x x EC-1008,
EC-1131
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit x x x EC-1046
P
SEC-82,
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) x
SEC-260
YS23DDTT
YS23DDTT : Symptom Table INFOID:0000000012032389

SYMPTOM
ENGINE STALL

page
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Engine body x x x x x x x x x x x EM-212
Air cleaner and duct x x x x x x x EM-159
EC-1063,
ECM x x x x x x x x x x x x x EC-1065,
EC-1066
Camshaft position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x EC-1017
Crankshaft position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x x x x EC-1015
EC-973,
Mass air flow sensor circuit x x x x x
EC-975
EC-982,
Intake air temperature sensor 1 circuit x
EC-982
EC-977,
Boost pressure sensor circuit x x x
EC-979
Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit EC-971
EC-1087,
EC-1135,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit x x x x x x x
EC-1157,
EC-1165
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit x x x x EC-984
Fuel injector circuit x x x x x x x x x x x x x EC-996
High pressure fuel pump x x x x x x x x x x x —
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit x x x x x EC-994
Fuel temperature sensor circuit EC-953
Fuel heater circuit EC-1162

SYMPTOM
A

EC
ENGINE STALL
D

E

page

F
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
H
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
I

J
Water in fuel sensor circuit x x x x x x EC-1139
HP compressor bypass valve control solenoid
x x x EC-958
valve circuit
K
LP wastegate valve control solenoid valve cir-
x x x EC-958
cuit
HP turbine bypass valve control solenoid valve
x x x EC-958 L
circuit
EC-1022,
EGR volume control valve circuit x x x
EC-1024
M
EGR volume control valve position sensor cir-
x x x EC-1038
cuit
EGR cooler bypass valve control solenoid circuit x x x EC-1144
N
EGR temperature sensor circuit x x x EC-1029
EC-1068,
Electric throttle control actuator circuit x x x x x x x x x x x x
EC-1129
O
EC-986,
Throttle position sensor circuit x x x x x x x x
EC-988
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) x x x x x x x x EC-1123
P
Engine oil pump control valve circuit EC-1113
EC-1032,
Exhaust gas pressure sensor 1 circuit x x x
EC-1035
EC-1091,
DPF differential pressure sensor circuit x x x x x x x x
EC-1141

SYMPTOM
ENGINE STALL

page
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
EC-1048,
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 1 circuit x x x
EC-1125
Exhaust gas temperature sensor 2 circuit x x x EC-1094
Glow control unit circuit x x x x EC-1019
Glow plug circuit x x x x EC-1019
Thermo management valve control solenoid
x x x x x EC-1159
valve circuit
EC-1147,
EGR cooling water pump 1 and 2 circuit x x x x x
EC-1151
EC-
1005,EC-
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit x x x
1008, EC-
1131
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit x x x EC-1046
SEC-82,
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) x
SEC-260

IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
EC
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT C
Check “ENGINE SPEED” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
Idle speed: Refer to EC-1203, "Idle Speed". D
>> INSPECTION END

E

VACUUM LINES
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

VACUUM LINES
YS23DDT
YS23DDT : Vacuum Layout INFOID:0000000011991892
JSBIA6103ZZ
EGR cooler bypass valve control so-

Vacuum pump
lenoid valve
To turbocharger boost control sole- To thermo management valve con-
noid valve trol solenoid valve
: Vehicle front
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.

VACUUM LINES
EC
JSBIA6104ZZ
K
Turbocharger boost control solenoid

valve L
Vacuum pump
: Vehicle front
NOTE: M

VACUUM LINES
JSBIA6105ZZ

Vacuum pump
solenoid valve
To turbocharger boost control sole-
noid valve
: Vehicle front
NOTE:
YS23DDTT

VACUUM LINES
YS23DDTT : Vacuum Layout INFOID:0000000011991893
EC
JSBIA6107ZZ
L
EGR cooler bypass valve control so- HP compressor bypass valve control
Vacuum pump
lenoid valve solenoid valve
To turbocharger system To thermo management valve con- M
trol solenoid valve
: Vehicle front
NOTE: N

VACUUM LINES
JSBIA6108ZZ
LP wastegate valve control solenoid HP turbine bypass valve control so-

valve lenoid valve
Vacuum pump
: Vehicle front
NOTE:

VACUUM LINES
EC
JSBIA6105ZZ
K

Vacuum pump
solenoid valve L
To turbocharger system
: Vehicle front
NOTE: M

ECM
ECM
JSBIA5974GB
Clip ECM cover ECM bracket

ECM
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-922, "Description".
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• Check the ECM position before installing ECM to bracket.
CAUTION:
The hole of ECM must be positioned as shown in the figure.
JSBIA6051ZZ

EMCM
EMCM
A
EC
I
JSBIA6083ZZ
EMCM Bracket J
K
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING EMCM. Refer to EC-925, "Description".
REMOVAL L
1. Disconnect EMCM harness connector. Refer to HRANEESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE) in
2. Remove bracket with EMCM. M
3. Remove EMCM from bracket.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal. N

GLOW CONTROL UNIT
GLOW CONTROL UNIT
JSBIA5572ZZ
Glow control unit

REMOVAL
1. Remove air duct (inlet). Refer to EM-159, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove glow control unit mounting nuts.
4. Remove glow control unit from vehicle.
INSTALLATION

FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
FUEL PUMP CONTROL MODULE (FPCM)
A
EC
I
JSBIA6084GB
Bracket Fuel pump control module (FPCM) Cover J

: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000011991901 K
REMOVAL
L
1. Disconnect fuel pump control module (FPCM) harness connectors.
2. Remove bracket with fuel pump control module (FPCM).
3. Remove fuel pump control module (FPCM) from bracket.
M
INSTALLATION
N

REMOVAL
1. Remove Instrument lower panel. Refer to IP-39, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove DPF manual regeneration switch.
NOTE:
For design of DPF manual regeneration switch, refer to EC-771, "DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Manual
Regeneration Switch".
INSTALLATION

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [YS23DDT/YS23DDTT]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

Idle Speed INFOID:0000000011991902
EC
Condition Specification C
No load* (in Neutral position) 750 ± 50 rpm
• A/C switch: OFF D
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, glow plug, heater fan & rear window defogger)
E

EC Nissan Moderno

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EC Nissan Moderno

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

Revision: 2015 March EC-1 D23

AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...................... 58

OPERATION ...................................................... 65 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION

Revision: 2015 March EC-2 D23

P0011 IVT CONTROL ...................................... 167 P0137 HO2S2 .................................................. 210

P0014 EVT CONTROL ..................................... 171 P0138 HO2S2 .................................................. 216 F

Revision: 2015 March EC-3 D23

P0452, P0453 ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 307

Revision: 2015 March EC-4 D23

P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE P2135 TP SENSOR ......................................... 368

P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO- FUEL INJECTOR ............................................ 385

P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUEL PUMP .................................................... 388 N

Revision: 2015 March EC-5 D23

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ......................... 402 PREPARATION ......................................... 421

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ................... 415 SYSTEM ........................................................... 436

Revision: 2015 March EC-6 D23

Revision: 2015 March EC-7 D23

Revision: 2015 March EC-8 D23

Revision: 2015 March EC-9 D23

Revision: 2015 March EC-10 D23

Revision: 2015 March EC-12 D23

ECM .................................................................. 834 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER MANUAL

Revision: 2015 March EC-13 D23

Revision: 2015 March EC-14 D23

P0120 TP SENSOR .......................................... 986 P0263, P0266, P0269, P0272 COMBUSTION E

Revision: 2015 March EC-15 D23

P0487 EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE .....1038 P0607 EMCM ..................................................1062

Revision: 2015 March EC-16 D23

P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN- P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL L

P1556, P1557 BATTERY TEMPERATURE P2244 A/F SENSOR ......................................1135

Revision: 2015 March EC-17 D23

Revision: 2015 March EC-18 D23

Revision: 2015 March EC-19 D23

Revision: 2015 March EC-20 D23

When disconnecting the battery terminal, pay attention to the following.

D4D engine : 20 minutes YS23DDT : 4 minutes I

Revision: 2015 March EC-21 D23

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Do not disassemble ECM.

Revision: 2015 March EC-22 D23

• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow H

Revision: 2015 March EC-23 D23

• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to

Revision: 2015 March EC-24 D23

Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000011586848 F

Tool name Description G

Quick connector re- Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine

Revision: 2015 March EC-25 D23

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

Revision: 2015 March EC-26 D23

ENGINE ROOM COMPARTMENT

No. Component Function K

ECM EC-31, "ECM"

Revision: 2015 March EC-27 D23

EVAP service port*2 —

*1: With ABS/TCS/VDC

Engine rear side

No. Component Function

Revision: 2015 March EC-28 D23

Engine oil pressure sensor EC-37, "Engine Oil Pressure Sensor"

Knock sensor EC-37, "Knock Sensor" EC

Engine oil temperature sensor EC-38, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor"